iDocumit RESUME

ED 111 636 SE 018 776im

TITLE Cumulative Index: The.ARITHMETIC TEACHER, 1954-1973.. oVolumes 1-2a: , .

.

INSTITUTION National Council of Teachers of Mathematics,, Inc.,Reston, Va.

PUB DATE 74NOTE

t 128p.; small print .

,

AVAILABLE ,FROM National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 1906Association Drive, Reston, Virgin4(a 22091 ($5.40,discounts on quantity orders) i

EDRS PRICE ME-$0.76 Plus Postage. BC Not Available from EDRS.pESCRIPTCW *Bibliographies; Elementary Eduoa4on; *Elementary, ,

School Mathematics; *Indexes (Locatets); *MathematicsEddcation;'Periodicals; *Reference Materials;Scholarly Journals . ,..

.

IDENTIFIERS() Cumulative Index; *National Council of Teachers of0 Mathematics; NCTN

ABSTRACTTh is is a resource bobk that indexes all articles

published in the ARITHMETIC TEACHER froi.1954-1973 (volumes 1 through. 20) , Over 9,000 entries are indexed alphabetically to threecategories, by author, title, and subject or topic: (CR)

V

*******************************************4*************************** .

Documents acquired by ERIC include many.informal unpublished* materials not available from other sources. ERIC makes every effort ** to obtain the best copy available. nevertheless, items of,marginal ** reproddcibility are often encountered and this affects the quality ** of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makes available ** via the ERIC Docuient Reproduction Service (EDRS). EDRS is notit responsible fot the quality of the original document. Reproductions ** 'supplied by EDRS are the best that cat,be made from the original. *********14************************************0c************************

I

I

.1

11

N Cso T NI,

A

Ca NATIONAL COUNCILO F TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS

Wtn

1., S DEPARtmENI OF NEALTNEOUCATION & WELFARENATIONAL INSTITUTE OF

EDUCATIONTHIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCE° EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROMTHE PERSON OR Ok,..AN,ZATON ORIGINATING IT POINTS OF v ,E A OR OPINIONSSTATED DO NOT NE CES,Arth. Y RE /RESENT OFF L AL NATONA .NSTITUTE OFEOUCAT.ON POSITION OR POt ,r-v

i A

I

PERM.SS,ON TO REROOurE THISLuPR DRIED MAIER AL BY MICROFICHE ONLY HAS BEEN GRANTED s

Chllea_N.C.T.M.

,u ER L kNO uNuANZF' N *FP.'F. I./FFNN . ',4

TtONAL INSTITUTE OF EDQA I -UNFURTHER REPRODUCTION OUTSIDETHE ERIC SYSTEM REQUIRES PERMISSION OF THE COPYRIGHT OWNER

$

Cumulative'Index

The Arithmetic Teacher1954-1973'

4

.,

a

GI P

e

*

CumulativeIndex

-->

The Aritlimetic Teacher

1954-1973

i

1 Volumes 1-26

p

I.

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS1906 Anociatien.Orives Roston, Virginia 22091

i

J

,

Copyright ©1974 byX

THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF TEACHERS OFMATHEMATICS, INC.

All Rights Reserved

Library of Congress 6atalog Cdrd Number: 56-37587Printed in the United States of America

Contents Author Index pages 1-36.

Title Index, ages 37-74

Subject In6x, pages 76-1241.

". .

IntroducToryNote

The ARITHMETIC TEACHER was founded in 1954 by theNational' 'Council of Teachers of Mathematics to serve theinterests and flees's of all who are concerned with elementary

school mathematics. There were four issues of the journal in1954, five in 1955 and 1956, and six in 1957,1958, and 1959.Since then the ARITHMETIC TEACHER has been published

eight times a year, from October through May. This cumula-tive index covers the first. twenty years of the journal. Forsupplementary' annual indexes, see the December is ofsubsequent years.

1 Author Inclqx

AAbell, Theodore L, an Kenneth E. Brown. Re-

search in the Teac of Elementary SchoolMathematics. Nov. 19 547-49. /

Abrego, Mildred Brown. dren's Attitudes towardArithmetic. Mar. 1966, 06-8.

Ackerman, Judy. Compute Teach Math. May 1968,467-68.

suoAdachi, Mit . Addition df Unlike Fractions. Mu.1968, 221-23

Adams, Ann H. A Suggested Plan for InterclassGrouping in Arithmetic. Jan. 1966, 46.

Adams, Belle Wood. A. Method in Division of WholeNumbers. :Apr. 1958, 145-48.

Adams, Patricia A., and Sonia D. Forseth. Sym-metry. Feh. 1970, 119-21

Adkins, Bryce E. Adapting Magic Squares to Class-room User Dec. 1963, 498-500.

. Fiading the Greatest Common Factor withthe Number Line. Oct 1965, 455-59.

Hiunpty-Dumpty's Lesson in Arithmetic.Feb. 1968, 154-55.

. A itationale for Duplation-Mediationplying. Apr. 1964, 251-53.

, What Has Eighteen Legs and Catches Flits?May 1963, 293.

Adkins, Julia. An Application of Modular NumberSwims. Dec. 1968, 713-14.

. Bibliography on Number Bases. Dec. 1959,324.

A Kit for Arithmetic: May 1960, 252.Adler, Irving. The Cambridge Conference Report.

Blueprint or Fantasy? Mar. 1966, 179-86.Mental Growth and the Art of Teaching.

Nov. 1966, 576-84,Aftr th, Orville B. Sha2119141.xpose Our Pupils to

E ors? Apr. 1957, 1 .eth, Orville B., and Dohald G. MacEachern. An

Action Research Study in frithmetic. Jan. 1964,30-32.

Aichele, Douglas B, "Pica-Centro"--a Game 'OfLogic. May 1972, 359-61.

Ainsworth, Nathan. An Introduction to Sequence:Elementary School Mathematics and Science En-richment Feb. 1970, 143-45.

Akins, Thelma S. ,Let Them Discover. Jan. 1962,26-28.

Albert, Irwin. Checking the Calculated Averitgethrough Shbtraction. Nova 1971, 499-500.

Albrecht, Mary E. A Teacher Plans Her Day. Oct..1956, 151-56.

Alexander, F. D. The Metric SystemLet's Empha-size Its Use in Mathematics. May 1973, 395-96.

Alfonso, Michael, Richard Balzer, and Paul Hartung.From Second Base to Third Base. Nov. 1973, 601-3.

Alter: Louisa R. Finger Multiplication. Apr. 1968,341-43.

All Shah, Sail... Selected Geometric Concepts Taughtto Children Ages Seven to Eleven. Feb. 1969,119-28.

Allen, Bruce A. Patterns of Intersection. Oct. 1968,560-62.

3

Allen, Ernest E. Bang, Buzz, 13uzz-Bang, and Prime.Oct. 1969, 494-95,

Allen, Frank B. The Council's Drive to ImproveSchool Mathematics. Oct. 1963, 368-75.

The Council's Drive to Improve SchoolMathematicsa Progress Report. Oct. 1964,434-42.

Allen, Layman E.' Games and Programmed Instruc-tion. Mar. 1965; 216-20.

Allison, William M Gas Station Map Mathematics.May 1973, 328-29.

Alspaugh, Carol Ann. Kaleidoscopic Geometry. Feb.1970, 116-17.

Alves, Robert, and Leonard M. Kennedy. In-serviceEducation for Elementary School MathematicsTeachers. Responses to Nine Questions. Nov. 1964,

, S06-9.Ambrosius, borothy S. Division for First Graders?

Feb. 1956, 27-28. /"Twas the Night before Christmas." Dec.

1958, 317-18.Amsden, Dorothy, and Edward Szado. Fish and

Arithmetic. Apr. 1958, 155.Amstutz, Mildred Gelston. Let's "Place" the Decimal

Point, Not "Move" It. Apr. 1963, 205-7,Anderson, Bonnie C., and Esther R. Steinberg.

Teaching Tens to Timmy, or a Caution in Teachingwith Physical Models. Dec. 1973, 620-25.

' Anderson, George R. Visual-Tactual Devices andTheir E91cacy. Nov. 1957, 196-201, 203.

Anderson, Honor L H. AestheometryTicket to anExciting Future. Dec. 1965, 624.

Anderson, Robert A., and Richard T. Johnson. Arith-metic Achievement in England and Central Minne-sota. Mar. 1964, 176-80.

Anderson, Rosemary C. Let's Consider the Functionl.Apr. 1967, 280-84.

Suggestions from Researnh7-Fractions. Feb.1969, 131-35. .

Anderson, Susan M. A World without Mathematics.Jan. 1966; 10.

Ando, Masue, and Hitoshi Ikeda. Introduction to theNumeration of Two-Place Npmbers. akpr. 1969,249-51.

Learning Multiplication FactsMore Thana Drill. Oct. 1971, 366-69.

Andrews, E. E. Another Reply to Mr. Rodman. May1964, 346-47.

Andrews, E. E. and L Doyal Nelson. BeginningNumber Experiences and Structured Materials.

- Oct. ,1963, 330-31.Aratfiti, Frank C. The Use of "1" in Building Con-

cepts. Oct. 1961, 299-300.Archllold, John C. Making Statistical Maps. May

1964, 334-35.. Measuring with Maps. May 1967, 393-95.Armstrong, Charles. "Fradecent"a Game Using

Equivalent Fractions, Decitnals, and Percents.Mar. 1972, 222-23.

Armstrong, Elizabeth. Keep Score on the. Abacus.Apr. 1957, 111.

Armstrong, Jenny R., and Harold Schmidt. SimpleMaterials for Teaching Early Number Concepts to

1

6'

2 Author I ARNOLD-BERGEN

Trainable-Level Mentally Retarded Pupils. Feb.1972, 149-53.

Arnold, Frank C. The Decimal Is More Than a Dot.Oct. 1955, 8b-82.

Arnold, William R. Computation Made Interesting.May 1971, 347-50.

The Prospective Elementary School Teacherand Mathematics Methodology. Nov. 1969, 569-74.

Arnsdorf, Edward E. A Game for Reviewing BasicFacts of Arithmetic. Nov. 1972, 589-90.

Ash lock, Robert B. The Number Line in the Ph-mary Grades. Feb. 1961, 75-76.

. Planning Mathematics Instruction for Four-and Five-Year-Olds. May .1966, 397-400.

eaching the Basic Facts. Three Classes ofAtlivities. Oct. 1971, 359-64.

. A Test of Understandings for the trimaryGrades. May 1968, 438-41.

Ashlock, Robert B., and Tommie A. West. PhysicalRepresentations for Signed-Number Operations.Nov. 1967, 549-54.

Astle, William R. The Mathematics Consultant. Apr.1962, 203-5.

Austin, John C. Mental Mathematics Counts. Apr!1970, 337-38.

Ausubel, David P. Facilitating Meaningful VerbalLearning in the Classroom. Feb. 1968, 126-32.

. Some Psychological and Educational Limi-tations of Learning by Discovery. May 1964, 290-302.

BBachrach, Beatrice. Do Your Futst Graders Measure

Up ?? (A Report of a Unit with DisadvantagedLearners). Nov. 1969, 537-38.

Making Multiplication Colorful. Jan. 1964,43-44.

. No Time on Their Hands. Feb. 1973, 102-8.Backman, Carl A., and Seaton A. Smith, Jr. Activi-

ties with Easy-to-Make Triangle Models. Feb.1972, 156-57.

BaCtin. Marjorie. Operaton Bottle Caps. Oct. 1965,466-68.

Baehr, Anne. A Test ,Plus a Bonus. Mar. ,1960;152-54. ,))

Baker, Betty. Out os,Vesterclay. Mar. 1963, 143-51.Baker, Dianne M., d Jean S. Overholser. IMF for

Grades 3 to 6. May 1969, 400-401.Baldwin, Olivia H. Filling a Gap in Subtraction.

May 1960, 247-49.Ball, Joyce. Finding Averages with Bar Graphs. Oct.

1969, 487-89.Ballet, Hunter. Starting the New School Year in

Mathematics. Oct. 1972, 427-30.-Balow, Irving H. The Effects of Homogeneous"'

Grouping in Seventh-Grade Arithmetic. Mar. 1964,186-91.

Reading and Computation Ability as De-terminants of Ptoblein Solving. Jin. 1964, 18 22.

. Balzer, Richard, Michael Alfonso, and Paul Hartung.From Second. Base to Third Base. Nov. 1973,601-3.

Banc, Robert C. How, Are Your Nines? Mar. 1956,77-79.

Banghart, Frank W., John C. McLaulin, James B.Wesson, and Leonard Pikaart. An ExperimentalStudy of Progrwened versus Traditional Ele-mentary School Mathematics. Apr, 1963, 199-204.

Banks, James A. Searching for the Unknown! Dec.1967, 683, 689'

Barnes, Kenneth, Raymond Cruickshank, and JamesFoster, Selected-Educational and Experience Fac-tors and Arithmetic Teaching. Dec. 1960, 418 20.

4r,

.

Barney, Leroy. Problems Associated with the Readingof Arithmetic.' Feb. 1972, 131-33.

Barrett, M. J. A Method for Changing Numerals inCertain Nondecimal Bases to Numerals in Other

. Certain Nondecimal Bases, Directly May 1968,453-54.

Berson, Alan. The Mathematics Laboratory for theElementary and Middle School Dec. 19/1, 565-67

Barson, Alan, Beryl S. Cochran, and Robert B DavisChild-created Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 211-15.

Bartel, Elaine V. Supervision in 'Mathematics Jan.1973, 24-26.

. Understanding through Involvement Feb.1971, 91-93.

Bass, Elizabeth Ann. Zero's Little Blessing. Feb.1955, 10-11.

Basshp, Harrell. Teacher Understanding and PupilEffinency in' Mathematicsa Study of Relation-ship. Nov. 1962, 383-87.

Basslytm, Harrell, Michael Murphy, and KatherineMurphy Atiitude and Achievement in Arithmetic.Feb. 1964, 66-72.

Bassler, Otto C. Intermediate xersus Maximal Guid-antea pilot Study. Apr. 11,8, 357-63.

Bates, Thomas. The Road to Inverse and Multiply.Apr. 1968, .

Baumgartner, Margery, The Littlest Mathemitician.'Apr, 1958, 131-36:

What Can You Do with an Egg Carton?May 1968, 456758.

Bean, Mary Helen. Editorial Feedback, Dec. 1970,684-85.

Beard, Virginia. Mathematics in Kindergarten. Jan.'1962, 22-25.

Beardslee, Edward C., Gerald E. Gau,'and Ralph T.Teaching for Generalization:- An Array

Approach to Equivalent Fractions. Nov. 1973,591-99.

pechtel, Robert D., and Lyle J. piton.tionRepeated Addition?. May 1967, 373-76.

Beck. Lois L. A Report on the Use of Calculators.Feb. 1960, 193.

Beckenbach, Edwin F Geometric Proofs of theIrrationality of n. Mar. 1968, 244-50.

Becker, Stanley. Elevator Numbers. Oct. 1971,422-24.

Beckmann, Milton W. New Devices Elucidate Arithmetic. Oct. 1960, 296-301.

. Eighth-Grade Mathematical Competence-15 Years Ago and Now. Apr. 1970, 334-'35.

Begle, E. G. A Study or Mathematical Abilities. Nov.1962, 388-89.

Belding, Robert E.. and Homer C. Sherman. AreSoviet Arithmetic. Books 'fetter Than Ours? Dec.'1965, 633;37.

Bell, Clifford. Addition, Subtraction, and the NumberBase. Apr. 1955, 57-59.

Bender, Albert E. Why Johnny Can't Count. Noy.,1972, 553-55.

Bender, Marvin L. Dividing by Zero Apr 1961,176-79.

. Order of 'Operations in Elementary Arithmetre. May 1962, 263,57.

Benner, Betsy. Remainder .Multiplying. Apr. 1971,249, 267.

Benz, Harry E. Note on the Teaching of "RaggedDecimals" Apr. 1958, 149-51.

,Two-Digit Divisors Ending in 4, 5: or 6.Nov. 1R5fi, 187-91; Fcb. 1957, 12.

Beougher, Elton E. Blast off Mathematics. Apr..1971, 215-21.

Bet enson, Lewis. A Divisibility Test for Amateur ascovers. Jan. 1970, 39-41.

Bergen, Patricia M. Action Research on Division of

Fractions. Apr. 1966, 293-95.Berglund, Dorothy, Margaret Boyd, Elizabeth Cocke,

Camilla Durrenberger, and Eunice Rader. AnotherLook at 'Problem Solving. Dec. 1958, 315-16.

Bernstein, Allen L Use of Manipulative Devices inTeaching Mathematics. May 1963, 280-83.

Beery, Althea, James N. Jacobs, and Judith Leinwohl.Evaluation of an Accelerated Arithmetic Program.Feb. 1965, 113-19.

Berryman, Charles, and Leonard Paaart. lava-system Research for Elementary School Teachers.Jan. 1965, 5-8.

Beuthel, Donald G., and Phyllis I. Meyer. A RegularClassroom plus a Mathematics Laboratory. Nov.1972, 527-30.

Beyer, Fred C. California County Superintendents'Association Initiates "Project Mathematics.- May1964, 354-55. -

Bidwell, James K. Learning Structures for Arith-metic. Apr. 1969, 263-68.

Biggs, Edith E. Mathematics Laboratories and Teach-ers' Centresthe Mathematics Revolution inBritain. May 1968, 400-408.

. Trial and Experiment. Jan. 1970, 26-32.Biggs, Edith E., and Maurice I. Hartung. What's Your

Position on the Role of Experience in did Learningof Mathematics? May 1971, 278-95; Oct. 1971, 405.

Binford, Frederick, and Patrick Suppes. ExperimentalTeaching of Mathematical Logic in the ElementarySchool. Mar. 1965, 187-95.

Bishop, David C. A Mathematical Diversion'. Oct.1965, 430.

Bjonerud, Corwin E. Arithmetic Concepts Possessedby the Preschool Child. Nov. 1960, 347-50.

Black, Janet M. Geometry. Alive in Primary Class-', moms. Feb. 1967, 90-93.

Blanc, Sam S. Mathematics in Elementary Science.Dec. 1967, 636-40.

Blecha, Milo K. Helping Children Understand VerbalProblems. Mat. 1959, 106-7.

Blom, E. C. Developing Understanding throughCounting. Oct. 1955, 83-85.

Blomgren, Gwen P. What's in the Box?Subsets!Mar. 1970, 242.

Blough, Dorris. The Computer Game. May 1967,397, 409.

Blume, Violet, and Joseph Kennedy. MultiplicationTables and Dominoes. May 1963, 283.

Bogut, Thomas L. A Comparison of Achievement inEngland, California, and St. Paul. Mar. 1959, 87-94.

Bohan, Harry. Paper Folding and Equivalent FractionsBridging a Qap. Apr. 1971, 245-49.

Bompart, Bill. Teaching Concepts Incorrectly. Feb.1972, 137-40.

Boomer, Lyman W. An Intuitive Approach to SquareRoot. Oct. 1969, 463-64.

Booth, Anne C. New Vistas in Primary Arithmetic.May 1962, 268-70.

Boren, Marty, Charles Smith, Robert 4. Geskl, andCarolyn Johnson. Raink2Dity Game . Apr. 1972,303-5.

Borgen, Jerome S., and John B. Wood. YardstickNumber-Line Balance. Mar. 1971, 184-85.

Bosworth, Dorothy L., ana Gerald Arthur Cleveland.A Study of Certain Psychological and SociologicalCharacteristics as Related to Arithmetic Achieve-ment. May,1967, 383-87.

Botts, Truman. Fractions in the New ElementaryCurricula. Mar. 1968, 216-20.

. Linear Measurement and Imagination. Nov.1962, 376-82.

Numbers, Sets, and Counting. Oct. 1961,281-86.

BERGLUND-BROWER 1 Author 3,1

Bourne, H. N. Th Concept of Area. Mar. 1968,233-43.

Bowles, D. Richard. The Metric System in Grade 6.Jan.11964, 36-38.

Boychuk, Haifa, and S. E. Sigurdson. A Fifth-GradeStudent Discovers Zero. Apr. 1967, 278-79.

Boyd, Margaret, Dorothy Berglund, Elizabeth Cocke,Camilla Durrentierger, and Eunice Rader. Another'Look at Problem' Solving. Dec. 1958, 315-16.

Boyet, Lee E. The Distributive Property. Nov. 1967,566-69.

-, Equal or Equals? Oct. 1955, 91-92. ,Boykin, Wilfred E. The Russian Peasant Al onthm.

Rediscovery and Extension. Jan. 1973, 2 32.Boynton, Holmes. Four Aspects of Ant metica

Schematic Plan. Nov. 1964, 485-89.Brace, Alec, and L. Doyal Nelson. The Preschool

Child's Concept of Number. Feb. 1965, 126-33.Bradfield, Donald L. Algebraic Arithmetic ftetle-

mentary School. Mar. 1965, 183-86.. Sparking Interest in the Mathematics Class-

room. Mar. 1970, 239-42. IBragdon, Wallace M. Rapid Mental Calculations.

May 1965, 369-70.Brandt, Dorothy, Frances Floumoy,_and--fotrttli

McGregor. Pupil t.:nderstanding of the Numertion System. Feb. 1963, 88-92.

Braun, Charles. Familiarity Breeds Understanding.Apr. 1969, 316-17.

Braunfeld, Peter, and Martin Wolfe. Fractions forLow Achievers. Dec. 1966, 647-55.

Bravo, Anne R. Formal Preparation for Early Child-hood Arithmetic. Jan. 1965, 56-58.

Bray, Claud J. To Invert or Not to Invert. May1963, 274-76.

Breeding, Jewell, George Anne Fisher, Edna Lanham,and Helen McDaniel. Math's Not a MysteryHere's Its History. Mar. 1963, 151-53.

Breithaupt, Keith Alton. The Key to Roman Nu-merals. Apr. 1968, 374.

Brewer, Emery. A Survey of Arithmetic IntraclassGrouping Practices. Apr. 1966, 310-14.

Brewer, Shirley Stillinger. The Scientific Method ofProblem Solving. Apr. 1956, 117-18.

Brey, Rita, Barbara Schimmel, and Barbara Kcvra.Success for Slow Learners, or Rx: Relax . . . andPlay. May 1972, 335-43.

Brickman, Benjamin. More Rationalizing Division ofFractions. Feb. 1955, 25-26.

Bridgers, Raymond B., Jr. Easily Made ArithmeticAids. Dec. 1963, i07-8, ,

Bright, George W. Bilingualism IN Measurement:the Coming of the Metric System. May 1973,397-99. .,

'--Irroadbent", Fratic W. "Contig": A Game to Practiceand Sharpen Skills and Facts in the Four Funda-mental Operations. May 1972, 388-90.

Brong, Tech. Fun with Pegs and Pegboards. Apr.1971, 234-35.

Brother John Bosco Rupkcy, F.S.C. Inductive Teach-ing vs. Dcductivd Teaching. Mar. 1966, 218-20:

Brougher, Janet Jean. Discovery Activities with Areaand PerimetcrI May 1973, 382-85.

Broussard, Vernon. Using the Subtraction Method inDividing Decimal Fractions. May 1963, 288 89.'

Brousscau, Andre. Conceptual, Mathematical Methodology for Prospective Elementary -SchoolTeachers. Apr.' 1971, 265-67.

Brousseau, Roland L., Thomas A BP3WM and Peter J.Johnson. Introduction to Ratio and Proportion.Feb. 1969, 89-90.

Brower, Robert, and Arlene Nechin. The AbacusaNcw Use for an Old Tool Dec. 1959, 314-16.

. 4 Author I: BROWN-CALDWELL

Brown, C. Dale. Let's Prove It! Mar. 1 \60, 154 -55.Brown, Carolyn R. Math Rummy. Jan. 1973, 44-45.Brown, Francis R. ArithmeticFriend or Foe? Feb.

1957, 1-9.Brown, Gerald W. Applying "Madam I'm Adam" to

Mathematics: A Discovery Project. Nov. 1972,549-5/.

. New Money in Jamaica. Nov. 1969, 555.. What Happened to Elenientary School Arith

metic? Mar. 1971, 172-75.Brown, Gerald W., and Edwin Wandt. Non- Occupa-

tional Uses of Mathematics: Mental and WrittenApproximate and Exact. Oct. 1957, 151=54.

Brown, John A., and Donald J. Dessart. Arithmeticin Verse. Nov. 1958, 273-74.

Brown, John A., Reuberi R. Rusch, and Arthur R.De Long. Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score.Mar. 1962,145 -48.

Brown, Kenneth E. Third International Curriculump Conference. May 1968, 409-12.Brown, Kenneth E., and Theodore L. Abell. Research

in the Teaching of Elementary School Mathematics.Nov. 1965, 547-49. ,

Brown, Ruth, and Becky Lemmon. A Test to CheekDivisibility by Any Number. Oct. 1965, 459.

Brown, Thomas A., Roland L. Brousseau, and rJ. Johnson. Introduction to Ratio and Proportion.ioFeb. 1969, 89-90. .

Brownell, William A. Arithmetical AbstractionsProgress toward Maturity of Concepts under Dif-fering Programs of Insttuction. Oct. 1963, 322 29.

. The Evaluation of Learning under DissimilarSystems of Instruction. Apr. 1966, 267-74.

. Meaning and SkillMaintaining the Balance.Oct. 1956, 129-36, 142.

. Observations of Instruction in Lower-Grade, Arithmetic in English and Scottish Schools. Api.

1960, 165-77.. A Reply to Mr. Rodman's Critique. May

1964, 344-46.. The Revolution in Arithmetic. Feb. 1954,

1-5.Brumbaugh, Douglas K. Isolation of Factors That

Influence the Ability of Young Children to Asso-ciate a Solid with a Representation of Th Solid.Jan. 1971, 49-52.

Brumfiel, Charles. Cardinals or Ordinals. Apr. 969,257.

. Definitions in Arithmetic. Nov. 1956, 192-96.Enlarging Number Systems. Apr. 1956,

109-12.. Mathematical Systems and Their Relation-

ships to the Real World. Nov. 1970, 563-73.. A Note on Correctness and Incorrectness.

May 1971, 320-21.. Zero is Highly Overrated. May 1967, 377-78.

Brumfiel, Charles, and Irvin Vance. On Whole Num-ber Computation. Apr. 1969, 253-57.

Brune, Irvin. Arithmetic via Television, II. ACourse ;for Teachers and Parents. Oct. 1956.165-67.

Geometry in the Grades. May 1961, 210- 19.. Some K-6 Geometry. Oct. 1967, 441-47.

Brune, Irvin H., and Fred Piggc. Lectures versusManuals in the Edu9tion of Elementary Teachers.Jan. 1969, 48-52. (----

Bruni, James V. A "Limited" Approach to the Sumof the Angles of a Triahgle. Feb. 1972, 85-87.

Brydegaard, Marguerite. Creative Teaching Pointsthe Way to Help the Brighter Child in Mathe-matics. Feb. 1954, 21-24.

. Flight to Reality. Fcb. 1972, 83-84.

. From the Editor's Desk. Oct. 1966, 444,Mar. 1967. 181; May 1967, 338-41; Oct. 1967,

p

434-37, Nov. 1967, 546, Dec. 1967, 626, Jan. 1968,2, Feb. 1968, 98, Mar. 1968, 210; Apr. 1968,309-10, May 19 394, Nov. 1968, 586, Feb. 1969,84-85; Mar. 1969 162; Feb. 1970, 101-2; Mu.1970, 188, Apr. 1 70, 280-82, May 1970, 368-69,427.

. How Do You as a Classroom Teacher Evalu-ate New Learnings? Apr.1965, 251-52.

. The Insatialle Quest. Mathematicking. Jan.1960, 9-12.

. Student Teachers Look at the Teaching ofArithmetic. Jan. 1963, 31-36.

Buchman, Aaron L. An Experimental Approach tothe Pythagorean Theorem. Feb. 1970, 129- 32.

Buck, Betty. Illustration of, a hortcut in Returningfrom Base to pecimal. Mar. 964, 149, 165.

Buck, Charles. Geometry for t Elementary School.Oct. 1967.0460-6 .

Buck, Donald L. Arithmetic Is More Than Doing.Feb. 1963, 78-80.

Buckingham, B. R. Perspective m the Field of Arith-metic. Feb. 1955, 1-5.

Buckland, G. T. Can 2 + 2 = 11? Nov. 1955, 126-27.Tht Meaning of Two Times Two. Mar. 1960,

156-58.The Prismoidal Formula, Feb. 1989, 44-45. /

Burman, Margaret, and Pauline Frazier. Arithmeticin Upper Elementary Grades. Apr. 1959, 165-66.

Burn, Margaret H. Children Learning Mathematics.Apr. 1963, 179-82.

Bums, Paul C. Arithmetic Books for ElementarySchools. Mar. 1960, 147-49.

Development of Elementary School Mathe-matics Teaching m the United States. May 1970,428-37.

. For Mentally Advanced Pupils in Arith-metic. Jan. 1963, 18-21.

. Historical Mathematics M&terials for Use inTeaching Arithmetic. Apr. 1964, 262-66.

Study Questions for Reviewing Arithmetic.Dec. 1960, 414-17.

Burns, Paul C., and Arnold R. Davis.,Earlysearch Contributions to Elementary 'Khoo! Mathe-matics. Tan. 1970, 61-65.

Burroughs, Margaret. How Are You in Numbers?May 1965, 376.

Burt, Bruce C. Drawing Conclusions from Samples(An Activity for the Low Achiever).. Nov. 1969,539-41.

Bush, Allan. Interesting Facts about Numbers. Mar.1963, 132.

Bush, Mary Thomas. Seeking Little Eulers.. Feb.1972, 105-7.

Buswell, G. T. A Comparison of Achievement inArithmetic in England and Central California.Feb. 1958, 1-9.

. The Content and Organization of Arith-,metic. Mar. 1959,7-83.

Butler, Jane C. What Is a Teacher? Nov. 1960, 346.Byers, Joseph W. Lunch Money---;Nuisance or Op-

portunity? Jan. 1971, 57-58.Byrkit, Donald R. Early Mayan Mathematics. May

1970, 387-90.

4.6

Cache, Francs B. Understanding Multiplication andDiyision of Multidigit Numbers. May 1972, 349-54.

Cahcn, Leonard S. Upper-ElementaryrSchool Chil-dren Use Statistics. Apr. 1962, 212-14, -

Calandra, Alexander. Teaching Signed 'Numbers inGrade 8. Nov. 1958, 259-60.

Caldwell, Edward. Group Diagnosis and StandardizedAchievement Test. Fcb. 1965, 123-25.

9

t

Caldwell, J. D. Just for Fun. May 1968, 464-65.Callahan, John J., and Ruth S. Jacobson. An Experi-

,ment with Retarded Children and Cuisenaire Rods.Jan. 1967, 10-13.

Callahan, Leroy. Remedial Work with Lindy.-'achieving Children. Mar. 1962, 138-40.

A Romantic Excursion into the Multiplica-'on Table. Dec. 1969, 609-13.

. To an Arithmetic Book. May 1962, 275.Ca an, Leroy G., and Sneh Lata Passi. Textbooks,

Transitions, and Transplants. May 1972, 381-85.Calvo, Robert C. Placoa Number-Place Game.

May 1968, 465-66.Cameron, Robert T. Dramatics in Arithmetic. Apr.

.1960, 208.Campbell, Dorothy. Kindergartners Learn Arith-

metic. Apr. 1958, 137-39.Cannon, James R., and James t. Oakes. In Ten-

nessee. Making Use of the CTM Film Series.May 1969, 391-94.

Cantlon, Merle Mae, Doris Homan, and BarbaraStone. A Student-constructed Game for Drill withIntegers. Nov. 1972, 587-89.

Cappon, John, Sr. Easy Construction of MagicSquares for Classroom Use. Feb. 1965, 100-105.

Capps, Lelon R. Division of Fractions. Jan. 1962,10-16.

Making Division Meaningful and Logical.7..i962, 198-202.

. Teaching Mathematical Conaepts UsingLanguage Arts Analogies. Apr. 1970, 329-31.

Capps, Lelon R., and Linda Simon Cox. Attitude to-ward Arithmetic at the Fourth- and Fifth-GradeLevels. Mar. 1969, 215-20.

Careccio, ;ohm Helping Children Learn Multiplica-tion Fads. 'Mar. 1962, 149-51. . .

. Mathematical Heritage of Zambia. May1970, 391-95.

Carlisle, Earnest. Crazy Fractions: An EquivalenceGame. Apr. 1973, 303-4.

Carlow, Chester D. Possible Misunderstandings Ads-ing out of Kersh's Article on Learning by Dis-covery. Apr. 1966, 275-77.

Carlson, Ruth K., and Charles H. Tyldsloy. Bibliog-raphy of Books for Enrichment in Arithmetic. Apr.1960, 189-93.

Carlton, Virginia. Mathematics Education in theElementary Schools of the Soviet Union. Feb.1968, 198-14.

Carman, Marilyn J., an' Robert A. Carman. NumberPatterns. Dec. 1970, 637-39; Apr. 1971, 272.

Carman, Robert A., and Marilyn J. Carman. NuifiberPatterns. Dec. 1970, 637-39; Apr. 1971, 272.

Carper, Barbara, 0. L Davis, Jr., and Carolyn Crigler.Growth of Pre-school Children's Familiarity withMeasurement. Oct. 1959, 186-90.

Carroll, Emma C. Creatamath, orGeometric IdeasInspire Young Writers. May 1967, 391-93.

. Logarithms for Ten-Year-Olds. Mar. 1968,273-75.

Castaneda, Alberta M. A Mathematics Program forDisadvantaged Mexican-American First-Grade Children. May 1968, 413-19.

Cathcart, W. George, and Werner Liedtke. Reflective-ness/Impulsiveness And Mathematics Achievement.Nov. 1969, 563-67.

Catmull, A. Earl. A Cooperative University-DistrictIn-service Program. May 1968, 449-51,

Cawley, John F., and John 0. Goodman. Interrela-tionships among Mental Abilities, Reading, Lan-guage Arts, and Arithmetic with the MentallyHandicapped. Nov. 1968, 631-36.

Chabe, Alexander M. Rationalizing "Inverting andMultiplying." May 1963, 272-73.

CA DWELL-cLEMINSON I Author 5

Chambe in, Don, J. Fred Wilson, and William Self.San D go's New Arithmetic Program. Dec. 1961,422-24.

Chandler, Arnold M. Mathematics and the LowAchiever. Mar. 1970, 196-98.

Chandler, A old M., ed. Things You Can Try. Oct.`1972, 467 71;, Nov. 1972, 587-90; Dec. 1972,657-59; J 1973, 44-50; Feb. 1973, 139-42; Mar.1973, 219- ; Apr. 1973, 300-304; May 1973,386-89, Oct 1973, 387-89; Nov. 1973, 601-5;Dec. 1973, 6 -96.

4

Cheney, Augustine P., and Wilbur H. Dutton. Pre-service and In-service Education of ElementarySchool Teachers in Arithmetic. Mar. 1964, 192-98.

Childs, Kathryn F. Symbolsthe Langpage of Arith-metic. Nov. 1963, 417-18. t

Chirko, Thomas. More on Venn Diagrams, G.C.D.,and L.C.M. Nov. 1966, 552, 555

Christensen, Donald J. The Effect of DiscontinuedGrade Reporting on Pupil Learning. bet. 1968,724-26.

Christofferson, H. C. jineanings in Division. Feb.1957, 21-23.

oMeanings in Multiplication. Apr. 1959, 148-

Reading Numbers Modernized. Mar. 1958,68.

Clancy, Jean C. An Adventure in TopologyGrade5. Nov. 1959, 278-79, 256.

Clark, Alice. Experiments in the Primaly Grades.Oct. 1959, 203-5, 234.

Clark, Caroline Hatton. A One-handed Clock. Mar.1960, 127.

. 1)3 Tellor Not to Tell. Mar. 1958,-65-68.Clark, John R. Elementary SChool Mathematics in

the 1970s. Oct. 1971, 385.. The Informal-Intuitive versus the Formal-

Deductive Approach to Learning. Feb. 1965, 99.The Intangibles of Arithmetic Learning.

Mar. 1956,e56-58.. Looking Ahead at Instruction in Arithmetic'

Dec. 1961, 388-94.Number, Numeral, and Operation. May

1960, 222-25, 230.Perspective in Programs of Instruction in

Elementary Mathematics. Dec. 1965, 604-11.. The Use of Crutches in Teaching Arithmetic.

Oct. 1954, 6-10.-Clark, Ilichard M., and Arthur R. DeLong. De-

vetopding Creativity through Arithmetic, .,Cfct. 1959,206-8.

Clarkson, David M. Mathematical Activity. Oct.1968, 493-98. .

. A Mathematics Laboratory for ProspectiveTeachers. Jan. 1970, 75-78.

. A Number Pencil. Nov. 1967, 557-59."Plus" Work for All Pupils. May 1960,

238-39.. School-College Relationships. May 1968,

447-49.' Taxicab Geometry, Rabbits, and Pascal's

TriangleDiscoveries in a Sixth Grade Classroom.Oct. 1962, 308-13.

Clary, RObert C. Offerings in Mathematics of NETStations, 1965-61. Apr. 1967, 300-306.

-Teaching Aids for Elementary School Arith-metic. Feb. 1966, 135-36.

Clason, Robert G. Some Histoiical Whats, Hows,and Whys in Teaching Arithmetic. Oct. 1970,461-72.

Claspill, Eileen K. A Bcttcr Understanding of OurNumber System.' Fcb. 1962, 71-73.

Cleminson, Robert A. Developing the SubtractionAlgorithm. Dec. 1973, 634-38.

4

Author j CLENDENON-CUNNINGHAM

Clendenon, Earl. Efficiency in Teaching Basic Facts.Apr. 1959, 144-47.

. On Labeling Answers. Jan. 1960, 37-38.Cleveland, Gerald Arthur, and Dorothy L. Bosworth.

A Study of Certain Psychological and SociologicalCharacteristics as Related to Arithmetic Achieve-ment. May 1967, 383-87.

Coburn, Maude. Flexibility in the Arithritetic Pergram. Apr. 1955, 48-54.

Cochran, Beryl S. Children Use Signed Numbers.Nov. 1966, 587-88.

Cochran, Beryl S., Alan Barson, and Robert B. Davis.Child-created Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 211-15.

Cocke, Elizabeth, Dorothy Berglund, Margaret Boyd,Camilla Durrenberger, and Eunice Rader. AnotherLook at Problem Solving. Dec. 1958, 315-16.

Cohen, Donald. Inquiry in Mathematicswith Chil-dren and Teachers. Jaq. 1967, 7-9.

. A Lesson on Absolute Value. Dec. 1964,561-62.

Cohen, Louis S. The Board Stretcher: A Model toIntroduce Factors, Primes, Composites, and Multi-plication by a Fraction. Dec. 1973, 649-56.

Open Sentencesthe Most Useful Tool inProblem Solving. Apr. 1967, 263-67.

A Rationale in Working with Signed Num-bers. Nov. 1965, 563 -67.

. A Rationale in Working,,with Signed Num-bervRivisited. Nov. 1966, 564-67.

Cohen, Louis S., and David C. Johnson. Functions.Apr. 1970, 305-15.

. Some Thoughts about Problem Solving.Apr. 1967, 261-62.

Cole, Mildred, Clarence Ethel Hardgrove, and AnneGustafson. A Good Teacher. Nov. 1960, 362-63.

Coleman. Josephine K. Just Plain Drill. Dec. 1961,431-32.

Coleman, Mary Elizabeth. Goals ford ArithmeticTeaching. Apr. 1563, 188-90.

Collier, Calhoun C. Blocks to Arithmetical Under-standing. Nov. 1959, 262-68.

. Quantitative Thinking in Today's World.Nov. 1958, 269-70.

Collier, C. Patrick, and George L. Henderson. Geo-metric Activities for Later Childhood Education.Oct. 1973, 444-53.

Colter, Mary T. Adapting the Area of a Circle to theArea of a Rectangle. May 1972, 404-6.

Coltharp, Forrest L. Determining the LCM and GCFthrough the Use of Set Theory. Apr. 1965, 282-84.

. Properties of Polygonal Regions. Feb. 1972,117-22.

Comber, Julia, and Geoffrey, Matthews. MathematicsLaboratories. Dec. 1971, 547-50.

Committee on the Undergraduate Program in Mathe-matics (CUPM). Preparation in Mathematics forElementary School Teachers. Mar. 1967, 1/8 -99.

Condron, Bernadine F. Gamc to Review Basic Prop-erties and Vocabulary. Mar. 1965, 227 28.

Geometric Number Stories. Jan. 1964, 41 42.Connelly, Austin J. Research in Mathematics Edu

cation and the Mentally Retarded. Oct. 1973,491-97.

Connelly, Ralph, and James Heddens, "Remainders"That Shouldn't Remain. Oct. 1971, 379-80.

Constantinc, Deane G. An Approach to Division withCommon Fractions. Fcb. 1968, 176177.

Cook, Nancy. Fraction Bingo. Mar. 1970, 237-39.Cook. Ruth. Number Concepts for thc Slow Learner.

Apr. 1954, 11-14.Cooke, Ralph J., and E. T. McSwain. Essential

Meanings in Arithmetic. Oct. 1958, 185-92.Coon, Lewis H. Numbet Line Multiplication for

Negative Numbers. Mari 1966, 213-17.

W.-Work Backwards! Why Not? Apr. 1965,

285-87.Cooper, Bernice. Why My Children Like Arithmetic.

Nov. 1956, 196.Coppola, Jean N. graphs Tell a Story. Apr. 1969,

305-6.Corbett, William. The One and Six-Tenths Cent

Stamp. Nov. 1970, 62ryryCorle, Clyde G. Estimat of Quantity by Elementary

Teachers and ,College Juniors. Oct. 1963, 347 -53.. In Answer to Yours QuestionsWhy Do

Children Have Difficulty with Verbal Problems?Jan. 1965, 13, lit, 23.

. The New Mathematics. Apr, 1964, 242 47.

. A Study *The Quantitative Values of Fifthand Sixth Grade Pupils. Nov. 1960, 333-40.

. Ten Questions. Jan. 1966, 38-42.Thought Process in Grade Six Problems.

Oct. 1958, 193-203.Cormier, Romae J. Subtraction by Complement-Ad-

dition-Complement. Nov. 1961, 344.Cotter, Stanley. Charged Particles. A Model for

Teaching Operations with Directed Numbers. May;1969, 349-53.

Cowan, Paul J., and Earl L. McCallon. Enrichmentwith Exponents. Jan. 1968, 70.

Cowie, Irving M. Ancient Systems of NumerationStimulating, dlluminating.Way 1970, 413-16.,

Cox., Anne Mae. "Christmas Tree" Numbers. Dec.1965, 648-51; Feb. 1966, 134.

Cox, Linda Simon, and Lelon R. Capps. Attitud e"toward Araithmetic at the Fourth- and Fifth-GradeLevels. Mar. 1969, 215-20.

Coxford, Arthur F., Jr. The Effects of Instructionon the. Stage Placement of Children in Piaget'sSeriation Experiments. Jan. 1964, 4-9.

. Piaget: Number and Measurement. Nov.1963, 419-27.

Cramer, Ward. Golden Fruit Salada Little Fishy!Oct. 1969, 489-91.

Crescimbeni, Joseph. Developing Arithmetical In-quiry with Enrichment Aids. Jan. 1966, 49-51..

Creswell, John L. The Competence in Arithmetic of .

Prospective Georgia Elementary Teachers. Apr.1964, 248-50.

. How Effective Are Modern MathematicsWorkshops? Mar. 1967, 20518.

Crigler, Carolyn, 0. L. Davis, Jr., and Barbara Carper.The Growth of Pre-school Children's Familiaritywith Measurement. Oct. 1959, 186190.

Cross, Bob. "I Like Math Because ...." Mar. 1958,92-93.

Cross, George C., and Helen G. Renzi. TeachersDiscover New Math Theorem. Dec. 1965, 625-26.

Crouse, Richard, and Elizabeth Rinehart. CreativeDyill with Pictures. Apr. 1973, 300-302.

Crowhurst, Norman H. Making a Game of ItRe,sponsive Teaching. Jan. 1971, 23-28.

Cruickshank, Raymond, Kenneth Barnes, and JamesFostcr. Selected Edutational and Experience'tors and Arithmetic Teaching. Dec. 1960, 418 20.

Cruikshank, Douglas E. Preservicc Textbooks. AnAnalysis. Oct. 1969, 479-83.

Cruikshank, Douglas E., and Charles dc Flandrc,Therp Always Arc Morc Questions. Nov. 1971,443=47. ,

Culp, Nellie. A Psalm of ,Lamentation; or, thePsalm of thc Empty Set. Oct. 1961, 296.

Cunningham, George ..C. Making a Counting Abacus.Fcb. 1967, 132-34.

Cunningham, George S. More Divisibility. bySeven and Thirteen. Apr. 1961, 189--z81...

Thrse Vicws of thc Multiplier. Apr. 1965,2 -76.

Cunningham, George S., and David Raskin. ThePegboard as a Fraction Maker.. Mar. 1968, 224-27.

Curtin, James. Arithmetic in the Total School Pro:gram. Dec. 1957, 235-39.

DDaiutolo, Robert J. nsdowne-Aldan Officials Laud

New Mathemati Program. Mar. 1962, 144.Daniels, Roy. A S act to Live In. Dec. 1970, 663-69.Daniels, John W. Don't Forget the Parents! Oct.

1966, 474-75. ,D'Augustine, Charles H. Developing Generalizations

with Topological Net Problems. Feb. 1965, 109-12.Factors Relating to Achievement' with Se-

lected Topics in Geometry and Topology. Mar.1066, 192-97.

. Multiple Methods of Teaching Operations.Apr. 1969, 259-62.

. Reflections on the Courtship of Mathematics--ajt Science. Dec. 1967, 645-49.

. Topics in Geometry and Point Set Topology-a Pilot Study. Oct.-1964, 407-12.

Davidson, Patricia S. An 4nnotated Bibliography ofSuggested Manipulative Devices. Oct. 1968, 509-24.

Davidson, Patricia S., and Arlene W. Fair. A Mathe-matics Laboratory-from Dream to Reality. Feb.1970, 105-10.

Davies, Robert A. Low Achiever Lesson in Primes.Nov. 1969, 529-32.

Davis, Arndld R., and Paul C. Bungs. Early Re-search Contributions to Elementary School Mathe-matics. Jan. 1970, 61-65.

Davis; Catherine Linn. Highlights of a SummerConference. Jan. 1961, 14-18.

Davis, 0. L., Jr. Arithmetic at the School Camp.Oct. 1956, 157-61.,

Davis, 0. L., 7r., and Neal H. Tracy. ArithmeticAchievement and Instructional Grouping. Jan.1963, 12-17.

Davis, 0. L., Jr., Barbara C er, and CarolynCrigler., The Growth of P -school Childre sFamiliaiity with Measurement pct. 1959, 186

Davis, Philip J. A Number Ch ratter. Mar. 196 ,154.

Davis, Robert 8. ThkeNext Few Years. May 1966,355-62.

On.Listening and Speaking the Language ofthe Natives. May 1968, 419.

Davis, Robert B., Beryl S. Cochran, and Alan Berson.Child-created Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 211-15.

Dawson, Dan T., and Arden K. Ruddell. An Ex-perimental Approach to the Division Idea. Feb.1955, 6-9.

Dean, Richard A. Defining Basic Concepts of Mathe-matics. Mar. 1960, 122-27.

Deans, Edwina. Algebraic Approaches to Develop-mental Work with the Operations. Apr. 1964,266-69.

Arithmetic in Science and Social Studies.Apr. 1961, 189-91.

. Early Development of Concepts of Multipli-, cation and Division. Feb. 1965, 143-44.

First Graders Use Numbed in OpeningTheir School Day. Nov. 1961, 368-72,

Games for the Early Grades. Feb. 1966,140-41.

Grouping-an Aid in Learning Multipli-cation and Division Facts. Jan. 196127-41.

. Groups and Line Arrangements Help De-velop Concepts for-Numbers in the Spam fromTen through Twenty. Nov. 1960, 367-72.

-. Ideas to Try with Primary Children; Nov.1964, 502-5.,

2

CUNNINGHAM-DEMCHIK I Author 7'

. Including the Newer Mathematics with theRegular Program of the Primary Grades. Feb.1962, 90-95.

-. Independent Work in Arithmetic. Feb. 1961,77-80.

, Mathematical Vignettes-Ideas from Here ,and There. Apr.J962, 215-20.

More Games for the Early Grades. Mar.1966, 238-40.

An Open-ended Practice Exercise. Feb.1964, 119-21.

Practice in Renaming Numbers-an Aid toSubtraction. Feb. 1965, 142.

. Pre-service and In-service Education inMathematics. May, 1965, 315-16.

-. Providing Meaningful Practice. Dee. 1960,426-30.

Remainders in Division and a Floor Num-ber Line. Mar. 1961, 131-34.

A Third Grade Enjoys Arithmetico May1961, 251-54.

. Working with Groups in the Number Spanfrom One through Nitie. Oct. 1960, 303-8.

Deans, Edwina, ed. In the Classroom. Oct. 1960,303-8, Nov. 1960, 367-72, Dec. 1960, 426-30, Jan.1961, 27-31, Feb.. 1961, 77-80, Mar. 1961, 131-34;Apr. 1961, 189-91, May 1961, 251-54, Oct. 1961,297-300; Nov. 1961, 368-72; Dec. 1961, 433-35;Jan. 1962 37-40, Feb. 1962, 90-95, Mar. 1962,155-59; Apr. 1962, 215-20; May 1962, 282-86;Oct. 1962, 336-41; ,Nov. 1962, 392-95; Dec. 1962,453-58, Jan. 1963, 37-41", Feb. 1963, 93-97, Mar.1963, 143-53; Apr. 1963, 212-36; May 1963, 290-93, Oct. 1963, 354-58, Nov. 1963, 449-55; Dec.'1963, 504-13; Jan. 1964, 39-45; Feb. 1964, 114-21;gar. 1964, 201-6; Apr. 1964, 260-72; Oct.41964,423-30; Nov. 1964, 500-501; Dec., 1964'; 574-80;Jan, 1965, 65-67; Feb. 1965, 142-50; Mar. 1965,224i-28, Apr. 1965, 285-90, May 1965, 369-79, Oct.1965, 462-71; Nov. 1965, 568-74;,Dec. 1965, 645-51; Jan. 1966, 47-51; Feb. 1966, 135-41; Mar.1966, 237-40, Apr. 1966, 315-18; May 1966, 403.',-7.

Deans, Edwina, and Rose Koury. Including theNewer 'Mathematics with the Regular Program ofthe Primary Grades. Apr. 1963, 212-14; May 1963,291.

deBethune, Andre .1. A Method of Front-End Arith-metic. Feb. 1959,23-29, 32.

Deer, George H., and Donald E. Shipp. The Use oTClass Time in Arithmetic. Mar. 1960, 117-21.

Decry, Ruth T. Linda Learns the Hexal System.- Nov. 1958, 251-55.de Flandre, Charles, and Douglas E. Ctuikshank.

There Always Are More Questions. Nov. 1971,443-47.

De Francis, John. Beginnings pf Mathematical Edu-cation' in Russia. Feb. 1959, 6-11, 16,

DeGrail; Homer R. Teaching Square Root Mean- -ingfully in Grade 8. Feb. 1960, 100-102.

Delaney, Arthur A. An Exercise in Ancient EgyptianArithmetic. Apr. 1963, 216.

Delon, Floyd G. The. Aftermath of a Revolution.Dec. 1963, 481-83.

Delon, Floyd G., and Robert E. Reys. Attitudes ofProspective Elementary School Teachers towardsArithmetic. Apr. 1968, 363-66.

DeLong, Arthur R., and Richard M.. Clark. De-veloping Creativity through Arithmetic. Oct.1959, 206-8. e

DeLong; Arthur R., Reuben R. Rusch, and John A.Brown. Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score. Mar.1962, 145-48,

Demchik, Virginia C. Integer "Football." Oct. 19731:487-88.

8 Author I DEN MARICEARP.4

Denmaik, Thomas. An Intuitive Introduction to theEuclidean Concept of Betweenness. Dec. 1968,683-86.

Denmark, Thomaa, and Robert Kahn. Suitability ofTeaching Geometric Construction 'in Upper gle-mentary Gradesa Pilot Study. Feb. 1964, 73.80.

Dennis, J. Richird. Informal Geom throitgh Sym-metry. Oct. 1969, 433-36.

. Dessart, Donald J., and John A. grown. Arithmeticin Verse. Nov. 1958, 273-74.

DeVault, M. Vere. The Abacus /and MultiplicationMar. 1956, 65.

. What Is Mathematics Curriculum Research?. Dec. 1966, 636-39.

DeVault, M. Vere, and W. Rolfert Housiion. Mathe-matics In-service Education., Teacher Growth In-creases Pu¢il drowth. May 1963, 7.

DeVault, M Vere, and William D. R oil. In-serviceResearch in Arithmetic ,Teaching Ai May 1960,243-46.

Dickey, John W. Conunints on Mid e-Grade Arith-metic. Feb. 1958, 37-38.

Dickoff, Steven S. Paper Folding an Cutting a Setof Tangram Pieces. Apr. 1971, 52.

Dickson, Judy Ticknor. The Plight f a Child. Jan.1968, 19-22. 51

Diehl, Digby. A.genso of Order in Mathematics. Nov.1964, 490-95.

Dielle, Jeffrey. The Roads of Math. Oct. 1966, 467:. Dienes, Z, P. Comments of Scime Problem! of

Teacher Education in Mathematics. Mar. 1970,263-69. ,

. On the Learning of Mathematics. Mar. 1963,115-26.

Dilley, Clyde A., and Walter E. Rucker. ArithmeticGames. Fkb.. 1972, 157-58,

Division with Common and Decimal Frac-tional Numbers. 'May 1970, 438-41.

Teaching Division by Two-Digit Numbers.Apr, 1969, 306-8.

Dinkel, Robert E. Prognosis for Studying Algebra.Dec. 1959, 317-19.

Spigno, Joseph. Division Isn't That Hard. Oct.1971, 373-77.

Dixon,-Lye. J., and Roliert 1). Bechtel. Multiplies-tionRted Addition? May 1967, 373-76.

Dodge, Winston E. tfathetnatical Spelunking. Dec.("--...:1e967, 665-67.

er, Dora. 411Lhe Role of Games, Puzzles, and

\------)Dolny, Mildred M. A Comparison. Textbooks,

Riddles in Elementary Mathematics. Nov. 1963,450-52.rriDomestic 'Ind Foreign. Nov. 1963, 428-34.

Donald, Franca. Expressions in Mathematics, May= 1964, 357-58.

Dougherty, Florence. The Akron Experiment. Dec.1962, 446 -48.

Douglas, Lawrence M. Food for Thought. Feb,1960, 92.

Drisin, Lillian Packer. The Forgotten Level. Nov.1957, 211-13:

Dreyfuss, Joan. Ffiops, Hahas, Zobos, Gripees,Lilies, and Dingbats. Oct. 1973, 488-89.

Driseoll, Lucy E. An Algorism is Born. Feb. 1964,93.

. Casting Out Nine* ancrbther Numbers.'Mar. 1958, 82-83.

. Ordered Pairs, Patterns, and Graphs inFourth Grade. Mar. 1961, 127-30.

Drizigacker, Rowena. FRIO, or FRactions Iniv /Order. Dec. 1966,

Qubisch, Roy. Set Eq=41?.May 1966, 388-91.The Sieve of Eratosthenes. Apr. 1971,

236-37.

Dubitsky, Pauline. Multiplication. Mix Equationsand Postulates in Patterned Form. Dec. 1963,509-13.

--. Using Equations with the Number System.Feb. 1960, 87-89; May 1960, 265.

Duckworth, Eleanor. r iligt Rediscovered. Nov1964, 496-99.

Duker, Sabi. Rationalizing' Division of Fractions.Dec. 1954, 20-23.

Duncan, E. R. Arithmetic: in New Zealind. Oct.1956, 137-42.

Duncan, Eriest R., and John K. Reckzeh. E Pluri-bus Unum a Brief Discussion on the "Law ofOne." Dec. 1961, 413-15.

Duncan, FranCes M., and W. J. Lyda, QuantitativeVocabulary ' and Problem Solving. Apr. 1967,289-91.

Duncan, HO F. Division by Zero. Oct. 1971,381-82. -

Dunkley, MI. E Some Number Concepts of Dis-advent** Childred. May 1965, 359-61.

Dunkum, illiam. Another Use for Binary Numerals.Mar. 197 , 225-26.

Dunn, El An Arithmetit Yak. Oct. 1956, 156.Dunning:. arbarti B., and hleredith D. A Very

Legitimate Pride. May 1971, 339-45. ,

, Duquette, Raymond J. Some Thou on Piaget sFindings and the Teaching oi ions. Apr.1972, 273-75.

Durrenberger, Camilla, Dorothy d, MargaretBoyd, Elizabet Cooke, and Eunice der. AnotherLook at Problem S'olviig. Dec. 1958, 315-16.

Dutton, Wilbur H. A de Change of ProspectiveElementary School Teachers toward Arithmetic.Dee. 1962, 418-24.

Dutton, Wilbur H. GKindergarten ChB

IndividSchooj Mathema

owlli in Number Readiness inen. May 1963, 251-55.g Instruction in Elementaryfor Prospective Teachers. Mar.

1966, 227731.. New Mathematics !or Ethiopian Elementary

Teac g The Concepts to Culturally Dia-Schools. Feb. 9616 115-25.

tais-uitaged rimary-Age Children. May .1967,358-64.

. University Students' Comprehension of Arith-metical Concepts. Feb. 1961, 60-64.

Dutton, Wilbur H., and Augustine P. Chehey. Pre-service and In-service Education of ElementarySchool Teachers in Anthmetic. Mar. 1964, 192-98.

Dutton, Wilbur H., and Lois Stephens. .Retention ofthe Skill of Divilion, of Fractions. Jan. 196p, 28-3).

Dwight, Leslie A. rnconsistencies in the Teachagof Arithmetic hi the Elementary Grades, I. Mar.1956, 79-80.

. Inconsistencie; in the Teaching of Arithmetic,II. Apr. 1956, 98-103.

TV In-service Mathematics Programs . forElementary Teachers. Dec. 1965, 644, 656.

Dye, David. A Different Way of Subtracting. Jan.1965, 65-66.

EEads, Laura K. Arithmetic on the March. Oct. 1954,

10-14.Learning Principles That Characterize De-

velopmental Mathematics. Oct. 1957, 179-82.Ten Years of Meaningful Arithmetic in New

York City. Dec. 1955, 142-47.Eagle, Edwin. Don't Let That Inverted Divisor

cotne Mysterious. Oct. 1954, 15-17.Earl, Walter, An Iconoclastic 'Elementary School

Mathematics Program. Oct. 1966, 489-91.Earp, N. Wesley. Procedures for Teaching Reading,

el

in Mathematics. Nov. 197d, 57Easterday, Helen, and Kenneth y. A Logical

Method for Bask Subtractio May 1966, 404-6.Easterday, Kenneth, and Helen y. A Logical

Method for Basic Subtracti n. May 1966, 404-6.Echtemacht, Charles, and V' Gordon. Breaking

the Lock Step in Arithm Feb. 1962, 86-89.The rial Parfet By Ws fiy of Introduction. . . .

Nov. 3, 522. .

of All. 'Oct. 1971, 357-58.perience and Mathematical Learning. May

0* 19k, 277.More on Metrication in May. Apr. 1973,

274.Thanks from the Editorial Panel. Nov.

1973, 608.Edmonds, George F. Discovering Patterns in Addi-

tiorc Mar. 1969; 245-48.Edwards, Alice D. Arithmetic in Everyday Living.

Dec. 1962, 453-58.Edwards, Evelyn, and Doris L Hammond. A Summer

Institute in Mathematics. Feb. 1966, 121-24.Egsgard, John C., C.S.B. Geometry All Around

Us K -12. Oct. 1969, 437-45. I

Einhorn, Erwin. Laboratory Project Constructinga Skyline. Jan. 1971, 56.

Eisenberg, Theodore A., and John G. Van Beynen.Mathematics through Visual Problems. Feb. 1973,85-90.

Elliott, Richard W. Head-shrinkingan Int/tion to Scale. Dec. 1966, 685.

Ellison, Alfred. The Concept of the Shifting Unit.Mar. 1972, 171-76.

. That Backward Yllis Math. May 1963, 259-61, 276.

Enstrom, Doris C., and E A. Enstrom. NumeralsStill Count. Feb. 1966, 131-34.

Enstrom, E. A.; and Doris C. Enstrom. NumeralsStill Count. Feb. 1966, 131-34.

Epstein, Carol B. Teach Me! Nov. 1966, 545.Epstein, Marion G. Testing in Mathematics. Why..? .

What? How? 'Apr. 1968, 311-19.Erhart M. Arithmetic for the Acade%ically Talented.

Feb. 1960, 53-60.Erickson, Leland H. Color as an Aid in Teaching

Concepts. Feb. 1958, 10-14.Erlich, David. Subtraction from Left to Right. Nov.

1959, 286.Ernst, Richard. Introducing Mr. "0" and Mr. "Deci-

mal Point." Nov. 1956, 210-11.Esty, Edward. Functions. Dec. 1967, 657-64.Evans, Anna Marie. Mildred Headley, and Judith

'Leinwohl. An Enrichment Program fot ElementaryGradcZ May 1962, 28246.

Ewbank, William A. The Mathematics Laboritory:What? Why? When? Dec. 1971, 559-64.

EASTERDAYFLETCHER I Author 9

Fawcett, Harold P. The Geometric Continuum. May1970, 403-12.

Fedon, J. Peter. The Role of Attitude in LearningArithmetic. Dec. 1958, 304-10.

Feeman, George F. Reading and Mathemaucs. Nov.1973, 523-29.

Fehr, Howard F. Fractions as Operators. Mar. 1968,228-32.

. In Answer to your Question. Mar. 1965,203j, 211.

Modern Mathematics and Good Pedagogy..Nov. 1963, 402-11.

. Note on Philosophy of Teaching Arithmetic.Feb. 1956, 31-32.

. A Philosophy of Arithmetic Instruction. Apr..I955,'27-32.

. Sense and Nonsense in a Modern SchoolMathematics Program.. Feb. 1966, 83-91.

Fehr, Howard F., George McMeen, and Max Sobel.Using Hand-operat Computing Machines inLearning Afithmeti Oct. 1956, 145-50.

Feifer, Jeffrey P. U the Compass for OutdoorMathematics. May 1973, 388-89.

Fejfar, James L el Teaching Program for Experi-mentation wi Computet -assisted Instruction.Mar. 1969, 1

Felder, Virginia. Biometry Concepts in Grades K 3.May 1965, 35

Feldhake, He J. Student Acceptance of thbNew Math ics Programs. Jan. 1966, 14-20.

Feldman, Leo, d. A Multiple View of the Euclid-ean Algorism Nov. 1965, 556-59.

Felix, Lucien Modern Mathematics Begins in theElementary not. Jan. 1962, 32-36.

Fellows, Ma M. A Mathematics Attitudinal De-vice. Mar. 973, 222-23.

Fennell, Fra cis M. Multiplication Football. Mar.1970, 23 7.

Fennema, izabeth. Manipulatives in the Classroom.May 197 , 350-52.

els and Mathematics. Dec. 1972, 635.40.Femhoff, obert.'41akirg the Most of Your Field

Trip. pi.r. 1971, 186-89.Fielder, Main R., and W. Robert Houston. Num-

ber Patterns. A 'Ferreting Process. Mar. 1962,119-21.

Fillmct, H. T., and Gltn F. Fincher. ProgrammedInstruction in Elementary Arithmetic. Jan. 1965,19:423.

Fri her, Glen E., and H. T. FMmer. Programmednstruction in Elementary Arithmetic. Jan. 1965,

19-23. ,innegan, Patrick. An Approach to Teaching theDifference between Number and Numeral. Jan.1965; 31. .'.

Fisher, Alan A. The Peg Boarda Useful Aid inTeaching Mathematics: Apr. 1961, 186-88.

Fisher, George Anne, Edna Lanham, Jewell Breeding,and Helen McDaniel. Math's Not a/MysteryHere's Its History.. Mar. 1963 51-53.

Fahet, John J. Extent of I emen ion of CUPMLevel I Reconun Mar. 19 , 194-97.

Fisher, Nancy Ca lo. Practical Papet Models fotNumber Conce ts. Dec. 1973, 630-33.

Fisher, Ron. Metric Is Here, So Let's Get On withIt. May 1971, 400-402; Oc\. 1973, 424.

Fitzgerald, William M. A Mathematics Laboratoryfor Prospective Elementary School Teachers. Oct.1968, 547-49. -

Fitzsimons, Lucille. Kindergarten Mathematics. Jan.1964, 33-35.

Flemming, Suzanne. Opening the Eyes, of a NewTeacher. Oct. 195*I89-90.

'Fletcher, Robert F. Elementary School Mathematics:

Fair, Arlene W., and Patricia S. Davidson. A Mathmattes Laboratory from Dram, to Reality. F .

1970, 105-10.Farnham-Diggory, Sylvia. Lettet to the Editor. May

1968, 436. -

On Readiness and Remedy ih MathematicsInstruction. Nov. 1968, 614-22.

_Farrell, Margaret A. Patterns of Geometry. Oct.1969, 447-50,

Faulk, Charles J. How Well Do Pupils EstimateAnswers? Dec. 1962, 436-40.

Faulk, Charles J., and Thomas R. ',Wiry. An .Ap-proach to Problem-Solving. Apr. f961, 157 60.

Faulkner, William R. Editorial FeedbaZk. Oct. 1969,495-96.

14.

10 Author I FLEWELLING- GESSEL

A Word of Caution and a Qu ion. Dec. 1972,645-47.

. An Investigation of the t of an Opera-tionally Defined Word on Co awn-of NumbeiResponses. Mar. 1970, 255-61.

newel ling, Robert W. The Abacus and Our An-cestors. Eeb. 1960, 1046.

. The Abacus as an Arithmetic Teaching De-vice. Nov. 1955, 107-11.

Flory, Da Vid W. What Are the Chances? Nov. 1969,581-82.

Flournoy, Frances. Applying Basic MathematicalIdeas in Arithmetic. Feb. 1964, 104-8.

Children's Success with Two Methods. ofEstimating the Quotient Figure. Mar. 1959, 100-104.

The Controversy Regarding the Teaching ofHigher-Decade Addition. Oct. 1956, 170-73, 176.

. Developing Ability in Mental Arithmetic.Oct. 1957, 147-50.

. Meeting Individual Differences in Arithmetic.Feb. 1960, 80-86.

: Providing Mental Arithmetic Experiences.Apr. 1959, 133-39.' .

A Study of Pupils' Understanding of Arith-metic in the Primary Grades. Oct. 1967, 481-85.

Flournoy, Frances, and Helen Marie Krietz. ABi liography of Historical Materials for Use inA thmetic in the Intermediate Grades. Oct. 1960,28 -92.

Flournoy, Frances. a d Herbert F. Spitzer. Develop-s g Facility in lying Verbal Problems. Nov.

56, 177-82.Fl urnoy, Frances Dorothy Brandt, and Johnnie

cGregor. PO Understanding of the Numera-tion System. F 1963, 88-92.

Folsom, Mary. r mes, Frames, and More Frames.Dec. 1963, 48 5.

Teache Look at Arithmetic Manuals. Jan.1960, 13-18. ..

Foote, Evelyn . Using Teachers' Manuals forDeeper Learning. Feb. 1959, 17-22.

Ford, Marie S,' Arithmetic--an Old Subject in NeApparel. Oct. 1956, 143-44.

Foreman, Dare I., and William A. Mehrens. NationalAssessment in Mathematics. Mar. 1971, 137-43.

Forrest, Genevieve. A Recipe for Angle, Circle, Con-struction Surprise. May 1960, 266.

12 Ratio. Feb. 1959, 49.Forseth, Sonia D., and Patncia A. Adams. Sym-

metry. Feb. 1970, 119-21.Forsythe, Allan L., and Daviette H. Stansbury. Bobby

and a Computer! Feb. 1971, 88-90.Foster, James M. Deductive Reasoning in the Pri-

mary-Arithmetic Program. Jan. 1962, 20-21.Foster, James, Kenneth Barnes, and Raymond Cruick-

shank. Selected Education) and Experience Factorsand Arithmetic Teaching. Dec. 1960, 418-20.

Foster, Lois E. Why Not Mathematics Field Trips?Apr. 1968, 332. 340.

Foti, Francis T. Teaching the Mentally Handicapped.Apr. 1959, 156-58.

Fox. Marion W. Manipulative Materials in Intermediate Grades. Apr. 1958, 140-42.

Frank. Charlotte Play Shuffleboard with NegativeNumbers. May 1969, 395-97.

Frazier. Pauline. and Margaret Burman. Arithmeticin Upper Elementary Grades. Apr. 1959, 165 66.

Frederiksen, John G. Square Root +. Nov. 1969.549-56. .

Freeman, William W. "Kg., Kirk Murphy's PicsanIntroduction to Division by Fractions. Apr. 1967.310-11.

Freitag, Arthur

)h., and Herta Taussig Freitag. Know

Thy Limitations (Assumptions). Jan. 1963, 7-8.. Shortcuts for the Human Commter. Dec.

1966, 671-76.Freitag, Herta Taussig, and Arthur H. Freitag. Know

Thy limitations (Assumptions). Jan. 1963, 7-8.Shortcuts for the Human Computer. Dec.

1966, 671-76.Fremont, Herbert. Pipe Cleaners and LoopsDis-

covering How to Add and Subtract Directed Num-bers. Nov. 1966, 568-72.

French, James, and Robert E. Rea. Payoff in In-creased Instructional Time and Enrichment Activi-ties. Dec. 1972, 663-68.

Fun with Geometry through Straw 'Con-struction. Nov. 1973, 587-90.

Friebel, .Allen C. Measurement Unders.temdings inModern School Mathematics. _Oct. 1967, 476-80.

Friedman, Herman. Locating the Decimal Point inthe Quotient. Jan. 1960, 12.

Friedmann, Esther K. A SeventliGrade MathematicsClass Tackles the Stock Market. Jan. 1973, 45-47.

Friese, Sandy. My Work with the Binary System.Apr. 1959, 164.

Froelich, Effie. An Investigation Leading to thePythagorean Property. Oct. 1967, 500-504.

. Now What? Mar. 1967, 225.-27.Fromewick, Arlene. Nathan's Conjec re. Apr. 1973,

289.Frorath, Peter. Malung Junior Hi Mathematics

More of a "Now" Need. Jan. 19 12.Frye, Helen B. Mathematics thro ghout the Cur-

ticulum. Dec. 1969, 647-50.Fulkerson, Elbert. Adding by T . Mar. 1963,

139-40.How Well Do 158 Pros we Elementary

Teachett Know Arithmetic? Mar. 1960, 141-46.

GGall, Meredith D., and Barbara B. unning,. A Very

Legitimate Pride. May 1971, 339 5.Galton, Grace K. Individualized I ruction. Speak-

ing from Reality. Jan. 1972, 23-2Gane, James T. Reseirch Should uide Dec.

1962, 441-45.Ganley, Thomas J. Stocks as Investments. Nov.

1959, 276-77.Garner, R. C. Manipulative Materials, Geometric

Interpretation, and Discovery. May 1969, 401-3.Garstens, Helen L. Mathematics and Elementary

Education Majors. Dec. 1964, 540-42.Carstens, Helen L., M. L. Keedy, and John R. Mayor.

University of Maryland Mathematics Project. Feb.1960, 61-05.

Gaston, A. R. Stimulating the Better ArithmeticPupil. Feb. 1957, 33-34.

Gattegno, C. New Developments in ArithmeticTeaching in Britain. Apr. 1956. 85-89.

. Thinking Afresh about Arithmetic. Feb.1959, 30-32.

Gau, Gerald E., Edward C. Beardslee, and RalphT. Helmer Teaching for Generalization: An ArrayApproach to Equivalent Fractions. Nov. 1973,591-99.

Geary, Catherine. Help in Problem Solving. Feb.1959, 43-44

. Reduction of Fractions. Nov. 1957, 209'10.Geddes. Dorothy. and Sally I. Lipsey. SetsNatural,

Necessary, (K)nowable? Apr. 1968, 337-40.Genise. L. Roland. The Impact of the Maryland and

Yale Programs. Feb. 1960, 66-70, 79.Gessel. Robert C., Carolyn Johnson, Marty Boren.

and Charles Smith. Rainy-Day Games. Apr. 1972,3Q3 5.

Getty, Calvin R. Mayan Numeration. May 1964,318, 322.

Geyser, G. W. P. On the Teaching of Decimal Frac-tions. Dec. 1966, 644 -46.

Giannopoulos, William. "Teacher for a Day" Pro-gram. Nov. 1968, 604.

Gibb, E. Glenadine. About Our Editorial Staff. Jan.1961, 1-3.

As We-Read. May 1961, 209; Oct. 1962, 305.Do You Have a Mathematics Program? Jan.,

1965, 4, 8.From the Editor. Oct. 1960, 302.

. From the Editor's Desk. Dec. 1961, 385-86;Jan. 1964, 2-3; May 1966, 347-48.

. Preparation of Manuscripts: Jan. 1964, 17.Roving Reporters. Jan. 1963, 1-6.

. A Selected Bibliography of Research m theTeaching of Arithmetic. Apr. 1954, 20-22.

. Take-Away Is Not Enough! Apr. 1954, 7-10.. Through the Years. Individualizing Instruc-

tion in Mathematics. May 1970, 396-402.Visual Aid Retiew. Feb. 1959, 22.

. The Years Ahead. May 1968, 433-36.Gibb, E. Glenadine, ed. Reviews of Books and

Materials. Oct. 1959, 221-25; Nov. 1959, 281-84.Gibney, Thomas C. Multiplication for the Slow

Learner. Feb. 1962, 74;76.. Uses and Abuses of the Number , Line.

Nov. 1964, 478-82. .g.,Gibney, Thomas C., and William W. Houle. Geo*

etry Readiness in the Primary Grades. Oct. 196Y,470-72.

iGibney, Thomas C., John L Ginther, and Fred L.Pine. The Mathematical Understandmgs. of Pre-service and In-service Teachers. Feb. 1970, 155-62.

Giddings, Marie. Being Creative with Shapes. Dec.1965, 645-46.

Plus and Minus. Nov, 1965, 572 -74.Giles, Donald. Graphing Inequalities Directly-Var.

1971, 185-86. .44

Gilman, Dorothy F., and Members of the Faculty.Planning an Arithmetic Fair. Dec, 1961, 428-30.

Gimmel, Ruth Holden. Solving Algebraic Equationsin Grade 2. Oct. 1963, 357-58.

Ginther, John L. Some Activities with OperationTables. Dec. 1968, 715-17.

Ginther, John L., Thomas C. Gibney, and Fred L.Pigge. The Mathematical U erstandings of Pre-service and In-service Teache Feb. 1970, 155-62.

Girard, Ruth A. Development Critical Interpre-tation of Statistics and graphs. ,Apr. 1967, 272-77.

Glanzel, Elizabeth V. Mullin!' uon m Black andWhite. Jan. 1964, 44-45.,

Glazier, R. G Arithmetic vhaelevision, III. Demon-stration Lessons at Springfield. Oct. 1956, 168.

Gleason, Gary M., and Lister W. Horn. Teachinga Unit on the Computer to Academically TalentedElementary School Children. Mar, 1970, 216-19.

Glenn, Bob. An Application of Expanded Notation,Feb. 1962, 89.

. A Digressibri on 80 Square Inches. Jan.1962, 25.

GUZINTA Reconsidered. Nov. 1963, 438,464.

Glenn, William H. Help Children Discover FractionFacts. Dec. 1957, 250-55.

Glennon, Vincent J. . . And Now Synthesis. ATheoretical Model for Mathematics ,Education.Fcb. 1965, 134-41.

. Methoda Function of a Modern Programas Complement to the Content. Mar. 1965, 17980, 195.

. Research Needs in Elementary SchoolMathematics Education. May 1966, 363-68.

GETTi-GREEN J Author 11

Godsave, Bruce F. Three Games. May 1971, 327-29.Gogan, Daisy. A Game with Shapes. Apr. 1969,

283-84.Gold, Sheldon. Graphing Linear Equationsa Dis-

covery Lesson. May 1966, 406-7.Golden, Sarah R. Fostering Enthusiasm through

Child-created Games. Feb. 1970, 111-15.Goldenberg, E. Paul. Scrutinizing Number Charts.

Dec. 1970, 645-53.Goldmark, Bernice. Geometry m the Primary Grades.

Apr. 1963, 191-92.Goldstein, David, and Kenny Hilton. A Chart of

Multiple Factors. Feb. 1968, 179-80.Goodman, Frederick L. Prime Numbers and Fac-

toring. Nov. 1959, 274-75.-Goodman, John 0., and John F. Cawley. Interrela-

tionships among Mental Abilities, Readmg, Lan-guage Arts, and Arithmetic with the MentallyHandicapped. Nov. 1968, 631-36.

Goodrich, B. J. The Day Camp and Arithmetic. Mar.1957, 77-78.

Gordon, Virginia, and Charles Echtemacht. Breakingthe Lock Step in Arithmetic. Feb. 1962, 86-89.

Gorts, Jeannie. Magic Square Patterns. Apr. 1969,314-16. .

Gosman, Howard Y. Mastering the Basic Facts withDice. May 1973, 330-31.

Grafft, William. A Study of Behavioral Perform-ances within the Structure of Multiplication. Apr.1970, 335-37.

Grafft, William D., and Arden K. Ruddell. Cogni-tive Outcomes of the SMSG Mathematics Programin Grades,4, 5, and 6. Feb. 1968, 161-65.

Graham, Evelyne M. Individualized Instruction. Dis-tinguishing Characteristics. Jan. 1972, 13-16.

Graham, William A. Individualized Teaching ofFifth- and Sixth-Grade Arithmetic. Apr. 1964,233-34:

Gramlich, Jay J. Slide Rules foi the Upper Elemen-tary Grades. Fcb. 1958, 29-33. -

Granito, Dolores. ThE Ubiquitous Square. Dec. 1973,687-89.

Gragt, Nicholas, and Alexander Tobin. Let ThemFold. Oct. 1972, 420-25.'

Grass, Beniamm A. Statistics Made Simple. Mar.1965, 196-98.

Gray, Roland F. An Approach to Evaluating Arith-metic Understandings. Mar. 1966, 187-91.

An Experiment in the Teaching of Introduc-Multiplication. Mar. 1965, 199 203.

1. 11, Leon. The Effect of Three Differentethods of Implementation of Mathematics Pro-

grams on Children's Achievement in Mathematics.Apr. 1969, 288-92.

Greco, Anthony J. Group Methods in PrimaryGrades. Feb. 1957, 28-29.

Green, George F., Jr. A Model for Teaching Multi-plication of Fractional Numbers. Jan. 1973, 5 9.

Green, Geraldine, ed. New Books for Pupils. Jan.1972, 49-52; Fed. 1972, 113-15; Mar. 1972, 228;Apr. 1972, 301; May 1972, 378-79, Oct. 1972,4$3.-85; Nov. 1972, 582-83; Dec. 1972, 671-73;

Jan. 1973, 73-74, Fcb. 1973, 145-47, Mar. 1973,234-35; Apr. 1973, '296-97; May 1973, 409-11;Oct. 1973, 480 81, Nov. 1973, 609- II, Dec. 1973,691-92.

Greek Geraldine, and Gerald R. Rising, cds. Re-vielting and Viewing. Jan. 1972, 45 52, Feb. 1972,110-15; Mar. 1972, 225-28; Apr. 1972, 299-301;May 1972, 375-79.

Green, Geraldine, Gerald R. Rising, and DonOvan R.Lichtenberg, cds. Reviewing and Viewing. Oct.1972, 481-86, Nov. 1972, 581 86, Dec. 1972. 669-74, Jan. 1973, 73-76, Fcb. 1973, 144-49, Mar.

12 Author I GREEN-HANCOCK

1973, 232-35, Apr. 1973, 292-97, May 197, 409-14; Oct. 1973, 480-82; Nov. 1973, 606-14; Dec.1973, 690-93.

Green, Mary Geraldine. A Trip to Notation Land.Oct.- 1959, 215-16.

Green, Roberta. A Color-coded Method of TeachingBasic Arithmetic Concepts and Procedures. Mar.1970, 231-33.

Greenes, Carole Ellen. Function Generating Prob-lem. The Row Chip Switch. Nov. 1973, 545-49.

Greenholz, Sarah, and Mildred Keiffes. Never Un-derestimate the Inner-City Child. Nov. 1970, 587-95.

Griffin, Harnet. Discovenng Properties or the Nat-ural Numbers. Dec. 1965, 627-32.

Groen, Guy, Patrick Suppes, and Max Jerman.Arithmetic Drills and Review on a ComPuterbasedTeletype. Apr. 1966, 303-9.

Groff, Patrick J: Arithmetic Achievement of Left-handed Children. Mar. 1962, 141-44.

. Self-Estimates of Ability to Teach Arith-metic. Dec. 1963r479-80.

Gross, Lawrence P. A Limerick. Jan. 1971, 59.Scrambled Mathematics. Feb. 1971, 70, 87.

Grossman, Anne S. Mid-Nineteenth Century Methodsfor the 1970s Apr. 1971, 230 -33.

Grossman, R Problem-solving Activities Ob-served in Bri h Pnmary Schools. Jan. 1969, 34 38.

Grossnickle, ter E. Arithmetic for Those, WhoExcel. Mar 1956, 41-48.

mu Confronting the Teachers ofArith metic., Feb. 1954, 12-15.

Dis#overing the Multiplication Facts. Oct.1959, 195498, 208.

Gtowth in Mathematical Ability amongProspectd'e Teachers of Arithmetic. May 1962,278-79.

11

In Answer to Your Questions. 1964,495, 499.

The Point of View of the Twentyfifth Year-book. Oct. 1960, 274-79.

Verbal Problem Solving. Jan. 1964, 12-17.Grouvri, Douglas A. Open Sentences. Some Instruc-

tional Considerations from Research. Nov. 1972,595-99.

Grubb, Alfred C. A Short-Test Method for TeachingAtithmetic, Apr. 1960, 210-11.

Guggenheim, Fred. Classroom Climate and theLearning of Mathematics. Nov. 1961, 363-67.

Gunderson, Agnes G. Arithmetic for Today's Six-and Seven-Year-Olds. Islov. 1955, 95-101.

. Sources of Articles Published in the Arith-metic Teacher. Mar. 1959, 108.

Gunderson, Agnes G., and Ethel Gunderson. Frac-tion Concepts Held by Young Children. Oct.1957, 168-73.

What Numbers Mean to Young Children.Oct. 1159, 180-85, 190; May 1960, 266.

Gunderson, Ethel. Fractions-7SevenNear-Olds UseThem. Nov. 1958, 233-38.

Gunderson, Ethel, and Agnes G. Gunderson. Frac-tion Concepts Held by Young Children. Oct. 1957,168-73.

-. What Numbers- Mean to Young Children.Oct. 1959, 180-85, 190; May 1960, 266.

Gundlach, B. H. The Greater Cleveland Mathe-matics Program. Apr. 1961, 192-95.

Gunn, Lilybel, Claude Ivie, and, 'von Holladay.Grouping m Arithmetic in the Normal Classroom.Nov. 1957, 219-21.

Gurau, Peter K. A Deck of Cards, a Bunch of Kids,and Thou. Feb. 1%9, 115-17.

-,---. Discovering Precision. 'Oct. 1966, 453-56.Gurley, Allan W., Randall C. Hicks. Jurelk G. Lott.

and M. Louise Reeves. Intservice Education-Nod-

ern Arithmetic and Good Pedagogy. Jan. 1965,59-64.

Gustafson, Anne, Clarence Ethel Hardgrove, andMildred Cole. A 'Good Teacher-. Nov. 1960,362-63.

_

Hae , ginia R. Analysis of the Uses of In-.

st ctional Materials by a Selected Group of Teach-ers Elementary School Mathematics. Nov 1965,

. 562:Hagaman, aline P. Word P oblems in Elementary

Mathemati Jan. 1964, 10-1 .

Haggerty, J n B. KALAH-a Ancient Game ofMathemat cal Skill. May 1964, 326-30.

Projects Make Mathematics More Interest-ing. Apr. 1961, 172-75.

Haines, Margaret. Concepts to Enhance the Studyof Multiplication. Feb. 1963, 95-97.

Modular Arithmetic. Mar. 1962., 127-29.Hajeck, Roy D. A Rationale in the U>K of Variables.

Nov. 1966, 546-48.Hales, Barbara Budzyns1u, and Marvin N. Nelson.

Dividing Fractions with Fraction Wheels. Nov.1970, 619-21. ,.

Hall, Donald E. Bulletin Boards for ElementarySchool Arithmetic. Feb. 1964, 114-15. '

Hall, Gary D. A Pythagorean Puzzle. Jan. 1972,67-70.

Hallerberg; Arthur E Commonly Listed Advan-tages of the Metric. System.' Apr. 1973, 255.

-. The Metric System: Past, Present-Future?Apr. 1973, 247-55.

Hamada, Robert, and Audrey Kopp. Fun Can Be, Mathematics. Nov. 1969, 575-77.

Hambrick, L E. A Self Evaluation Study in GradeSeven. Nov. 1957, 227-28.

Hamilton, E. W. About the Articles. Jan. 1961, 4,11iFeb.p1961, 49; Mar. 1961, 97.

. As We Read. Apr. 1961, 145 -44; Oct. 1961,273, 286,,,Nov. 1961, 337-38, Dec. 1961, 386-87;

Jan. 1962, 1-2, Feb. 1962, 65-66, Mar. 1962, 113-14; Apr. 1962, 177-79; May 1962, 241-44; Nov.1962, 369' 70. Dec. 1962, 417, Jan. 1963, 1, Feb.1963, 65; Mar. 1963, 113-14; Apr. 1963, 177-78;May 1963, 241-42, Oct. 1963, 321, Nov. 1963, 401,459,, Dec. 1963, 473, 500; Jan. 1964, 1, Feb. 1964,65, Mir. 1964, 145, Apr. 1964, 225, May 1964,289, 311; Oct. 1964, 385, 401; Nov. 104, 465,473, Dec. 1964, 529, J2114,1945, 2-3, Feb. 1965, 98; 'Mar. 1965, 178; Apr. 1965, 250-51; May 1965,314-15, Oct. 1965, 411, Nov. 1965, 523, Dec. 1965,602, Jan. 1966, 2, Feb. 1966, $2, Mar. 1966, 178;Apr. 1966, 266, 274; May 1966, 346.

-. Device Review. Feb. 1959, 5.Manipulative Devices. Oct. 1966, 461-67.Number Systems, Fad or Foundation? May

1961, 242-45.. A Still Mader Look at Method. Dec. 1965,

603.Subtraction by the "Dribble Method." May

1471," 346-47. .

Hammitt, Helen. Evalimting and Reteaching SlowLearners. Jan. 1967, 40-41.

Hammond. Doris L., and Evelyn Edwards. A Sum-mer Institute in Mathematics Feb. 1966. 121 24.

Hammond, Robett C. A Device for Practke withCommon Denominators and Addition of UnlikeFractions. Nbv. 1961. 373.

Hampton. Homer F. The Concentration Game. Jan.1972. 65-67.

Hancock, John D. Interpreting Remainders in Di 6-,

vision Dec. 1966, 639. 641.

1 '7

Haner, Wendall W. Jimmy's Equivalents for theSevenths. Apr. 1963, 197-98.

Hannon, Herbert. Concept Determines Process -a_ Look at the Fraction Symbol. Apr. 1966, 2987302.-. A New Look at the Basic Principles of

Multiplication with Whole Numbers. Nov. 1960,357-61.

Problem Solving--GPrograniming and Proc-essing. Jan. 1962, 17-19.

. "Sets" Aid in Adding Fractions. Feb. 1959,35738.

A Tribute to John Phelps Everett. Oct.1970, 457.

Why Invert the Dbiisor? Dec. 1957, 262-65.MHanson, Nanny, nnd Carol Perkins. How Many Ways?

Mar. 1968, 277.Hardgrove, Clarence Ethel. Basic Skills in Con

teinporary Programs. Nov. 1965, 524., ed. Books and Materials. Jan. 1961, 36-38; .

Feb. 1961, 83-85; Mar. 1961, '138-39; Apr. 1961;196; May 1961, 261-64; Oct. 1961, 307-8; Nov.1961, 377; Dec. 1961, 44041, Jan. 1962, 45-47,Feb. 1962; 98-99; Mar. 1962, 163-64; Apr. 1962,1227-34 May 1962, 291-97; Oct. 1962,',344-47;'Nov. 1962, 400-403, 408; Dec. I962; 462-65; Jane

' 1063, 44-45; Feb. 1963, 98-400; Mar. 1963, 162-64;Apr. 1963, 222-23; May 1963, 301-3; Ott. 1963,365-67; Nov. 1963, 458-59; Dec. 1963, 518-19.-. Reviews of Books and Materials. Oct. 1960,309-10; Nov. 1960, 373-15.; Jan. 1964, 46-48, Feb.1964, 125-28; Mar. 1964, 211-13; App. 1964, 276=77, Dec. 1964, 583-86; Jan.,1966, 68-70; Feb. 1965,151-52; Mar. 1965, 2J2 -34; Apr. 1965, 294-96;May 1965, 380-81; Oct. 1965, 481-83, Nov. 1265,579-81; Dec, 1965, 657-59; Jan. 1966, 56-59, Feb.1966, 142-44; Mar. 1966, 245-48; Apr. 1966: 319-*21, May 1966, 408-13, Oct. 1966, 507-9, 146. 1964,597-602; Jan. 1967, 48-50; Feb. 1967, 141-43;Mar. 1967, 2f133; May 1967, 410-12, Oct. 1967,518-22; Nov. 1967, 594-95

Hardgrove, Clarence Ethel, Mildred Cole, and AnneGustafson. A Good Teacher -l- Nov. 1960, 362-61.

Haidgrove, Clarence E., and Renard 34cobson.C1IPM Report en the Training of Tetchers of Ele-mentary School Mathematics. Feb. 1964, 8993.

Hardin, Blanche C. Math-Not New. Apr. 1965, 252.Harkin, J. B., and D. S. Martin. The Factor game,

Nov. 1973, 580-82.Harmon, Norene. Arithmetic Can be Fury Mar.

.1957, 82-83. (

Arithmetic Can Be Flin. Apr..1959, in 63,Harper, E. Harold. Elementary Theaters:, Knowledge

of Basic Arithmetic Concepts and Symbols'. Dec.)964, 543-46: .

)4,0dein Mathematics and the ElementiryTeacher. Nov. 1963,412-16.

Harrison, K. L. Factorial Punt Apr, 1962,Sums for + Y) (X - fslov.

1963, 418. .= -

Testing-Nrithout T.ests. Jan. 1961, 21.Hatshman, Hardwick W., David W.. Wells, and Joseph

N. Payne. Manipulative Materials' and ArithmeticAchievement in Grade I. Air. .1962, 188-92.

Hatt, Alice G. The Angfe 14ittoi Indoors. Miry 1970,419-23.

Hart, Richard H. Thg Nongraded, Primary Snhbol, and Arithmetic. Mar. 4962, 130-33.;

Haitlein, Marion I..' Use 6Y Itema with Coded Num-. bers for Measuring Understanding of Elementary

Mathematical Concepts. Nov.' 1964, 540-454., Hartong, Maurice L. Distitigbishing between Basic

and Superficial Ideas in Arithmetic, Instr..ctiorf,'Mar. 1959, 65-70. ' '

HANER-HENDERSON I Author 13

Estimating the Quotient in Division. Apr.1957, 100-111.

Formalism in Arithmetic Programs. Nov.1962, 371-75.

Hartung, Maurice L., and Edith E.. Biggs. What'sYour Position on the Role of Experience in theLearning of Mathematics? May 1971, 278-95;Oct. 1971, 405.

Hartung, Paul, Midhael Alfonso, spit Richard. Balier.From Second Base to. Third Base. Nov. 1973, 601-3.

Harvey, Lois F.; and George C. Kyte. Zero DM-' culties in Multiplication. Jan. 19,65, 45-50.

Hashisaki, Joseph, and John A. Peterson. Patterns'in Arithmetic. Mar. 1966, 209-12.

Hassell, Ruby Slaughter. A Short Method of LongDivision. Mar. 1958, 100-101.

Histad, Malts. An Experimental Course in Mathe-matics for Primary Schools Sweden. Mor 1966, 4392-96.

Hauck, Eldon. Concrete Materials for Teadhing Per-centage, ,Dec'. 195'4, 9-12.

Hausdoerffert William H. Introducing Our Number-.iris System in tfie...),,riniary Grades:: Mar. 1957,61-63.

Havenhill, Wallarp P. "Though This be Madness,Dep.-1969, 606-8. :

Hawkins, yincent J. Teaching. the Metric System. ,as Part of Compulsory Conversion in the United

States. May 1973, -390-44.Hawley, Newton. S. Geometry for Primary Grades.

Not; 1961, 374 -76.Hav4thornb, Frank .S.. HandAild Calculators: Help

or Hindrance? Dec. 1973, 6/1-172Headley,, Mildred, Anna Marie Eva'ns,, and .rudith

LeirrohLk An Enrichmentrogram for Elementaryniges. May 1962, 282 -86 ,

Healy,. Darnel J. Ancient Devices in Teaching Mod=ern'ritlimetio. Apr. 1960, 206-Y.

Heard, Ida MA. Developing Concepts. of Time andTemperatnre.^Mar. 1961, 124-26.. /

Developing geometric Concepts ir), the Kin-dergarteu. Mar. 1969, 224-30.

Making and Using Graphs in e Kinder-garten Mathematics Program. Oct. 19 , 504-6.

Mathematical Concepts and . A ilittes Pop-sensed byc Kindergarten. Entrants. Apr: 0, 340-41.

Nevi Content in Mathemat' list throughFourth Grades. Oct. 1962; 314-16.

. Using,.a Math Caddy toiStop and DisplayManipulativ'h Devices. Oct. 1963/,355-67.

Heathers, Glen, and Morrjs Pincus. The Dual Prog.;r6ss Plan in the Fie:tient/try School. Dec. .1959,302-5.

klebelar, Amanda, and Dorothy. Jack. Arithmetic at-peNences in Grade One. Oct. 195570-71.

Heddens, James" W., and" Kenneth J. Smith. llieReadability of Elementary Mathematics Bookt,Nov.,19640466-68.

.:The Readability, of Experitnintal Mathe-miticsIvidterials..Ott: 1964, 391-94.

Hedden.s,-Jarnes W., and Michael Hyrax. Division of..Fractional.- Numbers. Feb. 1969, 90-103.

Heddenk, James and Ralph Connelly. "Remainders"That Shouldn't Remain. Oct: 1971, 379-80. "

Homer, Ralph T., Edward C. Beardslee, and GeraldL. 'Gnu: Teaching for Generalization; An ArrayApproach fb Equivalent Fractions, Nov. 1913,591-99.

lielgren, Fred J. The Metric System in the de-mentary Grades. May 1967, 349-53.

Schools Are acting Metric. Apr. 1973,265 -67:

'Henderson, George L. Individualized Instruction.Sweet in Theory, Sour in Practice.lan. 1972, 17-22.

"

M1

18

14 hf/for I HENDERSON-HOFF

Henderson, George L., and C. Patrick Collier. Geo-metric Activities for Later Childhood Education.Oct. 1973, 444-55.

Henderson, George L., and Mary Vin Beck. Mathe-matics Educators Must Help 'Face the Environ-mental Pollution Challenge. Nov. 1970, 557-61.

Henderson, Kenneth B., and James H. 'Rollins. ACompansog of Three Stratagems for TeachingMithematical Concepts and Generalizations byGuided Discovery. Nov. 1967, 583-88.

Henneman,-Willard W. Tying Things Together withWilds, Dec. 1970, 640-44.

Henney, Maribeth. Improving Mathematics VerbalPioblern.solving Ability, thioup Reading Instruk.-tion. Apr. 1971, 223-29.

Henry, Boyd. Do We Need Separate Rules to Com-putepute in Decimal' Notation?- Jan. 1971, 40-42.

Why Cartf.Johnny Cipher? Jan. 1'971, 37-39.. Zero, the Troublemaker. May 1969, 365-67.

»Herlihy. Kathryn V. A Look at Problem Solving inElementary School Mathematics. May 1964,308-11.

Herman, ,Jerry J.' What Problems Are Involved inImplementing the "New Curricular Programs?Nov. 1965, 575-78.

Herold, Perms Joan. Patterns for Multiplication.Oct.1969, 498-99; Mar, 1970; 226.

Herpott, Robert E.. An Aid in the Analysis of VerbatProblems. Apr. 1958, 143-45.

Hertz, Pauline. ManipulatiVe Devices in LowerGrades. Nov. ;1957, 214-16.

, Hervey, Margaret A. Children's Responses to TwoTypes of Multiplication . Problems. .Apr. 1966,,28/3-92.

Hervey, Margaret, A., and Bonnie H. Litwiller. TheAddition Table. Experiences in Practicb-Discovery.Mar. 1972, 179-81.

A Graphical Representation of Multiples ofthe Whole Numbers. Jan. 1971, 47-48.

. Polygonal Numbers. A Study of. Patterns.Jan. 1970, 33 -38.

Hess, Adrien L. Bibliography of Books for Enrich-ment in Arithmetic. Feb. 1959, 12 16, Apr. 1959,143.

. A Bibliography of Mathematics Books for.Elementary School Libraries. Feb. 1957, 15-20.

. A Ctitical Review of the Hindu-Arabic Nu-mer"ation System.' Oct. 19761 493-97.

.. Discovering Discovery. Apr. 1968, 324 27.The Use-of the Mathematics Library in Ele

mentary and Junior High Schools. May 1965,

Has, Adrien L., and Lillian Keiuby_ Uses of Styro-foam in Arithmetic. Nov-1959, 280.

Hess, Mahe Second Grade ;Children Solve Prob-lems. Apr. 1966, 317-,18.

Hewitt, Frances. '4 X 4 Magic Squares. Nov. 1962,392-95.

r-. Pattern for Discovery:.-Prime and Corn -polite Numbers. Feb. 1966, 136-38.

Aid bar Geometry. Mar. 1966, 231-38.Hibbard, Wilbur. An 'Approach to Per Cents. Nov.

, 1955, 128. -. The Language of Division. Oct: 1957, 454.

Fractions. Apr. 1956 112.-1-. Rounding- Numbers. Fcb. 1954, 41-4 .Hickerson, J. Allen. The Semantics and Grammar

of Arithmetic. Language. ,'Fed. 1955, 12-16..Similarities between'Teaching Language -and

Arithmetic. "Nov.' 1959, 241-44.Teaching the Number, System Inductively.

Oct. 1958, 178-84., Why "Indent:' in Multiplication? Dec. 1956,

236-41.

a.

Hickerson, Jay A. Mathematical Puzzles, and Games.Feb. 1969, 85, 114.

Hickey, William S. Who Counts? Nov. 1955, 111-12.Hicks, Carl D. EOPDICA. Jan. 1973, 17-23.Hicks, Randall C. Elementary Series and Texts for

Teachers-How Well Do They Agree? Mar. 1968,266-70.

Hicks, Randall C., Allan W. Gurley, Jurelle G. Lott,and M. Louise Reeves. In-service. Education-Modern Arithmetic and Good Pedagogy..Jan. 1965,59-64.

Hiehle, Petronella. Putting Frames to Work: An En-richment Activity. Nov. 1968, 649-51.

Higgins, Conivell, and Reuben R. Rusch. RemedialTeaching of Multiplication and Division: Pro-grammed Textbook versus Workbook-a HotStudy. Jan. 1965, 32-38.

Higgins, James E. Probability with Marbles and aJuice Container. Mar. 1973, 165-66.

Higgins, Jon L. How Thirty Measuring Sticks,Twenty-nine Kids, and I Started Using Researchin the Classroom. Mar. 1973, 226-30.

. Sugar-Cube Mathematics. 'Oct. 1969, 427-31.Hight, Donald W. One Teacher's Point of View.

Mar. 1971, 13S-36.Hilaire, Paul A. Addition-Not So Easy. Mar.

1965, 207 -11,. Let's Take a Look at Division. May 1961,

220-25.. The Volume of a Sphere. May 1960, 268.

Hilaire, Paul, and Walter Westphal.' Nevr Numeralsfor Base-Five Arithmetic. May 1964, 331-33.

Hildebrand, Francis H. Experiment in Enrichment-Fourth Grade. Feb. 1963, 68-71.

. A Prime Quotient Study for Junior HighSchool Students. Dec. 1969, 621-26.

Hildebrand, Francis Howard, and Nellie J9hnson.Mathematics in the Second Grade. Mar, 1963,133-35.

. An Ordered Pair Approach to Addition ofRational Numbers in Second Grade. Feb. 1965,106-8.

Hildreth, Gertrude. Principles of Learning Appliedto Arithnietic. Oct. 14'54, 1 -5,

Mill, Jane M. "Meaning" in Arithmetic. Nov. 1957,224-25.

Hill, Warren H., Jr. A Physical Model for TeachingMultiplication on Integers. Oct. 1968. 525-28.

Hillenbrand, Robert. Teaching Arithinetic with the, Overhead Projector.' Apr. 1962, 233,Hillman, Bill W. The Effect of Knowledge of Re-

sults an oken Reinforcement on ,the ArithmeticAhievement of Elementary School Children. Dec.1970, 676-82.

-Hillman, Gertrude Dick. Horizontally, Vertically, andDeeper Work for the Fast-moving Class. Fcb.1958, .34:37.

Hillman, Thom-as P. Colors, Gecimetric Forms, Art,add Mathematics. Oct. 1967, 448,-52,

Hilton, KehnSc and David Goldstein. A Chart ofMultiple Factors. Fcb. 1968, 179-80.

Hilton, Peter. The Continuing Work of the Cam-bridge- conference on School Mathematics(CCSM4. Fcb 1966, 145-49.

Hipwood,'Stanley 3. Modern Mathematics-Go orNo Go? Feb. 1965, 120-22.

Hlavaty, Julius H. Capsule History of the NCTM.Feb. 1970, f33-42; Apr. 1970, 346.-, . A Message 'to Teachers of ElemimaryMathematics. May 1968, 397-99.

. Towards the Golden Jubilee Year--.1970.May 1969; 342-45.

Hoff. William E., and Dale Woods Introducing

4

Models for NDirnensional Geometry in the Ele-mentary School. Ian. 1966, 11-13.

Hoffer, Alan R, What You Always Wanted to knowabout Six but Have Been Afraid to Ask. Mar.I973,173-80.

Hoffman, Hazel Ward. Meaning for Multiplicationof Fractioris. Mar. 1958, 89-90.

Hohn, Franz E. Automatic Addition. Mar. 1963,12742.

, Teaching Creativity -in Mathematics. Mar..1961, 102-6,

Holdan, Gregory. Prime. A Drill in the Recognitionof Prime and Composite Numbers. Feb. 1969,149-51.

Holder, Lois D, Of Number Lines and Regions.*- Apr. 1969, 323.Holder, Lorena. Measurements. Oct. 1955, 86-90.

A PlaCe-Value Game. Dec. 1956, 248-49.Rohner, Dorothy. Helping the Non-Learner in

Grade One. Feb. 1958, 15-24.Holladay. Ivon, .Claude Ivie, and Lilybel Gunn.

Grouping in Arithmetic in the Normal Classroom.Nov. 1957, 219-21:

Hollands, Roy Q. Mary and John. Mar. 1971, 176.Hollingsworth, Holly. Editorial Feedback. May

1968, 452.Hollis, Loye Y. Multiplication of Integers. Nov.

1967, 555-56.. Why Teach Numeration? Feb. 1964, 94-95.

Hollister, George E and Daniel C. Tredway. AnExperimental Study of Two Approaches to Teach-ing Percentage. Dec, 1963, 491-95.

Holmberg, Marjorie B., Ruth Hutcheson, and EdnaWinn% The Elementary School MathematicsLibrary. Feb. 1956, 8-16.

Holmes, Emma E. First Graders' Number Concepts.Apr. 1963, 195-96.

Holtkamp, fairy. The Match Game. Mar. 1972,221-22..

Holz, Alan W. A Slkleltele for Elementary School.May 1973, 353-59.

Homan, Doris Ruth. The Child with a Learning Pis-ability in Arithmetic, Mar. 1970, 199-203.

Television Games Adapted foi Use in JuniorHigh Mathematics Classes. Mar. 1973, 219-22.

Homan, Doris, Barbara Stone, ind Merle MaeCantIon. A Student-constructed Game for Drillwith Integers. Nov. 1972, 587-89. ,

Hooper, Barbara. An Experiment with Maid -Tally'Counters. Nov. 1955, 119-20.

Hopkins, Kenneth D., EdetteB. Price, and Arthur L.Prescott. Comparative Achievement with Defart-rmentalized and Self-cpniamed Classroom Organa-zation. Mar. 1967, 212-15.

' Horn, Dori:1(11x M. Development of a of Mathe-matics Test Items for Grades 7 and 8 Nov. 1969,

Horn, Lister W., and Gary M. Gleason, Teachinga Unit on the Computer to Academically TalentedElementary School Childrtn. Mar. 1970, 216-19.

Horton, Phyllis. "Human Abacus." Apr. 1968, 323.Hosier Max, and Leon Rutland. Some Basic Geo-

metric Ideas for the Elementary Teacher, Nov.1961, 357-62.

Houle, William W., and Thomas C. Gibney, Geom-etry Readiness in the Primary Grades. Oct, 1967,470-72.

Houston, W. Robert. Preparing Prospective Teachersof Elementary School Mathematics. Nov. 1968,643-47.,

Houston, W. Robert, and M. Vere DeVault. Mittho-nudes In-service Education: Teacher -GrowthIncreases Pupil Growth. May 1963, 243 47.

Houston, W. Robert, and William R. Fielder. Nurn

HOFFERANBODY Author .15

ber Patterns. A Ferreting Process, ,Mar. 1962,119-21.

Howard, Charles F. British Teachers Reactions tothe Cusenaue-Gattegno Materials. Nov., 1957,191-95.

Howell, Daisy. Project SOSO (Save Our Slow Ones).Jan. 1972, 29-33.

Hoyle, Mildred. Newer Mathematics for the Inter-mediate Grades. Apr. 1963212-14; May 1963, 291:

Hudson, Floretne. Down vhdr Bases, Buddies, andUndoings! Jan. 1968, 44.

Huetug, Alice, and John M. Newell. Attitudes towardIntroduction of Modern Mathematics Program byTeachers with Liarge and Sinai' Number of Years'Experience. D6. 1966, 125-30.

Hughes, Marjorie.' The Twist. Mar. 1964, 204-5.Hughson, iirthur. Implementing a Mathematics Pro-

gram. Nov. 1955, 102-3.Hulliltan, Wgham F. Multiplication Unlimited! May

1968, 461r-61.Humphrey, James H. The Mathematics Motor Ac-

tivity Story. Jan. 1967, 14-16.Hungerman, Ann- D. Achievement and Attitude of

Sixth-Grade- Pupil's in Conventional and Con-temporary Mathematics Programs. Jan. 1967,30-39.,

Hunt, Martin H. Arithmetic Card Games. Dec. 1968,736-38:

Hursh, Ronald E. 'The Number Line in the JuniorHigh School Nov. 1966, 553-55.

Husk, James W. Changing Bases without UsingBase Ten. May 1968, 461-62.

Hutcheson, Ruth, Edna Mantor, and Marjorie B.Holmberg. The Elementary School MathematicsLibrary. Feb. 1956, 8 -16.

Hyde, David, and Marvin N. Nelson. Save ThoseEgg Cartons! Nov. 1967, 578-79.

Hyman, Lavirence. Mathematics Television LassOnsfor the Elementary Classroom. May 1964,356J,

Hynes, Michael, and James W. Reddens. Division ofFractional Numbers. Feb. 1969, 99-103.

lacobacci, Rora F. Women of Mathematics. Apr.1970, 316-24.

Ibe, Milagros D. Better Perception of GeometricFigures through Folding and gutting. Nov. 1970,583;86.

Drawing 3-D Figures from 2-D Templates.Mar. 1971, 180-82.

Mathematics and Art from One Shape, Mar.1971, 183-84.

Ikeda, Hitoshi, and Muue Ando. Introduction to theNumeration of Two-Place Numbers. Apr. 1969,

,

Learning Multiplication Facts--Aare Thalta Drill. Get. 1971, 366 -69.

Immerzeel, George. Geometric Activities for EarlyChildhood Education. Oct. 1973, 438-43.

Immerzeel, George, and Donald Wiederanders.IDEAS. Jan. 1971, 30-36; Febli,1971, 9448;Mar. 1971, 164-70; Apr. 1971, 238M2-, May 1971,210-16; Oct. 1971, 390-98, Nov. 1971, 480' 88; Dec.1971, 576-84; Jan. 1972' 38-44, Mar. 1972, 201-8,Apri 1972, 214-92; May 1972, 362-73; Oct. 1972,457-65, Nov. 1972, 561-68, Dec. 1972, 649-56;Jan. 1973, 38-43, Feb. 1073, 116-21, Mar. 1973,194-207 and Oct. 1973, 467; Apr. 1973, 280-87;May 197.3_, 367 74, Nov. 1973, 561.72, Dec, 1973,663-70. '^

Inbody, Donald. Arithmetic 'Baseball. Nov. 1962,390-91.

16 Author' I INi3RAHAM-JOHNSON

. Helping Parents Understand New Mathe-matics Programs. Dec. 1964, 530-37.

Ingraham, Elizabeth. Flash-Tabs. Apr. 1965, 289-90.Inskeep, James E., J. As We Read. Oct 1966, 442-

43; Nov. 1966, 538-39; Dec. 1966, 634-35; Jan.1967, 2-3, Feb. 4967, 82-83, Mar. 1967, 178-80,Apr. 1967, 258-60; May 1967, 342-44; Oct. 1967,438-40; Nov.o1967, 547-48; Dec. 1967, 627-28,Jan. 1961 3-4; Feb. 1968, 99-100; Mar. 1968;214-15, Apr. 1968, 306-8, May 1968, 395-96; Oct.1968, 490-91, Nov. 1968, 589-90; Dec. 1968, 666-67; Jan. 1969, 5-6; Feb. 1969," 82-83; Mar. 1969,167-68, Apr. 1969, 242-43, May 1969, 340-41, Oct.1969, 425-26, Nov. 1969, 521-22, Dec. 1969, 601 2,Jan. 1970, 5-6; Feb. 1970, 103-4; Mar. 1970, 193-95, Ark, 1970, 283 84, May 1970, 370-71, Oct.1970, 458; Nov. 1970, 555-56; Dec. 1970, 635-3.6,,-. Building a Case far the Application ofPiaget's Theory and Research in the Classroom.Apt. 1972, 255-60.

Primary-Grade Instruction in Geometry.May 1968, 422,-26.

Instebo, Esther. How Many Children Ate Here,Today? Dec. 1955, 161-62.

Irish, Elizabeth H. Improving Problem Solving byImproving Verbal Generalization. Mar. 1964,169-75.

Irving, Blanche M. Teaching Guide o a Pack Rat'sShelf. Dec. 1963, 504-7.

Irwin, Evelyn S. An Approach to Subtraction UsingEasy Facts. Apr. 1964, 260-61.4D

Isaacs, Ann F. A Gifted Underachiever in Arithmetic.Nov. 1959, 257-61.

Ivey, John 0. Computation Skills. Results of Ac-celeration. Jan. 1965, 39-42.

Ivie, Claude, Lilybel Giinn, and Ivon Holladay.Grouping in Arithmetic in the Normal Classroom.Nov. 1057, 219-21.

Izzo, Joseph A.,oand Ruth Kelley Izzo. Re-educationin Mathematics for - ,Elementary School Personnel.In-service PrOgrams-One Way to Solve the Prob-lem. Oct. 1964, 413-17.

Izzo, Ruth Kelley. Division Is Understandable. Jan.1960, 32-34.

Izzo, Ruth Kelley, and Joseph A. Izzo. Re-educationin Mathematics for Elementary School Personnel.

"-` In-service Programs-One Way to Solve the Prob-.lem. Oct. 1964, 413-17.

oJ ,

Jack, Dorqthy, and Amanda 'Hebeler. ArithmeticExperiences with Grade One Oct. 1955, 70-71.

Jackson, Hurithrey C. Creative Thinking and Dis-covery. Mar. 1961; 107-11.

Ideas foz Your "Bag of Tricks." Nov. 1958,265-67.

. Motivation, Oct. 1964, 402-6.Tables and Structures. Feb. 1960, 71-76;

May 1960, 265:Jackson, Stanley B. Congruence and Measurement.

a Feb. 1967, 94-102.Jacobs, Israel. if the Hands Can Do If tilt Head

Can Follow. Nov. 1972, 571 -27.Jacobs, James N., Althea Beery, and Judith L,einwolik

Evaluatibn Of an Acceleiated Arithmetic.,Program.Feb. 1965, 11,3-19.

Jacobson, Bernard, and.

Clarence 1K Wardgrove.CUPM Reptrt on the Training of Teachers cifElementary School Mathematics. Feb. 1964, 89-93i

Jacobson, Ruth S. Fun with Ilactinns for SpecialEducation. Oct. 1971., 417-19:

-. A Structured Mejhod for Arithmetic Prob-lem Solving in Special Education. Jan. 1969, 25-27.

*Iri,

40,

Jacobson, Ruth S., and John J. Callahan. An Ex-:rieriment with Retarded Chillren and- Cuisenaire

Rods. Jan. 1967, 10-13.Yamison, King W., Jr. An Experiment with a Varia-

ble Base Abacus. Feb. 1964, 81-84.Japicki, George. Bizz-Buzz Game in Arithmetic.

Feb. 1956, 28.-. Cross Figure Puzzle - Measures. Feb. 1956,

16.-. Dress Up Your Graphs. Mar. 1958, 103-4.

. A Game of Squares. Nov. 1956, 211.

. Key to Per Cent by Color. Nov. 1958;'278."-. The Try-Angle Puzzle. Nov. 1956, 220.Jonsson, Lars C. Judgifig Mathematical Statements

in the Classroom. Nov. 1971, 463-66.JarolimekeJolut. Teaching Quantitative Relationships.

in the Social Studies. Mar. 1957, 7074.Jaroah, Sharon 'c . The Number Line and Division.

Nov. 1970, 617-18.Jarvis, OscarT. An Analysis of Individual Differences

in Arithmetic. Nov. 1964, 471-73.. Time Allotment Relationships to Pupil

Achievement in Arithmetic. May 1963, 248-50.Jeffers, Verne G. Editorial Feedback. -Dec. 1969,

650-51.Jencks, Stanley M., and Donald M. Peck. Mental

Imagery in Mathematics. Dec. 1972, 642-44.Jenkins, Frances L. A Beginning for Student Teach-

eta. Mar. 1967, 209-11.Jenkins, Jen. A Plan for Teaching Arithmetic Short-

hand. Nov. 1956, 201-9:. o7cacging Coricepts of Linear Measurement.

Oct. 1957, 182-83.CJenkins, Orville. Larry and-the Abachs. Oct. 1954,

21-24.°Jennings, Margaret, and Donald D. Paige. Measure-

- ment in the Elementary School. May 1967, 354 57.Jennings, Thomas J. AstGood As Gold. Fob. 1964,

118-19.Discov g Bar Graphs by Degrees. Dec.

1961, 416-17. ,. The Magic Box. May 1965, 377-79.

Jerman, Max, Guy Groen, and Patrick Suppes. Arith-metic Drills and Review oft a Computer-basedTeletype. Apr. 1966, 303-9.

Jerman, Max, and Patrick Supper, A Workshop onComputer-assisted Instruction in Elementary Mathe-Attics. Mir. 1969, 193-97.

John, Lenore, ed. Books and Materials. ,Jan. 1968,71-73; Feb. 1968, 181-82; Mai. 1968, 278-80; Apr.1968, 375-77;.May 1968, 469-71; Oct. 1968, 564-68;Nov. 1968, 653-54; Dec. 1968, 739-45;.Jan. 1969,67-68; Feb. 1969, 153; Mar. 1969, 231; May 1969,406-11; Pct. 1969, 500-502; Nov. 1969, 583-85;Dec. 1969, 653-54; Jan. 1970, 85; Feb. 1970,173-74; Mar. 1970, 271-72; Apr..1970, 350-52;May 1970, 443-45.

Johns, 0. D. A Cooperative In- service Teacher Edu-cation Program in the New Mathematics for Ele-mentary Schools. Apr. 1962, 221-23.

Johnson, Carolyn, Marty Bore& Charles Smith, ands Robert C. Gessel. Rainy-Day Games. Apr. 1972,

303-5.Johnson, Charles E. Grouping Children for Arith-

mete Instruction. Feb. 1954, 16-20.Johnson, David C. Unusual Problem Solving. Apr.

1967, 268-71,Johnson, Pavid C., and Louis S. Cohen. Functions.

Apr. 1970, 305-15.- -: Some Thoughts about Problem Solving. Apr.

1967, 261-62.Johnson, David R. If I Could Only Make a Decree.

Mar. 1971, 147-49..

4

Johnson, Donovan. A. Commercial Gaines for theArithmetic Class. Mar. 1958, 69-73.

. Enjoy the Mathematics You Teach. Apr.1968, 328-32.

. Next Steps in School Mathematics. Mar.4967, 185-89.

Johnson, Emma C. Finding the LCM and GCD inBase Seven Using the Euclidean Algorithm. Feb.1964, 100, 113.

Johnson, Harry C. Division with FractionsLevels ofMeaning. May 1965, 362-68.

What Do We Mean by Discovery? Dec.1964, 538-39.

Johnson, J. T. Decimal versus Common Fractions.Nov. 1956, 201-3, 206.

. Whither Research in Compound Subtrac-tion? Feb. 1958, 39-42:

Johnson, Lois V., and Avis S. Whipple. Arithmeticand "Block Work" in Primary Grades. Dec. 1959,306-9.

Johnsbn, Nellie, and Francis Howard Hildebrand. AnOrdered Pair Approach to Addition to Rationallumbers in Second Grade. Feb. 1965, 106-8. '

Mathematics in the Second Grade. Mar.1963, 133-35.

Johnson, Paul. B. Finding the Missing Addend, orCheckbook Subtraction. Nov. 1972, 540-42.

Modern Mathematics in a Toga. May 1964,343-47.

Johnson, Peter J., Roland L. Brousseau, and ThomasA. Brown. Introduction to Ratio and Proportion.Feb. 1969, 89-90.

Johnson, Richard T., and Robert A. Anderson`.Arithmetic Achievement in England and CentrldMinnesota. Mar. 1964, 176-80.

Johnston, A. Montgomery. A Survey of TeachingPracticesArithmetic in Tennessee in the Firstthrough Eighth Grades. Dec. 1962, 425-32.4.

Jones, Emily. Historical ConflictDecimal versusVulgar Fractions. Apr. 1960; 184:88..

Jones, Margaret Hervey, and Bonnie H. Litwiller.Pxactice and Discoyery. Starting with the HundredBoard.. May 1973, 360 -64.

Jones, Norma E. It Proied to Be Fun. Mar. 1966,217.

Jones, Orville E., and Malcolm D. Swan. Preservice'Teachers Clarify Mathematical Percepts throughField Experiences. Dec. 1969; 643-45.

Jones, Phillip S. Discovery Teachingfrom Socratesto Modernity. Oct. 1970, 503-10.

Jordan, Anthony M. Two Aspects of Algebra. Apr.1962, 210-11.

Jordan, Arthur E. 9ne. Oct. 1967, 498-99.Jordan, Diana. Tick-TaCk-Four. May 1968, 454-55.Josephson, Charles H. Arithmetic and History. Oct.

1970,1488 -91,Joyce, Bruce, and Elizabeth Joyce. Studying Issues

in Mathematics Instruction. May 1964, 303-7.Joyce, Elizabeth, and Brlice Joyce. Studying Issues

in Mathematics Instruction. May 1964, 303-7.Junge, Charlotte. The Arithmetic Curriculum-1954.

Apr. 1954, 1-6.. Depth Learning in ArithmeticWhat Is It?

Nov. 1960,341-46.. Dots, Plots, and Profiles. May 1969, 371 -78.--. A Game of Fractions. Oct. 1966, 494.. The Gifted OnesHow Shall We Know

Them? Oct. 1957, 141-46.. Now Try ThisDivision of Fractions. Feb.

1968,'177 -78.. Now Try Thisin Multiplication. Jan.

1967, 47.Now Try Thisin Multiplication. Feb:

1967, 134-35.

).

JOH1+10N-KAY Author 17

"A Rose by Any Other Name . . . ." Mai.1967, 224-25.

. What's Old about the New Mathematics?Oct. 1970, 475-81.

Junge, Charlotte, ed. In the Classroom. Oct. 146,492-94; Nov. 1966, 589-93; Dec. 1966, 683-85; Jan.1967, 44-41, Feb. 1961, 132-35; Mar. 1967, 219-27;Apr. 1967, 307-13, May 1967, 391-97, Oct. 1967,500-508; Nov. 1967, 573-80; Dec. 1967, 671-78;Jan. 1968, 67-70, Feb. 1968, 176-80; Mar. 1968,271-77; Apr. 1968, 372-74; May 1968, 452-68; Oct.1968, 552-63, Noy. 1968, 649-51; Dec. 1968, 735-38; Jan. 1969, 63-65; Feb. 1969, 141-51; Mar.1969, 229-30, Apr. 1969, 305-22; May 1969, 395-404; Oct, 1969, 485-99; Nov. 1969, 575-82; Dec.1969, 647-51, Jan. 1970, 79-83; Feb. 1970, 169-70;Mar. 1970, 231-42; Apr. 1970, 347-49; May 1970,438-42, Oct 1970, 531-32; Nov. 1970, 613-23;Dec. 1970. 683-85.

. Things You Can Try. Jan. 1971, 53-59; Feb.1971, 115-18, Mar,,, 1971, 180-91, Apr. 1971, 268-70; May 1971, 346-50; Oct. 1971, 429-31; Nov.1971, 496-500; Jan. 1972, 65-70; Feb. 1972, 156-58;Mar. 1972, 221-23; Apr. 1972, 307-8; May 1972,387-90.

KKalb, Robert. The Use of Programed Instruction

in Teaching an Advanced Mathematical Topic.Mar..1§62, 160-62.

Kalin, Robert, and Thomas Denmark. Suitability ofTeaching Geometric Construction in Upper Ele-mentary Grades-.--a Pilot Study. Feb. 1964, 73-80.

Kaliski, Lotte. 'Arithmetic and the Brain-injuredChild. May 1962, 245-51.

Kamins, Martin P. Discovering Exponents. Apr.1969, 313 -14.

Kane, Robert B. Attitudes of Prosp-`4ve Elemen-tary School Teachers toward Mathematics and.Three Other Subject Areas. Feb. 1968, 169-75.

School MathematicsWhere to Now? Feb.1967, 126-31.

Kaplan, Jerome D. An Example of a MathematicsInstructional Prograin for Disadvantaged Chil-dren. Apr. 1970, 332-34.

What Is "Readiness "? Mar. 1967, 216-17.Kaplan, Jerome D., and Myron F. Rosskopf. Edu-

cating Mathematics Specialists to Teacl Childrenfrom Disadvantaged, Areas. Nov. 1968, 606-12.

,Kaprelian, George. Attitudes toward a TelevisionProgramPatterns in Arithmetic. Dec. 1961,408-12.

Kaprocki, Cleo. Cleo's Clock. Jan. 1973, 49-50.Karau, Earl A. Arithmetic Football. Nov. 1956,

212-13.Karbal, Harold. Conducting a Math Exposition.

Nov. 1958, 247-50.Karlin, Marvin. Machines. May 1965, 327-34, Oct.

1965, 421.Kivett, Hyman. Newsletter. A Means of Mathe-

matics Communication. Apr. 1962, 224-26.Kavett, Hyman, and Phyllis F. Kavett. A Mathe-

matics Assembly Program. Mar :4969, 135-37.Kavett, Phyllis F. A Proclamation of Ideas. Mar.

1966, 226.Kavett, Phyllis F., and Hyman Kavett. A Mathe-

matics Assembly Program. Mar. 1960, 135-37.Kay, Richard, and Lauren G. Woodby. Project Idaho.

Mar. 1965, 229-31.Kaye, G. A. A New Role for the Teacher. Jan. 1969,

39-47. a

Kearby, Lillian, and Adrien L. Hess. Uses of Styro-foam in Arithmetic. Nov. 1959, 280.

18 Author I KEEDY-LAGANKE

Keedy, M. L., Helen L. Garstens, and John R. Mayor.University of Maryland Mathematics Project- Feb.1960, 61-65.

Keepes, Bruce D. Logic in the Construction of MagicSquares. Nov. 1965, 560-62.

Keese, Carolyn. From the Classroom. Deo. 1965,651.

Keifer, Eugene R. Individualizing Arithmetic-teach-ing. May 1961, 248-50.

Keifler, Mildred C. The Development of TeachingMaterials for Low-achieving Pupils in Seventh- andEigh -Grade Mathematics. Nov. 1968, 599 604.

Keiffer, Mildred, and Sarah Greenholz. Never Un-derestimate the Inner-City Child. Nov. 1970,587-95.

Keller, Robert W. A Discovery Approach withAncient Numeration Systems. Nov. 1972, 543-44.

Kelly, Audine B. Apologies to fan G. Saxe andHis "The Blind Men and the Elephant." Jan.1963, 17.

Kennedy, Edward M., and Robert Alves. In-serviceEducation for Elementary School MathematicsTeachers. Responses to Nine Questions. Nov. 1964,506-9.

Kennedy, Joseph, and Violet Blume. MultiplicationTables and Dominoes. May 1963, 283.

Kennedy, Leonard M. Organizing Composite andPrime Numbers. Feb. 1964, 109-11.

Kennedy, Leonard M., and Asghar Ali Shaikh. Arith-metic in Pakistani Elementary Schools. Feb. 1962,77-80.

Kenney, Russell. Mathematical Understandings ofElementary School Teachers. Oct. 1965, 431-42.

Kenney, Russell A., and Jesse D. Stockton. An Ex-perimental Study in Teaching Percentage. Dec.1958, 294-303.

Keough, John J. The Relationship of Socio- EconomicFactors and Achievement in Arithmetic. May 1960,231-37.

Kersh, Bert Y, Learning by Discovery. InstructionalStrategies. Oct. 1965, 414-17.

. Learning by Discovery. What Is Learned?Apr. 1964, 226-32.

Kessler, Bernard M. A Discovery Approach to theIntroduction of Flow-charting in the ElementaryGrades. Mar. 1970, 220-24.

Sue's Secret Mithematics: One Child's,View of Finite Differences. May 1971, 297 300.

,Kessler, Rolla V. The Equation Method of TeachingPercentage. Feb. 1960, 90-92.

Kev;ra, Barbara, Rita Brey, and Barbara Schimmel.Success for Slow Learners, or Rx. Relax . . . andPlay. May 1972, 335-43.

Kidd, ,Kenneth P. Class Participatioff in k.RelayGame. Dec. 1954, 27-28.

Kieren, T. E., and W. Liedtke. Geoboard Geometryfor Preschool Children. Feb.'1970, 123-26.

Kieren, Thomas E., and James H. Vance. LaboratorySettings to Mathematics.. What Does Research Sayto the Teacher? Dec. 1971, 585-89.

Kilgour, Alma Jean. Divisibility by Odd Numbers.Mar. 1966, 150-51.

Kdlelea, Agnes Ryder. Developing Number Ideas inthe Kindergarten. May 19,67, 396-97.

King, Elizabeth B. Greater Flexibility in AbstractThinking throUgh Frame Arithmetic. Apr. op,183-87.

. King, Irv. Giving - Meaning to the Addition Algorithm.May 1972, 345-48.

King, Irv, and Nancy Whitman. Going Metric. inHawaii. Apr: 1973, 258-60.

Kipps, Carol. Elementary Teachers' Ability to Undcrstand Concepts Used in New MatheMatics Cur:ricula. Apr. -196/ 367-71.

. Topics in Geometry for Teachersa NewExperience in Mathematics Education. Feb. 1970,163-67.

Kias, Walter L. Problems without Numbers. Jan.1961, 19-20.

Paver, Irene. and Terrel Trotter, Jr. Number Pat-terns from Digit Sums. Feb. 1971, 100 -103.

Knaupp, Jonathan E., and Kenneth J. Travers. TheComputer Revolution Needs YOU! Jan. 1971,11-17.

Knight, Carlton W. II, and James P. Schweitzer.Using Stream Flow to Develop Measuring Skills.Feb. 1972, 88-89.

Knowles, Evelyn. Fun w,ith One-to-One Correspond-ence. May 1965, 370 -72.

Koch, Elmer A., Jr. Homework intArithmetic. Jan.1965, 9-13.

Koenker, Robert H. Dividing ty a Fraction, Mar.1965, 225-26.

Measuring the Meanings of Arithmetic. Feb.1960, 93-96.

. Mental Arithmetic. Oct. 1961, 295-96.

. Psychology Applied to the Teaching of Arith-metic. Nov. 1958, 261-64.

. Twenty Methods for Improving ProblemSolving. Mar. 1958, 74-78.

Kolb, Margaret. I Hated Arithmetic. Ncri. 1956, 196.Kolesnik, Theodore S. The Division of Common

Fractions. Mar. 19150, 133-34.. Illustrating the Multiplication and Division

of Common Fractions. May 1963, 268-71.Kolson, Clifford J. The Oral Arithmetic Vocabulary

of Kindergarten Children. Feb. 1963, 81-83.Kolson, Clifford, and Robert E. Lowell. How

People See Numbers. Apr. 1965, 255, 260.Kopp, Audrey, and' Robert Hamada. Fun Can Be

Mathematics. Nov. 1969, 575-37.Korey, Ruth Anne. Participation of Young Children

in Mathematics. Oct. 1964, 421-22.. Problems in Presenting a Grocery Store

Lesson. Nov. 1963, 446-48.Kpsicki, William. The Mathematics of Supermarket

Shopping. Mar. 1967, 211, 215.Koury, Rose, and Edwina Deans. Including the

Newer Mathematics with the Regular Program ofthe Primary Grades. Apr. 1963, 212-14.

Krantz, H. Why These Notations? Dec. 1965, 637.Krause, Eugene F. Elementary School Metric Ge-

ometry. Dec. 1968, 673-82.Krause, Marina C. Wind Rose, the Beautiful Circle.

May 1973, 375-79.Krcismer, Clifford R. Glen Rock Scores on a Ca-

nadian Test. Oct. 1958,216-17.Kreitz, Helen Marie, and Frances Flournoy. A Bib-

liography of Historical Materials for Use in Arith-metic in the Intermediate Grades. Oct. 1960,287-92.

Krulik, Stephen, and Ann McPherson Wilderman.On beyond the Mathematics Laboratory. Nov.1973, 543-44. t

Kurtz, Ray. Fourth-Grade Division. How Much IsRetained in Grade Five. Jan. 1973, 65-71.

Kushta, Nicholas. Horizontal and Vertical Presen-tation. Feb. 1966, 106.

Kyte, George C., and Lois F. Harvey. Zero Difficul-ties in MultiplicatiOn. Jan. 1965, 45-50.

Lackcy, Mrs. H. L. Selling Arithmetic to thcPupils. Dec. 1957, 256-57.

Ladcmann, Nathalic. Shapes in Numbers. Oct. 1964,428-30; Nov. 1964, 470.

LaGanke, Lucile. Lct's Use Our Checkers and

3,

Checkerboards to Teach Number 11".s* Nov. 1967,573-75.

. What Is a Number?a Butetin Board Dis-play. Ded. 1959, 325,

Lamb, Pose M. Geometry for Third and FourthGraders. Apr. 1963, 19394.

Lantbert, J. William. Don't Count Your ChickensBefore They Hatch. Dec. 1961, 425-27. i

Lambert, Philip. Mathematical Ability and Mascu- 'linity. Jan. 1960, 19-21.

Land , Thomas IL, and Charles J. Faulk ' An Ap-, pr ach to Problem-solving. Apr. 1961, Ii7-60.

La er, Rudolph E. "To Hold, As't Were, the Mirrorp to Nature; to Show the Very Age and Body of

the Time." Dec. 1959, 289-94. .

Wham, Edna, George Anne Fisher, Jewell Breeding,and Helen McDaniel. Math's Not a MysteryHere's Its History. Mar. 1%3, 151-53.

Lansdown, Brenda. Creating Mathematics. Mar.1961, 98-101.

. Exploring Rate Graphs with Gifted Ten-Year-Olds. Mar. 1964, 146-49.

. From Cake to Cancellation. Apr. 1957,13c,-37.

LaRoe, Rachael A. Algebraic Concepts in the Ele-mentary School. Mar. 1965, 181-82.

Larson, H. L. The Structure of a Fraction. Apr.1966. 29,6-97. ,

Laiky, Joanne, and Jean Van Arsdel. A Two-Dimen-sional Abacusthe Papy Miniconiputer. Oct.1972, 445-51.1

Latino, Joseph I. Take the Folly Out of Fractions.Nov. 1955, 113-18.

Lawlis, Frank. Let's Add Automatically. -Mar. 1965,224-25.,_

TAY, L. Clark. An Elementary' Theory of Equations.Nov. 1971, 457-62.

Times of the Times. Oct. 1963, 334-38.Laycock, Mary. Creative Mathematics at Nueva.

Apr. 1970, 325-28. /

Layne, Fay M. The Pledge of Arithmetic Teacher.Mar. 1958, 90-91. 1

Lazerick, Beth Ellen. The Conversion Game... Jan.1961, 54-55.

LeBlanc, John F. Pedagogy in Elementary Mathe-, matics EducationTime f6r a Change. Nov. 1970,

60a.Lee,. Carol, and Gary Merle. Ooogle Google and

the Mini -Unit. Feb. 197 , 99-100. i

Lee, Paul C. Y. Fingervlultiplication. Apr. 1967,260.

Leeb-Lundberg, Kristina./ Kindergarten MathematiciLaboratoryNineteen! -Century Fashion. May1970, 372-86. '

"Leeseberg, Norbert H. Evaluation Scale for a Teach-,ing Aid in Modern Mathematics. Dec. 1971,' 592-94.

Lehew, Charmon.' The Performance of Four- andFive-Year-Old Children in Operation Head Starton Selected Arithmetic Ahilities. Jan. 1968, 53-59.

Leinwohl, Judith, Anna Marie Evans, and MildredHeadley. An Enrichment Program for Elententary

- Grades. May 1962, 282-86.Leinwohl, Judith, James N. Jacobs, and Althea Beery.

Evaluation of an Accelerated Arithmetic Program.Feb. 1965, 113-19.

Lemmon, Becky. A Test to check Divisibility byAny Numbcr. Feb. 1966, 120.

Lemmon, Becky, and Ruth Brown. A Test to ChcckDivisibility by Any Number. Oct. 1965, 459.

Lentz, Donald W. Mental Arithmetic. Apr. 1957, 132.Leonard, W. A. Preparing Solidly for-Algebra . .

Using Prime Numbers. Oct. 1964, 418-20.Lerch, Harold H. Arithmetic Instruction Chang

.4t

( LAMB-LOVELL I Author 19

Pupils Attitudes toward Arithmetic. ,Mar. 1961,117=19. '

. Intra-Class Grouping for Arittric In-struction: Critique and Criteria. Dec. 1 1, 404 -7.

Lerch, Harold H., and Francis J. Kellyy A Mathe-matics Program for Slow Learners at the JuniorHigh Level. Mar. 1966, 232-36.

Lerch, Harold H., and Charles T. Mangrum II. In-structional Aids Suggested by Textbook Series.Nov. 1965, 543-46.

Lerner, Norbert, and Max A. Sobel. "Sets" andElementary School Mathematics. Nov. 1958,239-46.

Leth, Leonard, and Mary Jo Pottenger. ProblemSolving. Jan. 1969, 21-24.

Lewis, Eunice, and Ernest C. Plath. "Plus- Workfor "Plus" Pupils. Nov. 1959, 251-56.

Lichtenberg, Betty Plunkett. Zero Is an Even Num-ber. Nov. 1972, 535-38.

Lichtenberg, Donovan R., ed. New Films and Film-strips. Oct. 1972, 485,786; lips.% 1972, 584-85, Dec.1972, 673-74; Jan. 1973, 76; Feb. 1973, 144-45;Apr. 1973, 292-93; May 1973, 413-14; Oct. 1973,482; Nov. 1973, 612-14; Dec. 1973, 690-91.

Lichtenberg, Donovan R., Geraldine Green, andGerald R. Rising, eds. Reviewing and Viewing.Oct. 1972, 481-86; 'Nov. 1972, 581-86; Dec. 1972,669 -74; Jan. 1973, 73-76; Feb. 1973, 144-49; Mar.1973, 232-35; Apr. 1973, 292-97; May 1973, 409-14; Oct. 1973, 480-82; -Nov, 1973, 606-14; Dec.1973, 690-93.

Liedtke, Werner. What Can You Do with a Geo-board? Oct. 1969, 491-93.

Liedtke, Werner, and N. George Cathcart. Race-tiveness/Impulsiveness and Mathematics Achieve-ment. Nov. 1969, 563-67.

Liedtke, W., and T. E. Kieren. Geoboard Geometryfor Preschool Children. Feb. 1970, 123-26.

Liedtke, W. W., and L. D. Nelson. Activities inMathematics for Preschool Children. Nov. 1973,53444,

Lap: 5'A. A Description of a Grotip-learning Ex-perience. Jan. 1973, 51-55.

Lipsey, Sally Irene. A Plea for Improvement of Re-search' in Mathematics Education. Mar. ,1969,220-22.

Recorded. Recollections of the Study ofMathematics. Feb. 1973; 136-38.

Lipsey, ally I., and Dorothy Geddes. SetsNatural,Nec ry, (K)nowable? Apr. 1968, 337-40.

Litwille , Bonnie H., and Margaret A. Hervey. TheAddy' ion Table: Experiences in Practice-Discovery.Mai/ 1972, 179-81.

-,---1 A Graphical Representation of Multiples ofth /Whole Numbers. Jan. 1971, 47-48.

Polygonal Numbers: A Study of Patterns.J n. 1970, 33-38. .

-Lit iller, Bonnie H., and Margaret Hervey Jones.ractice and Discovery: Starting with the Hundredoard. May 1973, 360-64.

vingstonc, Isobel L. Live Models in Arithmetic?Jan. 1970, 81-82.oeb, George. A Suggestion for Arithmetic Instruc-tion. May 1966, 403-4.

Loftus, Sonja. Fibonacci Numbers: Fun and Fundn-mentals for the Slow Learner. Mar. 1970, 204-8.

Lopate, Clifford. Clifford's Chcck for Long Division. '

Feb. 1971, 118.Lott, Jurcllc G., Allan W. qprIcy, Randall C. Hicks,

and M. Louise Reeves. In service EducationModern Arithmetic and Good Pedagogy. Jan. 1965,59-64.

Lovell, Kcnncth R. Intellectual Growth and tinder-

DLO Author/11' LOWELL-MANHEIM

standing Mathematics: Implications for Teaching.Apr..1972, 277-82.

Lowell, Robert E., and Clifford C., Kolson. HowPeople See Numbers. Apr. 1965, 255, 260.

Lowrey, Charlotte. Making Sense of the Nines Check.Mar. 1967, 222-24.

Lowry, William C. Some Innovations .in the Profes-sional ?reparation of Teachers. Dec. 1968, 727-34.

. Structure and the Algorisms of Arithmetic.Feb. 1965, 146-50.

Lucow, William H. Testing for euisenaire Method.Nov. 1963, 435-38.

Lulli, Henry. Editorial Feedback. Nov. 1969, 579-80.. Paper, Pencil, and Book. Dec. 1973, 695-96.

. Polyhedra Construction. Feb. 1972, 127-30.Lund, Charles. Popsicle Sticks and Flying Polygons.

Oct. 1970, 531-32.Lung, Clarence. Division Made Easy. Nov. 1963,

453-54.Luth, Lois M. A Mddel for Arithmetic of Signed

Numbers. Mar. 1967, 220-22.Lutz, Marie. The Madison Project. Dec.. 1959,1/

326 1.. Multiplication Memos for Dr. Mowrer. Oct

1962, 317-20.. Place Value. Dec.,1961, 415.

Lyda, W. J., and Frances M. Duncan. Quantitative ,Vocabulary and Problem Solving. Apr. 1967,

b 289-91.Lida, W. J., and Margaret D. Taylor. Facilitating an

Understanding of -the Decimal Numeration Systemthrough Modular Arithmetic. Feb: 1964, 101-3.

Lyda, Wesley 'J., and Evelyn Clayton Morse. Atti:tildes, Teaching Methods, and Arithmetic Achieve-ment. Mar. 1963, 136-38.

Lynch, Lyla. Arithmetic by Television. Jan. 1963,28-30.

Lyvers, Donald B. A Fraction Circle. Apr. 1956,119-21.

I

MMcArthur, Bill E. The Elementary School Principal

and Mathematics Instruction. Oct. 1963, 339 -43.McCalla, Elaine. Take a Mathematical Holiday. Dec.

1968, 735-36.,McCallon, Earl L., and Paul J. Cowan. ,Enrichment

with Exponents. Jan. 1968, 70.McClenathan, Louise. The Library Program Fosteis

Arithmetic Learnings. Apr. 1965, 287-89.McClmtic, Joan. Capacity Comparisons by Children.

Jan. 1970, 19-25.. The Kindergarten Child Measures Up. Jan.

1968, 26-29.i. A Unit of Measure. Nov. 1966, 585-86.McCombs, Wayne E. Four-by-Four Magic Square

for the New Year. Jan. 1970, 79-80.McCreight, Russell W., and Mary Heard Williams.

Shall We Move the Question? Oct. 1965, 418-21.McDaid, Elmer W. Implications of a Guidance and,

Counseling Program. Mar. 1956, 49-54.McDaniel, Helen, George Anne Fisher, Ednii Lanham,

and Jewell Breeding. Math's Not a MysteryHere's Its History. Mar. 1963, 151-53.

McDermott, John J. Sample "Computer." Mar. 1969,177-78.

McDougall, Ronald V. Don't Sell Short the Dis-tributive Property. Nov. 1967, "570-72.

McDowell, Louise K. Number Concepts and Pre-school Children, Dec. 1962, 433-35.

,MacEachern, Donald G., and Orville B. Aftreth. AnAction Research Study in Arithmetic. Jan. 1964,30-32.

McFarland, M. Ferrer. All Is Not Nonsense. Oct.

1966, 485-88.. Positional Notation, Yes! But When? Dec.

19613,.672;McGregor, Johnnie, Frances Flournoy, and Dorothy

Brandt. Pupil Understanding of the NumerationSystem. Feb. 1963, 88-92.

Mechlin, Ruth. The Use of Overlay Charts. Dec.1961, 433-35.

McKeen, Gene. Measures Make Arithmetic Mean-ingful. Dec. 1956, 247-48.

McKillip, William 0. "Patterns"a MathematicalUnit for Three- land Four-Year-Olds., Jan. 1970,15-18.

McKnight, Blair A., ak1 Patrick Supper. Sets andNumbers in Grade 0,4959-60. Oct. 1961,287-90.

.

McLauchlin, J. A. Can J tiny Still Add? Dec. 1962,432.

McLaughlin, Jack W. A New Approach to an OldProblem. Mar. 1961; 112-16.

McLaulin, John C., Frank W. Banghart, lames B.Wesson, and Leonard Pikaart. An ExperimentalStudy of, Programmed 'versus Traditional Elemen-tary School Mathematics. Apr. 19,63, 199-204.

MacLean, J. R. The Quest for an Improved Cur-riculum. Feb. 1967, 136-40.

McLean, Robert C. Estimating Quotients for theNew Long Division Algorithm. May 1969, 398 -400.

. Illustratinik Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers.Nov. 1963, 448.

. Third-Graders and the Equal Sign. Reportof an Experience. Jan. 1964, 27.

McMahon, William E. More Than Just a Name,Dec. 1971, 594-95.

McMeen, George H. Differentiating Arithmetic In-struction for Various Levels of Achievement. Apr.1959: 113-20.

. Division by a Fractior%a New Method.Mar.' 1962, 122-26.

McMeen, George, Howard F. Fehr, and Max Sobel.Using Hand-operated Computing Machines inLearning Arithmetic. Oct 1956, 145-59.

McNeil, John D. Prompting versus Intermittent Con-firmation in the Learning of a Mathematical Task.Nov. 1965, 533-36. Ny

MacPhee, Louise A., and Ben A. Sueltz. Bookie-view. Feb. 1955, 5.

MacRae, Irene R. A Place-Value Game for FirstGraders. Nov. 1957, 217-18. .

McSwain, E. T., and Ralph J. Cooke. EssentialMeanings in Arithmetic. Oct. 1958, 185-92.

Madaus, George F. Evaluation of a Mathematics Pro-gram. Dec. 1961, 418-21.

Madden, Richard. New Directions in the Measure-ment of Mathematical Ability. May 1966, 375-79.

Ma ens, Norbert. An Analysis of the Effects ofithmetic Homework upon the Arithmetichievcment of Third -Grade Pupils. May 1969,

383-89. .

Maertens, Norbert, and Clarence Schmtnke. Teachingfor What? Nov. 197,I, 449-56.

Magnuson, Russell C. SigneS d Numbers. Nov. 1966,573-75.

Major, James E. Rings and Strings. Oct. 1966,457-60.

Maline, Elizabeth Ann. riangle Number Game.Apr. 1964, 270-72.

Maloney, John P. Arithmetic at the Primary Level.Apr. 1957, 112-18.

Mangrum, Charles T., II. add Harold H. Lerch. In-structional Aids Suggested by Textbook Series.Nov. 1965, 543-46.

Manhcim, Jerome H. Ingagrams, or Instant His-tograms. Mar. 1967, 219-20. 04

Manheimer, Wallace. A Mo est/Proposal. Mar.1956, 71-73.

Mann, Lee. The Digit It Is!c 1966, 661.Mann, Nathaniel III, and ale Philippi. Volume

and Surface Area of Rectangular Prisms. A Maxi-mum-Minimum Problem for the Grades. Apr.1970, 291-92:

Mantiir, Edna, Ruth Hutcheson,, and Marjorie B.Holmberg. The Elementary School MathematicsLibrary. Feb. 1956, 8-16.

Maples, Eva Jean. Developing the "Take-Away" Idea.Apr. 1959, 161.

Marion, Charles How to Get Subtraction intothe Game. Fe . 1970, 169-70.

Marks, John I., The Uneven Progress of the Revolu-tion in Elementary School Mathematics. Dec.1963, 474-78.

Marks, John L.,"and James R. Smart. Mathematicsof Measurement. Apr. 1966, 283-87.

Martin, 13, S., and J. 41. Harkin: The Factor Game.Nov. 1973, 580-82.

Martin, J. Gregory, Jr. rDiscoyering the MaMe-matics of a Slide Rule. Jan. 1968, 23-25.

Mascho, George. Familiarity with Measurement.Apr. 1961, 164-67.

Massey, Tom E. Dominoes in the Mathematics Class -, room. Jan. 1971, 53-54.

Mastain, Richard K., and Bernice C. Nossoff. Mathe-matics in the Kindergarten. Jan. 1966, 32 37.

Mathematical Association of America. The Trainingof Elementary-School Mathematics Teachers. Dec.1960, 421-25.

Mathison, Sally. Mathemaficalosterms. Jan. 1969,64-65.

Solving Story Problems and Liking It. Nov.1969, 577-79.

Matthews,.Geoffre y. The Nuffield Mathematics Teach-ing Project. Feb': 1968, 101-2.

Matthews, Geoffrey, and Julia Comber. MathematicsLaboratories. Dec. 1971, 547-50.

Matthews, Warren N. Teacfiing Comparison ofCommon Fractions. Mar. 1968, 271-73.

Mauro, Carl. Developing an Understanding of In-verse Operations. Nov. 1966, 556-63.

Mauthe, Albert H. Climb the Ladder. May 1969,354-56.

Mauthe, Albert H., and Anne W. Schaefer. ProblemSolviilg with Enthusisitmthe Matheinatics Labo-ratory. Jan. 1970, 7 -14..

May, Frank B. Three Problems of Using Equationsin Elementary Arithmetic Programs. Mar. 1964,166-68.

May, Lola. Individualized Instruction in a LearningLaboratory Setting. Feb. 1966, 110-12.

. Educated Guessing. Dec. 1963, 496-97.In Answer to Your Questions. Oct, 1964,

430.. Learning Laboratories in Elementary Schools

in Winnetka. Oct. 1968, 501-3.Mayer, Louise A. The Scarbacus or Scarsdale Aba-

cus. Dec. 1955, 159.Mayor, John R. The Arithmetic Teacher. Feb. 1954,

15.Issues and Directions. May 1966, 349-54.Science and Mathematics in the Elementary

School. Dec. 1967, 629-35.Science and Mathematics: 119705-4 Decade

of,,Phange. Apr. 1970, 292-97.Mayn't, John IL, Helen L. Garstens, and M. L. Keedy.

University of Maryland Mathematics Project. Feb.1960,, 61-65.

Meadoweroft, Bruce A. Comparison of Two Methodsof Using Programmed Learning. Oct. 1965, 422-25.

. The Effects on Conventionally Taught Eighth.

rif3

MANHEIMER MOHLENBRUCK I Aut 21

Grade Math Following Seventh-Grade ProgrammedMath. _Dec. 1965, 614-16.

Meadows, George C. Let's Modernize Graph Teach-ing. May 1963, 286-87.

Meconi, L. J. Discovering Structure through Pat-terns. Nov. 1972, 531-33.

Mehl, Dark! W., and William G. Mehl. Grisly '.Grids. May 1969, 357-59.

Mehl, William G. Direction Exercises as Prepa-ration for Algebra. Apr. 58, 152.

A Discovery in Percents. Dec. 19 ,

746.. The Summer InstituteContributor toward

,Better Teaching. Feb. 1964, 112-13.. The Role of the Notebook in a Mathematics4

Class. May 1963, 284-85.. Where, on the Niimber Line, Is the Square

Rootof Two? Nov. 1970, 614-16.Mehl, William G., and David W. Mehl. Grisly Grids.

Nil 1969, 357-59.Me ens, William A., and Dale I. Foreman. National

Assessment in Mathematics. Mar. 1971, 137-43.-Melson, Ruth. How Well Are Colleges Preparing

Teachers for Modern Mathematics? Jan. 1965,51-53.

Merle, Gary, and Ciro! Lee. Oogle Google and theMini-Unit. Feb. 1973, 99-100.

Mertes, Ray 0. Horizons Unlimited. Dec. 1961, 430.Meserve, Bruce E. Mathematics Teachers, on Guard!

Oct. 1966, 476-84.. The NCTM, Its Growth and Growing Pains.,

Oct. 1965, 484-89.'Meyer, Phyllis I., and Donald G. Beuthel. A Regular

Classroom plus a Mathematics Laboratory. Nov.1972, 527-30.

Michalov, Mary. The Versatile Number ;Runner.Apr. 1961, 182-85.

Mild, Arthur K. Multi-bet. Dec. 1973, 694-95.Milgram, Joel. Time Utilization in Arithmetic Teach-

ing. Mar. 1969, 213-15.'Miller, David. A Shortcut in Figuring Square Roots.

Nov. 1965, 588. ,

Miller, G. H. Geometry in the Elementary Grades.A Comparative Study of Greek. Mathematics Edu-cation. Feb. 1964, 85-88.

. How Effectivg Is the Meaning Method? Mar.1957, 45-49.

How Much Time for Arithmetic? Nov.1958, 256-59.

. Shall We Change Our Arithmetic Program?Apr. 1962, 193-97.

Time Spent on Arithmetic in Foreign Coun-tries and in the United States. May 1960, 217-21.

Miller, Herbert F. Reviews of Books and Materials.May 1964, 161-63; Oct, 1964, 431-33.

Miller, William A. Semipermanent Chalk:. A Valu-able Aid in the Mathematics Classroom. Oct. 1968,559-60.

Milne, Esther. Disguised Practice for Multiplicationand Addition of Directed Numbers. May 1969,397-98. ,

Number Line: Versatility. Dec. 1968, 738., A Number Line without Numerals. Mar.

1971, 189-91.Subtraction of IntegersDiscovered through

a Game. Feb. 1969, 148-49.Minnick, Marian M. Second Graders Learn New

Mathematics. May 1965, 374-75.Moench; Laurel. Individualized Practice in Arith

metica Pilot Study. Oct. 1962, 321-29,Mohlenbruck, D. E. More on Points and Lincs.

May 1964, 353.. Points and Lines. Apr. 1964, 247.

LA_ _1114S IL I I t AVIMIX 04J JIC-1,Nr4...01.711

10

Montour, Noah. The Largest Number That Can BeWritten in Any Base. Mar. 1967, 218.

Moody, William B. Teacher Competence. What toEvaluate and How. Jan. 1966, 3Q-31.

Moore, Alma Chesnut. When's Easter? Apr. 1967,.; 313'.'Moore, Edwena, and DeGroff Platte. Diagnosing

Pupil Needs in Arithmetic. Feb. 1959, 33-35.Moore, Tabbie Mae. More about Casting Out Nines.

Nov. 1956, 204-6.Moray, Josepe. The NCTM Film-Text Series "Mathe-

matics for Elementary School Teachers." Apr.1967, 296-99:

Morgenstern, Frances B. Using Classroom Lights toTeach the Binary Sysign. Mar. 1973, 184-85.

Morgenstern, Frances, an Morris Rancus. Graphs inthe Primary Grades. Oct. 1970, 499-501.

Reading Big Numbers. Nov. 1972, 569-70.Morley, Arthur., Goals for Mathematical Education

of Elementary School Teachers. Jan. 1969, 59-62.Morris, John L Mathematics as a Core Unit, Feb.

1973, 110-13.Morse, Evelyn Clayton. and Wesley J. Lyda. Atti-

tudes, Teaching Methods, and Arithmetic Achieve-,ment. Mar. 1963, 136-38.

Morton, R L. Computations with Binary Numerals.Feb. 1964, 96:98.

Fractional Numbers with a Sum of I. Dec.L966, 658-61. ,0

. Low Visibility, or; Ideas in a Fog. Oct.1958,472-n.

Moser, Harold 13. Levels oft Learning. Dec 1956221-25.

Moser, James M. Grouping of Objects its a MajorIdea at the Primary Level. May 1971, 301-5. -

Mossil, Itax N. Eliminate "Borrowing" in Subtrac-tion. Oct. 1959, 217-19; Feb. 1960. 86.

Mother M. Constance Dooley. The Relationshipbetween Arithmetic 'Research and the Content ofArithmetic Textbooks (1900-1957). Apr.. 1960,178-83, 188. .

Mott-Smith, John. Computers and Art. Mar. 1969,169-72. -

Moskrer, 0. Hobart. A 'Psychologist Views (withAlarm) the MathematicalConcejits of "Multipli-cation" and "Division." Jan. 1962, 3-9. .

Moyer, Haverly 0. Testing the Attainment of the%Broader Objectives 'cif Arithmetic. Mar. 1956,

Muelle7r, Francis J.: Building Algebra Readiness inGrades Seven and ,Eight. Nov. 1959, 269-73.

Divisibiility bk Seven and Thirteen. Nov. 1958,267-68.

. The Forest or the Trees. Oct. 1962, 306-7.The Launching of a Forum. Jan. 1968,

64-66. -

. The Neifected Role of the Decimal Point.Mar. 1958, 87-88.

Ox the Fraction as a Numeral. May 1961.-234-38. .

. Out of Our IN Basket. Oct. 1968, 549-50.. Cfut of Our IN Basket. Nov. 1968, 647 48.. Sic Transit Gloria Arithmetica. Oct. 1964,

386 -90.So-Now We Know. ... May 1965, 351, 358.

Mueller, Francis J.. ed. Forum on Teacher Education.Jan., 1968, 64-66,, Feb 1968, 169 75, Mar. 1968,266-70; Apr. 1968, 367-71; May 1%8, 447-51;Oct. 1968, 547-48; Nov. 1968, 64347; Dec. 1968,727 -34; Ian. 1969, 59-02, Feb. 1969, 137 ,39. Mar.1969, 225'27, Apr: 1969,, 296-300. May 1969, 39194; Oct. 1469; 479-83; Nov. 1969, 569-74; Dec.1969, 64345, Jan. 1970; 75 -78, Feb..1970, 163-67,Mar. 4970, 263:69; Apr..1970, 342-46; May 1970.

.

,

is

428-37, Nov. ti17,0: 605-11, Apr. 1971, 2155-67,May 1971, 339-44^:

Mueute, Grace. Where Do I Start Teaching Nu-merals? Nov. 1967, 575-76.

Muller, Adelyn. Fraught with Naught. Jan. 1966,51.

Moot Mathematics. May 1965, 372-74.More of Moot Mathematics. Nov. 1965;

568:11.Mundt, Delbert, Patricia Wilson, and Fred Porter.

,4 Different Look at Decimal Fractions. Feb.1969, 95-98.

Murphy, Enzabeth. Banking Interest. Jan. 1973,58-59.

Murphy, Katherine, Harrell ham, and MichaelMurphy Attitude and A ent in Arithmetic.Feb. 1964, 66-72.

Murphy, Michael, Harrell B am, and KatherineMurphy. Attitude and Achievement in Arith-metic. Feb. 1964, 66-72.

Murray, Jerome T. A More Elementary View of theIrrariality of t ),T1',, Feb. 1967, 110-14; Apr.1967, 62.

Mukio, Robert D. Factors Related to Quantitative-Understanding in, the Sixth Grade. May 1962,258:62.

Myers, Donald E. Area Concepts for Second Grad-ers. Nov.,1964, 483 -84 ;Jan. 1965, 67.

A Geometric Interpretation of Certain Sums.Nov. 1971, 4,75-78.,

NNadelman, Goldie, and Elsie B. The Role

of Experiences in Arithmetic. ov. 1955, 104-6.. The Role of Experiences, in Arithmetic. Feb.

1957, 3 31.Nasca, Donald. -Comparative Merits of a ivlanipu-

lauve Approach to Second-Grade Arithmehc. Mai.1966.221-26. ,

Neale, Daniel C.The Role of Attitudes in LearningMathematics. bec. 1969, 631-40.

Nechin, Arlene, and Robert Brower. The Abacus--*a New Use for an Old Tool. Dec. 1959, 314-16:

Needham, Frances. Modern Mathematics for Parents.Dec. 1968. 748.

Needleman, Joan R. Discovery AppivachPolar Co-ordinates in Grade Seven? Nov. 1967, 563-65.

Nelsen, Jeanne. Percent: A Rational Nuritber or aRatio. Feb. 1969, 105-9. .

Nelson, Diane, and Marvin N. Nelson. PegboardMultiplicalion of a Fraction, by a Fraction. Feb.1969, 142-44.

Nelson, L. Doyal, and E. E. AndreWs. BeginningNumber Experiences and Structured Matcnals. Oct.1963, 330-33.

Nelsbn, L. Doyal. and Alec Brace The PreschoolChild's Concept of Number. Fcb. 1965, 126 -33.

Nelson, L. D.. and W. W. Liedtke. Activities inMathematics for Preschool Children, Nov. 1973,536-41.

Nelson, L. Doyal, and Daiyo Sawada. Conservationof Length and the Teaching of Linear Measure-ment: A Methbdological Critique. May 1967,945-48.

Nelson, L. Doyal, and Walter H. Worth. Mathe-matical Competence of Prospective ElementaryTeachers in Canada and, in the United States.Apr. 1961, 147-51.

Nelson, Marvin N., and Barbara Budzynski Hales. Di-viding Fractions with Fraction Bars. Nov. 1970,619-21.

Nelson, Marvin N., and David Hyde. Save ThoseEgg Cartons! Nov. 1967, 578-79.

t't

9

Nelson, Marvin N., and Diane Nelson. PegboardMultiplication of a Fraction by a Fraction. Feb.1969, 142-44.

*Nelson, Owen, and Jack D. Wilkinson. Probabilityand StatisticsTrial Tesehing. in Sixth Grade. Feb.1966, I00-106.

Nelson, Theodora. Results of General MathematicsTests. Feb. 1956, 21-26.

Ness, Hirald M., Jr. Another Look at Fractions.Jan. 1973, 10-12.

Neufeld, K. Allen. Discovery in Number Operationsthquith Geometric Constructions. Dec. 1968,695-700.

StructureKey Word of the Sixties. Dec.1965, 612-13. "

Neuner, Albert R. A Modulo Line. Mar. 1973,214-15,

Neureiter, Paul R. Book Reviews. Dec. 1954, 23.Strike Up Your Arithmetic Band. Mar.

1957, 649.. The "Ultimate" Form of the Subtraction

Algorism. Apr. 1965, 277-81.Neureiter, Paul R., and Marian Wozencraft. What

Arithmetic in Second Grade?' May 1962, 252-57._ Newbury, N. F. Quantitative Aspects ,of Science at

Mt Primary Stage. Dec. 1967, 641-44.Neliell,laura. Pupils Respond to the Modern Ele-

inentary Mathematics. Feb. 1965, 144-46.The Role of a Principal in Teaching Arith-

metic. Apr. 1955, 55-56..Newell, John M., and Alice Huettig, Attitudes toward

Introduction of Modern Mathematics ProgralfrbyTesChers with Large and Small Numbet of yearsExperience. Dec. 1966, 125-30.

Newman, Claire M. The Importance of Definitions inMathematic:s: Zero.. May 1967, 379;82.

John F. Are Almost All Children Disad-vantaged in Mathematics- Jan. '1967, 21-23.

A Second Revolution. Apr. 1965, 2,53-55.Newsom, qarroll V. Some Observations on the Con-

temporary Mathematical Scene. Oct. 1959, 191 94._ Nichols, Eugene D Are Behavioral Objectives the

Answer? Oct. 1972, 419, 474-76.- NO, Ruth H. Classroom Experiences, with Recrea-

tional Arithmetic. Apr. 195f, 90-93.Niman, John. A Game Intioduction to the Binary

Numeration System. Dec. 1971 600-601.. Mathematical. Concepts and the Postage

Stamp...pct. 1972; '452-55.John, and Robert'D. Postman. Probability

on the Geoboard. Mar. 1973, 167 -70Niswonger, Dan, and 1-rtlatt_C. Peck. Measurement

and Partition--Commutativity of ultiplication.Apr. 1964, 238-591

Norman, Uurel. Kindergarten in ArithmeticTeacher: A Decade of Growth. Apr. 1971, 20-56.

Norris, Theodore R. An Inverse Square Relation-ship in Science. Dec. 1968, 707-12.

Norton, Donald A., and Thomas Poffenberger. Fac-tors Determining Attitudes toward Arithmetic andMathematics. Apr. 1956, 113-16.

Norton, Monte S. Enrichrbent Units in Junior 'HighSchool Grades. Dec. 1057, 260-61..

Helping Pupils Help Themselves throughSelf-evaluation. Apr. 1963, 203-4.

'Norwood, John K., Jr. Arithmetic Skills Begin atHome. Jan. 1968, 13 -18.,.

Nulton, Lucy. Arithmetic: Arthritis or Adventure?Nov. 1961, 345-49.

0 j

Oakes, James 0 and 4-Ri Cannon. In Ten-nessee Making I.Jst of CPA Film Series. May

-1969, 91-94.

14

, NELSON-OSBORNE I Author,

Oberlin, Lynn . C. Let's Teach ,the Metric Systemthrough Its Use. May 1967, 376.

Oberlin, Lynn, and Mary Jean Oberlin. Mathematicsfor Four-Year-Olds. Ian. 1968, 10-12.

Oberlin, Mary Jean 46d Lynn Oberlin. Mathematicsfor Four-Year-Olds. .Jan. 1968, 10-12.

O'Brien, Thomas C. A Look at Triangle Congruence- Feb. j967, 103-6.

Two Approaches to ,the Algorism for Multi-plication of Fractional Numbers. Nov, ,1965,,552-55.

O'Brien, Thomas C., and June V. Richard. Inter-views to Assess Number Knowledge. May 1971,322-26...

O'Brien, Thomas C, and Bernard J. Shapiro. Prob-lem .W.aira and the Development of CognitiveStnicture. Jan. 1969, 11-15.

Ochsenhirt, Marion E., and Mary M. Wedtmeyer,Binkry Can be F-U-N. Oct. 1963, 354-55.

O'Daffer, Phares G. On Improvini, One's Ability toHelp Children Learn Mathematics. Nov. 1972,519-26.

O'Donnell, John R. Beware of "Keywords?' Feb,' 1963, 92. '

Don't Shy Away from the Zero Exponent.Apr. 1967, 299, 306.

Number, Numeral, and Plato. May 1966,401 -2.

.. They Are Not "Magic" Number Cards.Dec. 1965, 647-48.

Oesterle, Robert A. What about Those 7.eriqacts'"Mar. 1959, 109-11.,

Ogilvie, Lloyd J. An Individualized MathematicsProgram in Junior ,High School. Jan. 1972, 53-57.

Ogletree, Earl. Geometry. An Artistic Approach. Oct.1969, 45741.

Ohlsen, Ruth. The Daily Life of a Variable. Apr.1967, 277. ,

Okita, Sadie, and Nancy C. Whitman. ConstruCtingan Inexpensive Sphere. Apr. 1964, 261-62.

Olberg, Robert. Visual Aid for Multiplication andDivision of Fractions. Jan. 19.67, 44-46.

Oliver, Charlene. Gus's Magic Numbers: ^A Key tothe Divisibility Test for Primes. Mar. 1972, 183-89.

Olsen, Elizabeth P. There's Sense in Nonsense Arith-metic. May 1965, 341-42, ,

Olson, Lynn. The Meaning of Meaningful. ApE. ,1969, 276,80. ,

O'Malley, Luke. A Sample Method for Addition.Dec. 1969.675.

Oinejc, tve A Different 'Approach to ihe:Sieve ofEratosthenes. Mar, 1972, 192-96.

O'Neill, Connie., A Substitute Teacher in Mathe-matics. Dec. 1965, 638-39.

Oosse, William J. Properries.of Operatiops. A Mean-ingful Study. Apr. 1969, 271-75.

Orans, Sylvia. Go Shopping: ProblentrsolvincActivi-ties for the Primary Grades_ with Provisions for In-clivIdualization. Nov. 1970, 621-23.

-. Kaleidoscopes and,Mathematics, Nov. 1973,576-79. .

.

, Our Number Clothesline. Dec. 1964, 580.Osborn, Jesse. The Hundred Board. Mar. 1956,

54-55.Perspective in Arithmetic. Nov. 1958, 275;78.

. Those Final Digits. Mar. 1961,134.. Watching the License Numbers. Nov. 1956,

182.Whither in Arithmetic Teylrifig? Dec. 1956,

46-it.Osborn, Roger. The Use of Models in the Teaching

of Mathematics. Van. 1961, 22-24.Osborne, Alin R. kab Oratory and the Oeneralvta-

tion Gap. Dec. 1971, 545-46. .

s- -

"24 / Author I OVERHOLSER- PICARD

Perceptual Burdens in Learning Mathematics.Dec. 1973, 626-29.

Overholser, Jean S. Flow Charts for the ElementaryGrades. Nov. 1966, 591-93.

Hide-a-Fregio71(1 ?_ 2 Can Play. Oct. 1969,496-97.

Overholser, Jean S., and Dianne M. Baker. IMFfqr Grades 3 to 6. May 1969, 400-401.

Overholt, Elbert D. , From Number Lines to 2-DSpace Concepts. Feb. 1966, 107-9.

. Manipulating Points and figures in Space.Nov. 1967, 560-62.

A Piagetian Conservation Concept. May1965, 317-26.

pPace, Angela. Understanding and the Ability to

Solve Problems. May 1961, 226-33.Page, Robert L Old MacDonald Builds a Fence.

Feb. 10, 3, 91-93.Pagni, David L The Computer Motivates IMprove-

ment in Computational Skills. Feb. 1971, 109 12.Paige, Donald D. Primes and Factoring. Dec. 1962,

449-52.Paige, Donald D., and Margaret Jennings. Measure-

meat in the Elementary School. May 1967, 354- 57.Panek, Alice. Providing for the Gifted Child. Nov.

1959, 246-50.Parker, Helen. Seesaw Game. Nov. 1963, 449-50.Parker, Helen C. Teaching Measurement in a Mean-

ingful Way. Apr. 1960, 194-200, 207.Parker, Robert. Graph Paper. A Versatile Visual

Aid. Feb. 1969, 144-48. ,

. Teaching a Meaningful Modern MathematicsVocabulary. May 1966, 400.

Parrish, Cada it Fun, Fact, and Fadcy. Jan. 1964,39-41.

Parsons, Cynthia. Algebra in the Fourth Grade.Feb. 1960, 77-79.

. Arithmetic for the Gifted. Mar. 1959, 84-16.Surprising Answers. Feb. 1963, 83.

C Unusual Arithmetic. Feb. 1961, 69-74.Paschal, Billy J. A Concerned Teacher Makes the

Difference. Mar. 1966, 203-5.. Geometry for the Disadvantaged. Jan. 1967,

4-6.. Readiness for Mathematics. Learning. Jan.

1968, 5-6.Teaching the Culturally Disadvantaged

Child. May 1966, 369-74.Paskins, Elsie B., and Goldie Nadelman. The Role

of Experiences in Arithmetic. Nov. 1955, 104-6.The Role of Experiences in Arithmetic. Feb.

1957, 30-31.Passi, Sneh Lata, and Leroy G. Callahan. Text-

books, Transitions, and Transplants. May 1972,381-85.

Palsy, Robert A. The Effect of Cussetaire Materialsin Reasoning and Computation. Nov. 1963, 439-40.

Socio-economic Status and MathematicsAchievement. Nov. 1964, 469-70.

Pate, Robert Thomas. Transactional Pattern Dif-ferences between School Mathematics Programs.Ian. 1966, 21-25.

Pattersqn, Katherine. A Picture Line Can Be Fun!Dec. 1969, 603-5.

Patterson, William, Jr. A Device for Indirect Meas-urements: An Entertaining Individual Project. Feb.1973, 124-27.

Paukner, Lillian C. Milwaukee's In-service Arith-metic Education Program. Nov. 1957, 222 -23.

Paul, Jan S. Sets and Numbers. Nov. 1963, 411.

Pauley, B. G. A Quiz. for Arithmetic Teachers. Mar.1963, 141-42.

Pawlowski, Adam. Multiplication of Integers. Jan.1965, 0!

Payzie,-roseph N. A Call for a Commission,on Ele-mentary School Mathematics. Mar. 1972, 169-70.

Payne, Joseph N., Hardwick W. Harshman, and DavidW. Wells. Manipulative Materials and Arithmetic .

Achievement in Grade 1. Apr. 1962, 188-92.Peck, Donald M., and Stanley' hof. Jencks. Mental

Imagery in Mathematics. Dec. 1972, 642-44.Peck, Hugh L An Evaluation of Topics in Modern

Mathematics. May 1963, 277-79.Peck, Lyman C., and Dan Niswonger. Measurement

and PartitionCommutativity of Multiplication.Apr. 1964, 258-59.

Peeler, Harry), Enrichment Materials for SchoolMathematibs. May 1962, 271-75.

Teaching Verbal Problems in Arithmetic.Dec. 1956, 244-46,

Peoples, John A. A Meaningful Approach to Can-cellation. Feb. 1956, 29-30.

Pensho, Crarence It Applications of Binary Notation.May 1967, 388-90.

Perkins, Carol, and Nancy Hanson. How Many Ways?Mar. 1968, 277.

Perkins, Ruth M. Patterns and. Creative Thinking.Dec. 1967, 668-70.

Perrodin, Alex F. Andy and the Toy Soldiers. Apr.1965, 269-70.

Perrodm, Alex F., and Gladys M. Thomason. AComparison of Arithmetic Achievement in England,Central California, and Georgia. Mar. 1964, 181-85.

Perry, E. L, Jr. Integrating Geometry and Arith-metic. Dec: 1973, 657-62.

Peskin, Anne S. Geometric Representation of Bino-mial by BinomialLaboratory Style. Jan. 1968,40-44.

Peters, Ann C. The Number System and theTeacher. Oct. 1957, 155-60, 167.

Peterson, John A., and Joseph Hashisaki. Patterns inArithmetic. Mar. 1966, 209-12.

Peterson, John C. Fourteen. Different Strategies forMultiplication of Integers or Why (-1) (-1)+1. May 1972, 396-403.

Pgterspn, Joyce. Arithmetic. Instruction Is Improvmg.Ape. 1960, 201-2.

Peterson, Wayne. A Case in Point. Jan. 1961, 10-13.. Numerationa Fresh Look. May 1965,

335-38.Petty, Olan. Non-Pencil-and-Paper Solution of Prob-

lems. Dec. 1956, 229-35.. Requiring Proof of Understanding. Nov.

1955, 121-23.Pfreim, Raymond C. Zero and Infinity. Nov. 1958,

270.Philippi, Dale, and Nathaniel Mann III. Volume

and Surface Area of Rectangular Prisms: AMaximum-Minimum Problem for the Grades.Apr. 1970, 291-92.

Phillips, Clarence. A Combined Content-MethodsCourse for Elementary Mathethatic:s Teachers. Mar.1960, 138-40, 158.

. The Relationship between ArithmeticAchievement and Vocabulary Knowledge of Ele-mentary Mathematics. May 1960, 240-42.

Phillips, Jo. "Basic Laws" for Young Children. Nov.1965, 525-32.

One Classroom, with Arithmetic and Justicefor All. Oct. 1958, 165-71.

. Stand for Something or Youll'Fall for Any-thing. Mar. 1969, 203-11.

Picard, Anthony .1. The Danger/Value Leapingto Conclusions. Feb. 1970, 151-53.

9

.1

Pietro. Peter S. Usink the "Problem-Sotying" Method.Apr. 1959, 160.

Pierson, Robert C Elementary Graphing Experiences.Mar. 1969, 199-201.

Pieters, Mary Ballard. Utilizing the Strategic Mo-ment in Arithmetic. Dec. 1958, 311-14.

Pigge, Fred L Frequencies of Unwritten kgorisms,Nov. 1967, 588-93.

Pigge, Fred, and Irvin H. Brune. Lectures versusManuals in the Education of Elementary Teachers.Jan. 1969, 48-52.

Pigge, Fred L., Thomas C. Gibney, and John LGinther. The Mathematical Understandings ofPrescrvice and In-service Tea ben. Feb. 1970,155-62.

Pigge, Fred L., and Albert H. Shuster. RetentionEfficiency of Meaningful Teaching. Jan: 1965,24-31.

Maur, Len. Reply to Professor Todd's Letter. Mar.1968, 227, 243.

Pilcaart, Leonard, Frank W. Banghart, John C.McLaulin, and James B. Wesson. An ExperimentalStudy of Programmed versus Traditional Elemen-tary School Mathematics. Apr. 1963, 199-204.

Pi Imam Leonard, and Charles Berryrnan. Intersys-tem Research for Elementary School Teachers Jan.1965, 5-8.

Pilatart, Len, C. Alan Riedesel, and Marilyn N.Suydam. Research on Mathemitics Education,Grades K-8, for 1967. Oct. 1968, 531-44.

Pilcaart, Len, and Kenneth J. Travers. Teaching Ele-mentary School 'Mathematics: A Simplified Model.May 1973, 332-42.

Num Leonard, and C Alan Riedesel, eds. Focuson Research. Nov. .1967, 5,81=93; Dec. 1967, 679 -E3; Jan. 1968, 47-61; Feb. 1968, 161-68; Mar.

' 1968, 254-65; Apr. 1968, 355-66; May 1968, 437-46; Oct. 1968, 531-44; Nov. 1968, 631-41; Dec,1968, 723-26; Jan. 1969, 48-52, 54-58; Feb. 1969,119-28, 131-35; Mar. 1969, 213-22; Apr. 1969, 28E-95; May 1969, 379-89; Oct. 1969, 467-78; Nov.1969, 557-67; Dec. 1969, 631-42; Jan. 19'70, 61-74;Feb. 1970, 155-62; Mar. 1970, 245-61; Apr. 1970,332-41; May 1970, 424-27; Oct. 1970, 511-27;Nov. 1970, 597-604; Dec. 1970, 676-82.

Pincus, Morris. Addition and Subtraction FractionAlgorism. Feb. 1969, 141-42.

An Adventureein Discovery. Jan. 1964,28-29.

---. Enrichment in Arithmetic 'Tor the PrimaryGrades. Dec. 1960, 412-13, 417.

A fifth Grade's Revision of Our System.of Number Names. Mar. 1972, 197-99.

Pincus, Morris, and Glen Heathers.. The Dbal Prog-ress Plan in the Elementary School. Dec.. 1959,302-5.

Pincus, Morris, and Frances Morgenstern. Gritphs inthe Primary Grades. Oct. 1970, 499-501.

Pincus, Morris, and Frances B. Morgenstern. ReadingBig Numbers. Nov. 1972, 569-70.

Pinkies, Braxton. Gumballi Aid in a MathematicsLesson. Nov. 1969, 567.

Pinney, Grant C. Grouping by Arithmetic Abilityan Experiment in the Teaching of Arithmetic. Mar.1961, 120-23.

Plants, Robert W. Casting Out Ines with Modular or Clock Arithmetic. Oct d5, 460-61.

Discovery at the T- er Ed.ucatitin Level.Mar. 1967, 203-4.

Plath, Ernest C., an Lewis. "Plus" Workfor "Plus" Pupils. ov. 959, 251-56.

Platte, DeOroff, and wens Moore. DiagnosingPupil Needs in Ari metic. Feb'. 1959, 33-35.

Poffenberger, Thom . and Donald A. Norton. Face

PIERRO-RAHMLOim 1 Author 25'

tors Determining Attitudes toward Arithmetic andMathematics. Apr. 1956, i13-16.

Porlier, Corinna. Don't Miss the Tram. Feb. 1973,139-42,

Porter, Fred, Patricia Wilson, and Delbert Mundt.A Different Look at Decimal Fractions. Feb. 1969,95-98.

Porter, Richard D. The Teaching of Roman Nu-merals. Fab. 1960) .97-99. . ,

Porterfield, Q. V. Ambiguities in Teaching Arith4metic. May 1965, 348-51.

Postman, Robert D., and John Niman. Probabilityon the Geoboard. Mar. 1973, 167-70.

Pottenger, Mary Jo, and Leonard Leth. ProblemSolving. Jan. 1969, 21-24. *".

Potter, Mary A. The Slow Can Learn.. May .1960,226-30.

PowellLucfle B. A Spark of Enthusiasm. May 1961,239-41.

Powers, Richard. A Dream Ho Project. May1962, 280-81. .

P.owick, E. Unexpected Discoveries. Nov. 1965,574, 578.

Pratt, Edna M. A Teaching Aid for Signed Nurnberg.Novi 1966, 589-90.

Pray, Richard H. The Metric System IS Simple!.Apr. 1961, 179.

Prescott, Arthur L, Kenneth D. Hopkins, and EdetteB. Price. Comparative Achievement with Depart-mentalized and Self-contained Classroom Organiza.tion. Mar. 1967,212-15.

Prevost, Fernand J. On Planting and Learning. Feb.1969, 98.

Pries, `Edette B., Arthur L Prescott, and Kennethpe-gopkiii.g. Comparative Achievement with De-partmentalized and Self-contained Classroom Or-ganization. Mar. 1967, 212-15.

Price, H. Vernon. NCTM Service and the.Arith.mete Teatikr. Jan. 4971, 5-6.

Price, Jack. Why Teach Division of Common Frac-tions? Feb. 1969, 111 -12.

Prielipp, Robert W. Calendar Arithmetic. Jan. 1969,69.

. Teaching One of the Differences between0. Rational Numbers and Whole Numbers. May 1971,

317-20.Priore, Angela. Achievement by Pupils Entering the

First Grade. Mar. 1957, 55-60.Purser, Jimmy V., and A. Keith Turkett. Is Grouping

for Mathematics Instruction Practicable in Depart-mentalized Mathematics Classes? Jan. 1972, 61-64.

Quist, W. G. Method or Justification? Dec. 1972,617-22.

On Computation and Drill. Dec. 1969,'627-30.

RRabinowitz, Frederick R. Building, "Computer" for

Nondecimal Number Systems. Oct. 1966, 492-94_A Principals Conference on the "New"

Mathematics. Jan. 1965, 75.Rader, Eunice, Dorothy Berglund, Margaret Boyd,

Elizabeth Cocke, and Camilla Durrenberger. An-other Look at problem Solving. Dec. 1958, 315-16.

Ragland, Elizabeth. Art and Arithmetic. Mar. 1959,112.

Eat Your Numbers! Feb. 1960, 96.A Mathematics, Christmas Tree. Dec: 1956,

225.Ralinilow, Harold F. Understanding Different Num-

ber Bases. May 1965, 339140.

rij

,

1.01.41110

4

4

4

26 Author RAINSBVRY- RIEDESEL

5,"

Rams' bury, Ron. Where Is Droopy? Apr. 1972,271-72.

Rafted, Ernest R. Discovery in Mathematics. Jan,1965, 14-18.

---. Function Follows Form. Apr., 1966, 278-82.Tantalizing Ternary. Dec. 1968, 718-22.

Rapp, Lois. Arithmetic Is Fun. May 1963, 256-38.Rappaport, David. MathematicsLogical, Psycho-

logical, Pedagogical. Feb. 1962, 67-70.Multiplication IS Repeated Addition. Nov.

1965, 550-51.. MultiplicationLogical or Pedagogical? Feb..

1968, 158-60.. Percentage Noun or Adjective?

pJan. 1961,

25-26.Testing, for Meanings in Arithmetic. Apr.

1959, 140-43.. Understanding Meanings in Arithmetic. Mar.

1958, 96-99.RIIPPnlee, Walter E. Illustrating the Division of

Fractions. May 1963, 292.Raskin, David, and George S. 'Cunningham. The, Pegboard as a Fraction Maker. Mar. 1968, 224-27.

Rasmussen, Don, and Lore Rasmussen. The MiquonMathematics Angratn. Apr. 1962, 180-87.

Rasmussen, Lore, and Don Rasmussen. The MiquonMathematics Program. Apr. 1962, 180-87.

Rasof, Elm. The Fundamental Principle of Count-ing, Tree Diagrams, and the Nimber of Divisors, ofa. Number (the Nu-Fuisetion), Apr. 1969, 308-10.

Prime (Candy Baty Numbers. Jan. 1968,67-69.

Ratanakul, Suchart. teaming Arithmetic friontKindergarten to Grad 1. Nov. 1955, 129.

Ray, William J. JustTime to Arc.

-Rea, RobertGeow through Straw Construction.* Nov. 1973,58

Payoff in Increased Instructjonil Time andEnrichment Activities. Dec. 1972, 663-68.

Rea, Robert E., and Robert E.. Rey3: MathematicalCompetencies of Entering Kindergartners. Jan.1970, 65-74,

Reardin, C. Richard, Jr. Understanding the RussianPeasant. Jab. 1973, 33-35.

Rebec, Linda. A Case against Teaching Mathe-matical Concepts to Slow-leaining Children: ,--May1972, 333-34.

Recchia, Louis, A Mathematics Program for_ Upper-elementary Grades. Apr. 1162, 209.

ReckzehJohn. Addition an Subtraction Situations.Apr. 1956, 94-97.

Reckzeh, John K., and Ernest R. Duncan. H PluribuiUnum a Brief Discussion on the "Law of One."Dec. 1961, 413-15.

Redbird, Helen. Individualizing Arithmetic- ,Instrtic-,: 'lion. May 1964, 348-49.

Reddell, William D., and M. Vere DeVault Inservice 11r:search in Arithmetic Teaching Aids. May

243-46.Reed, Cavils H. Delicloping Creative Thinking in

1. Arithmetic. fib. 1957, 19-12-1 B....tlew English for the New Math. Jan.

' ;%. 1968,-.45-46.2 ;_ : -

Olive R. nri Missing Fitor air Division:olffar. 1968r' 275-77. t " '

Reeves, Ire Louise, Allan W. OtirleKaandall C.--Hicks, and Juttile G. Lott lit;serviceEducation -

Modern Arithmetic and Good Pedagogy. Jiuk, 1965,59-64. .

:Reisman, Pratt-tail , K. Chfidien's.,Errors TellingTimes and a..Recommenaed Teething., Segue*,M'a, 1971, .152-755. i

- :' s-

,

Furl. From Arc to Time and1967,- 671 -73?

nd James Elbert French. Fun with .

Renzi,. Helen G., and George C. Crosi. TeeFhersDiscover New MathTheorem. Dec. 1965, 653-26.

Repp, Florence C. The Vocabularios of F' e RecentThird Grade Arithmetic Textbooks. . 1960,128-32.

Reuter, Kathleen. Sixth Graders Co pose SpaceProblemi. Mar. 1964, 201-4.

Reys, Robert E Another Look at A 'Change ipFocus." Oct. 1972, 488 -89.

. Are Elementary School TesAens Satisfiedwith Their Matheniktics Preparation?,Mar. 1967,190-93.

Considerations for Teachers Using ManiPu:elative Materials. Dec. 1971, 551-58.

Mathematics, .Multiple Embodiment, andElementary Teach-Cr-Ott. 972, 489 -93.

Reys, Robert E., ed. Using Research m.Teaching.Oct. 1972, 488-93; Nov. 1972, 595-991 Pee, on,663-68; Ian. 1973, 65-71; Man 1973, 226-30; May1973:403-8; Oct. 1973, 491-97;Nciv. 1473, 591-99;4)ec. 1973, 697-704.

Reys, Robert and Floyd G. Delon. Attitudes ofProspective Elementary School Teachers, towardsArithmetic. Apr.,1968, 363-66.

Reys, itobert E., and' Robert E, Rea. MathematicalCornpetencie3 of Entering Kindergartners Jan,1970, 65-74.

Rheins, Gladys, and Joel J Rheins. A Comparison ofTwo Methods of Compound Subtraction, Oct. 1955,63-69.

Rheins, Joel J., and Gladys B. Rhein. A Compari-son of Two Methocli of Compound 'Subtraction.Oct. 955, 63-69,

Rice, Mary. Clocks in Kindergarten. Nov. 1963, 455.Richard, June V., and Thomas C. O'Brien. Inter-

iews to Assess Number Knowledge. May 1971,322-26. -

Richards; Joanne. Sir 'Decimal! Apr. 1968, 371Richards, Pauline Tinkertoy Geometry. Oct. 1967,

468-69.Riedesel, C. Alan. Arithmetic .Enrichment,through

50173.the Use of the "Modified Program." Vic. 1963,

. The ."Cancellation" Bug-a-bOo. 'Feb. 1963,80; Apr. 1963, 187.

--, A Change in "Focus." Feb. 1971, 113-14.Every Teacher Is a Researcber. Apr. 1968,

355-56.. Problem Solving; Some SuggestionS from

Resta/ch. Jan. 1969, 54-58,Recent-Research Contributions to Elementary

School Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 245752,Researching-Research.Quettions. May 1970,

42,4-27.Research Suggestions. Use of Time in

Teachin lertientary, School Mathematics. Mar.1971, 177-7 .

. Some Con zits of r Developing-Proper In-strumentation for Research Studies in Mathematics.

. Feb. 1968, 165-68. - .

Suggested Con&iit fonRcitirch Articles-Put:2+;!Abed m the Arithmetic. ,Teacher, Nov. 1967,581-83. . 5

1'

_

. Survey ;Research in Elenientlity SchoolMathematics.. Max. 01968, 260-'63.

Teacher& Researtfiers; ilvo ?roposals. `Dec. '--, 1968, 723-24, . ..

The ?lime in Aiirnmetic. Apr. 1959, 154-55.Y. . 'topics for Research Studies in Elementary

Seffool M,atherriatics. ,Dec. 1967,679-83.-----. Verbal Fyoblepi Solving. Suutstions for Int;proving Instruction. "MAY ltI64, 312 -16.

Wanted-,-Yorik- Conirnents, May 1968V7.,..

. -. Why Teach Bank unt? Dec. 1957,268.

Riedesel, C Alan, ed. Using esearch in Teaching.Jan. 1971, 49-52; Feb. 1971, 113-14, Mar. 1971,177-79; May 1971, 332-38; Nov. 1971, 513-19; Dec.1911, 583-89; Jan. 1972, 61-64; Feb. 1972, 07-104,Mar. 1972, 229-34; Apr. 1972, 309-14; May 1972,381-85. -. '

Riedesel, C. Alan, and Leonard Pficaart, eds. Fricus.on Research. Nov. 1967, 581-93; Dec. 1967, 679-

. 83; Jan. 1968, 47-63; Feb. 1968, 161-68; Mar. 1968,254-65; Apr, 1968, 355-66; Mat 1968, 437-46; Oct.1968, 531-44; Nov. 1968, 631-41; pee. 1968,1123-26; Jan. 1969, 48-52, 54-58; Feb. 1969, 1 28,131-35; Mar. 1969, 213-22; Apr. 1969, 288-95;May 1969, 379-89; Oct. 1969, x467 -78; Nov. 1969.551-67; Dec. 1969, 631-42; Jan: 1970, 61-74; Feb.

- 1970, 155-62; Mar. 1970, 245 61; Apr. 1970, 332-41; May 1970, 424=27; Oct. 1976, 511-27; Nov.

, 1970,397-604; Dec. 1970, 676-82.Riedesel, C. Alan, and -Jack bi; Sparks. Designing

Research Studies in Elementary School Mathe-matics ucation. Jan. 1968, 60-63.

Mathe-matics

. Alan', and Marilyn N. Suydam. Com-puter istedInstruction: Implications for Teacher

, .Education. Jan. 1967, 24-29,. Reports of Research and Development Ac-

tivities 1957-1968. Nov. 1969, 557-63.. Research, Findings Applicable in the Class-

room. Dec: 1969, 640-42.--.- Research on Mathematics Education, Grades

I(-8, for 1968. Oct. 1969,,4611-78.Riesksel, C. Alan, Marilyn N.Suydanic and Len

Pikaart,' Research on. Mathematics Education,Grades K-8, for 19671 'Oct. 1968, 531-44.

Riess, Anita P. Pre-First Grade Arithmetic. Mar.1959{ 50-54. .

Rinehart, Elizabeth, and Richard Crouse. Crea ye'Drill with Pictures. Apr-1973, 300-302.

Rinker, Ethel. Eight-Ring Circus; A Vaiiation in theTeaching of Counting and Place Value. Mad. 1972,209-16.

Risden, Gladys. Meaning Is the Key. Nov. 1956;183-86.

Rising, Gerald R. Alternate Place Value Schemesfor Large Numbers: A Lesson in . Efficiency, ofDefinitions. Dec. 1966, 679-82.

----4--. 'Four in One. Nov. 1973:520-21 ,. The Sorry.--State of Mathematics Teacher

Education. Apt 1969, 296-300. ..1ising, Gerald IL, ed. New Books for Teachers. Jan.

1972, 45'49; -Feb. 1972,'110 -13; Mar. 1972,-225-27;Apr. 1912, 299-300; May 1972, 375-78; 'Oct. 1972.48l-81; Nov. 1972; 581-85; Dec. 1972, 669-71; Jan.1913, 74-75; Feb. 1973, 147-49; Mar. 1973, 232-33;Apr; 1973, 293-95; May 1973, 412; Oct. 1973, 461-82; Nov. 1973, 606-8; Dec. 1973, 692 -93.

Rising, Gerald R., and Geraldine Green, eds. Re-viewing and Viewing. San. 1972,45-52; Feb. 1972,110-11; Mar. 1972, 225-28; Apr. 1972, 299-301;May 1972, 375-79.

Rising, Gerald 11:,- Geraldine- Green, and Doncrvah R.Lichtenberg, eds. Reviewing and Viewing. Oct.1972, 481-86; Nov. 1972, 581-86; Dec. 1972. 669-74; Jan. 1973, 73-76; Feb. 1973, 144-49; Mar.

-' 1913,232-35; Apr. 1973;292 -97; May 1973, 409-14;Oct) 1973, 480-94-Nov; 1973, 606-14; Dec. 1973,690-93.

Rivera, Emilio Adding by Endings,. Some Important:'- Considerations. Mat. 1965,,204 -6.

.-. Sonic New Approaches to Old Arithmetic.- %Def. 1961, 291-94,'Robbins, Rose G. 131rthdays. in Base Two. Mar.

1969. I7B-

.%7

,,

. .

RIEDESV.L-ROWIAND I Author , 27. ,

Rober ts, Gerhard H. The Failure Stiategies of ThirdGrade Arithmetic Pupils. May 1968, 442-46.

Robison, Doliald K. Addition: Regrbupmg Addends.Oct. 1964; 423 -25.

. Design ig Nine. Jai. 1965, 66-67. %

. More about Subtraction. Oct. 1959, 219-20.Robinson, G. Edith. The Role of Geometry in Ele-

mentary School Malhernatics. Jan. 1966, 3-16.Robjtaille,/ Joseph P. Qualitative Evaluaon. May

1962, 276-77. -.' , ..Rockivell, Charles 'll. Another "Steve" for Prime'

Numbers. Nov. 1773, 603-5. ,,. Convention Fallout. May 1971, 306-8. -.

Rode, Joann. Make a Whole--7, Game Using Simple.'Fractions. Feb. 1971, 116-18.

Rodman, James T. Equal Tune. May 1964:342-43. ,Rogers, Flank.' Divisibility Rule for. Seven. an

1969, 63-64.Rogers, Hartley, Jr. The Euclidean AlgorithA as a

Means of Simplifyint Fractions. -Dec. 1970, 657-62.Rogers, Lloyd V. Australian Demonstration in Cali-

fornia: Dr. Dienes and Mathematics Learning. May1964, 359-60. .

Rogers, Mary C. Report of the Membership Com-mittee. Apr. 1957, 133-35. -

. Report of the Membership .Conimittee. Dec.... 1957, 269-13. ---,-

Repo], of the Membership Conimittee. Oct.1961, 321-15.

, .Rollins, James ., and Kenneth, B. Henderson: A

Comparison ree Stratagems for TeachingMathemati ncepla. arld Generalizations 'byGuided Discovery'. Nov. 1967, 583-88.

- Romberg, Thomas A. A Note on Multiplying Frac-tions. Mar.'1968, 263-65.

Survey Research: Guidelines for StatusStudies. tiny: 1968, 639-41.

Roossinck, Esther P. Aritimeticm the School Camp.Jan. 1960, 22125; May 1969;265. `,

Root, Jesse. Division of Fractions with Meanings,Apr. 1959, 171. . N. ,

Rose, Alvin W., and Helen Cureton Rose. Intelligence, .2.Sibling Position, and, Sociocultural Background as,Factors in Arithmetic Performance: Feb, 1961,

a 50-56. .Rose, Helen Cureton, and Alvin W. Rose. Intel- °

gentle Sibling Position,, and Sociocultural Back,ground as Factors in Arithmetic Performance. Feb.,1961, 50-56.-

Rosenberg, Edwin A. Aesthetics 'in ElementaryMathernatics. Apr. 1968;333-36.

. Napier's Bones. Apr. 1968, 336.Rosenberg, Howard; What's the Area? Oct: 1971,

429-30.--116senthal, Morris, and Marviik Sitts. Mathematics

for Summer Fun. May 1964, 323-25.Ross, Ramon. A Description of Twenty Arithmetic

Underachievers. Apr. 1964, 735-41.. Diagnosis and Correction of Arithmetic pi-

*, deschievement. Jan: 1963, 22-27;. Rosser, Barbara. Take a Chancewith The Wheel of

Fortune. Nov. 1970, 616-17. .4-*Rosskog, Myron F., and Jerome D. Kaplan. Edu-

cating Mathematics Specialists to, Teich Childrenfrom Disadvantaged Areas. Novr/1968, 606-1,2.

Rothbart, Andrea, and Esthe; Steinberg. Some, Ob-scrvatiods of Children's RItictions to COmputer-assisted Instruction. Jan. 1971, 19-21.

Rouda, Eileen M. Success ht' Atli. An Adventure inLearning. Jan. 197; 35-37,.:

Roudelaush, Elizabeth. The Seattle Meeting, Dec., 1954, 28-29.

Roantt, 'Rowena, 'Traction. Rummy"a Came.May- 1977, 381-88.

28 4uthor ROYS-SHOENHERR.

Rays, William B - The FractoPercenter. , Dec. 1955,162.

Rucker, Walter E, and Clydp A. Daley. Arals:heatGames. Feb. 1972, 157-513.

Division with Common and peCImal Frac-tional Numbers, May 1970, 438-41.

T . Division by Two-Digit Numbers,Apr. 1969, 3 8-

Rudd, Lome. Enrichment for the Talented hiArithmetic: Local Program for Grades 4, 5andf. Mir. 19 1, 135-37.

Ruddell, AJ K. Levels of Difficulty in Division.Mar. 19 ,,97-99.

The Results of a Modern Mathematics Pro,gram. Oct. 1962, 330-35.

Ruddell, Arden K., and Dan T. Dawson. An Ex-perimental Approach to the Division Idea. Feb.

t 1955,4-9.Ruddell, Arden K., and William D. Graff!. Cogni-

tive Outcomes of the SMSG Mathematics Programin Grades 4, 5and 6. ,Feb. 1968, 161-65.

Ruderman. Hairy D. The Greatesta Game. Jan.1970, 80-81.

Nu-TicTacToe, Nov. 1965, 571-72,Rudnick, Jesse A, Numeration Systems and Their

Classrobm Roles. Feb, 1961143847.RummO, Mary. Subtraction with System of the Ten.

Dec. /1965, 611.Ruch, Reuben R., John A. Brown, and- Arthur R.

DeLong. Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score,Mar. 1962, 145-48.

Rusch, Reuben IL; and Conwell ,Biggins.. RemedialTeaching of Multiplication and Division. Pro-grammed textbook versus Workbooka PilotStudy. Jan. 965, 32-38.

Rutland, Leon, and Max Hosier. Some Basic Geo-metric Ideas for the Elementary Teacher. Nov.1961, 357-62.

N

SSachs, J. M. Admirable Numberi and tompiale

Pairs. Oct. 1960, 293-95.Selman, Thomas. An Easier Way t Check Long

Division. Oct. 1964. 417.Sahai, Prem. `hat Does 6-10-57 Meap? Apr. 1958,

118. *,Salsburg, David. An Odd Use for Odd 'slumbers. Feb.

1963. 66-67.Saket, Richard T. Discovering What "Discovery"

bans. Dec. 1966, 656-,57.. Sastdel, Daniel H. "Signed-Digit". Subtraction. Oct.

1965, 465-66.Teach So Your Goals Are Showing! Apr.

1968, 320-23. ,

Sanders, Walter J. Cardinal Numbers and Sets. Jan.1966, 26720.

Equivalence and Equality. Apr. 1969, 317±22.Let's Go One Step Farther in Addition. Oct.

1071, 413-15.. The Use of Models in Mathematics Instruc-

tion. Mar, 1964, 157-'65.Samford, Vera.. Book Reviews,. Dec. 1055, 154-55.. Clifford Brewster Uptdn. Dec. 1954,279.

, Hindu- Arabic Numerals.' Dec1055, 156- 58.Standaid Time., Dec. 1959, 322-23-

Sandling, Dolores- C. Plane Polygons. 'Dec. 1964,-560-70.

-Sato, Ryoichiro. Commentary on the InternationalStudy of Achievement in Mathematics, Feb. 1968,401.1

Sauble, Irene. Development of Ability to Estimatefind to -Cortmute Mentally: Apr. 195533-39.

Sanjay:1, dunnar, What is the ComplementaryMOO tof Stilitraction? May 1963, 262-67.

Sawada, Daiyo. Piaget and Pedagogy' FundamentalRelationships. Apr. 1972, 293-98.

Sawada, Daiyo, and I- Doyal Nelson. Conservationof Length and the Teaching of Linear Measure-hfi4ent :8. A Methodological Critique. May 1967,

Sawyer, W. W. Algebra in Gracie Five. Jan. 1960,/ 25-27.,

A Pattern in Arithmetic. Apr. 1963, 215-16.Wh

yIs Arithmetic Not the End? Mar. 1959,

9546, 99.Scandura, Joseph M. FractionsNames and, Num-

bers. Nov. 1964, 468; Jan. 1965, 67.Scannell, Dale P. Obtaining Valid Research in Ele-

mentary School Mathematics. Apr. 1269, 292-95. .

Schaaf, William L. Mathematics is a Cuithral flerittage. Jan. 1961, 5-9.

Schaefer, Anne W., and Albert H..Mauthe. Problem .Salvias with Enthusiasmthe Mathematics Laboratory. Jan. 1970, 7-14.

Schafer, Dorothy R. A Graphic Representation ofPrime and Composite Numbers. Dec, 1970, 64256.

Schali, William E. Discovering Centigrade andFahrenheit Relationships. Oct. 1968, 556-59.

Using Functional Bulletin Boards in Ele-mentary Mathematics. Oct. 1972, 467-7t

Schaughency, Mildred D. Teaching Arithmetic witbCalculators. Feb. 1955, 21-22.

.

Schelfhout, Allan M. "I Was Wonder* . . ."-Dec. 1973, 647-48.

Schell, Leo M. Horizontal Enrichment With Graphs,Dec. 1967, 654-56.

Schiele, Gerald D. A Thfee-by-Five Car"ci plus nriOpaque Projector plus in Ice Pick. Nov. 1969,533-35.

Schilt, H. -Use of Calculators in Swiss Schools. Mar.1962, 120.

Schimmel, Barbara, Rita Brey, and. Barbata Kevra._Success for Slow Learners, of Ax: Relax . . . andplay. May 1972, 335-43.

Sell hting, Minnie. "Interest with Interest" May19 250-51.

Schlin George, W, The Effects of SupplementingSixth rade Inktruction with a Study of Non-

',"

decimal Numbers. Mar. 1968, 254-60.Mathematics in the Kindergarten? Apr. 1967,

292-95,. More about Mathematics in the Kinder.

garten. Dec. 1968, 701-5.Schloff, Charles E. Double and Double Again. 'Nov.

1970,.613 -14.8 = Turkey. Apr. 1971, 268-70,A Pictured Approach to an Idea for Di-

vision. May 1969, 403-4.Rolling Tetrahedrons. Dec. 1972, 657-59.

Schmickrath, Eleanor. Learning from a Number Line.Nov. 1964, 500-501.

. A Less-advantaged School District Moves. Ahead in Mathematics Education. May 1964, 355. -

"This Is the Way We Count Our Trains...."Oct 1965, 442, 449.

Schmid, John A. Experiences with Approximationand Estimatidn. May 1967, 365-68:

Schmidt, Harold, and Jenny R. Armstrong. SimpleMaterials for Teaching Early Number Concepts toTrainableLevel Mentally Retarded Pupas, Feb.1972, 149-53.

Schipinke, Clarence W. The Arithmetic Polder Mar1962, 152-54.

A.--rime for Precision. Oct. 1964, 395-401.Schminke, Clarence, and Norbert Maertens, Teaching

for What? Nov. 1971, 449-56. --ARAL

Shoenherr, Betty. Writing Equations for "StoryProblems." Oct. 1968, 562-63.

Schott, Andrew F. Can Learn Arithmetic.Mir. 1957, 75-76.

New Tools, Methods for Their Use, and aNew Curriculum In Arithmetic, Nov. 1957, 204-9.

Schott man, Thomas, We're Working on ArithmeticL' May 1964, 356-57.

Schrage, Merry. Presenting Multiplication of Count-ing Nunabert on an Array Matrix. Dec. 1969,615 -16,'

Schuh, Veryl, A Giant Step for NCTM. May 1973,325-27.

The Golden Jubilee Year or From Jazz toJanus (1920-1970). Jan. 1970, 43-54.

Schultz, James E Why I Don't Have Any Examplesof Negative NuMbers. May 1973, 365.

Schulz, Charles E. Pattern Analysis in Magic Squares.46'43-r. 1963; 214-15.

Schutter, Charles H. Some, Important Features ofEuropean Arithmetic Pro rams. Jan. 1960, 1-8.

Schwartz, A. N. Challenging.. the Rapid Learner.Dee.' 1959, 311-13; 3.1§.

Schwartz, Herbert. "The Experts and the Simpleton"a Fable. May 1971, 33Q431.

, Schweitzer, James P., and Carlton W. Knight ILUsing Stream Flow to Develop MealtangFeb. 1972, 88-89,

Scott, Joseph. With 'ticks-and ,Rubber Bands eb.

1970, 147-50. "Scott, Lloyd, Children's Concept of Scale and the

Subtraction of Fractidns. Mar.. 1962, 115-18. .Children's Perception of Mathematical In-,

consistencies. Dec. 1965, 617-24.Scrivner, W., and R. Urbiusek. The Value of

"Teicher-Aide" Participation in the EletheitarYSchool Feb: 1963,14-87.

Seal, Joan. The Listening Post. Dec. 1964. 645.$earight, Franklyn, You Can Individualize Arith-

metic InittcuctionxMai, 1964, 199-200.Seeger, Kilythond J.-Fingerpriats. Nov. 1961, 339 44,

Teaching the -Three A's in Elementary Mathe-matics. Veit 1911, 24-27.

Self, William, J. Fred .Wilson, and Don Chamberlin.San Diego's NC'? Arithmetic Program. Dec. 1961,422-24

Sestanovich, John A. "But, the Teacher Didn't Show. Us That Way."; Feb. 1 59, 3SetzekorkAnn. The Value of P Feb. 1963, 100.Situp. Fcancis, T. A Bee on a Po a .Line, and

a Plane. Nov.1966, 549-52..Shafer, Dale M. Multiplication Mastery via

Recorder. Nov. 1970, 581-82,ShsA.h, Asghar Ali, and' Leonard M. Kennedy..

Arithmetic in Pakistan! Elementary Schools.' Feb.1962, 77-80.

Sluipht, Bernard J., and Thomas C. .O'Brien. Prob-lem Solving and the Development of Cognitive *'Structure. Jan. 196'4'1145:

Sharff, Juliet. Problem Solving with Number - PictureProblem Situations, Mar. 1962, 10-59.

Shaw, Dora H. Utilization of Teaching inFliSt4ride Mathematics. Jan, 1963, 31-41.

--paw; Ross 7. C.ifteria for Evaluation of TeachingPrikedures; Doc. 1957, 2413449..-

Sheldon.501.

,,Wille!te..n. Critical Thinking, Oct. 1965,.

-Sher, Lawrence Cdritions gf Distributivity. Dec.1970;64.4.

1m:'Naming Numbers by liN00.8 ...-Y1961,}378 -79.

Sherman, Horner C.:SO:lei NonhasoTen Numeration'.O reb. t964, 99-10Q.

Three Lessons .Arithmetic, Grade5. Apr. 1962, 20649. .

*Pe

"

114. GEMMA I Author 29

Sherman, Horner C. and Robert. E. Belding. AreSoviet Arithmetic Books 'Better Than Otirs? Dec.

Cartons 'Attie! Jan. 1973,633-37.

ggSh James M. E13- g. .

Sherwood, Violek tWork-type Lessons for Grade Six.Dec. 1959, 326-7.

Sherzer, Laurence. Adding Integers Using Only tkeConcepts of One-to-One Correspondence andCounting. May 1969, 360-62.

Adding Fractions Using the Definition ofAddition of Rational Numbers and the EuclideanAlgorithm. Jan. 1973, 27-28.

Shine, Aileen. Relationship between ArithmeticAchievement and Item PerfOrmance on the Re-Iiised Stanford-Binet Scale. Feb. 1961, 57-59.

Shipp, Donald P.., and George H. Deer, The Use ofClass Time in Arithmetic, Mar. 1960, 117-21.

Shiulow, Harold J. The Game of Five May 1963,1290-91.

Shuster, 'Albert IL, and Fred L Pine. Retention2EfAcite.ncy of Meaningful' Teaching. Jan. 1965,

Shuster, Carl N. Teaching the Digit Zero. Feb. 1957,13-14.

Shyrock, Jerry. A Mathematics Course for Prospec-tive Elementary School Teachers. Apr. 1963,208-11.

Sigurdson, S. E., and Haha Boychuk. A Fifth-GradeStudent Discover& Zero. Apr. 1967, 278-79.

Silvdtman. Helene. Teacher-made Materials forTeaching Number and Counting. Oct. 1972, 431-33.

Where Are th Children? Dec. 1971, 596-97.&Ivey, Ida Mae. F Graders Develop Their Own

Subtraction Alto Mar. 1970, 233-36.Silvey, Linda. Divisibility a- Go-Go!

'Jan.1971, 46.

Simon, Lewis. Editorial Feedback. Nov. 1967,--- 579-80,-,Sims, Jacqueline. Improving Problem-solving Skills.}Jan. 1969, 17-20.

Sinner, Clarke. The Problem of Problem Solving.Apr. 1959, 158-59d

Sr. Ann Dominit Tassone, C.S.T. A Pair of Rabbits&nd a Mathematician. .Apr. 1967, 285-88. .

Sr. Ann Jude Lynch, S.C. Alignipg Traditional with.New Mathematics. Jan. 1964, 23-127.

Sr. Gilmary. Transfer Effects of Reading 1(emedil-gon to Arithmetic Computation When IitelligenceI& Controlled and All Other Schoot,Factori AteEliminated. Jan. 1967, 17-20.

Sr. lanhita Mario Complo, I.H.M. Itiching eom-etry through Creative Movement. ,Nov. 1967,576-78.

Sr. Joseph .M. Schupbach. Does Base Four BewilderYou? Apr. 1967,, 308-10.

Sr. Josephird. Differences in Arithmetic Performince.Apr. 1959,152 -53, /66. .

Quantitative, Tkinkini of Pretchool Chili_Mtt- Jan..1965, 54-55.

. A Study of Spatial Abilities of PreschoolChildren. Dec: 1964, 557-60. 0 .

Sr. M. Vincent. Volume of a Cone hi. X-Ray. Apr.19596132 ."

Sr. Mullane Werner. The Cam for a ore Uhi-venal NutfiberoLme , Model of Subtractjomi. Jan.1973, 61-64.

Sr. Mary Basil Maroun, S.SJ... Discover andDec. 1967, 677-78. .

. Sr. Mary, Bernard, S.N.D. de N. The Boy 'and theQuestioner. Nov. 1967, 569.' '

An Open Letter. 6 x 9 and the "CriticalTriangle:" May 1968, 430-32. ,,

,Sr. Mary Genuna, S.C. Using Parts 'of Ten. D.'1970, 673-75. ,

r.

e 7

t to

34

.

d30 Author I SR. M. PETRONIA-STEINBERO

Sr. , Mary Petronia, S.S.11,1). A Letter to Puentsabout the "New Mathematics." Oct. 1966; 468-73.

. An Open Letter to Mathematics Teachers.Feb. 1968,,148-51.

Silts, Marvin, and Morris Rosenthal. Mathematicsfor Summet Pura Miy 1t64, 323 -25...

Skideil, Akira, Polyommoes and Symmetry. May1967, 353, 382.

Skypek, Elora Helen. Geometric Concepts in Grades4.6. Oct. 190, 443-49.

Slaninka, Ardys. Evaluation-Reversed! Jan. 1968, 9.. Measures-Common and Uncommon. No'.

1967, 5$2.Slaugh, Robert L Book ,Review. Apr. 1954, 14.Smart, James R. Mathematics Education .and the

White House Conference on Children. Oct. 1971,409.11. -

Smart, James R. add John L. Marks. MathematicsOfMeasurement Apr. 1966, 283-87.

Smith, Bernice. Sunpaths That Lead to Understand-. ing. Dec. 1967, 674-77. .Smith, C. Winston, Jr. The .Ietersection of Solution

Sets. Oct. 1967, 504-6.----.. Subtraction Steps. May 1968, 458-60.

. The Witch's Best Game. Dec. 1966, 683 84.Smith, qiarles, Robert C. Gessel, Carolyn Johnson,. and Marty.Boren. Rainy-Day Games. Apr. 1972,

303-5.Smith, Eugene P. Program for the Forty-second An-

nual Meeting. Feb. 1964, 129.Smith, prank. Divisibility Rules for the tirst Fifteen

Primes. Feb. 1971, 85-87.How WellAre Colleges Preparing Teachers

- for Modem Mathematics ?-atipswer. Mar. 1967,200 -20/... s-Air. Odd, Isn t It? May 1968,62 -6i.

Prospective Teachers' Attitudes inward Arith-metic. Nov. 19.64,474-77.

Rhymes-Moderil Math Style. Feb. 1965,425, in, iso.

t mith, Gary' R. Commentary upon Suppes-BinfordReport of Teaching, Mathematical Logic to Fifth- ,

and Sixth-Grade Pupils. Dec. -1966, 640-43Smith, Joe K. A Method for Converting from One

No,ndecimal Base to Another. Apr., 10680 344-46.

Smith, Wilson E. Start Small and'Grow. Oct. 1969,493-94.- ,

Snarler, DanieL Mathematical Background forTeachers of Arithmetic. Mar. 1956,' 59-65.

Snedeker, Noreen D. Methods, Math, and Mothers,or What Can a Poor Parent Do? ,Feb. 1968, 156-57.

Snipes, Wallet T. Mobility on Arithmetic Achieve- .

ment. Jan. 1966, 43-46.Snyder, Barbara B. Please Give Us lviOre Story

Problems? Feb. 1973, 96-98.Sobel, Mu A., and Norbert Lerber. "Sets" and .

Elementary School Mathematics. Nov. 1958,239 -46.

Sabel, Max, George ivicMeen, and Deward F. Fehr.Using Hand-operated Computing Machines inLearning Arithmetic. .0ct. 1956, 145-50.

Sorgenfrey,Robert H. Relations. Oct. 1967, 443-75.Sowder,. Larry. Modeli for Fractional Numbers-,

a Quiz for Teacheis. Jan. 1971, 44-46. ,

' s - - . A Number Is a Set of . . ? NO!! Mar.' 1972, 177-78.

,$owell, David. David's Solution. Jan. 1971, 58-59.Sowell, Evelyn. Xxemplify What You'Explicate. Mar.

1973, 209-11..Sparks, Jack..N. Arithmetic Understandings Needed, by Elementary-School , Teachers, Dec.. 1961,

395-403.Sparks, Jack N., and C. Alan Riedesel. Designing

Research Studies in Elementary School Mathe-rnaties Education. Jan. 1968, 60-63.

Spears, Margaret. Five Ways to Improve ArithmeticInstruction. Feb. 1956,30.

Spencer, Janet. Primitive Logic. Feb. 1968, 175.Spencer, Peter L Do They See die Point? Nov.

1958, 271-72.Spitzer, Herbert F. Measureinent or Pirtition Di-

vision for Introducing Study of the Division Opera-tion. May 1967, 369-72.

, . A Proposal for the Improvement of theMathematics Tiaining of Elementary SchoolTeachers. Feb. 1969, 137-39.

Some Questionable Arithmetical Practices.Oct. 1957, 175-78, 146.

Spitzer, Hefbert F., and Frances Flournot De..veloping Facility in Solving Verbal . Problems.

7,-

.

.

.

:a,

*

. ,

r,

- Smith, Khrl J. Inventing a Numeration System Nov.1973,150-53.

Smith, Kenneth J.. The Application of ReadabilityFormulae to Mathematics Text Materials. A note..May 1965, 354-55.

Smith, Kenneth J., and James W. Reddens. TheReadability of Elementary Mathematia-IrAlts.Nov. 1964, 466-68.

The Readability of' ExperiMental Maitre-hulks jvfaterial. Oct. 1964, 391-94.

Leander, W. An lion Letter on, TeachingMachines 'and Programed Instriktion. -Ian.. 1962,29-31.

Smith, Lewis It' 'A Discovery Lesson in Elementary /Mathematics. Feb. 1971,73-76.k

Geometry; Yes Hew? Feb. 1967, 84-89.

Nov. 1956, 177-82.Snowier, George.

Numeration Systei1Spross, Patricia. Considerations,Learning Aids. May

--, Enrichment404-c' -

Spross, Patricia. In theStansbury, Daviette

and a Computer!Starr, Dinah IL Garden

220:Steam, Peter 'A, Articulation

1959, 273.. -

Steelman, Mar t.Number Concepts

Steffe, TheNumerousness t

, EftstGrade ChildThinking

Divisibility and the Base-TenDec. 1964 563-68.

in the Selection of1961 350-53. -

for Understanding. Oet. 1960,

ClaAMom. May 1964, 350-.53.H.,,and Allan L.,Forsythe.,13obby.Feb. 1971, 88-90.

of Motheinaties. Nov. 1956,

in Arithmetic Nov.-

Improving Understanding of'n Third Grade. Jan. 1962, 37-40.

elationship of Conservation ofProblem-solving Abilities of

en. Jan. 1968, 47-52.botit Messurenient. May 1971

and Bonnie C. Anderson. Teach=or a Caution in Teachmg with

Dec. 1973, 620-25.Andrea Rothbart. Some Ob-

Reactions to Computer-Jan. 1971, 19-21.the f Set of Children . . . ?

, -fiatPegboard Geometry. Apr. 1965, 271-74.Venn DiagramsiStrerlgtben Children'ebbithe---

Ifilatical Understanding. Feb. 1966, 92-99.Said Linda C. Concept of Mdbey via Experience.

Feb. 1955,17120. . ,

grab, Robert F. Diagnosis Of Pupil Performance onPlace-Value,Tasks.- May 1973, 4031.

Smith, Rollond R The TenT.ens Counting Frame.Not 1956, 191-2,00.

Smith, Seaton E, and Carl A. Backman. Actixi-ties with Easy-to-Make Triangle Models. Feb:1972,'156 -57.

.

332-38.Steinberg, Esther R.,

ing to Timmy,Physk al Male's.

Steinberg, Either, andserrations of Children'sassisted Instruction.

Steinberg, Zink. WillFeb. 1971, 105-8.

tA

tN

a

Steinen, Ramon F. Abstract (Verb) versus Abstract(Adjective). Apr. 1971, 257-61.

. Useless Knowledge and Row to Produce It.Dec. 1910, 67b-72.

Stenbol, Marvel. Inspiration. ,Nov. 1957, 228.Stenger, Donald J. Prime Numbers from the Multi

plication Table. Dec. 1969, 617-20.Stenzel, Jane G. Math for the Low, Slow, and

Fidgety. Jan. 1968, 30-34.Stephens, carol H. Yahooa Game for Fun and

Skill. Apr. 1967, 284, 288.Stephens, Harold W. They Love Arithmetic; Apr.

1955, 60-61.Stephens, Lois. An Adventure in Division. May

1968, 427-29. ..

. Comparison of Attitudes and Achievementamong Junior High School Mathematics Classes.Nov. 1960, 351-56. V

Stephens, Lois, and Wilbur H. Dutton. Retention ofthe Skill of Division of Fractions. Jan. 1960, 28-31.

Stern, Burton L Letter to the Editor. Jan. 1968, 66.'Stem, Catherine. The Concrete Devices of Structural

Arithmetic. Apr. 1958, 119-30.. New Experiments with Multiplication. Dec.

1960, 381-88,Stern, Catherine, and Margaret B. Stern. Comments

on Ancient Egyptian Multiplication. Apr. 1964,254-57.

Stern, Jane L. Counting:- blfw Road to Multiplication.Apr.. 19, 311-13.

etern, MaLU,ret B., and Catherine Stern. Commentsoh Ancient Egyptian Multiplication. Apr. 1964,254-57. .

Stevenson, Gordon .K. Attitudes toward Reading andArithmetic lbstruction. Apr. 1958, 161-62.

Stipanowich; Joseph. The Mathematical Training ofProspective Elementary-School Teichers. Dec.

, 1957,,240 -48..

Stockton, Jesse D., and Russell A. Kenney. An Ex-perimental Study in Teaching Percentage. Dec.f958, 294-303.

Stokes, C. Newton. 80,000 Chiklren:s Reactions,toMeanings in Arithmetic. Dec. 1958 281-93.

'Stone, Barbara, Merle Mae Cantlon, and- DonsHoman. A Student-constructed Game for Drillwith Integers. Nov. 1972, 587-89.

Stone, Marshall H. Fundamental Issues in the Teach-ing of Elementary School Mathematics. Oct. 1959,177-79. , .-

Strain, Lucille i Literature: An Aid, in Mather n-7i u ion tact. 1969, 451-55.Strangman, thlw Besic. Grids, Tiles, and Area.

Dec. 1968, 668-72.. The Sands of Timea Sandglass Approach

to 'Felling time. Feb. 1972, 123725. ,

Streby, George W. Reading in Mathematics. Mar.1957; 79-81.

Stnght, Ro L. Lewis Carroll. Author and Mathe-matic . Dec. 1964, 571173.

Stright, irginia M. A Study of the Attitudes towardArithmetic of Students and Teachers in the Third,Fourth, and Sixth Grades. Oct. 1960, 280-86.

Struei,e, Helen K. Arithmetic via Television, I. AReport of the fittsburgh Experiment. Oct. 1956,162-64: "

--. Children's Views. Apr. 1958, 162.Strilthers, Joseph A. The Challenge of Mathematics

in the Elementary' School. Jan. 1966. 47-49.Studer, Mary S. Arithmetic Concepts in First Grade.

Feb. 1962, 81-85. 'Sueltz, Ben A. Book Review. Feb. 1955, 9.

. Book Reviews. Oct. 1954, 5.. Book Reviews. Pec.'1954, 23; 30.. Counting Devices and Their Uses, Feb. 1954,

, 25 -30. -

STEINEN-SWENSON I Author

The Mathematics of,a FivoNear-Old Girl.Mar. 1965, 221-23.

. Pamphlet on Grades Seven and Eight. Apr.1958, 151.

. A Time for Decision. Oct. 1961, 274-80.

. Twenty five Questions on Arithmetic. riec.1956, 250-51.

Sueltz, Ben A.. and Louise A. MacPhee. Book'Re-view. Feb. 1955, 5.

Sueltz, Ben A.. and Esther Swenson. Next IssueApril, 1954. Feb. 1954, 5!

Sullivan, John J. Confirming the Pythagorean Theo.rem. Feb. 1971, 115-16.

. Polygons on a Lattice. Dec. 1973, 673-75.Problem Solving Using the Sphere. Jan. 1969,

29-32.. Some Problems in Geometry. Feb. 1967,

107-9.Suppes, Patrick. Mathematical Logic for the Schools.

Nov. 1962, 396-99.A Reply to Gary R. Smith. Dec. 1967, 635.

Suppes, Patrick, and Fredenck Binford. Experi-mental Teaching of Mathematical Logic in theElementary School. Mar. 1965, 187-95..

Supper, Patrick,- and -Max Jerman. A Workshop onComputer-assisted Instruction in ElementaryMathematics. Mar. 1969, 193-97.

Supper, Patrick, Max Jerman, and Guy Groen. Arith-metic Drills and Review on a Computer-based Tele-type. Apr. 1966, 303-9.

Suppes, Patrick, and Blair A. McKnight. Sets andNumbers in Grade One, 1959-60. Oct. 1961,

/ 287-90.Suydam, Marilyn N. Tim a Panelist's Perspective.

Apr. 1973, 245-46.. Research on Mathematics Education, Grades

K-8, for 1969. Oct. 1970, 511-27.. Statements from the Past. May 1970, 417-18.. The Status of Research on Elementary School

Mathematics. Dec. 1967, 684-89.. Teachers, Pupils/ and Computer-assisted

Instruction. Mar. 1969, 173-76.What's the Answer? Nov..1971, 439-41.

Suydam, Marilyn N., ind C. Alan Riedesel. Reporisof Research and Development Activities 1957 1968.Nov. 1969, 557-63.

. Research Findings Applicable in the Class-room. Dec. 1969, 640-42.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades1.1,...fo,V968, Oct. 1969, 467-78.

Suydam, arilyn N., Alan Riedesel, and LenPikaart. Research, on Mathematics Education,Grades K-8, for 1967. Oct. 1968, 531-44.

Swadener, Marc. "Activity Board"the Board ofMany Uses.' Feb. 1972, 141-44.

Swan. Dorothy M. Do You Like Arithmetic? Feb.1957, 14.

Swan, Malcolm D., and Orville E. Jones. PreserviceTeachers Clarify Mathematical Percepts throughField Experiences. Dec. 1969, 643-45.

Swart, William L. Don't Move the Point, Move theNumber. Apr. 1960, 204-5.

. A Laboratory Plan for Teaching Measure-ment in Grades 1-8. Dec. 1967, 652-53.

Number Please. May 1970, 441-42.. Secret Number Sentence. Feb. 1969, 113-14.

Teaching the Division by'Subtractfon Process.Jan. 1972, 71-75.

Swartz, Evelyn. Interrelationships between Mathe-matics and Art for the Kindergarten. May 1968,42

Swen Esther J.-How Much Real Problem Solving?Oct. 65, 426-30.

. The How and Why of Discovery in Arith-mac. Apr. 1954, 15-19.

32 Author I SWENSON-UNKEL

. An Ounce-of Prevention. Feb. 1956, 1-7.Pop Goes an Idea. Oct. 1964, 425-27.

Swenson, Either, and Ben A. Sue ltz. Next IssueApnl, 1954. Feb. 1954, 5.

Swerdlin, Richard. It's Moving Time. Feb. 1972,134-35.

Szado, Edward, and Dorothy Amsden. Fish andArithmetic. Apr. 1958, 155.

TTaffs, Annie A. I Went to an Arithmetic Workshop.

Nov. 1955, 124,-25.Talc*, Renino M. With Apologies to Mother Goose.

. . . Mar: 1966, 236.Taylor, Margaret D., and W. J. Lyda. Facilitating an

Understanding of the Decimal Numeration System'through Modular Arithmetic. Feb. 1964, 101-3.

Taylor, W. R. Arithmetic Problems. Cause and Soh'.tion. Apr. 1958, 153-54.

Teegarden, Donald 0. Geometry via T-Board. Oct.1969, 485-87.

Thiele, C. L Fosterkg Discovery with Children.Feb. 1954, 6-11.

, Thomas, Richard L Editorial Feedback. Oct. 1969,497-98.

Thomashow, Beatrice E. "Stock-Market", Unit. Oct.1968, 552-56.

Thomason, Gladys, and Alex F. Perrodin. A Com-parison of Arithmetic Achievement in England,Central California, and Georgia. Mar. 1964, 181 -85.

Thomason, Mary. What's That. Oct. 1962, 141.Thompson, Gerald A. Computers and the Use of

Base Two in the Memory Unit. Mar. 1969, 179-81.Thompson, Madeleine Gardner. Hidden Implications

for Change. May 1973, 343-49.Thompson, Mary Helen. Smile When You Say

Area! Oct. 1971, 43Q-31.Thompson, Matthew R. Base-Five Power Gang. May

1904, 347.Thomson, Alice P. Evaluation lzy Observation

Grade 3. Apr. 1956, 104-11.Thorpe, Cleata B. Those Problem-solving Perplexi-

ties. Apr. 1961, 152-56.Thurlow, Virginia. Mathematical Understanding of

Seventh- and Eighth-Grade Pupils, 1948 and 1963.Jan. 1965, 43-44.

Timmons, Robert A. Tic-tac-toe--a MathematicalGame for Grades 4 through 9. Oct. 1967, 506-8.

Tinti, Robert. Mathematics through Cardboard Car.pentry, (a--Unit for Low AchieVers). Mar. 1970,209- 10.N--

Tbkin, Alexander] and Nicholas Grant. Let ThemFold. Oct. 1912, 420-25.

Todd, Robert M. An Ulustrauon of the RecognizedAssumption. May 1964, 317-18.

. Letter to the Editor. Jan. 1968, 46.. A Mathethatics Course for Elementary

Teachers: Does It Improve Understanding andAttitude? Mar. 1966, 198-202.

Torrance, Arnold F. Something New to Try. Mar.,1958, 103.

Townsend, Robert C. An Experiment in ArithmeticAcceleration. Dec. 1960, 409-11.

Tracy, Neal H. A Comparison of Test Results. Oct.'1959, 99-202.

Tracy, Neal H., and 0. L. Davis, Jr. ArithmeticAchievement and Instructional Grouping. Jan.1963, 12-17.

Trafton, Paul R Individualized Instruction- Developing Broadened Perspectives. Jan. 1972, 7-12.

Traub, Raymond G. Napier's Rods. Practice withMultiplication. May 1969, 363-64.

Travers, Kenneth J. Computation. Low Achievers',Stumbling Block or Stepping Stone? Nov. 1969,523-28.

Through Clouds of Failure into Orbit. Noy.1968, 591-98.

Travers, Kenneth J., and Jonathan E. Knaupp. TuneComputer Revolution Needs YOU! Jan. 1971,11-17.

Travers, Kenneth J., and Len Pikaart. Teaching Ele-mentary School Mathematics. A Simplified Model.May 1973; 332-42.

Tredway, Dan. An In-service Course for Elementary. Arithmetic Teachers. Oct. 1963, 344-46.Tredway, Daniel C., and George E. Hollister. An

Experimental Study of Two Approaches to leach-ing Percentage. Dec. 1963, 491-95.

Trigg, Charles W. Diagonally Magic Square Arrays.May 1973; 386,-88.

Trimble, Harold C. Teaching about "About." Feb.1973, 129-31

Trotter, Terrel, Jr. Five "Nontrivial" Number Games.Nov. 1972, 558-60.

Trotter, Terrel, Jr., and Irene Klaver. Number Pat-terns from Digit Sums. Feb. 1971, 10Q-103.

Troutman, Andria Price. Strategies for TeachingElementary School Mathematics. Oct. 1973, 425-36.

Trueblood, Cecil R. A Compgison of Two Tech-niques for Using Visual-Tactual Devices to TeachExponents and Nondecimal Bases in ElementarySchool Mathematics. Apr. 1970, 318-40.

. A Model for Using Diagnosis in Individualiz-ing Mathematics instruction in the ElementarySchool Classroom. Nov. 1971, 505-11.

, . P ;omoting Problem-solving Skills thoughNonverbal Problems. Jan. 1969, 7-9.

Tucker, Benny F, The Division Algorithm. Decd1973, 639-46.

"Parallelograms": A Simple Answer to DrillMotivation and Individualized Instruction. Nov.1971, 489-93.

. What Am I Ever Going to Use That For?Mar. 1973, 188-91.

Turkett, A. Keith, and Jimmy, V. Purser! Is Groupingfor Mathematics Instruction Practicable in Depart-

. mentalized Mathematics Classes? Jan. 1972, 61 -64.-Tuttle, Ruth H. Counters? Yes, but . . . Feb. 1958,

25-28.. What's in a Rhyme? Dec. 1956, 242-43.Tyldsley, Charles H., and Ruth K. Carlson. Bibli-

ography of Book for Enrichment in Arithmetic.Apr. 1960, 189-93.

UUllrich, Anna. Lab5ling Answers to Arithmetic Pub-

lems. Dec. 1955, 148-53.Ulrich, Louis E., Sr. Casting Out Nines: Our Deci-

mal Number System. Oct. 1955, 77-79.Division by a Two-Figure Divisor. Oct.

1958, 204-10.. 100% Automatic Response? Oct. 1957,

161-67.Uncapher, Chester L., Jr. The "Object-a-Screen":

att Machine for Teaching Elementary Mathematics.Oct. 1965, 462-65.

Unenge, Jan. Introducing the Binary System inGrades Four to Six. Mar, 1973, 182-83.

University of Illinois committee on School Mathe-matics Project Staff, Arithmetic with Frames.Apr. 1957, 119-24.

University of Maryland Mathematics Project. Gamesand,Algorithinsa New View in Elementary SchoolMathematics for Teachers. Apr. 1970, 342-46.

Unkel, Esther. Arithmetic Is a Joyous Experience

for Elementary School Children in Great Britain.Feb. 19681 133-37.

Children Are Naturals at Solving WordProblems. Apr. 1961, 161-63.

. A Study of the Interaction of SocioeconomicGroups and Sex Factors with the Discrepancy be-tween Anticipated Achievement and ActualAchievement in Elementary School Mathematics.

. Dec. 1966, 662-70.Teaching Multiplication Facts Need, Not Be

Grim. Oct. 1961, 297-99,Uprichud,"A. Edward. The Effect of Sequence in the

Acquisition of Three Set Relations, an Experi-ment with Preschoolers. Nov. 1970, 597-604.

Urbancek, Joseph J. Arithmetic in the Child's Fu-ture. Nov. 1956, 214-16.

Urbanek, R., and A. W. Scrivner. The Value of"Teacher-Aide". Participation in the ElernentirySchool. Feb. 1963, 84-87.

VVan Arsdel, Jean, and Joanne Lasky: A Two-Dimen-

sional Abacusthe Papy 'Minicomputer. Oct. 1972,445-51.

Van Ana Frank. Calculators in the Classroom.Dec. 1967, 650 -51.

. "Doubt" in Discovery Teaching. Apr. 1968,343, 380.

Van Beck, Mary, and George L. Henderson. Mathe-matics Educators Must Help Face the Environ-mental Pollution Challenge. Nov. 1970, 557-61.

Van Beynen, John O., and Theodore A. Eisenberg.Mathematics through Visual Problems. Feb. 1973,85-90.

Vance, Ervin E The Content of the ElementarySchool Geometry Program. Oct. 1973, 468-77.

A tclatural Way to Teach 'Division of Ra-tional Numbers. Feb. 1969, 91-93.

Vance, Irvin, and Charles Brumfiel. On Whole Num-ber Computation. Apr. 1969, 253-52.

Vance, James H., ankThomas E. Kieren. LaboratorySettings in Mathematics: What Does ResearchSay to the Teacher? Dec. 1971, 585-89.

Van Dam, Robert. Test Review. Feb. 1957, 20.Van Engen, Henry. Geometry in the 'Elementary

School. Oct. 1973, 421-24.The Mathematical Education of an Ele-

mentary Teacher. Nov. 1972, 517-1L ,The Morning After. Apr. 1971, 213714'.The New Formalism. Feb. 1971, 9-70.

. The Next Decade. Dec. 1972, 61516. .

"One, Two, Button My Shoe." 1954,18-20.

Rate Paira, Fractions, and Ratiodjl Num-bers. Dec. 1960, 389-99.

mentary Schnell. Mar. 1959, 71-76. I 1ery S---Twentieth Century Mathematics foz the

11

. Which WaY Ari 'c? Dec. 1955; 131-40.Why Use Frames in "etic? Apt. 1966,

315-16.Vaughan, Herbert E. What Sets Arq Jan. 1970,

55-60.Vaughn, Ruth K. Investigation of Line Cr ing in

a Cfick%M;r. 1971,-157-60.Vervoort rdus. Inching Our Way towards th

Metrio System. Apr. 1973, 275-79.Viets, Lottie. Experiences for Metric Missionaries.

Apr. 1973, 269-73.Vigilante, Nicholas J. The Address of a Point. Dec.

1968, 689-93.Geometry for Primary Children: Considera-

tions. Oct. 1967, 453-59.Why Circumvent Geometry in the Primary

UPRICHARD-WEAVER I Author 33

Grades? Oct. 1965, 450-54..Vincent, Lois. Peter Is a Slow. Learner. Dec. 1954,

24-26.Vitt, Goldie E. An Additive Numeral System Re-

lated to Place Value, Mu. 1965, 212-15. .Volpe!, Marvin C Th6 Hundred-Board. Dec. 1959,

295-301.Von Brock, Rokert. Measuring Arithmetic Objec-

tives. Nov. 1965, 537-42.,

wWaggoner, Wilbur. Improving the Mathematical

Competency of Teachers in Training. Mu. 1958,84-86.

Wagner, Marion Roednau. Problem. J141. 1967, 23.Wahl, M. Stoessel. Computer-enriched Instruction

for the Elementary, Teacher. Mu. 1969, 189-92.Easy-to-Paste Solids: Oct. 1965, 468-71."We Made It and It Works!" The Classroom

Construction of Sundial's. Apr. 1970, 301-4.Walbesser, Henry H. An Annotated Bibliography

of Programmed Instruction in Elementary Mathe-,mattes. Dec. 1971, 568-75.

Behavioral Objectives, a Cause Celebre. Oct.1972, 418, 436-40. 4

Wallen, Neil IL A Fraction of a Fraction. Feb.1964, 116-18.

Walls, Richard T. Finding the Area of the Black.Feb. 1964, 98, 121.

Walter, Marion. A Common Misconception aboutArea. Apr. 1970, 286-89.

. An Example of Informal Geometry: MirrorCards. Oct. 1966, 448-52.

A Second Example of Informal Geometry:Milk. Cartons. May 1969, 368-70.

Some Mathemitical, Ideas Involved in the-Mirror Cards. Feb. 1967, 115-25. ,

Wendt, Edwin, and Gerald W. Brown. Non-Occupa-tional Uses of Mathematics. Mental and WrittenApproximate and Exact. Oct. 1957, 151-54.

Ward, Mary Etta. The Semantics of Mathematics.Jan. 1963, 9-11,

Wardrop, R. F. Divisibility Rules for Numbers Ex-pressed in Different Bases. Mar. 1972, 218-20.

A Look at Nets of Cubes. Feb. 1970, 127-28.Warner, Elizabeth V. An Approximation Method of

Finding Square Roots. Mer. 1971, 155.Watanabe, Ellen. M Is for MEANING in Mathe-

matics. Mar. 1966, 226.Watman, Michael X. One Eagle Is Worth Ten Dol-

lars. 'Mar. 1971, 145-46.Weaver, J. Fred. "Action Research and Curriculum

Development. Mar. 1967, 228-30.African Mathematics Program. Oct. 1965,

472,-80African Mathematics Program (Continued).

Mar. 1966, 241 -44.Analysis- of Research in the Teaching of

Mathematics. 1957 and 4958. Feb. 1961, 81-82.Applitations ind P.coblern Solving. Oct. 1965,

412113. \ .---. Basic CohlideratIcs in'414 Improvement of

Elementary School Ma mane);\ Programs. Oct.1960, 269-73.

. A Bibliography of Selected Summaries andCritical Discussions of Research on 'ElementarySchool. Mathematics. Nov. 1960, 364-66. \

Big Dividends from Little Intervicirs Apt1955, 40-47.

. The Cambridge Conference on School Mahe-matics. Mar. 1964, 207-10.

Classification and Mathematical Learning.May 1967, 398-409; Oct. 1967, 459.

34 Author WEAVER WEST

A Conference on Mathematical Learning.Dec. 1965, 652-54.

. A 'Conference on Needed Research in Mathe-matical Education. Nov. 1966, 594-96.

-A. Curriculum Development and In-serviceEducation in Cincinnati. Mar. 1963, 154-58.

. Developing Flexibility of Thinking and Per-formance. Oct. 1957, 184-88.

. Differentiated Instruction and School-ClassOrganization for Mathematical Learning withinthe Elementary Grades. Oct. 1966, 495-506.

Disparity in Scores from Standardized Arith-metic Tests. Feb. 1962, 96-97.

jffecting Change in a Large County Sys-tem. May 1963, 294-97.

Foundations of Mathematics for ElementarySchools: An In-service -Project. Oct. 1963, 359-64.

. Improving Elementary-School MathematicsPrograms in American Schools. Jan. 1962, 41-44.

In-strvice Education and the Teacher. Nov.1963, 456-57.

. Levels of Geometric Understanding 'amongPupils in Grades 4, 5, and 6. Dec. 1966, 686-90.

. levels of4,

Understanding: AnExploratory Investigation of Limited Scope. Apr.1966, 322-3Z

. The Mathematics Education of ElementarySchool Teachers. Pre-service and In-service. Jan.1965, 71-75; Dec. 1965, 654-56.

MINNEMAST: A Progress Report. Feb.1964, 122-24.

MINNEMATH and MINNEMAST. Dec.1963, 516-17.

. Parent Education. Jan. 1966, 52-55.

..liatterns in Arithmetic. Apr. 1963, 217-21.

. Patterns in Arithmetic: A Three-Year Report.Apr. 1965, 291-93.

Pupil Performance on Examples InvolvingSelected Variations of the Distributive Idea. Dec.1973, 697-704.

. Readers' Reactions to "Disparity in Scoresfrom Standardized Arithmetic Tests." Oct. 1962,342-43.

Research on ArithmeticApr. 1958, 109-18.

Research on ArithmeticApt: 1959, 121-32.

. Research on ArithmeticMay 1960, 253-65. ,

Research on Elements1960. May 1961, 255160.

. Research on Elementary School Mathematics1960 (Concluded). Oct. 1961, 301-6.

. Research on Elementary-School kfathematics1961. May 1962, 287-90. ,. a

. Research on Elementary School Mathematics1962. May 1963, 297-300.

. Research on Elementary School Mathematics1963, Apr. 1964, 273-75.

. Research on Mathematics Education, GradesK-8, for 1966. Oct. 1967, 509-17.

. The School Mathematics Study Group Proj-ect on Elementary-School Mathematics. Jan. 1961,32-35.

The School Mathematics Study Group Proj-ect on Elementary School Mathematics, GradesK-3. Dec. 1962, 459-61.

The School Mathematics Study Gimp Projecton Elementary School Mathematics, Grades K 3.Dec. 1963, 514-16.

. The School Mathematics Study Group Proj-ect on Elementary School Matl4matics. A ProgressReport. Dec. 1961, 436-39.

. Seductive Shibboleths. Apr. 1971, 263-64.

Instruction-1957,

Instruction-4958.

Instruction-1959.

hool Mathematics

I

. Six Years of Research on Arithmetic Instruc-tion: 1951-1956. Apr. 1957, 89-99.

. Some Concerns about the Application ofPiaget's Theory and Research to MathematicalLearning and Instruction. Apr. 1972, 263-70.

Some Factors Associated with Pupils' Per-formance Levels on Simple Open Addition andSubtraction Sentences. Nov. 1971, 513-,19.

. The Training of Elementary School Mathe-matics Teachers. Jan. 1963, 42-43.

. Updatint an Earlier Bibliography. Dec. 1965,654-56.

Using Theories of Learning snd Instructionin Elementary School Mathematics Research. May1969, 379-83.

. Whither Research on Compound Subtraction?, Feb. 1956, 17-20.

Weaver, J. Fred: ed. Experimental Projects asd Re-search. Jan. .1961, 32-35, Feb. 1961, 81-821, Mar.1961, 135-37, Apr. 1961, 192-95, May 1961, 255-60; Oct. 1961, 301-6; Nov. 1961, 374-76; Dec. 1961,436-39, Jan. 1962, 41-44, Feb. 1962, 96-97, Mar.1962, 160-62, Apr. 1962, 221-23; May 1962, 287-90; Oct. 1962, 342-43; Nov. 1962, 396499; Dec.1962, 459-61.

. Focal Point, Jan. 1963, 42-43; Mar. 1963,154 -61; Apr. 1963, 217-21, May 1963, 294-300;Oct..1963, 359-64, Nov. 1963, 456-57, Dec. 1963,514-17; Feb. 1964, 122-24; Mar. 1964, 207-10;Apr. 1964, 273-75; May 1964, 354-60, Nov. 1964,506-9; Dec. 1964, 581-82; Jan. 1965, 71-75; Mar.1965, 229-31, Apr. 1965, 291-93; May 1965, 382-87; Oct. 1965, 472-80; Nov. 1965, 575-78; Dec.1965, 652-56; Jam' 1966, 52-55; Feb.41966, 145-51;Mar. 1966, 241-44; Apr. 1966, 322-32; May 1966,414-27; Feb. 1967, 136-40.

Focus on Research. Oct. 1966, 495-506; Nov.1966, 594-96, Dec. 1966, 686-90; Mar. 1967, 228-30; Apr. 1967, 314-18, May 1967, 398-409, Oct.1967, 509-17.

. Research and Curriculum Improvement. Dec.1960, 431.

Wedemeyer, Mary M., and Marian E. Ochsenhirt.Binary Can Be F -U.N. Oct. 1963, 354-55.

Wegener, Dallas D. Individualized InstictionWhoNeeds It? May 1972, 355-57.

_Wells, David W., Haidwick W. Harshman, and JosephN. Payne. Manipulative Materials and ArithmeticAchievement in Grade 1. Apr. 1962, 188-92.

Wells, J. Norman, and Rosalyn W. Wells. 1 JohnnyUnitas = 2,Alan Pages, or the Nathematics ofFootball Trading Cards. Nov. 1973, 554-57.

Wells, Peter. Creating Mathematics with a Geoboard.Apr. 1970, 347-49.

Wells, Rosalyn W., and J. Norman'Wells. 1 'JohnnyUqitas = 2 Alan Pages, or the Mathematics ofFootball "[lading Cards. Nov. 1973, 554-57.

Wendt, Arnold. Per Cent without.Cases. Oct. 1959,209-14.

Wernick, William. An Experiment in Teaching Mathe-matics to Children. Mar. 1964, 150-56. .

Wert, Fay. Individualized Patterns of ThinkingResults the Same. Feb. 1963, 93-95.

The Wonderful Mathcmagicvillc. Oct. 1962,' 336-4.1.Wesson, James B., Frank W. Banghart, John C.

McLaulin, and LeOnaid Pikaart. An ExperimentalStudy of Programmed versus Traditional Ele-mentary School Mathematics. Apr. 1963, 199t 204.

West, Tommie A. Diagnosing Pupil Errors: Lookingfor Patterns. Nov. 1971, 467-69.

West, Tommie A., and Robert B. Ashlock. physicalRepresentations for Signed-Number Operatlnns.Nov. 1967, 549-54., .

Weyer, Virginia. Base Popsicle. Apr. 196; 312-13.Wheat, Harry G. Unifying Ideas in Arithmetic. Dec.

1954, 1-8.Whipple, Avis S., and Lois V. Johnson. Arithmetic .1

and "Block Work" in Primary Grades. Dec. 1959,306-9.

Whitaker, Walter L. Individualized ArithmeticanIdea to Improve the Traditional Arithmetic Pro-gram. Mar. 1962, 134-37.

Why Not Individualize Arithmetic? Dec.1960, 400-403.

White, Donald E. An Approach to Modern Mathe-matics through Pascal's Triangle. Nov. 1963,441-45.

Whitman, Nancy C. In-service Education and theLearning of Conceptual Mathematics. Feb. 1966,149-51.

Whitman, Nancy, and Iry King. Going metric inHawaii. Apr. 1973, 258-60.

Whitman, Nancy C., and Sadie ()kiln. Constructingan Inexpensive Sphere. Apr. 1964, 261-62.

Who ley, Nonie McGrath. Improving the Teachingof Place Value. Dec. 1964, 574-75.

Wiederanders, Donald, and George IMIllerZeet rIDEAS. Jan. 1971, 30-36; Feb. 1971, 94-98; Mar.1971, 164-70; Apr. 1971, 238-42; May 1971, 310-16; Oct. 1971, 390-98; Nov. 1971, 480-88; Dec.1971, 576-84; Jan. 1972, 38-44; Mar. 1972, 201-8,Apr. 1972, 284-92; May 1972, 362-73;, Oct. 1972,457-65; Nov. 1972, 561-68; Def., 1972, 649-56, Jan.1973, 38-43; Feb. 1973, 116-21. Mar. 1973, 194-207 and ,Oct. 1973, 467; Apr. 1973, 280-87; May1973, 367-74; Nov. 1973, 561-72; Dec. 1973,663-70.

Wilderman, Ann McPherson, and Stephen Krulik.On beyond the Mathematics Laboratory. Nov.1973, 543-44.

Wilkinson, Jack D., and Owen Nelson. Probabilityand StatisticsTrial Teaching in Sixth Grade. Feb.1966, 100-107.

Willerding, Margaret F. Codes for Boys and Girls.Feb. 1955, 23-24.

A Cross Number Puzzle for Flag Day. Apr.1957, 118.

. A Cross-Number Puzzle for IntermediateGrades. Nov. 1957, 223.

. A Cross-Number Puzzle for Junior HighSchool. Nov. 1957, 226.

. A Cross-Number Puzzle for Primary Grades.Nov. 1957, 221.

. A Cross Number Puzzle for St. Patrick'sDay. Mar. 1957, 74.

. A cross NumbersPuzzle for Valentjne's Day.Feb. 1957, 9.

. History of Mathematics in Teaching Arith-.metic. Apr. 1954, 24-25.

. Other Number SystemsAids to Understand-ing Mathematics. Nov. 1961, 350-56.

Take a Number and Build a Number System.Jan. 1960, 35-37.

The Use of Graphs foi Retarded Children.Dec. 1937, 258-60.

Williams, Alfred H. Mathematical Concepts, Skills,and Abilities of Kindergarten Entrants. Apr. 1965,261-68.

Williams, Allan S. Ali's Four Weights. Apr. 1960,209.

Williams,Catherine M. The Function of Charts in theOct. 1955, 72-76.

Williams, Metrialition in Britain. Apr.1973, 261-64%

Williams, Mary Heard, and Russell W. McCreight.Shall We Move the Question? Oct. 1965, 418 21.

Williams, Russell L. Bingtac. Apr. 1969, 310-11.

WEYER-WREN I Author 35

Williford, Harold. What Does Research Say AboutGeometry in the Elementary School? Feb. 1972,97-104.

Willoughby, Stephen S. Who Won the InternationalContest? Nov. 1968, 623-29.

Wills, Herbert. DIFFY. Oct. 1971, 402-5.Wilson, Guy M. How Profitable Is the Usual Problem.

Work in Arithmetic? Mar. 1958, 94-96.. Toward Perfect Scores in Arithmetic Funda-

mentals. Dec. 1954, 13-17.. Wishful Thinking in Metric. Jan. 1962, 19.. Why Do Pupils Avoid Mathematics in High

School? Apr. 1961, 168 -71.Wilson, J. Fred, William Self, and Don Chamberlin.

San Diego's New Arithmetic Program . Dec. 1961,422-24.

Wilson, John W. The Role of Structure in VerbalProblem Solving. Oct. 1967, 486-96.

Wilson, Malcolm G. We All Teach Mathematics.Feb. 1969, 86-87.

Wilson, Patricia, Delbert Mundt, and Fred Porter. ADifferent Look at Decimal Fractions. Feb. 1969,95-98. ,

Winick, David F.. "Arithmecode- Puzzle. Feb. 1968,178-79.

Winthrop, Henry. Arithmetical Brain-teasers for theYoung. Jan. 1967, 42-43.

Winzenread, Marvin R. Repeating Decimals. Dec.1913, 678-82.

Wir , Robert W. Nonverbal Instruction. Feb. 1963,72 77.

Wise mb, Margaret R. A Paptr-folding Demonstra-tio of the Area of a Triangle. Dec. 1970; 653.

Wise y; Edna. An Approach to Problem Solving.A r. 1957, 125-28.

Witt, _Sarah M, A Snip of the Scissors. Nov. 1971,\ 496-99.Wittenberg, Claiice. The Boy Who Did Not Like

Arithmetic. Dec. 1954, 18-19.Wolf, Frank L. "1" and "1" Is "11." Apr. 1958,

158-60.Wolfe, Lee R. Computer Concepts Possessed by

Seventh-Grade Children. Jan. 1968, 35-39.Wolfe, Martin, and Peter Braunfeld. Fractions for

Low Achievers. Dec. 1266, 647-55.Wolfers, Edward P. The Original Counting Systems

of Papua and New Guinea. Feb. 1971, 77-83.Wong, Ruth E. M. Geometry through Inductive Exer-

cises for Elementary Teachers. Feb. 1972, 91-95.Wood, John B., and Jerome S. Borgen. Yardstick

Number-Line Balance. Mar. 1971, 184-85.Woodby, Lauren G. The Angle Mirror Outdoors.

Apr. 1970, 298-300.. Hew Big Is a Billion? ec. 1955, 160.

Letter to the Editor. May 68, 412, 468.Woodby, Lauren G., and Richard Ka Project Idaho.

Mar. 1965, 229-31.Woods, Dale, and William E. Hoff. Introducing

Models for N-dimensional Geometry in the Ele-mentary School. Jan. 1966, 11-13.

Woods, Ruth L. Preschool Arithmetic Is Important.Jan. 1968, 7-9.

Worth, Walter H., and L. royal Nelson. Mathe-matical Competence of Prospective ElementaryTeachers in Canada and in the United States. Apr.1961, 147-51.

Wozencraft, Marian. Are Boys Better Than Girlsin Arithmetic? Dec. 1963, 486-90.

Wozencraft, Marian, and Paul R. Neureiter. WhatArithmetic in Second Grade? May 1962, 252-57.

Wray, D. Eileen. You and the Metric System. Dec.1964, 576-80.

Wren, F. Lynwood. It's Not How New You Make It,but How You Make It Ttfew. Jan. 1971, 7-9.

't .: .

7 a ,-36 ',,:Autiu2r.z. . Wfuctii4ricow0a

:

Wright, Betty Atwell. 'Anatol:1r of Change in Elemeat* tvlathematiVs. Mar. 19.63, 158-61.

Wrlihfstone, J. Wayne. ConstructinfTests of Mathe-iniiit al for Youhg Children. Apr. 1956,

- 81-84; ,108.Writt, Diger 3, Jup ithi,Horse Race. Jan. 1973, 47 -148.

Yates, William E. The Trachtenberg System as aMotiyational Device.. Dec. 1966;471 -78. .

"Yearout, Paul. Divisibility and Prime Numbers `Mar.9 ',.1958, 79-81.

10 i

Yee, 'Albert Mathematics Probability 'and Pe-,cision-making. May 1966, 085-87. '

Yff, Joost. Out of Our IN Backe- Nov. 1910,,609 -11.

Young, Carolyn. leanii,eaming. Dec. 1972, 630-34.Young, D.,Z. The dock` Sirilces. Apr. 1966, 287.Young, Gail S. Problems in the Training of Ere;mehIary &toot Teachers. May 1966,'380-84.

Young Miriam H. Number in,the Western World- -,,It Bibliography May 1964, 336-41.

ZZahn, Karl. Editorial Feedback. Dec. 1967,, 673-74;

r

"Interest Getters." Apr. 1968, 372-74.. Use of Class Time in Eighth-Grade tkrith-

metic:Feb. 1966, 113-20.Zant, James H. The Use of New Educational Media.

Dec..1965, 64044. .

Zaslaysky, 'Claudia. Mathematics in the Study of, African Culture. Nov. 1973; 532-35.

&gas, Mara. Recipi for Arithmetic. Oct 1958, 177.Ziiiebt, Shirley S. Understanding Place Value. Dec.

1970, 683-84. rMary Hart. Greatest Common Divisor and

Last Commie, Multiple. Feb. 1966, 138-40.Zook, Cynthia. A Finite Infinity. . . .*Dec. 1970,

Zweng, -Marilyn 3.' Divi;idn Problems and the Con-cept of likte. 'Dec. 1964, 547-56.

The Fourth Operation Is Not Fundamental...,Dec. 1972, 623-27.

. A Geometry cogrse for Elementary Teachers.Oct 1973, 457-67.

A Reaction to "The Role of Structure inVorbal Problem Solv* " Mar. 1968, 251-53.

wski, Richard Tlio A Game with Fractionumbers. Jan. 1970. -83.

4.

.41

I

A

Tire Index- .

AdditionNot So Easy. Paul A. Hit ire. Mar. 1965,207 -11.

Addition of Unlike Fracuons. Adactu. Mar.1968, 221-23.

Addition. Revoupirtg Addends. Donald 1.. Robinson.Oct. 1964, 423-25. " [

Addition, Subtraction, and the Number Base. Clif-ford BO. Apr. 19151 57-59.

The Addition Table: .Experiences in Practice-Dis-covery. Margaret A. Hervey and` Bonnie H. Lit-willei. Mar. 1972, 179-81.

An Additive Numeral System Related to Place Value.Goldie E. Vitt. M : 1965, 212-15.

The Address of a Pint. Nichblas J. Vigilante. Dec.1968, 689-93.

Aestheom Ticket to an Exciting Future. HonorL H. Alderson. Dec. 1965, 624.

Aestheticq in Vementasy Mathematics.- Edwin A.Rosenbkm Apr. 1968, 333-36.

Admirable Numbers and Comparable Pairs. J. M.- Sachs. Oct. 1960, 293-95.An Adventu ry.re in Discove. orris Pincus. Jan..

An1964,/28-29.Achlenture in Division. 1.4" Stephens. May 1968,

427-29.An Adventure in Topology 'Jean C. Clancy.

Nov. 1959, 278-79,Africa Asks America.

.11.

African Mathemati Fred Weaves! Oct.1965, 472-80.

African Mathema Program (Continued). J. FredWeaver. Mar. 1466, 241-44.

Afro-Anglo-AmeriCan Program. Jan. 1964, 38.The Aftermath of a. Revolution. Floyd G. Delon.

Mc. 1963, 481-83,An Asti in the Analysis of Verbal Problems. Robert E.

Harriott, Apr. 1958, 143-45.Aids for Evaluators of Mathematics Textbooks. May

1965, 388-94.The Akron periment. Florence Dougherty. Dec.

1962, 8.Albuquer a (NCTM Meeting, 14-16 February

1974): 1973, 707.Algeb Approaches to Developmental Work with

the rations. Edwina Deans. Ape. 1964, 266-69.Alte c Arithmetic for Elementary School. Donald

Bradfield. Mar. 1965, 183-86.Algebraic Concepts in, the Elementary School.

LaRoe. Mat. 1965, 181-82.Algebra in Grade Five. W. W. Sawyer. Jan. 1960,

25-27.Algebra in the Fourth Glade. Cynthia Parsons. Feb.

1960. 77-79.An Algorism is Born. Lucy B. Driscoll. FA. 1964,.93.

Aligning traditional with New Mathematics. Sr.Ann Jude Lynch, S. C. Jan. 1964, 23-27.

Ali's Four Weights. Allan S. Williams. Apr. 1960,209.

All Is Not Nonsense. M. Ferrer McFarland. Oct.1966, 485-88.

Aloha: (Honolulu Meeting, 17 -21. June 068). Mar.1968, 220.

[ . ...,

AAAS Annual Meeting 26 31 December 1972. Nov.1972, 607.

AAAS Section on Mathematics. Dec, 1971, 603..The Abacus and Multiplication. M. Vele De Vault.

Mar. 1956, 65..The Abacus and Our- Ancestors. Robert W. Fle-

welling. Feb. 1960, 104-6. , .The Abacus-:-a New Use for an Old Toot Arlene

Nechin and Robert rdwer. -Dec. 1 9, 314116.The Abacus as p etic Teaching 'cc. Robert

W.'flewelling. Nov': 1955, 107-11:Abour Our Editorial Staff. E. Gleniine Gibb. Jan.

' 1961, 1-3. ,About the Articles. E. W. Hamiltogi. Jan. 1961, 4,

Feb. 1961, 49; Mar. 1961, 97.Abstract (Verb) versus Abstract (Adjective). Ramon,' F. Steinen. Apr: 1971, 257-61.Achievement and Attitude of S' -Grade Pupils in

Conventional and Contemporary ethernatics Prq-grams. Ann D. Htingerman. J 1967, 30-39:

Achievement ,bY Pupils `Entering the First Grade.Angela Priore. Mar. 1957, 55-60.

"Action Research and Curriculum Development. J.Fred Weaver.*Mar. 1967, 228-30.

Action Research bn Division of Fractions. PatriciaM.,Bergen. Apr. 1966, 293-95. .

An Action Res rch Study in Arithmetic. Ory B.Aftreth and Donald G. MacEachern. Jan. 964,30-32.

Activities in Mathematics for Preschoo dren.W. W. Liedtke and L, D. Nelson. ov. 1973,536-41.

Activities with Easpto-Make Triangle els. CarlA. Backman and Seatoi E. Smith,, r/ Feb. 1972,156-57. /

"Activity Board"the BoIrd of biany MarcSwadener. Feb..1972, 141-44 .,

Adapting Magic Squares to Classroom Use. Bryce E. Adkins. Dec. 1963, 498-500,,

4 Adapting the Arai* of a Circle to the Area .f a Rec-tangle. Mary T. Colter. i ay 1972, i

Addenda to the May, 1965 R rt on R rch inElementary School Matheznau ,b1 . 196 , 577-78.

19,lidding a Column of Floured. eh. 50 II'Adding by Endings. Some Im rtant,Consi eraPons./ Einilio- Rivera. Mar. 1965, 204-6. 'Adding by Tens. Elbert Fulkerson. M r. 1963,

139-40.Adding Fractions Using the Definition o Addition

of Rational bers and the Euclidean lgorigtLaurence S rzer. Jan. 1973, 27-28.

Adding Int Only the Concepts of One-to-One Corfeesponden d Counting. auienceSherzer. /May 1969, 360-6 . _

Additional Committee Members arid' Representatives(196142). Jan. 1962, 56.

Addition and Subtraction Fraction Algorisms. MorrisPincus. Feb. 1969, 141-42.

Addition and Subtraction Situations. John Reckzeh.Apr. 1956, 94-97.

37

.42

I

1.

38 t i d e ALTERNATE PLACE' VALUE . . .

Alternate Place Value Schemes for Large Numbers:A Lesson in Efficiency of Definitions. Gerald R.RisinC Dec, 1966, 679-82. .

Ambiguities in Teaching Arithmetic. 0. V. Porterfield. May 1965, 348-51.

America& Education Week, November 6- 12. Oct.1955, 82.

An Analysts of Individual Differences in, Arittnetic.Oscar T. Jarvis. Nov. )964, 471-73.

Analysis of Research in the Teaching of Mathematics.1957 and 1958. J. Fred Weaver. Feb. 1961, 81-82.

Aii Analysis of the Effects of Arithmetic Homeworkupon the Arithmetic Achievement of Third-GradePupils. Norbert Maertens. May 1969, 383-89.

Analysts of the Uses of Instructional Materials bya Selected Group of Teachers of Elementary SchoolMathematics. Virginia R. Haevin. Nov. 1965, 562.

Anatomy of Change in Elementary Mathematics.Betty Atwell Wright. Mar. 1963, 158-61.

Ancient Devices in Teaching Modern Arithmetic.Daniell. Healy. Apr. 1960, 206-7.

Ancient Systems of NumerationStimulating, Illumimains. Irving M. Cowie. May 1970, 413-16.

. . . And Now Synthesis. A Theoretics Model forMathematics Education. Vincent J. Qlennon. Feb.1965, 134-41.

Andy and the Toy Soldiers. Al . Perrodin.1965, 269-70.

An Easier Way to Check Loci Diviiion. ThomasSahagian. Oct. 1964, 417.

The AngleAfirror Indoors. Alice G. Hart. May1970, 41 3.

The Angle Mirror Outdoors. Lauren G. Woodby.Apr. 1970, 298-300.

An Annotated Bibliography of Programmed In..truc-tion in Elementary Mathematics. Henry H. Wal-besser. Dec. 1971, 568-75.

"4n Annotated Bibliography of Suggested Manipu-' !give Devices. Patricia S. Davidson. Oct. 1968,

1 509-24.Mnouncemen (Arithmetic Teacher Publicatide

Schedule). ov. 1959, 277.Announcing New Film. May 1964, 307.Announcing New Publication fqr the Puzzle Buff:

Apr: 1961 156. ,Annual Busi ess Meeting (Philadelphia, 28 30 March

1957). Feb. 1957, 42.Annual Business Meeting (Dallas, 3 April 1959).

Mar. 19 , 105.1960).Annual B Mess Meeting (Buffalo, 22 April

Feb. 19 , 103.Annual* Fi ancial Report. ,Nov. 1957, 232 33, Oct.

1959. 23 , Oct. 1961, 313, Dec. 1965, 661-63, Nov.1966; 7; Dec. 1967, 690-91; Nov. 1968, 658-59;Nov. 196 592-93, Jan. 1971, 60-61, Jan. 1972, 76-79; Dec. 1 72, 675-76.

The Annual eeting (Milwaukee, 12-14 April 1956).Feb. 1956, 2.

Annual Mee rag "Snapshots" (San Francisco, 16-18April 1962. May 1962, 286, 297

Another Ca egie Report on Mathert ttics? Nov.1956, 191.

Another, Loo at "A Change in F " RobertReys, ed. t. 1972, 488-89.

Mother k at Fractions. Harald M. Ness, Jr.Ann. 1973 10-12.other at Problem Solving, Dorothy Berg-

d, Margatet Boyd, Elizabeth Cocke, CamillaOur rger, and Eunice Rader.- Deci 1958,315-16.

Andther Milestone. Oct. 1971, 356.Another Reply to Mr. Rodman. E. E. Andrews. May

1964, 346-47.Another "Sieve" for Prime Numbers. Charles H.

Rockwell. Nov. 1973, 603-5:Another Use for Binary Numerals. William bunkum.

Mar. 1970, 225-26.Apologies to John G. Saxe and His "The Blind Men

and the Elephant." Audine B. Kelly. Jan. 1963, 17.An Application of Expanded NOtation. Bob Glenn.

Feb. 1962; 89.An Application of Module' Number Systems. Julia

Adkins. Dec. 1968, 713-14.The Application ,of Readability Formulae to Mathe-

matics Text Materials. A Note.. Kenneth J. Smith.May 1965, 354r55.

Applications and Probl Solving. J. Fred Weaver.Oct. 1965, 412-13.

Applications of Binary otauon. Claience R. Pensho.May 1967, 388-90.

Applying Basic Mathematical Ideas in Arithmetic.Frances Flournoy. Feb. 1964, 104-8.

Applying "Madam I'm Adam" to Mathematics. ADiscovery Project. Gerald W. Brown. Nov. 1972,549-t51.

An Approach to Division with Common Fractions.Deane" G. Constantine. Feb. 1968, 176-77.

An Approach to Evaluating Arithmetic Understand-ings. Roland F. Gray. Mar. 1966, 187-91.

An Approach to Modern Mathematics throughPascal's Triangle. Donald E. White. Nov. 1963,441-45.

An Approach to Per Cents. Wilbur Hibbard. Nov.1955, 128.

An Approach to Pirjolem-Solving. Charles J. Faulkand Thomas R. dry. Apr. 1961, 157-60.

An Approach to Pro lend Solving. Edna Wisely. Apr.1957, 125-28.

An Approach to ubtraction Using Easy Facts.Evelyn S. Irwin. pr. 1964, 260-61.

An Approach to Teaching the Difference betweenNumber and Numeral. Patrick Finnegan. Jan.1965; 31:

An Approximation Method of Finding Square Roo9/Elizabeth V. Warner. Mar. 1971, 155.

April in Charleston (5-7 April 1973). Feb. 73,100.

Area .Concepts for Second Graders. Donald E.Myers. Nev. 1964, 483-84; Jan. 1965, 67.

Are Almost Children Disadvantaged in Mathe-matics? John F. Newport. Jan. 1967, 21-23.

Are Behavioral Objectives the Answer? Eugene D.Nichols. Oct. 1972, 419, 474-76.'

Are Boys Better than Girls :29xArithmetic? MarianWozencraft. Dec. 1963, 48 .

Are Elementary ...School Teachers Satisfied with theirMathematics Preparation?, Robert E. Reys. Mar.1967, 190-93.

Are ,Sdviet Arithmetic Books Better than Ours?Homer C. Sherman and Robert E. Belding. Dec.1965, 633-37.

Are You Planning to Submit a Manuscript? Dec.1960, 403; May 1961, 241, 250.

"Arithmecode" Puzzle. David F. Winick. Feb. 1968,178-79.

Arithmetic Achievement and Instructional Grou0. L. Davis, Sr. and Neal H. Tracy; Jan. 963.12-17.

Arithmetic Achievement in England and Central Min-, mote. Richard T. Johnson and Robert/A. Ander-

son. Mar. 1964, 176-80.Arithmetic Achievement of Left-handed Children.

Patrick Groff. Mar. 1962, 141-44.Arithmetical Abstraction Progress toward Maturity

of Concepts under D' crew Programs of Instruc-tion. William A. B wnell. Oct. 1963, 322-29.

Arithmetical Brain- easers for the Young. HenryWinthrop. Jan 967, 42-43.

Arithmetic --an Old Subject in New Apparel. MarieS. Ford. Oct. 195f, 143-44.

Arithmetic and "Block Work" in Primary Grades.Lois V. JohnstM and Avis S. Whipple. Dec. 1959,306-9.

Arithmetic and History. Charles H. Josephson. Oct..1970, 488-91.

Arithmetic and the Brain.injiired Child. Lotte Kt-liski. May 1962, 245-51.

Arithmetic: Arthritis -or Adventure? Lucy Nulton.Nov. 1961, 345-49.

Arithmetic at the Primary Level. John P. Maloney.Apr. 1957, 112-18.

Arithmetic at the School Camp. 0. L Davis, Jr. 9ct.1956, 157-61.

Arithmetic Baseball. Donald Inbody. Nov. ;962,390-91.

Aiithmetic Books for Elementary Schools. Paul C.Burns. Mar. 1960, 147-49. 1

Arithmetic by Television. Lyla Lynch. Jan. 1963,\ 28-30.

, Arithmetic Can be Fun. Norene Harmon. Mayf957, 82-83.

Arithmetic Can be Fun. Norene Harmon. Apr. 1959,162-63.

Arithmetic Card Games. Martin H. Hunt. Dec:1968, 736-38.

Arithmetic Concepts in First Grade. May S. Stutler.Feb. 1962, 81-85.

Arithmetic Concepts Possessed by the PreschoolChild. Corwin E. Bjonerud. Nov. 1960,-347-50.

The Arithmetic Curriculum-1954. Charlotte Junge.Apr. 1954, '1-6.

Arithmetic Drills and Review on a Computer-huedTeletype.. Patrick Suppes, Max Jerman, and GuyGroen. Apr. 1966, 303-9.

Arithmetic Enrichment through the Use of the "Modi-fied Program." C. Alan RiedeseL Dec. 1963, 501-3,

Arithmetic Experience Grade One. Dorothy Jacand Amanda He r. Oct. 1955, 70-71.

An Arithmetic F . Elia Dunn. Oct. 1956, 156.The Arithmetic F6ldier. Clarence W. Schmmke. Mar

1962, 15275Arithmetic tball. Earl A. Karau. Nov. 1956

212-13.Aritlunetk for the Academically Talented. M. Er

Feb. 1960, 53-60.Arithmetic for the Gifted. Cynthia Parsons. M

1959, 84-86.Arithmetic for Those Who Excel. Foster E. Gross-

nickle. Mar. 1956, 41-48.Arithmetic for Todayl Six- and Seven-Year-Olds.

Agnes G. Gunderson. Nov. 1955, 95-101.Arithmetic-Friend or Foe? Francis A. Brdwn. Feb.

1957, 1-9.Arithmetic Games. Clyde A. Daley and Walter

Rucker. Feb: 1972, 157-58.Arithmetic in Everyday Living. Alice D. EdWards.

Dec. 1962, 453 -58.Arithmetic in New Zealand. E R. Duncan. Oct.. 1956, 137-42.Arithmetic in Pakistani Elemry Schools. Asghar

Ali Shailch and Leonard tvritennedy. Feb. 1962,77-80.

Arithmetic in Science' and Social Studies. EdDeans. Apr. 1961, 189-91.

Arithmetic Instruction Changes Pupils' Attitudestoward Arithmetic. Harold H. Lerch. Mar. 1961,117-19.

Arithmetic Instruction Is Improving. Joyce Peterson.Air. 1960,201-2.

Arithmetic in the Child's Fpture. Joseph J. Urbancek.Nov. 1956, 214-16.

Arithmetic in the School Camp. Esther P. Roossinck.

As WE READ L Title 39

Jan. 1960, 22-25; May 1960, 265.Arithmetic in the Total School Program. Tames

Curtin. Dec. 1957, 235-39,Arithmetic in Upper Elementary Grades. Pauline

Frazier and Margaret Burman. Apr. 1959, 165-66.Arithmetic in Verse. Donald J. Dessart and John

A. Brown. Nov. 1958, 273-74.Arithmetic Is a Joyous Experience for Elententary

School Children in Great Britain. Esther Unkel.Feb. 1968, 133-37.

Arithmetic Is Fun. Lois Rapp. May 1963, 256-58.Arithmetic Is More Than Doing. Donald L Buck.

Feb. 1963, 78-80.Arithmetic on the March. Laura K. Eads. Oct.

1954, 10-14.Arithmetic or Elementary School Mathematics. Apr.

1954, 19. i

Arithmetic Pioblems. Cause and Solution. W. R.Taylor. Apr. 1958, 153-54.

Arithmetic Skills Begin at Home. John 14. Norwood,Jr. Jan. 1968, 13-18:

An Arithrtietie'Spell Down. Nov. 1956, 219.The ArithMetic Teacher. John R...Mayor. Feb. 1954,

15.Arithmetic Teacher Index (1954-i55). Oct. 1955, 90.The Arithmetic Teacher-Items from the Annual

Report of the Editor.. Apr. 1957, 139-40. -The Arithmetic Textbook. Mar. 1957, 84.Arithmetic Understandings. Needed by Elern

School Teachers. Jack N.,Sparks. Dec. 1961, 395-403.

Arithmetic via Television, L A Report of the Pitts-burgh Experiment. Helen K. Strueve, Oct. 1956,162-64.

Arithmetic via Television, II. A Course for Teachersand Parents. Irvin Brune. Oct. 1956, 165-67.

Arithmetic ,via Television. III. Demonstration Les-sons at Springfield. R. C. Glazier. Oct. 1956, 168.

Com-mittee on School athematics Project _Staff. Apr.

Arithmetic with Fr es. Jiriversity of Illinois

, 1957, 119-24.Art and Arithmetic. Elizabeth Ragland., Mar. 1959,

112.Articles of Incorporation. Oct. 1961, 315-16.Articles of IncorporitiOn. Nov. 1965, 585-88.Articulation in Arithmetic. Peter A. Steam. Nov.

1959, 27 .As G As Gold. Thomas J. Jenngs. Feb. 1964,

11 9.As e Read. E W. Hamilton, assoc. ed: Apr. 1961,

45-46; May 1961, 209; Oct. 1961, 273, 286; Nov.1961, 337-38, Dec. 1961, 386-87,Feb. 1962,.65-66; Mar. 1962, II177-79, May 1962, 241-44, Oct.1962, 369-70; Dec. 1962, 417; Ja1963, 65, Mar. 1963, 113-14, AMay 1963, 241-42 Oct. 1963,321459, Dec. 1963, 473, 500; Jan. 165, 80; Mar. 1964, 145; Apr. 19289, 311, Oct. 1964, 385, 401, N

t

an. 1962, 1-2;14; Apr. 1962,

962, 05, Nov.19 3 I; Feb.

177-78;v. 1963, 401,1, Feb. 1964,

, 225; May 1964,v. 1964, 465, 473;

Dec. 1964, 529; Jan. 1965, 2-3; Feb. 1965, 98;Mar. 1965, 178, Apr. 19665, 250-51, May 1965,314-15, Oct. 1965, 411, Nov. l%5, 523, Dec. 1965,

; Jan. 1966, 2; Feb. 1966, 82; Mar. 196, 178;Apr. 1966, 266, 274r May 1966, 346.

As We Read. Jamaa/E. Inskcep, Jr., assoc. ed. Oct.1966, 442-43, Ndv. 1966, 538-39, Dec. 1966, 634-35, Jan. 1967 '2-3, Feb. 1967, 82-83, Mar. t967,178-80; Apr 967, 258-60; May 1967, 342-44; Oct.1967, 43 , Nov. 1967, 547-48, Dec. 1967, 627-28; Jan. 968, 3-4; Feb. 1968, 99-100; Mar. 1968,214-1S; Apr. 1968, 306 8. Mayj,068, 395 96, Oct.196,8; 490-91; Nov, 1968, 5891-90; Dec. 1968, 666-.pc Jan. 1969, 5-6, Feb. 1969, 82 83, Mar. 1969,

21.0 Title ATLANTA MEETING .

167-68; Apr. 1969, 242-43; May 1969, 340-41;Oct. 1969; 425-26; Nov. 1969, 521-22; Dec. 1969,601.2, Jan. 1970, 54: Feb. 1970, 103-4, Mar. 1910,193-95; Apr. 1970, 283-84; May 1970, 370 -71;Oct. 1970, 458, Nov. 1970, 555-56, Dec. 1970,635-36.

The Atlanta Meeting of the NCTM, November 19 21,1964. Oct. 1964, 449-50.

Atlanta Meeting (25-27 October 1973). .Oct. 1973,517,

Atlantic City Meeting, 16 18 March 1972. Jan. 1972,57.

Attention: Erltentary School Personnel. Dec. 1971,546:

Attitude and Achievement in Arithmetic. HarrellBassham, Michael Murphy, and Katherine Murphy.Feb. 1964, 66-72.

Attitude Change of Prospective Elementary SchoolTeachers toward Arithmetic. Wilbur H. Dutton.Dec. 4962, 418-24.

Attitudes of Prospective Elementary School Teacherstoward Mathematics and Three Other SubjectAreas. .Robert B. Kane. Feb. 1968, 169-75.

Attitudes of Prospective Elementary School Teacherstowards Arithmetic. Robert E. Reys and FloydG. Delon. Apr. 1968, 363-66.

Attitudes, Teaching Methods, and Arithmetic Achieve-ment. Wesley J. Lyda and Evelyn Clayton Morse.Mir. 1963, 136-38.

Attitutles tow tcl a Television ProgramPatternsin Arithmetic.. George Kaprelian. Dec. 1961,408-12.,

Attitudes towar[l Introduction of Modern Mathe-matics Program by Teachers with Large and SmallNumbers of Yead' Experience. Alice Huettlg andJohn M. Newell. Dec. 1966, 125-30.

Attitudes toward Reading and Arithmetic Instruc-tion. Gordon K. Stevenson. Abr. 1958, 161 62.

Attitude toward/Arithmetic at the Fourth- and Fifth-Grade Levels: talon .R. Capps. and Linda SimonCot. Mat.'1969; 215-20.

AuditorlAteport. Jan. 1971, 61-62; Dec. 1972,677-78'

Australian Demonstration in California. Dr. Dienesand Mathematics Learning. Lloyd V. Rogers. May1964, 359-60.

Automatic, Addition. Franz E. Hohn. Mar. 1963,127-32:

- .

Back Issues of the Journals and All NCTM- Year-books Now Available. `Jan. 1968, 25.

Bang, Buzz, Butz Bang, and Prime. Ernest E. Allen.Oct: 1969, 494-95.

Bank for Educational Objectives Opens. Mar. 1969,181.

Banking Interest. Elizabeth Murphy. Jan. 1973,58-59.

Base Five Power Gang. Matthew R. Thompson. May1964, 347.

Base Popsicle. Virginia Weyer. Apr. 1967, 312 13.Basic Considerations in the Improvemelit -of 'Ele-

mentary School Mathematics Programs. J. FredWeaver. May 1960, 269-73.

"Basic Laws" for Young Children. Jo Phillips. Nov.1065, 525-32.

Basic Skills in Contemporary Programs. ClarenceEthel Hardgrove. Nov: 1965, 524.

A, Bee on a Point, a Line, and a Plane. Francis T.Sganga. Nov. 1966, 549-52.

A Beginning for Student"Teachers. Frances L Jenkins.

iiMar.1967, 209-11.

ginning Number Experiences and Structured Mate-

rials. E. E. Andrews and I.. Royal Nelson. Oct.1963, 130-33,

Beginnings of Mathematical Education in RusilaoJohn :De Francis. Feb. 1959, 6-11, 16.

Behavioral Objectives, a Cause Ciltbre. Henry H.Walbesser. Oct. 1972, 418, 436-40.

Behavtoral Objectives in Mathematics. Dec. 1971, 556.Being, Creative with Shapes. Marie Giddings. Dec.

1965, 645-46.Ben's Puzzles., Mar. 1957, 84.Better Perception of Geometric Figures through

Folding and Cutting. Milagros D. Ibe. Nov. 1970,583-86.

A Better Understanding of Our NuMber System.Eileen K. CIA:pill. Feb. 1962, 71-73.

Beware of "Keywords,' ,John R. O'Donnell. Feb.1963, 92.

Bibliography for Teachers. Apr. 1954, 2.3.Bibliography of. Books for Enrichment in Arithmetic.

Adrien L Hess. Feb. 1959, 12-16; Apr. 1959, 143.Bibliography of Books for Enrichment ,ut Arithmetic.

Ruth K. Carlson and Charles H. Tyldsley. Apr.1960, 189-93.

A Bibliography of Historical Materials to, Use nsArithmetic in the Intermediate Grades. HelenMarie Metz and Frances Flournoy Oct. 1960;287-92.

A Bibliography of Mathermitics Books fo$ ElementarySchool Litsraries. Adrien L. Hess. Feb.' 1957;15-20.

A Bibliography of Selected Suminaries and CriticalDiscussions of Research .on Elementary SchoolMathematics. J. Fred Weaver. Nov. 1960, 364 66.

Bibliography on Number Bases. Julia Adkuss. Dec.1959, 324.

Big Dividends from Little Interviews. J. Fred Weaver.Apr. 1955, 40-47.

Bilingualism irs tofeaittrement. The Coming of theMetric ,System. George W. Bright. May 1973,397-99.

Billings" Montana MeetingAugust 18-20 (1969).May 1969,' 345.

Binary can be F-U-N. Marion E. Ocbsenhirt, apt! '-Mary Itt Wedemeyer. Ciet. 1963, 354-55.

Bingtac. Russell L 'Williams. Apr. 1969, 310-1f.Birmingham Beckons (Regional Convention, 28-30 ,. October 1971). Oct. 1971, 405.Birthdays in Base Two. Rose G. Robbins. Mar. 1969,

178.Bizz-Buzz Game in Arithmetic. George Janicki. Feb.

1956, 28.Blast-off Mathematics. Elton E. Beougher. Apr.

1971, 215-21.Blocks to Arithmetical Understanding. Calhoun C.

Collier. Nov. 1959, 262-68.Board Action on 1969 Delegate Assembly "Resolu-

lions. Feb. 1970, 175178.Board Action on 1970 Delegate Assembly Resolutions.

Feb. 1971, 119-23.Board Action on 1971 Delegate Assembly Resolutions. ,

Mir. 1972, 241-45,Boald Action :ori 1972 Delegate Assembly Resolution.

Feb. 1973, p54 -56. '

The Board Stfetcher. A Mocl'el to Introduce Factors,Primes, Composites, and Multiplication by a Frac-tion. Louis S. Cohen. Ow 1973, 649-56.

Bobby and a Computer! Allan L. Fbrsythe andDaviette H. Stansbury. Feb. 1971, 88790.

Boners. Nov. 1960, 356.Book and Film Strip Review. Apr. 1957, 138 39.Booklet Received. Nov. 1957, 228.Book Review. Louise A. MacPhec and Ben A.

Sueltz. Feb. 1955, 5. r

Book Reviews. Paul R. Neurenet. Dec. 1954, 23.

,'---`Nc - .

a a' tC

INAL.NUMBERS 9 .. I Title -: 41, .

1970, 211, Apt. 1970, 352, May 1970, 42, Oct.1970, '533-36; Nov. 1970, 625; Dec. 1970, 685;4,

. Jan. 1971, 17; "Feb. 1971, 83, Mir. 1973, 149, 208,e'1 4 Apr. 1971, 229." The Boston 14,,,teetin8 (13-16 Apnl 1955). Feb. 1955,

,24. ,.

, Boston Meitigg to Be Held November 14 16 (1968).1 Oct. 1968,'584:

Boulder Mcefiag-August 16-0 (19/0), May 1970,369. a'

The Boy"and the Questickner. Sr. Maya Bernard. Nov.1967; 569. a

-The Boy Who Did Not Like Arithmetic. Clarice ,Wittenberg. Dec. 1954, 18-19. ,,i

'` JireakinC the Lock Step. in Anthmepe.lEchtelacht and Virginia Cordial' Feb. 1962, .

. 86-89, ,- British Teacher}' Reactions to the etliertairo-Gattegno

Materials. quirks F, Howard.. Nqv. 1957, 191495.pundifig a Case for the, Application of Pmet's

Theorryy and Re:sestet in. the-Classroom. James g.,.Ins keep, Jr, Apr.,1972/ 255-90.

Building Algebra *Readiness in Grades Seven andEight. Francis 1. Mueller. Nov. 1959, 269-71.

Building l'Comlibters" Yoe Nandectrnal Number Sys-tems. Frederic); R. Rabincrrntz. Oct. 1966, 452-94-

Building Dedication Plans.- Apr. .1973, '321,"But the Teacher Didn't Show IA That Way." John

.4k,,testanovich. Feb. 19511, 39-111. ,,,Bflaws. Oct. 1961, 316-181, Nov. 1965, 5,86-48, Oct: ,

1§69, 507-9.

,

'Book' Review. Vert 0tinfOrd. DeF. '1954, 8; Dec.1915 154-55.

'EtSok Reviews. ;Robert I.. Slaugh. 'Apr: 7954, 14..Book 'Reviews. Ben A. Stieltr., Oct. 1954: 5; Dec.

1954, 23, 30;,Fob. 1955,9. ," Book ReVie'ves. Mar: .1956, 73-75; Apr, 1956, 89,'

108, 122, Oct. 1956, 174-76, Feb. 1951, 31-32,Apr. 1957,-138-39; Oct. 1917; 173-'141 Nov. £957,203, Dbc. 1957 266-67, Feb. 1958, 43-45, Mar.1958, 78, 102; Apr, 1,958, 162-63; Octi 1958, 211-15, Not 145i,-246, 27 9-$0, Dec. 1958293, Apr,1959, 167;71; Feb. 1963,-107 -8; Mar. 1960, 161-62;Miy 1960, 267, 268. . , . r

Books and Materials, B. Glenadinc Gibb, ed. Oct,'1959, 221 -25, Nov. 1959, 281 -84; Jan. 19601 39-41.

Books and Matavials..Clarence Ethel Hardvove, ed.. Oct. 1960, 309-10; Nov. -1960, 373-75; lam 1961,

36- 38, Felr.. 1961, 33 85. Mar. 1961, 138-39,Apr. 1961, 196; May 1961, 261-64, Ore 1961,307-8, Nbv. 11161, 371, Dec. 1961, 44041, Jan,

"1962, 45-117; Feb. 1962, 98-99; ,Mar. 1962, 163 -64,,.4.11t. 1962, 7/7131; 'May 1962, 291-97t Oct, 1962,344-47, Nov 1,962, '400-403, 468, Dec. 1962, 46265; Jan, 1963, 44-45,Teb. 1963, 98'100; Mar. 1963,162-64, Apr. 1963, 222-23, May 1963, 301. 3,^Oct1963, 365-67, Nov. t963, 458-.59, Dec. 1963, 518-19; Ian. 1964, 46-48, Feb, 1964, 12E28; Mar. 1964,211 13, Apr. 1964, 276-77, Dec. 1904,583-06, Jan,196, 68-70; Feb. 1965, 51-52; Mar. 1965, q2-34;Apr. 1,965, 294 -96, May 1965, 380-81, Oct: 1965,481 -83; Nov, 1965, 579-81; Dec. 1965, 657-59h,

. Jan. 1966, 56-59; Feb. 1966, 142"44; Mar, 1966,245-48; Apr. 1966, 119-21; May 1966, 408-13;Oct. 1966, 507-9; Nov, 1966, 59/-602; Jan.,1967.

.9, 4850; Feb. 1967, 141-43; Mar, 1967z221:3,3; May1967, 410-12; Oct. 1967, 518-22; Nov. 14$7:494-95. e

Books and Materials. Ltnorc John, ed. Jan. 1963,71-73; Feb. 1968, 181 -82; Mar, £968, 278-80; Arta,1968, 375-77; May 1968,469-71; Oct.:196,8, 564-681

.

I

a`,

44 Way of Inttbductlori. ..Edditorjal Papal. Apt.972, 253-54. Oct. 1974:412-17, Nov, 1973, 522.

..

0

e'Cblculators in the Classroom. Frank Vail Atta. c.

-' 1967, 650-51. .,, 'Calendar Arithmetic, Reibert W.Prkitp, lean. 1969,

69. , ,.

California Cotiference (Loa Angeles, 20 June-3 July.1936). Apr. 1956,-103. . .

.Calif6rniz County Superintendents' Association Ina-' ilifl*"Project Mathematici." Fred C. rierF;. Miy

1964, 354-55...,A- Call for a Commission on, Elementary School

, Mathematics. 4astph N. Payne. Mar. 1M 169-70.Call' for: Cafididatel. Ian. 1961, 11t. .- . .

Cal) for Research Manuscripts. /Apr. 1.964275, May1969, 411. c* I. ,

,.:.Call for Research; Papers. Nov. 1968, 662,,63.eall for Suggestions for Candidates. Mar.1963,,114;

'Or, 1963, 178; May 1963. Z79;" ,A CaltIssued for Research Papers. Feb:194, 100.

. The tipbridge. Conference op Sclmor,'Mathematics,

,item li e Conference Rtj4ort. Blueprint prF). F cave Mar. 1964, 207 -10. 4 ,

; . ,Fantasy? tying killer. Mar. 1966, 179-06.*a "Cancellkiinn:-.Bug-aboo. G. Alan ,Riedeser. ......

..--.-Fib-.1963, 80; Apt: 1961087.CintOtlitas for ORIN:sin the4NCTM. Oct. 1961, 366.

. Can Johnny:Still, Add? J. A. McLauchlin, Dec.1962/432. ,,

4 .

.

.v.

4Can Machines Think,V,Dec, 1961, 412. , ..,

. Can 2 + .,*,: 11? G. T, Puckland. Nov..1955, 1.26-,-,27... ,`,,,;.*Tao You pc, wordily 1.961, 241. '' `-'4. 41, }Can You Mit? Nov. 061,176 . ..

Nov. 1968, 653-54; Dec. 1968, 739-451.-.1.$11. 1969,;67-68;Feb. 1969, 153; Mar,1969, 211;1Mo:41969,406-11; bcf. 1969, 500-502; Nov. 1969, -583-85,Dec. 1969, 653-54; Jan, 1970, 85; Feb 1970;74; Mar. 1970, 271 72, Apr 157b. 150-3,2, ay1970, 443745.

Books and Matefials. t ;May 1964, 361-65°, Oct. 1964, 4$1-41,Books and Materials. May 1971, '296. 44(4 V: Oct-

1971, 387-88; Nov.,, 1971, 462;228

.

Feb. 1972, 95; Mar 1972, 220,, Apr. 1ft,",316Oct. 1972, 41'7, 493; r.lov, 1972, 555; Dec. 1911,622; Jan. 1973, 32; Feb. 1973; 152;, Mar. 1973:236; Apr. 19/5, 2,97; May°1913, 34,- Nov. 1p3,582, 605; Dec. 1973, 625, 629;'633, 682!'-.N

Books and Materials Received. 'yeb..1954,Books Received.' Feb. 108, 14, Jan,1961, 38, Feb.

1961; 85; Mar. .1,961, 140;, May 19.01, 264; Oct.1961, 308 and Feb. 1962, 9/, Dec. 1961, 417, Jos.1962, 47; Feb. 1962,97, Mat. 1962, 164;.Apr. 1962,.231, Oct. 1962, 34 , 354, Jan. 063, 45; Apr 1963,223; May 963, 2 ; "Ost 1963, 36. 1; Dec.519; Jan. 1 , 4 , eb. 19,64, 213, May 1964;363.,Oct., 1964, 31, Jan. 1965, 70; Feb. 1965, 152.Apr. -1965; 204; May 19654-'326k Oct.' 1965,:-.500fNot 1965:,.581; Dec. 1965, 659;T Jan. 1966, 74;Mar, 1966, 244, 248, Apt,, 1966, 321, 332, 314Mity,',1966, 391, 413; Oct., -19641, 436; t-eb. 1967,125; A,pt. 1967, 295; May 1967, 341, 368, 419; Nov.1967, .565, 572, 593; Feb. 1968, 160, 1$2, Apr. ,1968, 3'08; Oct. 1968, 568 -7d Nov._ 19613; 654;Dec. 1968,.745 46, Jan. 1969, 68-69, Fb.,,1969,03; Mar, 1969, 179, Apr. 1969, 280; Mat .1'960,441, Oct. 1969, 485,84, Nov. `,1969, 585, Dir.,1969, 634; San. 1970 83, Feb. 1970,.170; Mir.

1.

1 1.

.

Capacity Comparisons by children,fan. 1970, 19-25, - "", - 1, :

CoLisute History of the N,th'M. Tulips H. JIlavati.". %-Pet-1970, 133-42; Apr, 1970,.346. "'. . ,

Cafdinal Numbers, and Sets: .Walter £1Sanderp, Jan.1966426;29. ';\

e

.

' 1 ,. I ' I .*.,'"^ . . .,f .17,

z72i_ '.iT_

- - t .

42 .['j ' CMWüALS OL ZAIS .: \

"Csrdxnal or mkh4$saBrurn6ett Apr 199 xnctnntI Meetin. April 20-24 1954 Fb'' 47. '.i.' : .'.- -' .- 19'54lI.ce.ua Mjstae M;r I97 {8o stark Iectd i4o4razy President. Oct. 1970, 456

,.. A e*tini heyaUcal Concpt tc Cfkatib and Mathematical Learning. I Fred"I - Moyi5.rc*itin, Chn Linda, . M*y I97t' , 'Wezverp Ma 1967, 598-409, Oct 1967, 459.

T '".. C1as8ified,Adveet1ementL Jan 1968, 63, 1Mofl4N!incrLmode1 ClssParucipationin a Relay Game. Kenneth P.

ubuao Mar*nc Wcroet *n. '1913 EI4d. De 1954L27-28", t-64' t.. * '.. Classro*p(lImatc and the Learning of Mathematics.i e'PEit iic Petersot 3a. 1961, *1. Fred GuW'n., No'. 1961, 363-67.

y 4 uurujxtn (St L41in, Classxion cuencs with Recreational Arithmetic.1962k 329 . 5Ruth B. Nica. Apt. I956'90-93.

. çtn èUliu.1. Loiis'EIllich, r.Oct. 1955, C1e's Clpck. c1eo,1(apxoc'k. Jan. 173, 49-50.4-79 '-'"' - '. 'C1e'cland eting.November 13-15, 1969. Octtf,g 4t 4mes &nd,, Oèr mbers. 'Lucy . 1969,, 455.'f flrr6IL gal%9$ 2-53 , Clifford Brewster Upton Vera6&nford. Dec. 1957

-a 'Ctg C)ut of fg Mo ier Clock Anth 79. ctk. .6bcJt .W. lai1 Oct. 46G6l. . Chffor'* Check for Long Division. Clifford Lopate.

' Car Rpids eetxnF 3nzist 2J-24 (j96a) May Feb 1911,, 118.z 'f98.d4 Clltnb The Lathfrr Albert Matithe. May 1969

'be Ctilngc OTM4iitt iL)bo Elementary 3'5455,,School. c(eph A. uihe 1*x3i)66, C1ok,(indergaitçp.. Mary RIce. ov. 1963, 455.

..., .. Cialçngng (.earnL . t4,'Schwaflz.. The tStnkes. Z Young, Apr. .6, 287.3ii.-., 316. ,.: '. .-. . - .Codeg fo oys and *!s. Margaret Willerding.

Cban*.ot Dates. (&i,tflmr Meetmz, MadIson Wit. eb 1955 3-24conin.153 Augus* l92)... Js'l92, 2 Cfxnil' d'Aleiie Meeting-.-April 9-lI, 1910. Feb.

A Chang'e ,,4jRicdcsel. Feb 1971 19G,-. 115F 113-14 " ' COpglvc Outeorines. of the SMSG Mthcmatics Pro-

,, . Chanin Ba.ithçut Using Bag.. Ten. tames W.. rnoiu (railes 4,5, atul 6. William l. Grafit andB,.May 18 -6 Ardeit.udde1l Peis 1968 161-65

Changéifg ftQm .Qne ujiber Systari to'Antber. A C osing b1em. May 1967, 344..A Cbut Trick. M. 56 75

Cbatged Prtk1es A ModOi Teacltbij øjirations. Color d an Aid 4i Teacinni Concepts. I4and 11,whh frc it1 xn6ers. St4iny C6tter.hy. 1969,. k3q Peb'. 1S8, fO-14.

,49-53:.z*,. c -,'-, . co1.odeMethodofTcachingBaslcArithxneticAhart MulIip1e Izors. &Qo1datetn and. -. Copcep,a&ocedures5 Roberta Green. Max.

- 1Cçuiy }1illjnJeb r9, l79-gO-.. ecg the c-akp1atcd 4erag.e thiçig Subteac.. Co1uis Georetrir. Foxs, Art, and Mathematics.

ioi4ifn .A1IIen.' N9y! 1972. 499-O. Thomas ?. '1i1lman. (ct.i967, 448-52.hl1d.crcd Mathemaucs. Ep1 S.Cochz*9, Man A CmbinI Content- Meth4s Course for E1e

raon. andqobcrt B. ,Da'is.'.Ma. 1970,.fll 15. rnenaxy ?(ackexnatics Teachers. Clarence Phillips.fnld.çrt Ate 1ui1s ;t Solvjng nrd Psoldenis, Mar. 1960, 138,40, 158..

lEh,R. Unat!&g. 161, 6l-63.. . u5tOCoin Octoberi" (21-23 OctoberClldrn,mngtaWeifis. ,Margare Burn 191) &197l 41

Apt .1E3179$i. ., , çOmc'dpi'Ontoif in. Cictober (Alberta, Canada,Chjdrcn tsSgned Ntnnbcet4 . COcirati. .4.- ibet'193). Oct. 1973, 436.

Nb 96,'$8!8. ' :comto apol to' Help Klck Off.the tolden;;.' 11fl4tn's, Atth4s. fowatd . Arnhmtrc. !'al'lldred ., Jubilee (47th Annual Meeting, 23 26 April 1969).

- &àwn AbrgO. l96606-8., " .. -Ma1969 21&.,.., Cbil4çcn's,Coxr&cp1 of Scsle an1 the uhtraon.,o! Com b3 the. ThIe of Enchantxnentl Feb. 1970, 102.

'. Fr4tnts C(oyd Scot4. Mar. i96*1.' Comc Where hc ActiOn Tat May 1968, 478.çhidres,&rrs. in Tellig Ilitre afid ..R.oconi mrneniary on the International Study of Achieve-

mcnded ?çng Sequenc.Fre4ilcka 11 Ren. spsnt in Mathematics Ryoichiro Sato Feb 1968', Ma;-55. -, , '-..-: - 103-7.Chfl(&x ter3ue An Aid ,MaUienjttxcs In Ccimrientary n Stipps-Binford Report of reach

StrUCtiOfl lifJ tr..1 451'SS. - ing Mathematical Logic to Fifth, and Sbth.Oradcs.ercepLipigf M*C9*Uca1 I ii4srncie. .Pupils. (lary. R. Smith. Dec. 1966, 640-43.

k13yii Scott. Dccl96617-Z4. iComniejtts of Some Problems of Teacher EducationtCponacsiTwo Th*,t of Multf*cauon. in Mathematics. Z.P. Dienes. Mar. 1970, 263-69.

.Apr. Com,ments on Middle-Grade Arithmetic. John W.1h. IiUd. with 'a tçantng tuty Dickc. Feb. 1958, 37-38k

- -? lSmuin.. )4ar. l910. 1,9-4bL. -Commcrcial Games (or the Arithmetic ClaSs. Dono-'/ slpnasS?teeting.(ctnpc 21?ibQc&nber :;). vAt) A. Johnson. Mar. 1958, 69-73.

;.4. Qt. i9-ii.- . . -, Committee on Educational Media. Apr. 1964, 232.Ch?istxual ,iIng in .New York 'Gity, Dcceinfc Committees and Representativea, 1960- 1961. Feb.

-. Z9-30, j95&,,:Oct. l95S,tZl, :':, 1961, 8649.hiistmas' Meeting in tcmje,. Arwi, Decernbe Committees and Representatives (1961 1962). Oct

376.. 1961, 319-0.lcrwj Tre&' urers. i4itilp. Mao Lox. Dec. Committees and Representatives (1962 1963). Nov.

: "- /l965. 648-1; Fcb.1 6, l34. . 1962,4046.

..' ..: :.;.;:' . -.-. .. .. .- - .

: -

Cominittees and Representatives1963, 381-84.

Committees and Representativesmentallrist. Apr. 1967,319:-

Committees and Representatives,mental List. Apr. 1968, 378.

Committees andmental List. Feb. 1969, 15 -58.

Committees and Represents ives,mental List. Feb. 1970, 17 80.

Committees and Representat ves,mental List. Feb. 1971; 123.

Committees and Representatives, 1971; 72 Supple-mental List. Mar. 1972, 245-46.

Committees, Projects, and Representatives (1965 66).Jan. 1966, 68-72.

Commonly Listed Advantages of the Metric System.Arthur g. Hallerberg. Apr. 1973, 255.

A Common Misconception about Area. MarionWalter. Apr. 1970, 286-89.

Comparative Achievement with Departmentalized andSelf-contained Classroom Organization. Edette B.Price, Arthur L Prescott, and Kenneth D. Hopkins.Mar. 1967, 212-15.

Comparative Education Society Plans 1963 Seminarin USSR. Apr. 1963, 207.

Comparative Merits of a Manipulative Approach toSecond-Grade Arithinetic. Donald Nasca. Mar.

'1966, 221-26.A Comparison of Achievement in Arithmetic. in

England and Central California. G. T. Buswell.Feb. 1958, 1-9.

A Comparison of Achievement in England, Cali:fornia, and St. Paul. Thomas L. Bogut. Mar,1959, 87-94.

A Comparison of Arithmetic Achievement in Eng-land, Central California, and Georgia. Gladys M.Thomason and Alex F. Perrodin. Mar. 1964,181-85.

Comparison of Attitudes and Achievement amongJunior High School Mathematics Classes. LoisStephens. Nov. 1960, 351-56.

A Comparison of Test ,Results. Neal H. Tracy. Oct.1959, 199-202.

A Comparison of Three Stratagems for TeachingMathematical Concepts and Generalizations byGuided Discovery. Keimeth B. Henderson andJames H. Rollins. Nov. 1967, 583-88.

A Comparison of Two Methods of Compound Sub-traction. Gladys B. Rheins and Joel J. Rheins. Oct.1955, 63-69.

Comparison of Two Methods of Usirtg ProgrammedLearning. Bruce A. Meadowcroft. Oct. 1965,422-25.

A Comparison of Two Techniques for Using Visual-Tactual Devices to Teach Exponents and Non-decimal Bases in Elementary School Mathematics.Cecil R. Trueblood. Apr. 1970, 338-40.

A Comparison: Textbooks, Domestic and Foreign.Mildred M. Doniiny. Nov. 1963, 428-34.

The Competence in Arithmetic of Prospective GeorgiaElementary Teachers. John L Creswell, Apr. 1964,248-50.

Composition and Arithmetic. Mar. 1957, 60.Computation. Low Achievers' Stumbling Block or

Stepping Stone? Kenneth J. Travers. Nov. 1969,523-28.

Computation Made Interesting. William R. Arnold.May 1971, 347-50.

Computation Skills. Results of Acceleration. John 0.Ivey. Jan. 1965, 39-42.

Computations with Binary Numerals. R. L. Morton.Feb. 1964, 96-98.

Computer-assisted Instruction: Implications for

(1963-64). Oct.

-1966,0

196,'6841pple.

1968;69Supple-

1969 70-2.4tipple:

19 0/71--tuip1e-

.\\ . , ,,.

CommurNo Won .- .,:. 1 Title 43

Teacher Education. C. Alan Riedegl and MarilynN: Suydam. Jan. 1967, 24-29.

Compute, Concepts Possessed by Seventh-Grade ChB-dren. Lee R. Wolfe. Jan. 1968, 35-39.

Computer-enriched Instruc t on AA the ElementaryTeacher. M. Stoessel W . Mar. 1969, 189-92.

The Computer Game. ,Dorus lough.. May 1967, 39P,409.

T:he Computii Motivates lmprrement Computa..tional Skills. Davie! L. Pager. Feb. 197 , 109-12.

The Computer Revolution Neeris YOU! K J.Travers and lonathan_E. Knaupp. Jan. 1971, -17. ,

Computers and Art. Jail Mot4- Smith. Max. 969,169-72.

Computers and the Use of Base Two in the MemoryUnit. Gerald' A. Thompson. Mar. 1969; 179-411:

Computers Teach Math. ,Turfy Ackerman. May 1968,467 =68:,

The Concentration Game. Homer F. Hampton. Jan.1972, 65-10.

Concept Determines Process a Look at the FracuonSymbol. Herbert Hannon, Apr,. 1966, 298-302.

The 'Concept of Area. H. N. Bourne. Mar. 1968,233-43.

Concept of Money via Experience. Linda C. Smith.Feb. 1955, 17-20.

The Concept of the Shifting Unit Alfred Ellison.Mar. 1972171-76.

Concepts to' Enhance the $tudy of Multiplication.Margaret Haines. Feb. 1963, 95-97.

Conceptual Mathematical Methodology for Prospec-tive Elementary School Teachers.' Andre Brousseau.Apr. 1971, .265-67.

A Concerned Teacher Makes the Difference. Mar.1966, 203-5.

A Concern of All. Editorial Panel. Oct. 1971, 357-58.The Concrete Devices of Structural Arithmetic.

Catherine Stern. Apr. 1958, 119-30.Concrete Materials for Teaching Percentage. Eldon

Hauck. Dec. 1954, 9-12.Conditions of Distributivity. Lawrence Sher. Dec.

1970, 644.Conducting a Math Exposition. HarOld Karbal. Nov.

. 1958, 247-50.A Conference on Mathematical Learning. J. Fred

Weaver. Dec. 1965, 652-54.A Conference on Needed Research in Mathematical,

Education. J. Fred Weaver. Nov. 1966, 594-96.Confirming the Pythagorean Theorem. John J. Sul-

livan. Feb. 1971, 115-16.Congruence and Measurement. Stanley B. Jackson.

Feb. 1967, 94-102.Conservation of Length and the Teaching of Linear

Measurement: A Methodological Critique, DaiyoSawada and L. Doyal Nelson. May ,1967, 345-48.

Considerations for Teachers Using Manipulative Ma-terials. Robert E. Reys. Dec. 1971, 551-58. .

Considerations in the Selection of Learning Aids.Patricia Spross. May 1964, 350-53.

Constructing an Inexpensive Sphere. Nancy C. Whit-man and Sadie Okita. Apr. 1964, 261-62. ,

Constructing Tests of Mathematical Concepts forYoung Children. J. Wayne Wrightstone' Apr. 1956,81-84, 108.

The Content and-Organization of Arithmetic. G. T.Buswell. Mar. 1959, 77-83.

The Content of the Elementary Geometry, School deometProgra'm. Irvin r Vance. Oct.11273, 468-77.

"Contig": A Game to Practice and Sharpen Skills andFats in the Fout Fundamental Operations. FrankW. Broadbent. May 1972, 388-90.

The Continuing Work of the Cambridge Conferenceon School 'Mathematics (CCSM). Peter - lilton.Feb. 1966, 145-49.

41-

;

'44 ,T.ifie 1, CONIROVBRSY RBOARDENG . .

The Controversy reiaiding-the Teaching of Higher-Decade Addition. Frances Flournoy. Oct. 1956,170-73, 176.

Convention Fallout. Charles H. Rockwell- May 1971,3064;

Convention Previews (39th Annual Meeting, Chicago,54 April 1961). Feb. 19¢1189 -90. 4

The Conversion Game. Betts Ellen Lazerick. Jan.1971, 54-55.

A Cooperative In-service Teacher Education Pro-gram in the New Mathematics for ElementarySchools. 0. D. Johns. Apr, 1962, 221-23.

' A Cooperative Uqiversity-District In-service Prolffir\viA. Earl Catmull Max 1968, 449-51.

Corpus Christi, Texasthe, "Sparkling City by theSea" (NM Meeting, 17.19 October 1968). May1968, 429.,

Council Antruncementa (1957). Apr. 1957, 131.Council Resources for Arithmetic Teachers. Dec.

1959, 309-10.-The Council'aDivr e to Improve School. Mathematics.

Frank B. Allen, Oct. 1963, 368-75.The Counas,Drive to Improve School Mathematics

--a Progress Report. Frank B. Allen. Oct. 1964,434-42.

Countets? Yes, But. . . . Ruth H. Tuttle: Feb. 1958,25-28.

Counting Devices and Their Uses. Ben A. Sueltz.Feb. 1954, 25-3Q,

\The Daily Lib; of a Valable. Ruth Ohlsen. Apr.

1967, 277.Dallas Meeting:March 25-27, 1971. Jan. 1971, 52.The Danger/Value of Leaping to Conclusions.

Anthony J. Picard. Feb. 1970, 151-53.Dates of Meetings of the -National Council (1957-

1958). Nov. 1957, 195.David's Solution. David Sowell. Jan--77971;58-59.The Day Camp and Arithmetic. B. J. Goodrich. Mar.. 1957, 77770.

e Decimal Is More than a Dot. ,Frank C. Arnold.Oct. 1935,

Decimal versus Common Fractions. J. T. Johnson.Nov. 1956, 201-3, 206.,

A Deck of Cards, a Bunch of Kids, and Thou. PeterK. Gurau. Feb. 1969, 115-17.

Deductive Reasoning in the Primary-Arithmetic Pro-,gram. James M. Foster. Jan. 1962, 20-21.

Defining Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Richard A.Dean. Mar. 1960, 122-27.

Definitions in Arithmetic. Charles Brumfiel. Nov.1956, 192-96.

Depth Learning in Arithmetio:-What Is It? Char.lotte W. Junge. Nov. 1960, 341-46.

A Description of a Group-learning Experience. S. A.Lllge: Jan. 1973, 51-55.

A Description of Twenty Arithmetic Underachievers.Ramon Ross. Apr. 1964, 235-41.

Design in Nine. Donald K. Robinson. Jan. 1965,66-67.

Designing Research Studies in Elementary SchoolMathematics Education. C. Alan Riedesel andJack N. Sparks. Jut 1968, 60-03.

Determining the LCM snd GCF through the Use ofSet Theory. Forrest L. Coltherp. Apr: 1965,282-84.

Developing AbilitY in Mental Arithmetic. FrancesFlournoy. Oct. .1957, 147-30.

Developing an Understanding of Inverse Operations.Carl Mauro. Nov. 1966, 556-63.

Developing Arithmetical Inquiry with EnrichmentAids. Joseph Crescimbeni. Jan. 1966, 49-51:

peveloping Concepts of Time and Temperature. IdaMae Heard. Mar. 1961; 124-26,

Developing Creative Thinking in Arithmetic. CalvinH. Reed. Feb. 1957, 10-12.

Developing Creativity through Arithmetic. Arthur R.DeLong and Richard M. Clark. Oct.. 1959, 206-8.

Developing Facility in Solving, Verbal' Problems.,Herbert F. Spitzer and Frances laciUmoy. Nov.1956, 17:7-82. ,

Developing Flexibility of Thinking and Pelfonnance.J. Fred Weaver. Oct. 1957, 184-88,

_Developing Generalizations with Topological NetProblems. Charles H. D'Augustine. Feb..1965,

Developing Geometric Concepts in the Kindergarten.Ida Mae Heard. Mar, 1969, 229,30.

Developing Number Ideas in the kinctirgarten.Agnett Ryder Killelea. May 1967, 396-97.,

Developing the Subtraction Algorithm. Robert A.Cleminson. Dec. 1973, 634-38.

Developing the "Take-Away" Idea. Eva Jean Maples. ilAtir, 1959, 161.

Developrng Understanding through Counting. E. C.Blom. Oct.-1955, 83-85. .

Development of Ability to Estimate and to bomputeMentally, Irene, Saubte. Apr. 1955, 33-39.

Development of a Fool of Mathematica Test Items foi,Grades 7 and 8. Dorothy M. Eforn. Nov. 1969,543-45.

Development of Critical Interpretation of Statistics

NE,

Counting. New Road to Multiplication. Jane L.Sterri Apr. 1969, 311-13.

Course of Mathematics Education Charted. Jan.1967,.60..

Crazy Fractions. An Equivalence Game. EarnestCarlisle. Apr. 1973, 303-4.

Creatamath, or--Geometric Ideas Inspire YoungWriters. Emma C. Carroll, May 1967, 391-93.

Creating Mathematicians. Brenda Lansdown. Mar.1961; 98-101. ,

Creating Mathematics with a Geoboard. Peter Wel;Apr. 1970; 347-49.

Creative Drill with Pictures. Richard Crouse andElizabeth Rinehart. Apr. 1973, 300-302.'.

Creative Mathematics at Nueva. Mary Laycock.Apt. 1970, 325-28.

Creative Teaching Points the Way. Marguerite Bryde-gaud... Feb. 1954, 21-24: ,

Creative Thinking and Discovery. Humphrey 6:Jackson. Mar. 1961; 107-1k

Criteria for Evaluation of Teaching Procedures.' RossJ. Shaw,A)ee. 1957, 248-49

A Critical Review of the frrmdu-Arabic NumerationSystem. Adrien L. Hess. Oct. 1970, 493-97.

Critical Thinking. Willette H. Sheldon. Oct. 1965,501.

Crosa,Figure PuzzleMeasures. George Janicki. Feb.1956, 16.

A.Cross Number Puzzle. for Flag Day. Margaret.° Willerding. "Ape 1957, 118.A. Cross-Number Puzzle for Intqrmediate Grades.. MargaretF. Willerding. Nov. 1957, 223.A Crosi-Number Puzzle for Junior _High School,

Margaret P. -Willerding. Nov. 1957, 226.,A Crosa-Number Puzzle for Primary Qrades,

Margaret' F. Willerding. Nov. 1957, 221.A Cross, Number Puzzle for St. Patrick's Day.

Iviarpirpt Willerding. Mar. 1957, y4.A trap Number Puzzle for Valentine's Day. Marga.

ret Willerding. Feb. 1957,.9.Cup Cakes hi Kindergarten. Dec. 1959, 319.CUPM Conferences (Fall 19631, Oct. 1963, 343.CUPM Report on the Training of Teachers of Ele-

mentary School Mathematics. Feb. 1964, 89-93.Curriculum Development and In-service Education

in Cincinnati. J. Fred Weaver. Mar. 1963, 154- 58.

and Graphs. Ruth Girard. Apr. 1967, 272-77.Development of ti Wary School Mathematics

Teaching in the Uilit States. Paul C. Burns. May1970, 428-37.

The Development of Materials for Law-.achieving Pup inPupas in

.and Eighth-Grade

Mathematics . Nov. 1968, 599-\ 604.

A Device for Grade One. 1959, 327.A Device for Indirect M ements. Aft Enter-

tabling Individual ProjectWilliam Patterson, Jr.Feb. 19

A Device or Practice with124-27.

Denominatorsand Ad lion of Unlilca kra 'Das. Robert C.Hammond. Nov. 1961, 373.

Device Review. E. W. Hamilton. feb. 1959, 5.Diagnosing -Pupil Errors: Lc:inking for Patterns.

Tommie A. West. Nov. 1971, 467-69.Diagnosing Pupil Needs in Arithmetic. Edwena Moore

_ ; and DeGroff Platte. Feb. 1959, 33-35.Diagnosis and Correction of Arithmetic Under-

achievement. Ramon Ross. Jan. 1963, 22-27.Diagnosis of Pupil Performance on Place-Value

Tasks. Robert F. Smith. May 1973, 403-8.Diagonally Magic Square Arrays. Charles W. Trigg.

May 1973, 386-88.Did You Know? May 1961, 225.Did You Know? Apr. 1973, 304.Differences in Arithmetic Performance. Sp Jose-

phina. 'Apr. 1959, 152-53, 166.A Different Approach to the Sieve of Eratosthenes.

Eve Omejc. Mar. 1972, 192-96.Differentiated Instruction and School-Class 'Organi-

zation for Mathematical Learning within the Ele-mentary Grades. J. Fred Weavei. Oct. 1966, 495-506.

Differentiating Arithmetic Instruction for VariousLeVelt .01 Achievement,, George J:1- McIdeen. Apr1959; 113-20.

A Different Look' at _Decimal Fractions. PatriciaWilson, Delbert Mundt, and Fred Porter. Feb.1969, 95-98.

A Different Way of Subtracting. David Dye. Jan.1965, 65-66.

DIFFY. Herbert Wills. Oct. 1971, 402-5.The Digit It is! Lee Mann. Dec. 1966, 661.

Digression on 0 Square Inches. Bob Glenn. Jan.1962, 25. -

Dilemmas Cord nting the Teachers of Arithmetic.Foster E. drossnickle. Feb. 1954, 12-15.

Directional Exercises as Preparation for Algebra.William B. Mehl. Apr. 19514 152.

Directors; Committees, and Representatives, 1972-73Supplemental List. Feb. 1973, 156-57.

Discover and Learn. Sr. Mary Basil Maroun,Dec. 1967, 677-78.

Discovering Bar Graphs by. Degrees. Thomas I.Jennings. Dec. 1961, 416-47.

Discovering Centigrade and Fahrenheit Relationships.William E. Schall. Oct. 1968, 556-59. ",

Discovering Discovery. Adrien L Hess. Apr. 1968,324-27.

Discovering Exponents. Martin P. Kamink. Apr.1969, 313-14.

Discovering Patterns in Addition. George F. Ed-monds. Mar. 1969, 245-48.

Discovering Precision. Pete; K., Gurau. Oct. 1966,453-46.

Discovering Properties of the Natural umbers.Harriet Griffin; Dec. 1965, 627-

Dlscovering Structure through PaNov. 1972, 531-33.

Discovering the Mathemai. Gregory Ma

nu. L. J. M

of a Slide Rule.an. 1968, 23-25:

'Diviszorr ISN'T THAT . . . j Title 45

Discovering the Multiplication Facts. Foster E.Grossuickle. Oct. 1959, 195-98. 208.

Discovering What "Discovery" Means. Richard T.Salzer.*Dec. 1966, 656-57.

Discovery Activities with Area and Perimeter, JanetJean Brougher. May 1973, 382-85.

Discovery Approach Polar Coordinates in GradeSeven? Joan R. Needleman. Nov. 1967, 563-65.

A Discovery Approach, to the Introduction of Flow-charting in the Elementary Grades. Bernard M.Kessler. Mar. 1970, 22044.

A Discovery Approach with Ancient NumerationSystems. Robert W. Keller. Nov. 1972, 543-44,

Discovery at the Teacher-Education Level. Robert W.Plants. Mar. 1967, 203-4.

Discovery in Mathematics. Ernest R. Ranucci. Jan.1965, 14-18.

Discovery in Number Operations through WoraetricConstructions. K. Allen Neufeld. Dec, 1965, 695700.

A Discovery Lesson in Elementary Mathematics,Lewis B. Smith. Feb. 1971, 73.76. *

A Discovery Lesson in Percents. Willnut G. Mehl.Dec. 1968, 746.

Discovery Teachingfrom Socrates to Modernity.Phillip S. Jones. Oct. 1970, 503-10.

Disguised Practice for Multiplication and Additionof Directed Numbers. Esther Milne. May 1969,397-98.

Disparity in Scores from Standardized ArithmeticTests. J. Fred Weaver, ed. Feb. 1962, 96-97.

The Distinguished Achievement Award for Excel-lence in Teacher Education. Nov. 1967, 554.

Distutguishing between Basic and Superficial Ideasin Arithmetic Instruction. Maurice L Hartung.Mar. 1959, 65-70.

1.44 Disuibutiyr-Ppptro. Leg F AMU. IfaV. 1967;566459;

Dividing by a Fraction. Robert H. Koenker. Mar.1965, 225-26.

Dividing by Zero. Marvin L. Bender. Apr. 1961,176-79.

Dividing Fractions with Fraction Wheels. BarbaraBudzynski Hales and Marvin N. Nelson. Nov.1970, 619-21.

Divisibility a- Go-Go! Linda Silvey. Jan. 1971, 46.Divisibility and Prime Numbers. Paul Yearout. Mar.

1958,'19-81.Divisibility andthe Base-Ten Numeration System.

George Spooner. Dec. 1964, 563-68.Divisibility by Odd Numbers. Alma Jean Kilgour.

Mar. 1960, 150-51.Divisibility by Seven and Thirteen. Francis 'J.

Mueller. Nov. 1958; 267-68.Divisibility Rule for Seven.. Frank Rogers. Jan.

1969, 63-64.Divisibility Rules for Numbers Expressed in Dif-

ferent Bases. R. P. Wardrop. Mar. 1972, 218-20.Divisibility Rules for the First Fifteen Primes. Frank

Smith. Feb. 1971, 85-87.A Divisibility Test for Amateur Dicoverers. Lewis

Berenson. Jan. 1970, 39-41.The Division Algorithm. Benny F. Tucker. Dec.

1973, 639-46.Division by a Fractiona New Method. George H.

McMeen. Mar. 1962, 122-26.Division by a Two-Figure DivisSr. Louis E. Ulrich,'Sr. Oct. 1958, 204-10.

Division by Zero. Hilda F. Duncan. Oct. 1971,381-82.

Division for First Graders? Dorothy S. Ambroslus.Feb. 1956, 27-28.

Division Isn't Thal Hard. Joseph Di Spigno. Oct.19?1, 373-77. . a

46 Title I DIVISION Is UNDERSTANDABLE

Division Is Understandable. Rut h Kelley Izzo. Ian.1960, 32-34.

Division Made Easy. Clarence Lung. Nov. 19 3,453-54.

The Division of Common Fractions. Theodore S.Koitsnik. Mar. 1060, 133-34.

Division of Fractional Numbers. James W. Heddenaand Michael Hynes. Feb. 1969, 99-103.

Division of Fractions. Lelon R. Capps. Jan. 1962,10-16.

Division of Fractions with Meaning. Jesse Root.Apr. 1959, 111.

Division of Mathematical Sciences Issues AnnualReport. Jan. 1968, 34.

Division Problems and the Concept ofRate. MarilynJ. Zweng. Dec. 1964, 547 -56.

Division with 'Common and Decimal FractionalNunibers. Clyde A. Dilley and Walter E. Rucker.May 1970, 438-41.

Division with FractionsLevels of Meaning. HarryC. Johnson. May 1965, 362-68.

Does Base Four Bewilder You? Sr. Joseph M. Schup-bach. Apr. 1967, 308-10.

Dr. Clark Becomes an Associate Editor. Apr. 1955,

Dominoes in the Mathematics Classroom. l'om.E.Massey. Jan. 1971, 53-54.

Don't Count Your Chickens Before They Hatch.J. Willits- Lambert. Dec. 1961, 425-27.

Don't target the Parents) John W.. Daniels. Oct.1966, 474-75. .

Don't Let That Inverted Divisor Become Mysterious., Edwin Eagle. Oct. 1954, 15-17. J>

Don't Miss the Train. Corinna Porlier. Feb. 1973,139-42.

Don't Move the.. Point, Mqve the Number. WilliamSwart, .Apt. -1960; 404-5; . , ; .

Don't Sell Short the Distributive Property. Ronald V.McDougall. Nov. 1967, 570-72.

Don't Shy Away from the Zero Exponent: J.!1.r-O'Donnell'. Apr. 1967, 299, 306.

Do They See the Point? Peter L. Spencer. Nov.1958, 271-72. .

Dots,- Plots, and Profiles. Charlotte W. Junge. May1969, 371-78.

Double and Double Again. Charfes E. Schloff. Nov.1970, 613-14.

"Doubt" in Discovery Teaching. Frank Van Atta.Apr. 1968, 343, 380.

Do We Need Separate Rules to Compute in DecimalNotation? Boyd Henry. Jan. 1971, 4042,

Dovm with Boxes, Buddies, and Undoings! FloreineHudson. Jan. 1968, 44.

Do You Have a Mathematics Program? E. Glens-dine Gibb. Jan. 1965, 4, 8.

Do You Like Arithmetic? Dorothy M. Swan. Feb.1957; 14. r

Do Your First Graders Measure Up? (A Report ofa Unit with Disadvantaged Learners). BeatriceBachrach. Nov. 1969, 537-38. it

Dozens and Dduits. Dec, 1059, 305.Dramatics in Arithmetic. Robert T. Cameron. Apr.

1960, 208., Drawing_ Conclusions from Samples (An Activity

for the Low Achiever). Bruce. C. Burt. -,Nov: 1969,530-41.

Drawing 3-D Figures from 2-D Templates. MilagroSD. lbe. Mar. 1971, 180 -82.

A Dream House Project. Richard Powers. May1962, 280-81.

Dress Up Your Graphs. George Janicki. Mar. 1958,103-4,

The Dual Progress Plan in the Elementary. School.

Glen Heathers and Morris Pincus. Dec. 19302-S.

.E

9

Early Development of Concepts of Multiplication andDivision. Edwina Deans. Feb. 1965, 143-44.

Early Mayan Mathematics. Donald R. Byrltit, May r1970, 4$7-90.

Early Research Contributions to Elementary SchoolMathematics. Paul C. Burns and Arnold R. Davis.Jan. 1970, 61-65. -

Easily Made Arithmetic 4.ids, Raymond B. Bridgers,Jr. Dec, 1963, 507-8. ,

East Lansing Meeting, 23 -25 August 1972. Apr. 1972,270.

East Lansing, Michigan, 23-25 August 1972. Apr.1972, 270. ---

Easy Construction of Magic Squares for ClassroomUse. John Cappon, Sr.-Feb. 1965, 100-105.

Easy-to-Paste Solids. M. Stoessel Wahl. Oct., 1965,468-71.

Eat Your Niigabersi Elizabeth Ragland. Feb. 1960,96.

The Editor.Asics. Nov. 1956, 220. ,

Editcirial Feedback. Mary Helen Bean. Dec. 1970,684-85: '

William R. Faulkner. Oct. 1969, 495-96.. Holly Hollingsworth, May 1968, 452.. Verge G.Jeffers. Dec. 1969, 650-51.

Henry Lulli. Nov. 1969, 579-80.Lewis Simon. Nov. 1967, 579-80.Richard L. Thomas. Oct. 1969, 497-98.Karl Zahn. 'Dec. 1967, 673-74,

Editor's Nate (Decarneter/Dekaraetei), Apr.dei-Oet...1073; .41j9. ; _" """

Educated. Guessing. Lola J. May. Dec. 1963, 496797..Educating Mathematics Specialists to Teach Children

from Disadvantaged Areas.-Myron P. Rosskopf andJerome D. Kaplan. -Nov. 194 606-12.

Educational Comments, Oct. 1965, 454.Effecting Change in a Urge County System. 2. Fred

Weaver. May 1963, 294-97.The Effect of Cuisenaire Materials on Reilsoning and

Computation. Robert A. Passy. Nov. 1963, 439-40.The Effect of Discontinued Grade Reporting on

Pupil Learning. Donald J. Christensen. Dec. 19,68,724-26.

The Effect of Knowledge of Results and Token Re-. mforcement on the Arithmetic Achievement' of

Elementary School Children. Bill W. Hillman. Dee.1970, 676-82.

The Effect of Sequence in' the Acquisition of ThreeSet Relations; an Experiment with Preschoolers.A. Edward Uprichard. Nov. 1970, 597-604.

The Effect of Three Different Methods of Implementcation of Mathematics Programs on Children'sAchievement in Mathematics, Leon Greabell. Apr.1969, 288-92. -

The Effects of "Homogeneous" Grouping in Seventh-Grade Arithmetic. Irving H. Balow. Mar. 1964,186-91. b,

The Effects of Instruction on the Stage Placementof Children in Napes Seriation Experiments.Arthur F. Coxforti, Jr. Jan. 1964, 4-9.

The Effects of Supplementing SixthGrade Instruc-tiod with a Study pf Nondedimal Numbers. GeorgeW. Schlinsog. Mar, 1968, 254-60.

The Effects on Conventionally Taught Eighth-Grade- Math Following Swienth-Grade Programmed Math.

Bruce A. Meadoweroft. Dec. 1965, 614-16.Efficiency in Teaching Basic,Facts. Earl Clendenon.

Apr. 1959, 144-47.

Egg-Cartons Again?! James M. Sherrill. Jin. 1973,13 -16.

8 i Turkey, Charles E. Schloff. Apr. 1971, 268-70.Eighth-Grade Mathematical Competence-15 Years

Ago and Now. Milton William Beckmann. Apr.1970; 334-35.

Eight -Ring, Circus. A Variation in the Teaching ofCounting and Place Value. Ethel Rinker. Mar.1972, 209-16.

80;000 Children's Reactions to Meanings in Arith-metic. C. Newton Stokes. Dec. 1958, 281-93.

Elementary Graphing Experiences. Robert C. Pier-son. Mar. 1969, 199-201.

Elementary School Mathematics: A Word of Cautionand a Question. Robert F. Fletcher. Dec. 1972,645-47.

Elementary School Mathematics in the 1970s. JohnR. Clark. Oct. 1911, 385.

The Elementary School Mathematics Library. RuthHutcheson, Edna Mantor, and Mirjorie B. Holm-berg. Feb. 1956, 8-16.

Elementary School Metric Geometry. Eugene F.Krause. Dec. 1968, 673-82.

The Elementary School Principal and MathematicsInstruction. Bill -E. McArthur. Oct. 1963, 339-43.

" Elementary Series and Texts for TeachersHow WellDo They Agree? Randall C. Hicks. Mar. 1968,

.266-70.Elementary Teachers' Ability to Understand Con-' cepts Used in New Mathematics Curricula. Carol

Kipps. Apr. 1968, 367-71.Elementary Teachers' Knowledge of Basic Arithmetic

Concepts and Symbols. E. HorroId Harpetrec.1964, 543-46.

An Elementary Theory of Equations. L.'Clarle 1.1y.Nov. 1971, 457-6k

Elevator Numbers. Stanlerl3ecker. Oct. 1971\422-24.

The Eleventh Commandment. Dec. 1966, 646, 655.Eliminate "Borrowing' In Subtraction. Max N.

Mossil. Oct. 1959, 217-19; Feb. 1960, 86.Enjoy the Mathematics You; Teach. Donovan A.

Johnson. Apr. 1968, 328-32.Enlarging Number Systems. Charles Brumfiel. Apr.

1956, 109-12.Enrichment for the Talented in Arithmetic. A Local

Program for Grades .4, 5, and 6. Lonie E. Rudd.Mar. 1961, 135-37.

Enrichment for Understanding. Patricia Spross. Dec.1960, 404-8.

Enrichment in Arithmetic for the Primary Grades.Morris Pincus. Dec. 1960, 412-13, 417. ;

Enrichment Materials for School Mathematics. HarryPeeler. May 1962; 271-75.

An Enrichment Program for Elementary Grades..Anna Marie Evans, Mildred Headley, and JudithLeinwohl. May 1962, 282-86.

Enrichment Units in Junior High School Grades.Monte S. Norton. Dec. 1957, 260-61.

Enrichment with Exponents. Earl L. McCallon andPaul J. Cowan. Jan. 1968, 70.

EOPDICA. Carl D. Hicks. Jan. 1973, 17-23.E Pludbus Unuma Brief Discussion on the "Law

of One." John K. Reckzeh and Ernest R. Duncan.nec. 1961, 413-15.

Equal or Equals? Lee, Emerson Boyer. Oct."1955, 91-92.

Equal Time. James T. Rodman. May 1964, 342-43.The Equation Method of Teaching Percentage. Rolla

V. Kessler. Feb. 1960, 90-92.Equivalence, and Equality. Walter J. Sanders. Apr.

1969, 317-22.Essential Meanings in, ArithmetiC. E. T. McSwain

and Ralph J. Cooke. Oct. 1958, 185-92.

' EXPERIMENTAL STUDY . . . Title 47

Estimates of Quantity by Elementary Teachers andCollege Juniors. Clyde G. Corle. Oct. 1963,347-53.

Estimating Quotients for the New Long DivisionAlgorithm. Robert C. McLean. May 1969, 3987400.

Estimating the Quotient in Division. Maurice L.Hartung. Apr. 1957, 100-111.

The Euclidean Algorithm as a Means of SimplifyingFractions. Hartley Rogers, Jr. Dec. 1970. 657-62.

Eunice Lewis Appointed Vice-President, SecondarySchool Level. Mar. 1961, 130.

Evaluating and Reteaching Slow Learners. HelenHammitt. Jan. 1967, 40-41.

Evaluation by ObservationGrade 3. Alice P.Thomson. Apr. 1956, 1044.

Evaluation of a Mathematics Program. George F.Madaus. Dec. 1961, 418-21.

Evaluation of an Accelerated Arithmetic Program.James N. Jacobs, Althea Beery, and Judith Lein-wohl. Feb. 1965, 113-19.

The Evaluation of Learning under Dissiritilar Systemsof Instruction. ,William A. Brownell. Ape. 1966,267-74.

An Evaluation of Topics in Modern Mathematics.Hugh L.,peck. May 1963, 277-79.

EvaluationReversed! Ardys Slaninka. Jan, 1968, 9.Evaluation Scale for a Teaching Aid in Modern

Mathematics. Norbert H. Leeseberg. Dec. 1971,592-94.

Every Teacher Is a Researcher. C. Alan Riedesel.Apr. 1968, 355-56.

An Example of a Mathematics Instructional Progra'mfor Disadvantaged Children. Jerome D. Kaplan.Apr. 1p70, 332-34.

An Example of Informal Geometry: Mirror Cards.Marion Walter. Oct. 1966, 448-52.

Exemplify' What You Explicate. Evelyn Sowell, Mar.1973, 209-11.

An Exercise in Ancient Egyptian Arithmetic. ArthurA. Delaney. Apr. 1963, 216.

Experience and Mathematital Learning. EditorialPanel. May 1971, 277.

Experiences for Metric Missionaries. Lottie Viets.Apr. 1973, 269-73.

Experiences with Approximation and Estimation.John A. Schmid. May 1967, 365-68.

An Experimental Approach to the Division Idea.Dan T. Dawson and Arden K. Ruddell. Feb. 1955,6-9.

An Experimental Approach to the PythagoreanTheorem. Aaron L. Buchman. Feb. 1970, 129-32.

An Experimental Course in Mathematics for PrimarySchools in Sweden. Mitts Histad. May 1966,392-96.

Experimental Program at Illinois. Feb. 1959, 56.Experimental Projects and Research. J. Fred Weaver,

ed. Jan. 1961, 32-35, Feb. 1961, 81-82; Mar. 1961,135-37; Apr. 1961, 192-95; May 1961, 255-60; Oct.1961, 301-6, Nov. 1961, 374-76; Dec. 1961, 436-39;Jan. 1962, 41-44; Feb. 1962, 96-97; Mar. 1962,160-62; Apr. 1962, 221-23; May 1962, 287-90;Oct. 1962, 342-43, Nov. 1962, 396-99; Dec. 1962,459-61. .

An Experimental Study in Teaching Percentage. Rus-sell A. Kenney and Jesse D. Stockton. Dec. 1958,294-303.

An Experimental Study of Programmed versus Traditional Elementary School Mathematics. Frank W.Bangliart, John C., McLaulin, James B. Wesson,and Leonard Pikaart. Apr. 1963, 199-204.

An Experimental Study of Two Approaches to Teach-ing Percentage. Daniel C. Tredway and George E.Hollister. Dec. 1963, 491-95.

52

48 Title I EXPERIMENTAL TEACHING t

Experimental Teaching of Mathematical Logic in theElementary School. Patrick Suppes and FrederickBinford. Mu. 1965, 187-95.

Art., Experiment in Arithmetic Acceleration. RobertC. Townsend. Dec. 1960, 409-11.

Experiment in Enrichment-Fourth Grade. FrancisH. Hildebrand. Feb. 1963, 68-71.

An Experiment in Teaching Mathematics to Children.William Wernick. Mar. 1964, 150-56.

An Experiment in the Teaching of Introductory Multi-plication. Roland F. Gray. Mar. 1965, 199-203.

Experiments in Mathematics. Mar. 1961, 137.Experiments in the Primary Grades. Alice Clark.

Oct. 1959, 203-5, 234.An Experiment with a Variable Base Abacus. King

W. Jamison, Jr. Feb. 1964, 81-84.An Experiment with Hand-Tally Counters. Barbara

Hooper. Nov. 1955, 119-20.An Experiment with Retarded Children and Cui-

senaire Rods. John J. Callahan and Ruth S.Jacobson. Jan. 1967, 10-13.

"The Experts and the Simpleton"-a Fable. HerbertSchwartz. May 1971, 330-31.

Exploring Rate Graphs with Gifted Ten-Year-Olds.Brenda Lansdown, _Mar, 1964, 14'-49.

Eiiitesskint in Mtitheriiiitict. Frances Donild. May1964, 357-58.

Extent of Implementation of CUPM Level I Recom-mendations. John J. Fisher. Feb. 1967, 194-97.

FFacilitating an Understanding of the Decimal Nu-

meration System through Modular Arithmetic.W. J. Lyda and Margaret D. Taylor-;',"Feb. 1964,101-3. -

Facilitating Meaningful Verbal Learatim in theClassroom. David P. Ausubel. Feb. 1968, 126-32.

The Factor Game./J. B. Harkin and D. S. Martin.Now 1973, 58042.

Factorial Fun! K. L. Harrison. Apr1962, 211.Factors Determining Attitudes toward Arithmetic and

Mathematics. Thomas Poffenberger and Donald A.Norton. Apr. 1956, 113-16.

Factors Related to Quantitative Understanding in theSixth Grade. Robert D. Muscio. May 1962,.258-62.

Factors Relating to Achievement with Selected Topicsin Geometry and Topology. Charles H. D'Augus-tine. Mar. 1966, 192-97.

The Failure Strategies of Third Grade ArithmeticPupils. Gerhard H. Roberts. May 1968, 442-46.

Familiarity Breeds Understanding. Charles Braun.Apr. 1969, 316-17.

Familiarity with Measurement. George Mascho. Apr.1961, 164-67.

Fargo-Moorhead Meeting, 16-18 August 1973. Mar.1973, 191.

Federal Funds for the Improvement of MathematicsEducation. Oct. 1965, 496-99.

Fibonacci Numbers: Fun and Fundamentals for theSlow Learner. Sonja Loftus. Mar. 1970, 204-8.

A Fifth Grade's Revision of Our System of NumberNames. Morris Pincus. Mar. 1972, 197-99.

A Fifth-Grade Student Discovers Zero. S. E. Sigurd-son and Halia Boychuk. Apr. 1967, 278-79.

Fiftieth Annual Meeting, 16-19 April 1972, Chicago.Mar. 1972, 176.

Fifty-first Annual Meeting-Houston, Texas, 25-28April 1973. Mar. 1973, 224.

Filling a Gap in Su traction. Olivia H. Baldwin.May 1960, 247-49.

Film Strip Review. r. 1957, 139.Filmstrips Reviewed Apr. 1958, 130, 142.

Filops Hahas, Zobos, Gripees, Lilies, and Dingbats.Joan Dreyfuss. Oct. 1973, 488-89.

Financial Support for Research. Feb. 1962, 95; Apr. ii1962, 214.

Finding Averages with Bar Graphs. Joyce Ball. Oct.1969, 487-89.

Finding the Area of the Black. Richard T. Walls.Feb. 1964, 98, 121.

Finding the Greatest Common Factor with the Num-ber Line. Bryce E. Adkins. Oct. 1965, 455-59.

Finding the LCM and GCD in Base Seven Using theEuclidean Algorithm. Emma C. Johnson. Feb.1964, 100, 113.

Finding the Missing Addend, or Checkbook Sub-traction. Paul B. Johnson. Nov. 1972, 540-42.

Finger Multiplication. Louisa R. Alger. Apr. 1968,341-43.

Finger Multiplication. Paul C. Y. Lee. Apr. 1967,260.

Fingerprints. Raymond J. Seeger. Nov. 361, 339-44.A Finite Infinity . ... Cynthia Zook. Dec. 1970, 675.First Graders' Number Concepts. Emma E Holmes.

Apr. 1963, 195-96.First Graders Use Numbers in Opening Then School

Day. Edwina Deans. Nov. 1961, 368-72.First Volume in a Series of "Classics.' Apr. 1968,

346.Fish and Arithmetic. Dorothy Amsden and Edward

Szado. Apr. 1958, 155.Five "Nontrivial" Number Games. Terrel Trotter,

Jr. Nov. 1972, 558-60.Five Ways to Improve Arithmetic Instruction. Mama-

, ret Spears. Feb. 1956, 30. ,

Fizzion of Fractions. Nov. 1962, 399, Dec. 1962, 440.-Flash-Tabs. Elizabeth Ingraham. Apr. 1965, 289-90.Flexibility in the Arithmetic Program. Maude Coburn.

Apr. 1955, 48-54.Flight to Reality. Marguerite flydegaard. Feb. 1972,

83-84.Flow Charts for the Elementary Grades. Jean S.

Overholser. Nbv. 1966, 591-93.Focal Point. J. Fred Weaver, ed. Jan 1963, 42-43;

Mar. 1963, 154-61; Apr. 1963, 2)4-21; May 1963,294-300; Oct. 1963, 359-64; ov. 1963, 456-57;Dec. 1963, 514-17; Feb. 19 122-24; Mar. 1964,207-10; Apr. 1964, 273-75; ay 1964, 354-60; Nov.1964, 506-9; Dec. 1964, 581-82; Jan. 1965, 71-75;Mar. 1965, 22931; Apr. 1965, 291-93; May 1965,382-87; Oct. 1965, 472-80; Nov. 1965, 575-78;Dec. 1965, 652-56; Jan. 1966, 52-55; Feb. 1966,145-51; Mar. 1966, 241-44; Apr. "1966, 322-32;May 1966, 414-27; Feb. 1967, 136-40.

Focus on Research. C. Alan Riedesel and LeonardPikaart, eds. Nov. 1967, 581-93, Dec. 1967, 679

t83; Jan. 1968, 47-63; Feb. 1968, 161-68; Mar. 1968,254-65; Apr. 1968, 355-66; May 1968, 437-46;Oct. 1968, 531-44; Nov. 1968, 631-41; Dec. 1968,723-26; Jan. 1969, 48-52, 54-58, Feb. 1969, 119-28,131-35; Mar. 1969, 213-22; Apr. 1969, 288-95;May 1969, 379-89; Oct. 1969, 467 78, Nov. 1969,557-67; Dec. 1969, 631-42; Jan. 1970; 61-74; Feb.1970, 155-62; Mar. 1970, 245-61; Apr. 1970, 332-41; May 1970, 424-27; Oct. 1970, 511-27; Nov.1970, 597-604; Dec. 1970, 676-82.

Focus on Research. J. Fred Weaver, ed. Oct. 1966,495-506, Nov. 1966, 594-96, Dec. 1966, 686-90,Mar. 1967, 228-30; Apr. 1967, 314-18; May 1967,,398-409; Oct.-1967, 509-17.

Food for Th'ought. Lawrence M. Douglas. Feb. 1960,92.

Foreign Publications. Mar. 1964, 206.The Forest or the Trees. Francis J. Mueller. Oct.

1962, 306-7,

Formal Preparation for Early Childhood Arithmetic.Anne It-Bravo. Jan. 1965, 56-58.

Formalism in Arithmetic Programs. Maurice L. Har-tung. Nov. 1962, 371-75.

The Forgotten Level. Lillian Packe'rDruln. Nov.1957, 211-13.

For Mentally Advanced Pupa in Arithmetic. PaulC. Burns. Jan. 1963, 18-21.

Forthcoming National Council MeetingsApril,June, August. Jan. 1960, E.

Fortieth Annual Meeting (San Francisco, 161EApril 19621, Jan. 1962, 21; Feb. 1962,66.

Fort Worth, Where the West/Best Begins (NCTlytMeeting, 15-17 August 1973). Mar. 1973, 241.

Forty-eighth Annual Meeting Meals for Special,Groups (Washington, D.C., April, 1970).1969, 505.

Forty-eighth Annual MeetingWashington,April $-4, 1970. Mar. 1970, 219.

Forty-first Annual Meeting (Pittsburgh, 3-6 nil1963). Feb. 1963: 101.

ti Forty - ninth Annual MeetingMeals for S

' Groups (Anaheim, April 1971). .Oct. 1970,Forty-seventh Annual Meeting Mull, for S

u (blinnetpoliS, April 1969). Oct. 19

576. .

Forty-sixth Annual MeetingPhiladelphia, 17 2April (1968). Feb. 1968, 153.

Forty-third Annual Meeting of the NCTM, April21-24, 1965, Detroit. Dec. 1964, 560.

Forum on Teacher Preparation. Francis J. Mueller,ed. Jan. 1968, 64-66; Feb. 1968, 169-75; Mar. 1968,266-70; Apr. 1968, 367-71, May 1968, 447-51;Oct. 1968, 547-48; Nov. 1968, 643-47; Dec. 1968,727-34; Jan. 1969, 59-62; Feb. 1969, 137-39;Mar. 1969, 225-27; Apr. 1969, 296-300; May1969, 391-94, Oct. 1969, 479-83; Nov. /969, 569-74; Dec. 1969, 643-45; Jan. 1970, 75-78; Feb. 1970,163-67; Mar. 1970, 263-69; Apr. 1970, 342-46;May 1970, 428-37, Nov. 1970, 605-11; Apr. 1971,265-67; May 1971, 339-45.

For Your Information-, ,Oct. 1962, 370. 0,For Your Information-(16th Annual Mathematics

Conference, Normal, Illinois, 30 March 1963). Jan.1963, 41.

Fostering Discovery with Children, C. L. Thiele.1954, 6-11.

Fostering Enthusiasm throngh Child-created t ames.Sarah R. Golden. Feb. f9T0, 111-15.

, Foundations of Mathematics for Element hoots.An In-service Project. J. Pred Weaver. t 1963,

Four Aspects of Arithmetica Sch atic Plan.Holmes Boynton. Nov. 1964, 485 -89.

Four-by-Four Magic Square for the New Year,Wayne E. McCombs. Jan 1970, 79-80.

Four-by-Four Magic Squares:, Frances Hewitt. Nov.1962, '392-95.

Foil'. in One. Gerald R. Rising. Nov. 1,73, 520-22.FOurteen Different Strategies for Multiplication of

Integers or Why (-1) (-1) = +1. John C. Peter-son. May 1972, 396-403.

Fourth-Grade Division: How Much la Retained inGrade Five. Ray Kurtz. Jan. 1973, 65-71.

Fourth Graders Develop Their Own SubtractionAlgorithm. Ida Mae Silvey. Mar. 1970, 233-36.

The Fourth Operation Is Not Fundamental. MarilynJ. Zweng. Dec. 1972, 623-27.ractional Numbers with a Sum of 1. Robert L

o . Dec. 1966, 658-61.Fraction Bingo. Nancy Cook. Mar. 1970, 237 39.A Fraction Circle. Dpnald B. Lyvers. Apr. 1956,

119-21.Fraction Concepts Held by Young Children. Agnes

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE . . . I Title 4?

G. Gunderson and Ethel Gunderson. Oct. 1957,168-73.

. A Fraction of a Fraction. Neil H. Wallen. Feb. 1964,116-18.

"Fraction Rummy"a Game. Rowena Rowland. Mayon, 387-88.

Fractions as Operators. Howard F. Fehr. Mar. 1968,8-32.dons for Low Achievers. Peter Braunfeld andartin Wolfe,. 1)ec. 1966, 647-55.

ractions in the New Elementary Curricula. TrumanBotts. Mar. 1968, 216-20.

FractionsNames and Numbers. Joseph M. Scan-dura. Nov. 1964, 468; Jan. 1965,"67.

FractionsSeven-Year-Olds Use Them. Ethel Gun-derson. Nov. 1958, 233-38.

The Fracto-Percenter. ;William B. Roys. Dec. 1955,162.

"FradEcenra Game Using Equivalent Fractions,Decimals, and Percents. Charles Armstrong. Mat.1972, 222-23.

Frames, Frames, and More Frames. Mary Folsom.Dec, 1963, 484-85, . .

Fraught with Naught, Adelyn Muller. Jan. 1966, 51.Free Materials Ayailable from CUPM. Feb. 1968,

193.Frequencies of Unwritten Algorisms. Fred L. Pigge.

Nov. 1967, 588-93.FRIO, or FRactions In Order. Rowena Drizigacker.

Dec. 1966, 684-85.From a Panelist's Perspective. Marilyn Suydam.. Apr.

1973, 245-46.From Cake to Cancellation. Brenda Cr Lansdown.

Apr. 1957, 136-37. r .

From Number Lines to 2-D Space Concepts. ElbertD. Overholt. Feb. 1966, 107-9.

From Second Base to Third Base. 'Michael Alfonso,Richard Balzer, and Paul Hartung. Nov. 1973,601-3.

From the Classroom. Carolyn Keese. Dec. 194,. 651.From the Editor. E. Glenadine Gibb. Oct. 1960,

302.From the Editors Desk. Oct. 19E0, 295; Apr.

1962, 179.rom the Editor's Desk. E. Glenadine Gibb. Dec.1961, 385-86; Jan. 1964, 2-3; May 1966, 347-48.

F m the Editor's Desk. Marguerite Brydegaard.t. 1966, 444; IN 1967, 181; May 1967, 338-41;

Oc 1967, 434-37, Nov. 1967, 546, Dec. 1967,626, an. 1968, 2, Feb. 1968, 98, Mar. 1968, 210;Apr. 1388, 309-10; May 1968, 394; Nov, 1968,586, Feb. 1969, 84-85, Mar. 1969, 162, Feb. 1970,101-2; Mar. 1970,,188; Apr. 1970, 280-82; May1970, 368-69, 427.

Fun Can Be Mathematics. Audrey Kopp and RobertHamada. Nov. 1969, 575-77.

Function Follows Form. Ernest R. Ranucci. Apr.1966, 27t82.

Function Generating Problem: The Row Chip Switch.Carole Ellen Greenes. Nov. 1973, 545 -49.

The Function of Charts in the Arithmetic Program.Catherine M. Williams. Oct. 1955, 72-76.

Functions. Edward Esty. Dec. 1967, 657-64.Functions. David C. Johnson and Louis S. Cohen.

Apr. 1970, 305-15.Fundambntal Issues in the Teaching of Elementary

School Mathematics. Marshall H. Stone. Oct.1959, 177-79.

The Fundamental Principle of Counting, Tree Dia-grams, and the Number of Divisors of a Number(the Nu- Function'},' Elvin Rasof. Apr. 1969, 308 -10.

[1'

Title it.TN, FACT, . .

.

, Fun, Fact, and Fancy. Cada R. Fairish. Jan. 1964,' 39-41. .

Fun with Fractions for Special Education. Rutty S,Jacobson. Oct. 1971, 417-19.

Fun with Geometry through Straw Conslruction.James Elbert French Robert E. Rea. Nov.1973, 587-90.

F with Numbers. Feb. 1954, 20.F th Numbers (Magic Squares and Sectioning

Qliatjtities). Apr. 1954, 6.Fun with Onto -One Correspondence. Evelyn

Knowles. May 1965, 370-72.Fun with Pegs and. Pegboards. Tedi Brong. Apr..1971,234735.

. .

.

GA Game for Reviewing Basic Facts of Arithmetic.

Edward E. Arnsdorf. Nov. 1972, 589-90.A Game Introduction to the Binary Numeratin Sys-

tem. John Niman. Dec. 1971, 600-601.The Game-bf Five. Howard J. burlow.- 1963,

29.041.A Game of Fractions.4Charlotte WXzunge. Oct. 1966,

494,A Game Squares. George Janicki. Nov. 1956, 211.Game Review. Oct. 1958, 227.Games and Algorithmsa New View in ElementarySchool Mathematics for Teachers. University of

Maryland Mathematiiis Project. Apr. 1970, 142-46.Games, and Programmed Instruction. Layman E.

\Allen. Mar. 1965, 216-20.Games for the Early 9rades. Edwina Deans. Feb.

1966,140-41: `5.

Game to Review Basic Properties and Vocabulary.- Bernadine F. Condron. Mar. J9p5, 227-28. *leA Game with Fraction Numbers. Richard :Thomas

Zytkowski. Ian. 1970, 82-83.A Grum with Shapes. Daisy Gogan. Apr. 1969,

28784.Garden of Mathematics. Dinah Starr II. Nov. 1956,

, \ 220.Gas Station Map Mathematics. William M. Allison.

\o-May 1973, 328-29:eoboard Geometry for Preschool Children. W.Lieatkf and T. E. Kieren. Feb. 1970, 113726.

Geometric Activities for Early Childhood, Education.George Irnmerzeel. Oct. 1973, 438-43.;

Geometric Activities for Later Childhood Education.George I... Henderson and C. Patrick Collier. Oct.on, 444-53.

Geometric Concepts in Grades 4 -6. Dora HelenSkypek. Oct. 1965,143-49..

The Geometrjc continuum. Harold P. Fawcett. May1970, 403-I2P,

A Geometric Interpretation of Certain Sums. DonaldE. Myers. Noy. 1971, 475-78. .

t Geometric Number Stories. Bernadine F. Condron.Jan. 1964, 41-42.

Geometric Proofs of the Irrationality of .'-X EdwinF. Beckenbach. Mar. 196lf', 244-50.

Geometric Representation of Binomial by BinomialLaboratory.. Style. Anne S. Peskin. Jan. 1968,

; 40-44.Geometry Alive in Primary Classrooms. Janet Ivlc

I, Black. Feb. 1947, 90-93.Geometry All around UsK 12. John C. Egsgard,

C.S.B. Oct. 1969, 437-45.Geometry. An Artistic Approach. Earl Ogletree. Oct.

1969, 457-61.Geometry Concepts in Grades K J. Virginia Felder.

May '1965, 356-58.A Geometry Course for Element Teachers. Mari-

lyn.J. Zweng. 'Oct. 1973, 45

1

V

Geom;try for Primary Children. amsiderations.Nicholas J. Vigilante. Oct. 1967, 453-59.

Geometry for Primary Grades. Newton S. Hawley.Nov. 1961, 374-76.

Geometry for the Disidvariaged. Billy I. Paschal.Jan. 1967, 4-6. . -

. Geometry foithe Elementary School./ Charles Buck,Oct. 1967, 46047.

Geometry for Third and. Fourth, Graders. Pose M.Lainb. Apr. 1963, 193-94.

Geometry in the Elementary Grades. A ComparativeStudy of Greek Mathematics Education. Feb. 1964,85-88.

Geometry in the Elementary School. Henry Val,/.Engen. Oct. 1973, 423-24.

Geometry in the Grades. Irvin H. Brune. May 1961,210-19.

Geometry in the Primary Grades. Bernice GolcImark.Apr. 1963, 191-92. ,

Geometry Readiness in the Primary Grades. ThomasC. Gibney and William W. Houle. Oct. 1967,

Geretry through Inductive Exercises folt ernentary`Teachers. Ruth E. M. Wong. Feb. 197 , 91-95.

Geometry vii T- ard. Donald 0. T den. Oct.1969, 4115-87.

Geometry, Y ut How? Lewis B, Smith. Feb.1967, 84-89.

A Giant Step f NCTM. Veryl schrift. May 1973,7.nd U anceli Two New Asiociat,e Editori.9 7, 50.

The Gated es--How Shall We Know Them?Charlotte J ge. Ott. 1957, 141-46.

A Gifted U derachiever in Arithmelid Ann F.Issacs. No 1959, 257761.

Giving Mea to the AdditionMay 1972, 5-48.

Glen Rock rcs on a Canadian Test. Clifford R.Kreismer. Oct. 1958, 216-17. .

Goals for Arithmetic Teaclung/ Mary ElisabethColeman: Apr. 1963, 188-90.

Goals for Mathemaucal Education of Penienttry"Sohoo Teachers. Arthur Morley. Jan. 1969, 59-62.

Going Metric in Hawaii. Irk King and Nancy Whit-man. Apr. 1973, 258-60.

Golden Fruit Salada lark ishy: Ward Cramer.Oct. 1969, 489-91.

Golden Jubilee Year Activities. Nov. 1969, 587 89.Golden Jubilee Year Activities of the Affiliated.

Groups. Dec. 1969, 657-63.The Golden Jubilee Year or from Jazz to Janus

(1920-1970). Veryl Schutt. Jan. 1970, 43-54.good Teacher . Clarence Ethel Hardgrove,

Mildrqd Cole, and Anpe Gustafson. Nov. 1960,362-63.

Go Shopping! Problem-solving Activities for thePrimary Grades with Provisions for Indivalualtza- .tion. Sylvia Orans. Nov. 1970, 621-23.

A Graphical Representation of Multiples of theWhole Numbers. Margaret A. Hervey and BonnieH. Litwiller. Jan. 1971, 47-48. 44,

A Grai5hic Representation of Prime and CompositeNumbers. Dorothy R. Schafer. Dec. 1970,4554-56.

Graphing Inequalities Direct6. Donald Giles. Mar.1971, 185-86.

Graphing Linear Equationsa Discovery Lesson.Sheldon Gold. May 1966, 406-7.

Graph Paper. A Versatile Visual Aid. Rober1/413,,arkei.Feb. 1969, 144-48.

Graphs in the Primary Grades. Moms Pincus andFrances Morgenstern. Oct. 1970, 499-501.

Graphs Tell a Story. Jean N. Coppola. Ap 4969,+.. 305-6.

The Greater Cleveland Mathematics o B. ILGundlach. Apr. 1961, 19245.

Greater Flexibility in Abstract throughFrame Arithmetic. Elthibe . King. pr. ,1963,183-87.

The Greatesta Game, D. Ru Jan.1070, 80-81.

Greatest Common Div r and Least Co n Multiple. Mary Hart Feb. 1966, 13 .

Grids, Tiles, and Area. Kathryn Besii ISIranginan-Dec. 1968, 72.

Gri William G Mehl and David W. MehLMayyf 69, 357-S9.

Group Diagnosis and Standardized AchievementTests. Edward Cold/fel Feb. 1965, 123725.

Groupingan Aid in Learning Multiplication andDivision Facts. Edwina Deans. Jib. 1961, 27-31.

Grouping by Arithmetic Ability an Experiment inthe Teaching of Arithmetic. Grant C. Pinney.Mar, 1961, 120-23.

Grouping Children for Arithmetic Instruction.gharks E. Johnson. Feb. 1954, 16-20.

Grouping in Ar1thmetic in the Normal Classroom.Claude Ivie, Lilybel Gunn, and Iron Holladay.Nov. 1057219-21.

Grouping of Objects as a Major, Idea at the PrimaryLevel. James M. Moser. May 1971, 301-5.

Group Metbads in Primary Grades. Anthony J.Greco. Feb. 1957, 28-29.

Groups and Line Arrangements Help Develop Con-cepts for Numbers in the Span from Ten throughTwenty. Edwina ,Deans. Nov. 1960, 367-72.

Growth in Mathematical Ability among ProspectiveTeachers of Arithmetic. Foster E Grossnickle. May1962, 278-79. .

Growth in Number Readiness in Kindergarten Chil-dren. Wilbur H. Dutton. May 1963, 251-5S.

The Growth of Pro-school Children's Familiaritywith Measurement 0. L Davis, Jr., BarbaraCarper, and Carolyn Crigler.0A-1959, 186-90.

Growth of the Arithmetic Teer. Jan. 1968, 4.The Guidelines for the. Preparation of Teachers of

Mathematics. Dec. 1973, 705-7.Gumballs Aid in a Mathematics, Lesson. Brixton

Pink;nt Nov. 1969, 567.Gus's Magic Numbers. A Key to the Divisibility, Test

for Primes. Charlene Oliver. Mar. 1972, 183-89.GUZINTA Reconsidered. Bob Glenn. Nov. 1963,

438, 464..

HHand held Calculators. Help or Hindrance? Frank S.

Ha orne. Dec. 1973, 671-72.Have ou Seen These? Dec, 1963, 497.Had risking an Introduction to Scale. Richard

W. 'ott. Dec. 1966, 685.Help ildren over Fraction Facts. William H.

Glenn. Dec. 19957, 250-55.Helping Children Learn Multiplication Facts. John

Careaciq. Mar. 1962, 149-51.Helping Children Understand Verbal Problems. Milo

K- Blecha. Mar. 1959, 106-7.Helping Nitwits Understand New Mathematics Pro-

grams. Donald Inbody. Dec. 1964, 530-37.Helping Pupils Help Themselves through Self-evalua-

tion. Monte S. Norton. Apr. 1960, 203-4.Helping the Non-Learner m Grade One. Dorothy

Holinger. Feb. 1958, 15-24.Help in Problem Solving. Catherine Geary. Feb.

1959, 43-44.Help on Homework. Dec. 1960, 388.Herbert SlaughtUnusual Teacher. Feb. 1962, 70.

How WELL po . . . I Title sfHidden Implications for Chs/nge. Madelpne Gardner,

Thompson. May 1973, 343-49.Tiide-a-Region---N '2. 2 Play. Jean S. Overhoiser.

Oct. 1969, 496-97.Highlights for El... .tary Teachers at the Annual

Meeting (San .cir.o, 1( April 1962). Mar.1962, 148.

Highlights of a Summer Conferemre. Catherine Lmn. Davis, Jan. 1961, 14-18.Hindu-Arabic Numerals. Vera Sanford. Dec. 1955,156 -58.Historical...conflictDecimal versus Vulgar Fractions.

Emily Jones.. Apr. 1960, 184-88.Historical Mathematics MateuaLs fut. Use in Teaching

Arithmetic. Paul C. Burns. Apr. 1964, 262-66.History of Mathematics in Teaching Arithmetic.

Margaret F. Willercling. Apr. 1954, 24-25.Homework for Someone. Dec. 1962, 445.homework in Arithmetic. Elmer A. Koch, Jr. Jan.

1965, 9-13. ,Horizons Unlimited. Ray 0. Mertes. Dec. 1961, 430.Horizontal and Vertical Presentation. Nicholas

Kushta. Feb. 1966, 106.Horizontal Enrichment with Graphs. Leo M. Schell.

Dec.- 1967, 654-56.Horizontally, Vertically, and Deeper Work. for the

Fast-moving Class. Gertrude Dick Hillman. Feb..1958, 34-37.

liot Springs November 7-9 (1968). Oct.190, 491.

Ho about Albuquerque in February? (NCTMM 12-14 February 1970). Jan. 1970, 95.

The How Why of Discovery in Arithmetic.Esther J. Sw n. pr. 1954, 15-19.

How Are You in bens? Margaret Burroughs.May 1965, 376.

How Are Your Nines? Robert C. Bane. Mar. 1956,77-79.

How Big Is a Billion? Lauren G. Woildhy. Dec.1955, 160.

How Do You as a Chtssroom Teacher Evall.e. NewLemmings? -Marguerite BrydegaarilyAir. 1965,251 -52.

How Effective Are Modern Mathematms Vorkshops:John L. Crefwell. Mar. 1967, 205-8. t

How Effective Is the Meaning Methoc17 GiMar. 1957, 45-49.

How Many Children Are Here Today? EstherInstebo. Dec. 1955, 161-62.

How Many Ways? Carol Perkins and ,Nancy Hanson.Mar. 1968, 277.

How Much Real Problem Solving? Esther I. Swen-son. Oct. 1965, 426-30.

Ho, Much Time for Arithmetic? G. H. Miller. Nov.1958; 256-59.

How People See Numbers. Robert E. Lowell andClifford C. Kolson. Apr,..196S, 255 60.

How Profitable Is the Usuat Probl Work in Arith-metic? Guy M. Wilson. Mar. 58, 94-96.

How Thirty Measuring Sticks, Tw ty-nine Kids andI Started Using Research in th Classroom. Jan L.Higgins. Mar. 1973, 226-30.

How to Get Subtraction into th Game. Charles F.Marion. Feb. 970, 169-70.

How Well Are Colleges Prejiaring Teachers forModern Mathematics? Ruth Melson. Jan. 1965,51-53.

How Well Are Colleges Preparing Teachers forModern Mathematics?An Answer. Frank Smith.Mar. 1967, 200-202.

How Well Do. 158 Prospective Elementary TeachersKnow Arittimetic? Elbert Fulkerson. Mar. 1960,141-46.

A

-

.52 Title I How WELL Do

How Well Do Pupils Estimate ? Charles J.Fatilk. -Dec. 1962; 436 -40.

"Human Abacus." Phyllis Hp n. ,Apt. 1968, 323.Humor. Feb. 1960, 108; M . 1960; 121, 160, 162.Humpty-Dumpty's in Arithmetic, Bryce E.

Adkins. Feb. 1968, 55.The Hundred Board. esse Osborn. Mar. 1956, 54-55.The Hundred-Board. Marvin C. Volpel. Dec. 1959,

295-301.

IAn Iconoclastic Elementary School Mathematics

Program.. Walter Earl. Oct. 1966, 48991.IDEAS. George Immerzeel and Donald;Qoandera.

Jan. 1971, 30-36; Feb. 1971, 9448* Mar. 1971,164-70; Apr. 1971, 238-42; May 1971, , 310-16;Oct. 1971, 390-98; Nov. 1971, 480 -88;' Dec. 1971,576-84; Jan. 1972, 38-44, Mar. 1972, 201-8; Apr.1972, 284-92; May 1972, 362-73; Oct. 1972, 457-65; Nov. 1972, 561-68; Dec. 1912, 649-56; Jan.1973, 38-43; Feb. 1973, 116-21; Mar. 1973, 194-207 and Oct. 1§73, 467; Apr. 1973, 28047; May1973, 367-74, Mr. 1973, 561-72, Dec. 1973,663-70,

Ideas for Your "Bag of Tricks." Humphrey C.Jackson. Nov. 1958, 265-67.

Ideas to Try with Primary Children. Edwina Deans.Nov. 1964, 502-5.

If I Could Only Make a Decree. David R. Johnson.Mar. 1971, 147-49.

If the Hands Can Do It the Head Can Tow. IsraelJacobs. Nov. 1972, S71-77.

I Hated Arithmetic. Margaret Kolb. Nov. 1956, 196."I Like Math Bemuse . . . ." Bob Cross. Mar.

1958, 92-93. 1Illinois Conference (Normal, 11 April 1959). Mix.

1959, 83.Minoa Council Meetings. Feb. 1957, 12:Illinois Council Meetings (March and April 1958).

Mar. 1958, 1(l.Illustrating Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers. Robert C.

McLean. Nov. 1963, 448.Illustrating the Division pf Fractions. Walter E. Rap-

polee. May 1963, 292.Illustrating the Multiplication and Division of Com-

mon Fractions. Theodore S. Kolesnik. May 1963,268-71.

filtration of a Shortcut in Returning from Baseto Decimal. Betty Buck. Mar. 1964, 149, 165.

Ilhistration of the Unrecognized Assumption..Robert M. Todd. May 1964, 317-18.

IMF for Grades 3 to 6. Dianne M. Baker and JeanS. Overholser. May 1969, 400-401.

The Impact of the Maryland and Yale Programs,L Roland Gall= Feb. 1960, 66-70, 79.

Implementing a Mathematics Prdgram. Arthur Hugh-son. Nov. 1955, 102-3.

Implications of a Guidance and'Counseling Program.Elmer W. McDaid. Mar. 1956, 49-54.

The Importance of Definitions in Mathematics: Zero.Claire M. Newman. May 1967, 379-82.

An Important Announcement. NCTM. Apr. 1955,32; Oct. 1955, 76.

Improvement Projects Related to El entary SchoolMathematics. J. Fred Weaver. 1960, 311-15.

Improving Elementary-School M ems= Programsin American Schools. J. Fr Weaver/. ed. Jan.(962,414$.

Improving Mathematics Verbs Problem-solving Abil-ity 'through Reading Instru cm. Maribeth Henney.Apr. 1971, 223-29.,

Improving Problem Solving by Improving Verbal

Generalization. Elizabeth H. Irish. Mar. 1964,169 -75.

Improving Problem-solving Skills. Jacqueline Sims.Jan. 1969, 17-20. ,

Improving the Mathematical Competency of Teach-' ers in Training. Wilbur Waggoner. Mar. 1958,-84-86.

Improving the Teaching of Place Value. NonieMcGrath Wholey. Dec. 1964; 574-75.

Improving Understanding of Number Concepts inThird Grade. Margaret Steelman. Jan. 1962,37-40. .

In American Education. Dee.. 1962, 452,In Answer to Your Question, Howard P. Fehr.

Mar. 1965, 203, 211.In Answer to Your Questions. Foster E. Grossniclde.

Nov. 1964, 495, 499.Ip Answer to Your Questions. Lola J. May. Oct.

1964, 430.In Answer to Your QuestionsWhy Do Children

Have Difficulty with Verbal Problems? Clyde G.Code. Jan. 1965, 13, 18, 23.

Inching Our Way towards the Metric System.Gerardus Vervoort. Apr. 1973, 27S-79.

Including the Newer Mathematics with the RegularProinsun of the Primary Grades. Edwina Deans.Feb. 1962, 90-95.

Including the Newer' Mathematics with the RegularProgram of the Primary Grades. Edwina Deansand Rose .Koury. Apr. 1963, 212-14; May 1963,291. .

Inconsistencies in the Teaching:of Arithmetic in theElementary Grades, L Leslie A. Dwight. Mar.1956, 010.

Inconsistencies in the Teaching of. Arithmetic, LLeslie A. Dwight. Apr. 1956, 98-103.

Independent Work in Arithmetic. Edwina Dana.Feb. 1961, 77 -80.

Indianapolis Meeting, 4-6 October 1973. Oct.,1973,-424.

Individualized Arithmeticin Idea to Improve theTraditional Arithmetic Program. Walter L.Whitaker. Mar. 1962, 134-37.

Individualized Instruction. Editorial Panel. Jan. 1972,/5-6. ..

:Individualized Instruction: Developing BroadenedPerspectives. Paul R. Trafton. Tan. 1972, 7-12.

Individualized Instruction. Distinguishing Char-acteristics. Evelyne M. Graham. Jan. 4972, 13-16.

Individualized Instruction in a Learnini LaboratorySetting Lola May. Feb. 1966, 110-12.

Individualized Instruction. Spea, from Reality.Grace K. Galion. Jan. 1972, 2,

MS.

Individualized Instruction. pet m Theory, Sour mPractice. George L. Hen rson. Jan. 1972, 11 -22.

Individualized Instrucho Who Needs It? Dallasj3.Wegener. May 1972, 55-57.

An Individualized Ma emetics Program in JuniorHigh School. Moyd J. Ogilvie. Jan. 1972, 53-57.

Individualized Patterns of ThinkingResults theSame. Fay Wert. Feb. 1963, 93-95.

Individualized Practice in Arithmetica Pilot Study.Laurel Moench. Oct. 1962, 321-29.

Individualized Teaching of Fifth- and Sixth-GradeArithmetic William A. Graham. Apr. 1964,233-34. ,

Individualizing Arithmetic Instruction. Helen Red-bird. May 1964, 348-49. r

Individualizing Arithmetic-Teaching. Eugene R.Keifer. May 1961, 248-50.

Individualizing Instruction in Elementary SchoolMathematics for Prospective Teachers. WilburDutton. Mar. 1966, 227-31.

/

Inductive Teaching vs. Deductive Teaching. Bro.John Bosco /tram F.S.C. Mar. 1966, 218-20.

Informal Geometry through Symmetry. J. RichardDennis. Oct. 1969, 433-36.

The Informal-Intuitive versus the Formal-DeductiveApproach to Learning. John R. Clark. Feb. 1965,99.

Information and Guidelines for Contributors. Mar.1967, 182-84; Mar. 1968, 211-13; Mar. 1969, 163-65; Mar. 1970, 189-91.

In Memoriam. May 1961, 264.In Memoriam-John Harrison Minnick. May 1967,

387.In Memory of Arden K. Ruddell. Dec. 1968, 712.Inquiry in Mathematics-with Children and Teachers.

Donald Cohen. Jan. 1967, 7-9.The Insatiable Quest. Mathematicking. Marguerite

Brydegaard. Jan. 1960, 9-12.An In-service Course for Elementary Teachers. Dan

Tredway. Oct. 1963, 344-46.In-service Education and the Learning of Conceptual

Mathematics. Nancy C. Whitman. Feb. 1966,149-51.

In-service Education and the Teacher. J. FredWeaver. Nov. 1963, 456-57.

In-service Education for Elementary School Mathe-matics Teachers. Responses to Nine Questions.Leonard M. Kennedy and Robert Alves. Nov.1964, 506-9.

In-service Education - Modern Arithmetic and GoodPedagogy. Allan W. Gurley, Randall C. Hicks,Jurelle G. ,Lott, and M. Louise Reeves. Jan. 1965,59-64.

In-service Research in Arithmetic Teaching Aids.William D. Reddell and M. Vere DeVault. May1960, 243-46.

,Inspiration. Marvel Symbol. Nov. 1957, 228.Instagrams, or Instant Histograms. Jerome H. Man-

heim. Mar. 1967, 219-20.Instructional Aids Suggested by Textbook Series.

Harold H. Lerch and Charles T. Mangrum II.

INVENTING A NUMERATION . . . ( Title 53

Interrelationships between Mathematics and Art forthe Kindergarten. Evelyn Swartz. May 1968,420-21.

The Intersection of Solution Sets. C. Winston Smith,Jr. Oct. 1967, 504-6.

Interviews to Assess Number Knowledge. Thomas C.O'Brien and June V. Richard. May 1971, 322-26.

In the Classroom. Edwina Deans, ed. Oct. 1960,303-8, Nov. 1960, 36'4-12, Dec. 1960, 426-30; Jan.1961, 27-31; Feb. 1961, 77-80; Mar. 1961, 131-34;Apr. 1961, 189-91; May 1961, 251-54; Oct. 1961,297-300, Nov. 1961, 368-72, Dec. 1961, 433-35,Jan. 1962, 37-40; Feb. 1962, 90-95; . 1962,155-59; Apr. 1962, 215-20; May 1 , 282-86;Oct. 1962, 336-41, Nov. 1962, 392-9 Dec.. 1962,453-58; Jan. 1963, 37-41; Feb. 1963, 93-97; Mar.1963, 14 53, Apr. 1963, 212 16, May 1963, 290-93; Oct. 1963, 354-58;, Nov. 1963, 449-55; Dec.1%3, 504-13, Jan. 1964, 39-45, Feb. 1964, 114-21,Mar. 1964, 201-6; Apr. 1964, 260-72; Oct. 1964,423 30, Nov. 1964, 500-501, Dec. 1964, 574-80;Jan.'1965, 65-67; Feb. 1965, 142-50; Mar: 1965,224-28; Apr. 1965, 285-90; May 1965, 369-79; Oct.1965, 462-71, Nov. 1965, 568-74; Dec. 1965, 645-51; Jan. 1966, 47-51; Feb. 1966, 135-41; Mar. 1966,237-40; Apr. 1966, 315-18, May 1966, 403-7. .

In the Classroom. Charlotte lunge, ed. Oct. 1966,D492 -94; Nov. 1966, 589-93, , 1966, 683-85;

Jan. 1967, 44-47; Feb. 1967, 13 -35; Mar. 1967,219-27, Apr: 1967, 307-13, y 1967, 391-97,Oct. 1967, 500-508, Nov. 1967, 573-80; Dec. 1967,671 -78; Jan. 1968, 67-70; Feb. 1968, 176-80; Mar.1968, 271-77; Apr. 1968, 372-74; May 1968, 452-68, Oct. 1969, 552-63, Nov. 1968, 649-51; Dec.1968, 735-38, Jan. 1969, 63-65; Feb. 1969, 141-51;Mar. 1969, 229 -30; Apr. 1969, 305-22; May 1969,395-404; Oct. 1969, 485-99; Nov. 1969, 575-82;Dec. 1969,,647-51, Jan, 1970, 79-83, Feb..1970,169-70; Mar. *1970, 231-42; Apr. 1970, .34749;May 1970, 438-42, Oct. 1970, 531-32, Nov. 1970,613-23; Dec. 1970, 683-85.

Nov. 1965, 543-46. /In the aaproom., Patricia Spross, guest ed. Maythe Intangibles of Arithmetic Learning. John R. l964, 350-53.

Clark. Mar. 1956, 56-58. Intra-class Grouping for Arithmetic Instruction:Integer "Football." Virginia C. Denschilt. Oct. 1973, Critique and Criteria. Harold H. Lerch. Dec. 1961,

487-88. 404-7.Integrating Geometry and Arithmetic.. F.. L Perry, Intrasystern Research for Elenientary School Teach.

Jr. Dec. 1973, 657-62. ers. Leonard Maui and Charles. Berryman. Jan.Intellectual Growth and Understanding Mathematics: 1965, 5-8. .1 ..

Implications for Teaching. Kenneth R. Lovell, Introducing Mr. "0" and tar. "Decimal Point."Apr. 1972, 277-82. . ' Richard Ernst. Nov. 1956, 210-11.

Intelligence, Sibling Position, and Sociocultural Back. Introducing Models for N-dimensional Geometry inground as Factors m Arithmetic Performance. Al- the Elementary School. Dale Woods and Williamyin W. Rose and Helen. Cureton Rose. Feb. 1961, E.. Hoff. Jan. 1966, 11-13.50-56. ' Introducing Our Numbering System in the Primary

In Tennessee. Making Use of the NCTM Film Series. Grades. William H. Hausdoerffer. Mu. 1957,James R. Cannon and James G. Oakes. May 1969, 61-63.391-94. Introducing' the Binary System in Grades Four to

Six. Jan Unenge. Mar. 1973, 182-83."Interest Getters." Karl G. Zahn. Apr. 1968, 372-74. Introduction to Ratio and Proportion. Roland LInteresting Facts about Numbers. Allan Bush. Mar.1963, 132. Brousseau, Thomas A. Brown, and Peter J. John-

son. Feb. 1969, 89-90."Interest with Interest" Minnie Schlichtins. May An Introduction to Sequence: 'Elementary School

1960, 250-51. Mathematics and Science Enrichment. NathanIntermediate versus Maximal Guidance-a Pilot / Ainsworth. Feb. 1970, 143-45.

Study. Otto C. Buster. Apr. 1968, 357-63. Introduction to the Numetation of Two-place Num-International Clearinghouse 'Issues New Report. Jan. hers. Hitoshi Ikeda and Masue Ando. Apt. 1969,

1968, 6.Interpreting Remainders in Division. John D. Han

cock. Dec. 1966, 639, 643.Interrelationships among Mental Abilities, Reading,

Language Arts, and Arithmetic with the MentallyHandicapped. John F. Cawley and John 0. Good-man Nov. 1968, 631-36.

249-51.An Intuitive Approach to Square Root. Lyman W.

Boomer. Oct. 1969, 463=64.An Intuitive Intiodut.tion to the LA-Wean Calm%

of Betweenness. Tom Denmark. Dec. 1968, 683 86.Inventing a Numeration System. Karl J. Smith. Nov.

1973, 550-53.

i)

4. '

Tii le I AN INVERSE SQUARE . . .

-(Inverse Square Relationship in Science. Theodore

R. Norris. Dec. 1968, 707-12.Investigation Leading to the Pythagorear( Prop-

erty. Effie Froelich. Oct. 1967, 500-504.Investigation of Line Crossing in a Circle. Ruth K.

'Vaughn. Mar. 1971, 157-60.An Investigation of the Effect of an Operationally

Defined Word on, Conservation-of-Number Re-sponses. Robert F. FletchErTfar. 1970, 255-61.

, Invocation (NCTM Las Vegas Convention). Feb.'1968, 147.

Is Grouping for Mathematics Instruction Practicablein Departmentalized Mathematics Classes? A.Keith Turkett and Jimmy V. Purser. Jan. 1972,61-64.

Isolation of Factors 'That Influencethe Ability ofYoung Children to Associate a Solid with a Repre-sentation of That Solid. Douglas -K..13rumbaugh.Jan. 1971, 49-52.

Issues and Directions. John R. Mayor. May 1966,349-54.

Is Your Attitude Showing? or, Are You Judy'sTeacher? Mar. '1956, 58.

Item on Reading Decimal Factions! Apr. 1958, 142.It Proved to Bc Fun. Norma E. Jones. Mar. 1966,

217.It'i. Moving . Richard Swerdlin. Feb. 1972,

3 .It's Not How New You Make It, but How You Make

It New. F. Lynwood Wren. Jan. 1971, 7-9."I Was Wondering . . ." Allan M. Schelfhout. Dec.

1913, 647-48.T Went to an Arithmetic Workshop. Annie A. Taffs.

Islov. 1955, 124-25.

I

JJapanese- speaking Teachers Sought. Feb. 1968, 147.Jimmy's Equivalents, for the Sevenths. Wendell W.

Haner. Apr. 1963, 197-98.Johnny Can Learn Arithmetic. Andrew F. Schtili.

Mar. 1957, 75-76.Joint Meeting NCTM -NEA (DeAver, 4 July 1962).

May 1962, 262.Joint Meetiag of NCTM and AAAS (Dallas, 27 De-

cember 1968). Nova 1968, 648.Joint Meeting of NCTM and AAAS (Boston, 29 De-

cember 1969). Nov. 1969, 538.Joint Meeting of NCTM and MAA 27 29 January

1973. Dec. 1972, 678.Joint Meeting of NCTM and NEA (Dallas, ,2 July

1968). May 1968, 399.Joint Meeting of the NCTM and MAADenver, Jan.

30, 1965. Dec. 1964, 590.Joint Meeting of the NCTM with the AAAS (Mon-

treat, 30 December 1964). Nov. 1964, 516-17.Joint Meeting with the MAA, January 23 24, 1971

(Atlantic City). Dec. 1970, 656.Joint Meeting with the NEA (Atlantic City, 28 June

1961). May 1961, 268.Joint NCTM MAA AAAS Session in December

(Philadelphik, 28 .December 1971). Nov. 1971,469.

Joint NCTM-NEA Convention, 1 July (Philadelphia,1969). May 1969, 359.

Judging. Mathematical Statements in the Classroom.Lars C. Jansson. Nov. 1921, 463-66.

Jupiter Horse Race. Elinor T. Writt. Jan. 1973, 47-48.Just for Fun J D Caldwell. May 1968, 464-65.Just for Fun: From Arc to Time and Time to Arc.

William J. Ray. lee. 1967, 611-73.Just Plain Drill. Josephine K: Coleman. Dec. 1961,

431-32.

KALA}l an e of Mathematical Skill.John B. erty. ,May 1964,'326 -30. -

Kalamazoo eetingt August 1 1 1 3 (1969). May1969, 8. /-: -

Kaleid pea and (Math-en:auto. Sylvia Orans. Nov.19 ,

1, .- .

K eidoscopic Geometry. Carol Ann Alspaugh. k1970,:116:17. . .

Keep Score on the' Abacus.Apr. 1957,111.

Key to Pdi Cent by Color.1958, '178, -'

The Key to Roman Numerals. Kei Alton Breithaupt.Apr 7468, 374.

The Kindergarten Chil tp Up. JoanMcCliittic.. Jan. 1968, 26-29. 6 : -

Kindergarten- in the Arithmetic Teacher: A Decade.of Growth. Laurel Norman., Apr. 1971, 253-56. ,

KinderprtenMathematics, Lucille fitzsimons.l Jett:-

Kindergarten Mathematics LaboratoryNineteenth-Century F ion. Knstina Leeb-Lundberg. May

190,

1970, 372-86. -'-- .\ -i.,_Kinderputnerr -Learn Arithmeuc, morothy Camp-bell.

".

Apr. 1958, 137-39. :A Kit for Arittunetic..Julia Adkins.. May 1960, 252..Know (Assumptions). Herta Taussig

Freitstean Arthur H. Freitag. Jan. 1963, 7-8..

Elizabeth

George

trong.

ki. Nov.

. ;

.

Labeling ,Answers to Arithmetic Problems. AnnaUllrich. Dec. 1955, 148-53.

Lab Oratory and the Generalization Crap. Alan R..Osborne. Dec. 1971, 545-46.

A Laboratory Plan for Teaching Measurement in -

Grades 1-8. William L. Swart. Dec. 1967, 652-53.Laboratory Project7-Constructing a Skyline. Erwin

Einhom. Ian. 1971, 56Laboratory Settings in Mathenpttics: Does.Does

Research Say to the Teacher.?. 'James H. Vanceand Thomas E. Klemm Dec. 1971, 585 -89.

l'ite Language of bivision. Wilbur Ribbard...Oct.W957, 154. ..

Lansdowne-Aldan Officials Laud New MathematicsProgram. Robert 1.flaiutolo. Mar. 1962, 144.

The Largest Number That Can Be Written in A yBase: Noah Monsour. Mar. 1967, 218.

Larry and the Abacus. Orville Jenkins. Oct. 19f54,21-24. -

Las Vegas Meeting/1315.February 1972. Dec. 1 71,550.

The Launctung of a Forum. Francis J. Mueller. an.1968, 64-66..

Learning Arithmetic from Kindergarten to Grade 6.Suchart Ratanakul. Nov. 1955, 129.

Learning by Discovery. Instructional Strategics.Bert Y. Kersh. Oct. 1965, 414-17.

Learning by Discovery. What Is Learned? Bert Y.Kersh. Apr. 1964, 226-32. 4Learning from-a Number Line. Eleanor ickrath.Nov. 1964, 500-501. ,

Learning Laboratories in Elementary Schools inWinnetka. Lola J. May. Oct. 1968, 501-3.

Learning Multiplication FactsNore Than a brill.Mastic Ando and Hitoslu Iked . Oct. 1971, 366-69. -

Learning Principles That Char terrze DevelopmentalMathematics. Laura K. Oct. 1957, 179-82.

Learning Skui-tures for Arith etic. James K. Bidwell.Apr. 1969, 263-68.

Lectures versus Manuals the Education of Ele-

. MaNIPi/LAT1VBMA113RIALS, GEOMETRIC i Title - S5'.

mentary 4:achers. Fred Plage and Irvin IL Brune,Ian. I 9, 48-52: . - -;'-'"-- -

A antaged School District Moves. Ahead 4ieniatics Education. Eleanor Sclunickrath. Miy

64, 3S5..i. A Lesson an Absolute Value- Donald Cohen. Deo.

1964,561-62. .7:..

,.. .Let's Add. Alitomatieally. Frank Lawhs. ,Miry, 1965,.

Let'S Consider the Function( Roiemary C. Ander-" con. Apr. 1967, 280-84, ;... . .

Let's Go One Step Farther in Addition. Wafter J.Sanders. Oct. 1971, 413-15.

Let's -, Modernize Graph Teaching. qe4g; c:,-, Meailows. May 1963, 286 -87. ". .

Let's "Place" Abe Decimal Point Not "Move" It.Mildred GelftnniArnstuti..:- Apr. 1563, 205-7.

; Let's Prove Id C. Dale Broh. Mir, 1960, 154-51.Let's Ta e.e Look it Division. PaitrA:Hilaire. May-

',--, 1961, 0-25. .,_.

, Let's 'eh the Metric Syitern thrbugh sits Use.Lynn C. Oberlin. May 1967,176..

_let's UeeDur Checkers and Checkerboards to Teach,Number Bases.. Lucile LaGanke, Nov. 1967,$73-75. '. ...

Letters to tile Editor. Feb. 1963, SI; Apr. 1963, 204,Dec. 1961, 517; Oct. 1964, 394, 406; Nov. 1964,489, 505; Dec... 1964, 570, 573; Jan. 1965, 42, 58;Feb.1965, 112, 122, 144 Mar. 1965, 215, 223, May1965, 379, 401; Oct.p65, 410, 413, 421; Nov.:1965,522, 556; Dec. 1965, 416; Jan. 1966, 25; Feb. 1966,202; Mar. 19,66, 208; Apt. 1966, ;95. 297, 344; May1966, 348, 568, 374, 'Oct. ,1966, 445-47, 412, '473,

. Oct. 1966, 506.519, 602; Jan: 1967, 29;, Feb. 1067,89; 433, 135, '143;.:Mar.,1967, 184, 199, 208, 217,230:133; May 1967,.372; Oct. 1967, 447, 497, 522;

1967, 559, 580; Jan. 1968, 46, 66; Feb. 1968,`-- 125, 32, 137: 168;. Mar. 1968,213, 232,150; 265,

270, , 285; May 1968, 412, 436,468; 1968,- .

98, 5 , 528, 544, 550, 563; Nov. 1568 612,641; Feb. 1969, 93; 135; Mar. 19¢9,172, Y,:.' , 1969: 389, 420; *Oct- 969, .445; Mar: I 01, 208;Apr. 1970, 315, 352, 364; Dec, 1970, 6112; Jan. 1971,8;. Feb. -1971, 114; May '1971, 345: Oct. 1911,

419-21; Not 193f, 493, 500: ,Dec, 1971, 564, 567.A Letter to Parent*: about the "New Mathematics, "'

Sr 'Mary Petronia, 'S.S.N.D. Oct 1966, 4468-71.'Let, Them Discover. Thelon'. S. Akins. Jail. .1962;

26,-28.Let -Them Fold. Nicholastarantsand Alereandor Tobin.

"Oct 1.97z 47o-A. --.

Leteh orDBfficulty in Division. Arden .K. Rudtell.Mar. 1959, 97- .1959 99 , '

Levels of -Geometric Understanding among Pupils inGrades 4, 5,' and z6,. -3. Fred Weaver. Dec. 1966,686-90.

Levels of Geomeiri0 Understandingi An ExploratoryInvesditition ottLinitted , Scone. Apr 1966, 322-32.

Levels of Learning. Harold E. -,fvloser. Dec. 1956221-25.

Lewis Carroll: Author and Midaimatkian. RobertL Stright. Dec. 1964, 57I-7a..

The Library Protrim Fosters Atithrnetic Learnings.. Louise McClenathan. Apr, 1965, 287-89,

Life-Membership Plan Instituted. Oct: 1967, 452; .Jan.-196t, 18. r .

A Linierick. L P. Gross. Jan. 1971, 59.A "Limited" Approach to the Sum of the Angles of a

Triangle.. James V. Stara. ,Feb. 1972; 85 -87,.Linda Learns the -1-lexal System. Ruth T. Decry.

Nov. 1958, 251-55. -

Linear Measurement and Imagination. Truman Botts.Nov. 1962, 376-821

The Listening Post. Joan Seal. Dec. 1965. 645.

.The Littlest :Mathematician, Margery Baumgartner.

*. Apr: 1958, 131-36. / * . , ,

Live Models in Ari ette? Isobel I.. *Livingstone.'Jan: 1970, 81-82. '

1.-Vcating he Deciihal Point.iiithe Qiibtient. HeawanFriedinan: Jan. 1560,-12.

Logarithms Tor Teh-Year-Olds. &thus C. Carroll,.Mar. 1968, 273-75-. '

A Logical Method foellasic-Silbfraciion 'Helen andKenneth Fasterday, May 1966, 404-6:

Logic in the Construction of Magic Squares. Bruce D.K m.e. Nov. 1965, 613-62.

A Look-at Mathematics Education Today. Oct..1973,503-8.

/A,ook 'at Nets of Cuba: R. F, Wardrop.' Feb.1970, 127-28;

. ,

A book at Problem Solving in Elementary/ SchoolMathematics. Kathryn V. .1,1eray May 1964,

-308-41.*A Look at Triangle Cdngruenee. "thorns C. 'O'Brien.

Feb. 1967,":103-6: ', 4

Looking Ahead at Instruction Afitlimetic. lolio R.. ''Clark. . 6 , 4, , ... . -

Looking Ahead with the Arithmetic- 1Vacher. Jan. ...1973,,32.

I,boking iOr the Research Listing? Oct. 1971, 358.Los Angeles Meetnig7tfebruary 217-23 (1968). Dec.

.' ..1968, 722. 4 , .'- ' - ...Lod/ Achiever Lesson it Prunes. Robert A. Davies.

Nov. 1965, 529-32. -

', ;

,,,, -....

Low Visibility, or, *Ideas in a Fog. .R. L Morton. ,' Oct. 1958, 172-77. . .Lanai Money-rNuiiance or ppptigu,nity`bItisOh W.

Byers. Jan: 1971, 57-58.. .' 7 ..,....

'.',?M..

Machines. Uarvin Karlin. May 1965, 327-34; Oct1965,,421/

The Midison Project iiane Lutz. Dec. 1959, 3/021:The Magid Box. Thomas J. Jennings. May 1965.1377,_ --Magic _Square Patterns. -.Jeannie Gorts. Apr. 1969,

3 4-, Mike a .W Flame'une'. Using Simple Fractions.

,Joann Rode..Feb: 1911, 1161$.,,Making a CountIng Abacus. George C.Cunningliani,

'Feb, 1967,. 132-435.' " 'Making a Game of It-ilesponsiVe Teaching. l!lotinim

H. Csowhurst, Jan. 1971;Making 'And Using Graphs' in the Kindergarten,

Mathernabes Prograin. -Ida Mae Heard. Oct. 1968,.

-*eking Division Meaningful and Logical. LelonCapps, Adr. 1962, 198-202:

Making Junior High-Mathematics Mbre of a 'Now", Need. Peter Frorallt Jan. 1968, 12.Making Multiplication Colorful.- Beatrice Bachrach.Jan. 1964, 43-44. ,

Making Sense of the Nines Check. Charlotte Loivrey.Mar. 1967, 222-24.

Making Statistical MAI'S. John C. Archbold. May1964. 334-35.

Making the Most of Your Field Trio. Mar. 1971,186-89.

Manipulating Point* and Figures in Snace. Elbert D.Overholt. Nov. 1967, 560-62.

Manipulative Devices. E W. Hamilton. Oct. 1966,.461-67. ,

Manipulative Devices in Lowbr Grades. Pauline Hertz.Nov. 057,414-16.

Manipulative Materials and Anthmetic Achievementin Grade/ I. , Hardwick W. Harshman, David W.Wells. and JoSeph N. Payne. Apr. 1962, 148-92.

ManipuAtIve Materials, Geometric Interpretation,and Discovery. R. C. Garner. May 1969, 401-3.

Uv

40.

'!

:*6. : Title 1 M A N I P U L A T I V E MATERIALS IN . . .

'hisiniPulative Materiall in Intermediate Grades.Marion W. Fox. Apr. 1958, 140-42.

Manipulative!' in the Classroom. Elizabeth Feanema.May 1973, 350-52,

Manuscripts Waited. May 1971, 295.Marguerite Brydegaard Becomes Associate Editor.

Oct. 1956, 142.Mary and John. Roy D. liollands. Mar. 1971, 17Mastering the Basic Facts with Dice. Howa

Gosman. May 1973, 330-31.The Match Game. Larry Holtkamp.

1-22.Mathematical Ability and M Philip

bert. Jan. 1960, 19-21.Mathematical Activity. David M. Clarkson.

1968, 493-98.Mathematical Background for Teachers o Arith-

metic. Daniel Snider. Mar. 1956, 5Mathematical Competence of Prospective Elemen

taty Teachers in Canada and in the United States.L. Doyal Nelson and Walter H4Iorth. Apr. 1961,147-51.

Mathematical Competencies and Skills Essential forEnlightened Citizens. Committee on Basic Mathe-matical Competencies and Skills. Nov. 1972, 601 7.

Mathematical Competencies of Entering Kinder-garteners. Robert E. Rea and Robert E. Reys.Jan. 1970, 65-74.

Mathematical Concepts and Abilities Possessed byKindergarten Entrants. Ida Mae Heard. Apr.

--- 1970, 340-41. .

Mathematical Concepts and the Postage Stamp. JohnNiman. Oct. ,1972, 453-55.

Mathematical Concepts, Skills, and Abilities ofKindergarten gat rants. Alfred H. Williams. Apr.11965, 261-68.

A Mathematical Diversion. David C. Bishop. Oct.- 1965, 430.The Mathematical Education of an Elementary'Teacher. Henry Van-Engen. Nov. 1972, 517-18.

Mathematical Heritage of Zambia. John Careccio.May 1970, 391-95.

Mathematical Logic for the Schools. Patrick Swipes.Nov. 1962, 396-99.

Mathematical Offprint Service. Feb. 1971, 72.Mathematicalosterms. Sally Mathison. Jan. 1969,,

64-65.Mathematical Puzzles and Games. Jay A. Hickerson.

Feb. 1969, 85, 114.Mathematical Spelunking. Winston E. Dodge. Dec.

1967, 665-67.Mathematical Systems and Their Relationships to

the Real World. Charles Brumfiel. Nov. 1970,56)-73.

The Mathematichl Training of Prospective Elementary School Teachers. Joseph Stipanowich. Dec.1957, 240-48.

Mathematical Understanding of Seventh and EighthGrade Pupils, 1948 and 1963. Virginia Thurlow.Jan. 1965, 43-44.

Mathematical 'Understandings of Elementary SchoolTeachers. Russell A. Kenney. Oct. 1965, 431-42.

The Mathematical Understandings of Preservice andIn-service Teachers. Thomas C. Gibney, John L.Ginther, and Fred L. Pine. Feb. 1970, 155-62.

Mathematical VignettesIdeas from Here and There.Edwina Deans, ed. . Apr. 1962, 215-20.

Mathemarics and Art from One Shape. Milagros D.Ibe. Ma . 1971, 183-84.

Mathemati and Elementary Education Majors.Helen Gersten. Dec. 1964, 540-42.

Mathema es and the Low Achiever. Arnold M.Chand1 r. Mar. 1970, 196-98.

Mathematics as a2- 1973, 110-13.

MathematicsSchaaf

A M

nit. John L. Morris. Feb.

a Cultural Heritage. William L.961, 5-9.Assembly Program. Hym_in Kavett

d Phy F. Kavett. Mar. 1960, 135-737.A Math tics Attitudinal Device. Martha M. Fel-

lows Mar. 1973, 22:2-23.A themaucs Christmas Tree. Elizabeth Ragland.

sec. 1956, 225.e Mathematics Consultant. William R. Astle.Apr. 1962, 2034,

Mathematics Course for Elementary Teachers.Does It Improve Understanding and Attitude?

bert M. Todd. Mar. 1966, 198-202.emetics Course far-Prospective Elementary

Teachers. Jerry: Shyrock. Apr. 1963,A

118-1Mathemk. Education and the White House Con-. ferenee Children. James R. Smart. Oct. 1971,

409 =1L.Mathematics ucation in the Elemental)? Schools

of the Sovie Union. Virginia Carlton. .Feb. 1968,108-14.

hiathematies Ederetion m the( Soviet Seven-YearSchool. Feb. 1959, 1-5.

The Mathematics Education of Elementary SchoolTeachers: Pre-serviCe and In-service. -3. FredWeaver. Jan. 1965, 71-75, Dec. 1965, 654-56.

Mathematics Educators Must Help Face the En-vironnaental Pollution Challenge. George L Hen-derson and Mary Van k. Nov. 1920, 557-61.

ncs for Four-Y Olds. Lynn Oberlin andMary Oberlin. Jan. 968, 10-12.

Mathematics for Summer F Moms Rosenthal andMarvin Sins. Miy 1964, 23-25.

Mathematics in Elementary 1 Science. Sam S. Blanc.'Dec. 1967, 636-40.

Mathematics in Kinder en. Virkima Beard. Jan.1962, 22-25.

Mathenutucs In-sery Education. Teacher GrowthIn Pupil rowth. W. Robert Houston andM. ere DeVa t. May 1963, 243-47.

Mathematics I tutes (1957). Apr. 1957, 138.Mathematics the Jr.inderprten. Richard K. Mas-

tain and la mice C. Nessoff. Jap. 1966, 32-37.Mathematic-0 in the "kindergarten? George W.

Schlinsog. Apt. 1967, 292-95.Mathematics in the Second Grade. Francis Howard

Hildebrand and Nellie Johnson. Mar. 1963, 133 35.Mathematics in,the Study of African Culture. Claudia

Zaslaysky. Nov,. 1973', 532-35.Mathematics Laboratories. Geoffrey Matthews and

Julia Comber. Dee..1971, 547-50.Mathematics Laboratories and Teachers' Centres

the Vathematics Revolution- in Britain. Edith F.Biggs. May 1968, 400-408.

A Mathematics Laboratory for Prospective Elemen-tary School Teachers. William M.Fitzgerald. Oct.1968, 547-49.

A Mathematics Laboratory for Prospective Teachers.David M. Clarkson. Jan. 1970, 75 -75. 7 ,

The Mathematics Laboratory for the Elementary andMiddle School. Alan Berson. Dec. 19711 565-67.

A Mathematics Laboratoryfrom Dream/to Reality.Patricia S. Davidson and Arlene W/ Fair. Feb.1970, 105-10.

The Mathematics Labqratory. What? Why? When?How? William E. Eft'ank. Dec. 1971,459-64.

MathematicsLogical, Psycholo 1, Pedagogical.David Rappaport. Feb. 1962, 6 -70.

The Mathematics Motor Activit Story. James H.Humphrey. Jan. 1967, 14-16)

MILWAUKRE'S IN-SERVICE ARITH.74C . .

Mathematics, Mul ent, and ElementaryTeachers. Ro eys. Oct. 1972. 489-93.

The Mathema qf a Five-Year-Old Girl. Ben A.Sueltz. Mar. 1965, 221-23.

Matheniatics of Measurement. James R. Smart andJohn L. Marks. Apr. 1966, 283-87.e Mathematics Of Supermarket Shopping. Williamosicki. Mar. 1967, 211, 215.

Mathematics, Probability and DecIsion-making. Al-bert H. Yee. May 1966, 385-87.

A Mathematics Program for Disadvantaged Mexiean-American First-Grade Children. Alberta M. Cu-taneda. May 1968, 413-19.

A Mathematics Program for ow Learners at theJunior High Level. Harold . Lerch and FrancisJ. Kelly. Mar. 1966, 232-36.

A Mathematical Program for Upper-ElementaryGrades. Louis Recchia. Apr. 1962, 209. ,

Mathematics Student Journal News. Nov. 1963, 427.Mathematics Teachers,. On Guard! Bruce E. Meserve.

Oct. 1966, 476-84.Mathematics Television Lessons fiat the Elementary

Classroom. Lawrence Hyman. May 1964, 356.Mathematics through Cardboard Carpentry (a Unit

for Low Achievers). Robert Tinti. Mar. 1970,209-10.

Mathematics throughout the Curriculum. Helen B.Frye. Dec. 1969, 647-50.

Mathematics through Visual Problems. Theodore A.Eisenberg and John G. Van Beynen. Feb. 1973,85-90.

Math for the Low, Slow, and FidgeStenzel. Jan. 1968, 30-34

MathNot New. Blanche C. Ijardin. Apr. 196252.

Math Olympiads at Menlo Park Californi' a. Mar.160.

Ma e s. Nov. 1961, 35 , Jan. 1962, 16.Math Rummy. rolyn R. Bro . Jan. 1973, 44-45.Math's Not a Mystery Here' Its History. George

Anne Fisher, Edna Lanha , Jewell Breeding, andHelen McDanieL Mar.,! 3, 151-53.

Mayan Numeration. Cal R. Getty. May 1964,318, 322.

May It Be Known, May 1961, 225.Meaning and SkillM ntaining the Balance. Will'

A. Brownell. Oct. 56, 129-36, 142.Meaning for Multipl' lion of Fractions. Hazel W d

Hoffman. Mar. 58, 89-90.A Meaningful A roach to Cancellation. John A.

Peoples. Feb. 56, 29-30."Meaning" in Arithmetic. Jane M. Hill. Nov. 19 7,

224-25..Meaning Is the Key. Gladys Risden. Nov. 1 56,

183 -86.Meaning ,of an Arithmetic Test Score. Reuben

Rusch, John A. Brown, and Arthur R. DeLpnii,Mar. 1962, 145-48.

The Meaning of Meaningful. Lynn Olson. Apr. 1969,476-80.

The Meaning of, Tyro Times Two. G. T. Buckland.Mar. 1960, 156-58.

, Meanings in Division. H. C. Christofferson. Feb.1957, 21-23.

lvfeanings in Multiplication. H. 0. Christo Ierson.Apr. 1959, 148-51, 166.

Measurement and PartitionCom utatwityplication. Lyman C. Peck a Dan N onger.Apr. 1964, 258-59.

Measurement, in the Elements Sc I. argaretJennings and Donald D. Paige. Ma 196 , 354 57.

Measurement or Partition Division for troducing, Study of the Division Operation. Hcr F. Spitzer.

\i/ May 1967, 369-72.

62

t.'

Title

Measurements. ena Holdet. Oct. 1955, 86- /Measurement Utandings in Modern 001 /Mathematics. AUein C. Friebel. Oct. 1967A 476:80.

MeasuresCommon and Uncommon. *dys Sla-ninka. Nov. 1967, 562.

Measures Make Arithmetic Meulningful.McKeen. Dec. 1956, 247-48.

Measuring Arithmetic Objectives Robert yon Brock.Nov. 1965, 537-42/

Measuring the Meanings of Arith nefic. Robert H.Koenker. Feb. 1960, 9 -96. z.

Measuring with Maps. hn5. Archbold. May 1967,393-95.

Meeting Individua ences to Arithmetic. FrancesFlournoy. F 19 , 80-86.

Membership A Plication Form. Oct, 1969, 499.Members 13 Report. Oct. 1962, 352 -54 Nov. 1963,

;Noy. 1965, 584.Mem ps and Subscriptions. Nov. 1967,

Nov 968, 657 58, Nov. 1969, 591-92, Dec.,Nov. 1§72, 608; Nov. 1973,'615.

Me phis Mating November 6 8, 1969. Oct.4

M tal Arithmetic. Robert H. Koenker. Oct.2 6.

Men Aiithinetic. Donald W. Lentz. Apr.132.

Mental Growth and the Art of Teaching. Irving.MAdler. Nov. 1966,ental Imagery m Ma ematics. Stanley M. Jencksand Donald, M. Peck. Dec. 1972,,642-4C

Mental Mathematics Counts. John C. Austin. Apr.1970, 337-38.

Message from the, President. Feb. 1969, 155, Mar.1969, 233-34.

A Message to Teachers of Elementary Mathematics.Julius H. Hlavaty. May 1968, 397-99.

Methoda Function of a Modern Program As Com-plement to the Content. Vincent J. Glennon. Mar.1965, 179-80, 195.

A Method for Changing-Rh1nerals in Certain Nondecimal Bases to Numerals in dilter,Ciertain, Non-decimal Bases, Directly. May 1968, 45354.

A Method for Checking Addition. Apr. 1961, 181.A Method for Converting from One Nondecimal Base

to Another. Joe K. Smith. Apr. 1968, 344-46.A Method in Division of Whole Numbers. Belle

Wood Adams. Apr. 1958, 145-48.A _Method -of- Front -End Arithmetic. Andre .1.

dellethune. Foh. 1959, 23-29, 32.Method or Justification? W. G. Quast. Dec. 1972,

617-22.Methods, Math, and Mothers; or What can a Poor

Parent Do? Noreen D. Snedeker. Feb. 1968, 156-7.Metrication in Britain, Elizabeth Williams. Apr. 1973,

261-64.Metric Is Here; So Let's Get On with It. Ron

Fisher. May 1973, 400-402; Oct. 1973, 424.The Metric System in Grade 6. 13. Richard llowles.

Jan. 1964, 36-38.The Metric System in the Elementary Grades. Fred

J. Helgren. May 1967, 349-53.The Metric System IS Simple! Richard H. Pray.

Apr. I961,'179.The Mess* SystemLet's Emphasize Its Use in

Mathematics. F. D. Alexander. May 1973, 395-96.The Metric System. Past, Present -Funfre? Arthur

E. Hallerberg. Apr. 1973, 247-55.Mid-Nineteenth Century Methods for the 1970s. Anne

S. Grossman. Apr. 1971, 230-33.Milwaukee MeetingAugust 26 28 (1970), May

1970, 452.Milwaukee's In-serva.c Ai ithmeuc. EdUca on Pro-

gram. Lillian C. Paukncr. Nov. 1957, 2 -23.

609,1971,

1969,

1961,

1957,

4

. -

Title f "ItiThilsIEMAST: A PROGRESS...

MI1INEM4ST. A Progress Report.. J. Fred Weaver.Feb. 1 122-24.

MATH and MINNEtvfAST. J. Fred Weaver.. 1963, 516-1?.

utes of the Annual Business Session (Milwaukee,13 April 1956). Oct. 1956, 168-69.

Minutes of ' the Annual Business Meeting (Phila-delphia, 29 March 1957). Nov. 1957, 229-32.

. (Cleveland,. 11 April 1958.) Oct. 1958,218-20.

. (Dallas, 3 April 1959.) Oct. 1959, 226-30c V.(Buffalo, 22 April 1960.)Act. 1960, 316-21.

. (Chicago, 6April 1961.) Oct. 1961, 309-12.

. (San Francisco, 16 April 1962.) Oct. 1962,348-50.

(Pittsburgh, 4' 4al,J963.) Oct. 1963,,375-78.

C442-46.

. 23 April 1964) Oct. 4964,*

. (Dam' , 22 April 1965.) Oct. 1965, 490-94.(New York City, 14 April 1966.) Oct. 1966,

510-11.(Las Vegas, 20 April 19¢7.) Oct. b67,

526-27.. (Philadelphia, 18 April 1968.) Oct. 1968,

575-76.(Minneapolis, 24 April 1969.) Oct. 1969,

506-7.(Washington, D.C., 2 April 1970.) Oct.

1970, 541-42.. (Anaheim, 15 April 1971.) Nov. 1971, 530-

3r.(Chicagex 17 April`1972.) Oct. 1972, 501-3.

. (Houston, 26 Apr1Ll 1973.) Oct.,1973, 508-10.Minutes of the Boaid Meeling of the NCTM (North- .

field, Minnesota, 1' 2t August 1957). Feb. 1958,55-57.

Minutes of the Ninth Delegate Assembly (Cleveland,9-12 April 1958). Oct. 1958, 224-27.

The Mignon Mathemati- P ogram. Don Rasmussenand Lore Rasmussen. . 1962, 180-87. ,

M Is for MEANING in 1athematics. Ellen Wata-nabe. Mar. 1966, 226.

Miss America in:Metric. M 1973, 399.The Missing Factor in Div n. Olive R. Reeve.

Mar. 1968, 275-77.Mobility on Arithmetic Achi vement. alter T.

Snipes. Jan. 1966, 43-46.A Model for Arithmetic of Sign Numbers. Lois

Luth. Mar. 1967, 220-22.A Model for Teaching Multiplies n of Fractional

Numbers. George F. Green, Jr. an. 1973, 5-9.A Model for Using Diagnosis' in ndividualizing

Mathematics Instruction in the Elem tary SchoolClassroom. Cecil R. Trueblood. Nov. _971, 505-11.

Models and Mathematics. Elizabeth H. FetinemS.Dec. 1972, 635-40.

Models for Fractional NumbtIrsa Quiz fo Teach-ers. Larry Sowder. Jan. 197.1, 44-46.

Modern ,Mathematics and Good Pedagogy. lowaidF. Fehr. Nov. ,1963, 402-11.

Modern Mathematics and the Elementary llear.hcr.E. Harold Harper. Nov. 1963, 412-16.

Modern Mathematics Begins in the EleentarySchool. Lucienne Felix. Jan. 1962, 32-36.

Modem Mathematics for Parents. Fiances N dham.Dec. 1968, 748.

Modern MathematicsGo or No bo? Stanley J.Hipwood. Feb. 1965, 120-22.

Modern Matlicrilatics in a Toga. Paul B. Johnson.May 1965, 343-47.

_A Modest Proposal. Wallace Manheimer. Mar. 1956,.71-73.

-

Modtilat127-29

A Modulo Line. Albert R. Neuner. Mar. 1973,214:15. ' T . .

Montreal Meeting, November 5 7, 1970. Oct. 1970,491. .

Moot, Mathematics. Adelyn Muller. May 1965,-74. ...

ore about Casting Out Nines. Tibbie Mae Moore.Nov.°1956, 204-6. ,,

More about,Mathematics in the Kindergarten. GeorgeW. Schlinsog. Dec. 1968, 70ir5.

More about 1960-1961 Committees. Apr. 196, 197.More about Subtraction., Donald K. Robinson. Oct.

1959, 219-20. .

More Convention Notes (Annual Meeting, Pitts-, burgh, 3-6 April 1963). Feb. 1963, 67. VA More Elementary View of the Irrationality pf a

Jerome T. Murray. Feb. 1967, 110-14; April 1967,262. r

More Games for the Early Oracles. Edwina Deans.Mar. 4966, 238-40.

More of Moot Mathematics. Adelyn, Muller, Nov.1965, 568-71. .

More on Divisibility by Seven and Thirteen. G eorgeS. Cunningham. Apr. 1961, 180.41.

More on Metrication in May'. Apr. 1973, 274.More n Points, and lines. D. E. Mohlenbrucejday

196?., , 353.Mor on Venn DiaLrarag b.C.D., and L.C.M.

Thomas Chirko. Nov. 1966, 552, 555.More Projects on Individtfitlizing Instruction. Nov.

197k 473-74.More Rationalizing Division of Fractions. Benja-

min Brickman. Feb. 1951, 25-26. , ,More Than Just a Name. William F. McMahon. Dec.

1971 594-95.The Morning After. Henry Van Engen. Apr. 1971,

213-14.Motivation. Humphrey C Jackson. Oct. 1964,

402-6. .

% 310-11.

Mrs. Murphy's Piesan Introduction to Division byWFractions. William W. K. Freeman. Apr. 1967,

Multi-bet. Arthur K. Mild. Dec. 1973, 694-95-.Multiple Methods of 'Feaching Operations. Charles

H. D'Atigustine. Apr. 1969, 259-6.A Multiple View of the Euclidean Algdçism. Leonard

Feldman. Nov . 1965, 556-59.Multiplication Football. Francis M. Fnnell. Mar

1070, 236-37.Multiplication for the Slow 'reamer. omas C.

Gibney. Feb. 1962, 74-76.'Multiplication in Black and White. Eliabeth V.

Glanzel. J,an. 1964, 44-45, i\

Multiplication Is Repeated Addition. David Rappa-port. Nov. 1965, 550-51. i

MultiplicationLogical or Pedagogical? David Rap-paport, Feb. 1968, 158-60.

Multiplication Mastery via the Tape Recoidel. talcM. Shafer. NQv. 1970, 581-82.

Multiplication Memos for 01. Mowrei. Marie Lut, v

Oct. 1962, 317-20.Multiplication of Integers. Loye Y. Hollis. Nov. 1967,

555-56.Multiplication of Integers. Adam Pawlowski. Jan.

1965, 64.MultiplicationRepeated Addition? Robert D.

Bechtel and Lyle J. Dixon. May 1967, 373-76. ,

Multiplication Tables and Dominoes. Joseph Kennedyand Violet Blume. May 1963, 283.

Multiplication Uniimitcd: William F. Hullihan. May1968, 460-61.

.

etic. Margaret Haines. Mar. 1962,

A

Multiplication: Using Equations. and Postulates in- Patterned Form, Pauline Dnbitsky. Dec. 1967,

509-13.Multiplying Fractions. Wilbur bard. ,Apr. 1956,

112.My Work with the Bin& System. Sandy Friese.

Apr. 1959, 164.

N.Naming Nunibers by Naining Coin s. Lawrence

Sher. May 1,965, 378-79.Napier's Bones. EdwIn A. Rosenberg. Apr. 1968,

336.Napier's Rods. Practice with Multiplication: Ray-

, mond G. Traub. May 1949, 363 -64.Nathan's Conjecture. ArlenePromewick. Adr. 1973,

Na ional, Assessment in Mathemptia. Dale I. Fore-tt an and William A. Mebrens. Mar. 1971, 137-431

The National Council's Committee on Arithmetic.Mar. 1959, 104-5.

National Science Foundation Summer Fellowships.Dec. 1961, 432.

A Natural Way to' Teach Division 'of Rational ,Num-bera Irvin E. Vance. Feb. 1969, 91-93.

NCTM Affiliated Group Officers and Editors. May1963, 304-12, May 1964, 364-73, Feb. 1965, 153-63, Feb. 1966, 15243, Feb. 1967, 144-56; .Feb.1968, 183-91, Apr. 1969, 325-34, Apr. 1970, 353-62; Mar, 1971194-205; Apr. 1972, 315-26; Apr.

.4. 973, 306-18.'NeTM and NEA at St. Louis (1 July 1959). Apr.

1959, 147. 'NCTM Announces Nevi Committee. Oct. 1963, 353.NCTM Annual Finincial Report. Oct., 1964, 448-49.NCTM Atlantic City Meeting, 16-18 March 1972.

Jan. 1972, 57.NCTM Committee May Publish Informal Newsletter

on Researth. Feb. 1968, 155,NCTM Committees and Representatives (1964-65).

Nov. 1964, 510-13.NCTM Committees and Representatives (1964-65)

Supplementary List, January 1965. Apr. 1965, 297,IsICTM Conference on Performance Contracting. Oct,

-1971, 369. .,

NCTIyt Convention Dates (1961-1962). Apr. 1961,197 -98. .9

NCTM Denver Meeting, 2-4 March 1972. Jan. 1972,52. 9.

NCTM Fifty-first AnnualHouiton '73 (25-28 Apnl. 1973). Feb. 1973, 149.NCTM Fifty-second Annual (Atlantic City, 17-20

Apiil 19'14). Nov. 1973, 614.

_, NEW FILMS . Title eSik

NCTM Praessional Dates. Jan. 1964, 55-56, Max .1964,-214-16, Apr._1964, 278.79, May 1964, 378,Oct, 1964:450-51; Nov. 1964, 518r Dec:- 1964,5139-90, Jan: 1965. 85-86, Feb. 1965, 163-64, Max.196s, 237-38; Apr. 1965, 29499; May 1965, 402.

NCTM Projec &Panels. Oct.19p, 384-85, Nov.1964' 6.

Projects and PanelsSupplementary List,iy January, 1965. Apr. 1965, 297.NCTM Proposed 'Amccinments to the Bylaws with

Explanatory Notes. Mu. 196, 235-37.NCTM Report of, the Nomingtrng COmmittee. Jan.

1964, 49-55; Jail. 1965, 76:85 and Mar. 1965, 186.NCTM Representatives. May 1963, 313.14; =May

1964, 373 -77, May 1965, 396-401, May 1966, 428-33; May 1967, 411-18; May 1968, 472-76; May1969, 414-19; May 19700146-51.

NCTM Sackville (Canada) Meeting, 23-25 August1972., Apr. 1972, 260.

NCTM Service and the Arithmetic Teacher. H. yer-. non Price. Jan. 1911, 5-6.

NCTM Tucson Meeting, 15-17 January 1973. Dec,1972, 680.

1., ItICTM Yearbook Committee Welcomes Ideas. Apr.V 1963, 198; May 1963, 258.The Neglected Role of the Decimal Point. Frat.;y.

Mueller. Mir. 1958, 87-88.,Never Underestimate the Inner-City Child. Mildred

Keiffer and Sarah Greenholt. Nov, r970, 587-95.',A New Approach to An Old, Priem. Jack W.

McLaughlin. Marc 1961, U2-16. r "New Arithmetic Textbooks. *pr. 1958, 130.New Books for. Pupils. Geraldine Green, ed. Jan.

1972, 49-52; Feb. 1972, 113-15; Mar. 1972, 228;Apr. 1972, 301, May 1972, 378-79', Oct. 1972,483-85, Nov. 1 2, .582-83 Deb, 1972, 671-73;Jan. 1973:73- ; Feb., 1973, 145-47, Mar. 1973,234-35 and May 1973, 411; Apr. 1973, 296-97;May 1973, 4 11, Oct. 1973,.480 -81, Nay. 1973,609-11! Dec 971 691-92.

The NCTM Film-Text Series "Mathematics for- Ele-mentary School Teachers." Jpseph Moray. Apt,1967, 296-99.

The NCTM, Its Growth and Growing Pains. Bruce E.Meserve. Oct.1965,A84-89.

NCTM. Joint Meeting with the NEA (San Francisco,2 July 1970). Way 1,970,416.

NCTM Knoxville Meeting, 9-11 November 1972.4 Oct. 1972, 430.

NCTM-MAA Joint Meeting (New Orleans, 25-27January 1969). Dec. 1968, 686.

NCTM Membership Report. Dec. 1960, 432 35, Nov..1964, 514-15; Oct. 1966, 513.

NCTM Officers and Directors Electecin 1973. Oct.1973, 499-502.

NCTM Officers, Di tors, Committees, Projects, and-

Representatives, 1 66-67. Oct. 1966; 514-18.The NCTM Operating Budget. Nov. 1959, 284-85.NCTM Operating Committees (1959 196(1). Oct.

1959, 232-34.

New Books fof Teachers. Gerald R. Rising, ed. Jan.1972,-45 -49}; Feb. 1972, 110-13; Mar. 1972, 225-27;A . 1072 299-300, May 1972 375-78, Oct. 1972,4 -82, Nov. 1972, 581-85, Dec,. 1972, 669-71, Jad.1 73, 74-75, Feb. 1973, 147-49 Mar. 1973, 232-33;Apr. 197 , 293-95; May1973, 412; Oct. 1973, 481-82, Nov. 1973, 606-8; Dec. 1973, 692-93.

New nt t in Mathematics First through FoufthiGra da Mae Heard. Oct. 1962, 314-16.

New u um Clearinghouse Offer) ComplimentaryRepo . ov. 1966, 596.

New Denucrids. Dec, 1962, 458. .

Neat D velopments in Arithmetic Teaching in Britain.C. G ttegno, Apr: 1956, 85-89.

New D vicesClucidate Arithmetic. Milton W. Beck-mann. Oct. 1960, 296-301.

New Directions in the Measurement of Matbe-matical Ability. Richard .Madden. May 1966,375-79.- ..,

New Director and Ne Address, for MAA. Jan.1969, 20. \\

A New Editor for "the rithmer cache,. Feb. 1960,106.

.., New English for, the Ne Math. V. L Reed. Jan.1968, 45-46.-

Newer Mathematics for e Intermediate Grades. 'AtMildred Hoyle. Apr. 196 212-14; May 1963, 291.

New' Experiments with M tipli%7tion. CatherineStern. Dec. 1960, 381-88.

New Film's and Filmstrips. Do °yn R. Lichtenberg,td. Oct. 1972, 48586, 972, 584-85, Dec.

i

11973, 6 Feb. 1973, 144-45;Apr. 1973, 29293, Map 1 7 , 413-14, Oct. 1973,482; Nov. 1973, 612 - 4; Dec. 1973, 690-91.

60 Title I liE,yv FORMALISM'

The New Formalism. Hipty Van Eisen. Feb. 1971,0 69-70.

New Jersey Institute ably 7 -16). Feb. 1954, 30.

NerFeb. , 7.F and Recreatignal Mathematics.

elY Look. at the Basic Principles of Multiplica-,...;: ti.voiti.7,,i15/111.ole Numbers. Herbert Hannon. Nov.

N

Newly Elected Officers (Buffalo Meeting, 21-23 'April)960)- May 1960249.

New _ly Elected Officers: May 1961, 238, May 19e2,May 1963, 255.

The New Mathematics. Clyde G. Cbrle. Apr. !INA,24247.

New Mathematics for Ethiopian Elementary Schools.Wilbur IL Dutton. Feb. 1968, 115-25.

The New Mathematics within ,Us --an After-SchoolClub. Jin. 1963, 29..

New Membirship and Subscription Dues, Feb. 1958,59.

New Money In Jamaica. Gerald W. Brown. Nov.-1969,'555.

New Numerals for Base-Five Arithmetic. PaulHilaire and Waite) Westphal. May 1964, 331 33.

New Research Journal Published by USOE. Mar.1267: 193.

A New Role for the Teachet. G. A. Kaye. Jan.1969, 39-47.

Newsletter . A Means of Mathematics Communica-tion. Hyman Kavett. Apr. 1962, 224-26.

New Tools, Methods for Their Use, and a New0 Curriculum in Arithmetic. Andrew F. -Schott.

Nov. 1957, 204-9._New Vistas in Primary Atillifnetic, Anne C. Booth,

May 1962, 268-70.blew York City Meeting2DeceMber 28-30; 1970.

Nov. 1970, 625.New York's Program for Teachers. Oct. 1958, 171.NewOlork's Refresher Institutes. May 1960, 221.`New York State Arithmetic Conferenceso (1957). Mar.

1959, 76.New York State Meeting (Syracuse, 1-2 May 1959).

Apr. 1959, 171.The Next Decade. Henry Van Engen. Dec. 1972,

615-16.The Next Few Years. Robert B. Davis. May 1966,

355-62.Next IssueApril, 1954. Esther Swenson and Ben A.

Sueltz. 'Feb. 1954, 5.Next Steps in SChool Mathematics. Donovan A.

Johnson. Mar. 1967, 185-89. , . .

Nicolet High School's Mathematical Pumpkin. Oct.1971, 431.

Nimble Numbers. Sandra Margolin. Mar. 1964, 205-6.The 1958 Budget. Oct. 1958, 221 -22.The 19 udget. Oct. 1961, 314-1.5.The 1962 dget. Oct. 1962, 351-52. .The 1963 Budget. Oct. 1963, 178-81.The 1964-6 Budget. Oct. 1964, 447.

\ The 1965-66 Budget. Oct. 1965,1494-95.The 1966-67 Budget. Oct. 1966, 512

e 1967/68tudget. Dec. 1967, 691-92.e 1968/69 udget. Nov. 1968, 659-60.e 1969/70 t get. Nov. 1269, 593-94.e 1958_Elec on Results. Oct. 1954, 222.

Th 1,963 Election. Mar. 1962, 133; A'pr. 1902, 192.19 Election. Mar. 1968, 281.196 Elections (Report of the committee on nomi-

na ions, and nominees for 1969 elections).19.9, 71-79.

1270 lectiont Mar. 1969, 237, Jan. 1R70, 87 -93,Feb. 1970, 150. , .

E thin. Feb. 1971, 124.ons for the 1966 Election. Nov. 2965,.582.

Nominations for the 1967 NCYM Election. Nov.1966, 693.

Nominations for the 1968 Electimi Nov. 1967,603-8.

Nominations for the 1969 Election. Nov. 1968, 655.Nominations for the 1970-Election. Nov. 1969, 589.Nominations for the 1971 Election. Nov. 1970, 627.Nomtnatioris for the 1972 Election. Nov. 1971,

536-37.Nominations for the 1973 Election. Oct. 1972, 508.Nominations for the 1974 Election. Oct. 1973, 514.Nombates for the 1968 Election. Jan, 1968, 74-81. '

Nominees for 1973 Election. Feb.. 1972, 161.Nominees for 1974 Election. Jan.1973, 77.The Nongraded Primary School and Arithmetic.

Richard H. Hart. Mat. 1962, 130-33.Non-occupational Uses of Mathemi Edwin

Windt and Gerald W., kr. own-Ckt. 1957, 151-54.Nottfencil-anOaper Solution of Problems. ()Ian

Peter. 1556, 229-35.'Nonverbal Instruction. Robert W. Wirtz. Feb. 1963,

72-77.A Note of Thanks. May 1962, 300. 'A Note on Correctness and Incorrectness. Charles

Brumfiel. May 1971,. 320021, Nov. 1970, 563-73,617-18.

A Note on Multiplying Fractions. Thomas A. Rom-berg. Mar. '1968, 263-65.

Note on Philosophy of Teaching Arithmetic. HowardF. Fehr. F,eb. 1956, 31-32.

Note on the First International Congress on Madre-inatical education. Jan. 1970, 60.

Note on the Teaching of "Ragged Decimals." HarryE.-Benz. Api. 1958, 149-51.

Not for twRonians. Dec. 1959, 327.Notice. Apr. 1962, 220.Notice of Annual Business Meeting (Chicago, 6 April

1961). Jan. 1961, 26; Feb. 1961, 76.No Time on their Hands. Beatrice Bachrach. Feb.

1973, 102-8.Now Try ThisDivision of Fractions. Charlotte W.

Junge. Feb. 1968, 177-78. 4Now try Thisin Multiplication. Charlotte W.

Junge. Jan4.1967, 47; Feb. 1967, 134-35.Now What? Effie Froelich. Mar. 1967, 225-27.The Nuffield Mathematics Teaching Project. Geoffrey

Matthews. Feb. 1968, -101-2.A Number Character. Philip J. Davis. Mar. 1962,

154.Number Concepts and Preschool Children. Louise K. c,

McDowell. Dec. 1962, 433-35.Number Concepts for the Slow Learner. Ruth Cook.

Apr. 1954, 11-14.Number in the Western Worlda Bibliography

Miriam H. Young. May 1964, 336-41.A Niumber Is a Set of ... ? NO11 Larry Sowder. Mar:

1972,177 -78.The Number Line and D\vision. Sharon C. Jarosh.

Nov. 1970, 617-18.The Number Line in the Junior High School. Rbnald

E. Hursh. Nok. 1966, 553-55.The Number Line in the Primary Grades. .Robert B.

Ashlock. Feb. 1961, 7$-76.N ber Line Multiplication for Negative lumbers.

Le H. Coon. Mar. 1966, 213-17.Number e: Versatility. Esther Milne. Dec 1968,,

738.A Number Lin without Numerals. Esther Milne.

Mar. 1971, 189-91.umber, Numeral,' and Operation. John R. Clark.

1960, 222-25, 230.'Num 1.Numeral, and to. 'John R. O'Donnell.

,Ma 1966, 401-2.

OTHER NUMBER SYSTEMS . . . I Title 61

Number Patterns. Robert A. Carman and MarilynJ. Cumin. Dec. 1970, 637-39; Apr. 1971, 272.

Number Patterns. A Ferreting Process. William R.Fielder and W. Robert Houston. Mar. 1962, 119-21.

Number Patterns from Digit Sums. 'Ferrel Trotter,Jr. and Irene IClaver. Feb. 1971, 100-103.

A Number Pencil. David M. Clarkson. Nov. 1967,557-59.

Number Please. William L. Swart. May 1970, 441-42.

The One and Six-tenths Cent Stamp. William Corbe'Nov. 1970, 623,

One Classroom, with Arithmetic and Justice for All.Jo McKeeby Phillips. Oct. 1958, 165-71.

One Eagle Is Worth Ten Dollars. Michael X Wat-man. Mar. 1971, 145-46.

A One-handed Clock. Caroline Hatton Clark. Mar.1960, 12-7.

100% Automatic Response? Louis E. Ulrich, Sr. Oct.Number Recognition in Kgn. Dec. 1959, 327. 1957, 161-67.Numbers, Sets, and Counting. Truman Botts. Oct. 1 Johnny Unitas 2 Alan Pages, or the Mathematics

1961, 281-86. of Football Trading Cards. J. Norman Wells andThe Number System and the Teacher. Ann C. Petert. Rosalyn W. Wells. Nov. 1973, 554-57.

Oct. 1957, 155-60, 167. One Teachees_Eoint of View. Donald W. Hight.,Number Systems, Fad or Foundation? May 1961,-----Ma-C1971, 135-36.

242-45. "One, Two, Button My Shoe." H. Van Engen. Oct.Numerals Still Count. E. A. Enssr on and Doris C.

Enstrom. Feb. 1966, DlNumerationa Fresh Cook. Wayne Peterson. May

1965, 3355.38:Numerfttson for Springfield Meeting, 8 10 November

1973. Oct, 1973, 517.Numeration Systems and Their Classroom Roles.

Jesse A. Rudnick. Feb. 1968, 138-47.Nu-Tic, Tac, Toe. Harry D. Ruderman. Nov. 1965,

571-72.

0.The "Object-a:Screen": A Machine for Teaching

Elementary Mathematics. Chester L Uncapher, Jr.Oct. 1965, 462-65.

Observations of Instruction in Lower-Grade Arith-metic- in English and Scottish Schools. William A.Brownell. Apr. 1960, 165-77.

Obtaining Valid Research in Elementary SchoolMathematics. Dale P. Scannell. Apr. 1969, 292-95.

Odd, Isn't It? Frank Smith. May 1968, 462-64.An Odd Use for Odd Numbers. David Salsburg. Feb.

1963, 66-67.Offerings and Enrollments in Science and Mathe-

matics. Mat.-1958, 86.Offerings in Mathematics of NET Stations, 1965-67.

Robert C. Clary. Apr. 1967, 300-306.Office of Education Funds Metric Center. Apr. 1973,

279.Officers, Directors, Committees, Projects, and Repre-

sentatives (1968/69). Oct. 1968, 578-82.Officers, Directors, Committees, Projects, and Repre-_,.....-

sentatives ,(1969/70). Oct. 1969, 509-14.Officers, Directors, Committees, Projects, and Repro-

sentatives (1970/71). Oct. 1970, 543-47.Officers, Directors, CoMmittees, Projects

sentatives (1971-72). Nov. 19 -36.Officers, Directors, Com , ProjeitiTirid

sentatives (19 2- 9 . Oct. 1972, 503-8.Officers, Dirt , Committees, Projects, and Re

sentati (197 -74). Oct. 1973, 510-14.f Number Lin and Regibits. Lois D. HoldeApr. 1969, 322.

Often the Number Are Missing. Mar. 1956, 75-76.A Old Chestnut i Division. Nob. 1957, 216.01 MacDonald. B lids a Fence. \ obert L. PiCge.

b. 1973, 91-93.ha Meeting (1; 0 November 191Q1). Ctt. 1971,

I

epre-

epre-

e,

Om42

On eyond theMc herson Wi197 , 543-44.

On Computation627-30.

One. Arthur E. Jor"1" and "1" Is "1

158-60.

thematics Lab ratory. Annn and Stephen Krulik. Nov.

dan.

ill. W. G. Quasi. Dec. 1969,

Oct. 1967, 498-99.rank L. Wolf. \Apr. 1958,

1954, 18-20.On Improving One's Ability to Help Children Learn

Mathematics. Phares G. O'Daffer. Nov. 1972,519-26.

On Labeling Answers. Earl Clendenon. Jan. 1960,37-38.

On Listening and Speaking the Language of theNatives. Robert B. Davis. May 1968,419.

On Planting and Learning. Fen;tand J. Prevost. Feb.1969, 98.

On Readiness and Rem* Mathematics Instruc-tion. Sylvia Farnham ory. Nov. 1968, 614-22.

On the Fraction as a Numeral. Francis J. Mueller.May 1961, 234-38.

On the Learning of Mathematics. Z P. Dienes. Mar.1963, 115-26.

On the Level. Mar. 1956, 58.n the Teaching of Decimal Fractions. G. W. P.Geyser. Dec. 1966, 644-46.n Whole Number Computation. Charles Brumfieland Irvin Vance. Apr. 1969, 253-57.

Oogle Google and the Mini-Unit. Carol Lee andGary Marie. Feb. 1973, 99-100.

An Open-ended Practice Exercise. Edwina,1,3eans,-Feb. 1964, 119-21.

Opening the Eyes of a New Teacher.__Suzanne Flem-ming. Oct. 1957, 189-90. .

An Open Letter ,on Teaching Machines and Pro-cider W. Smith. Jan. 1962,gramed Instruction.

29-31.An Open . 6 )!. 9 and the "Critical Triangle."

S ary Bernard, S.N.D. de N. May 1968,430-32.

An Open Letter toMary P

Mathematics Teachers. Sr..,,. Feb. 1968, 148-53.

ctional ConsiderationsGrouws. Nov. 1972,

seftil Tool in Problemohen. Air. 1967, 263-67.

ttle Caps. Maljorie Bacdn. Oct. 1965,

111

n ntences. Some Ifrom Research. Douglas A.595-99.

Open SentencestheSolving. Lou'

Operatio4

e

Oral Arithmetic Vocabulary of KindergartenChildren. Clifford J. Kolson. Feb. 1963, 0-83.

An Ordered Pair Approach to Addition of RationalNumbers. in Second Grade. Francis Howard Hil-debrand and Nellie Johnson. Feb. 19V, 106c8.

Ordered fairs, Patterns, and Graphs. in FOurth Grade.Lucy E. Driscoll. Mar. 1961, 127-30.

k)rder of Operations in Elementary Arithmetic. Mar-vin L. Bender. May j962, 263-67.rganizing Composite and Prime Numbers. Leonar

\ M. Kennedy. Feb. 1964, 109-11.c Original Counting Systems of Papua an New

\ uinea. Edward P. Wolters. Feb. 1971, 77-83.Oilier Announcements. Oct. 1962, 355.Other Number SystemsAids to Understanding

62 Title I OUNCE OF PREVENTION

Mathematics. Margaret F. Willerding. Nov. 1961,350-56.

An Ounce of Prevention. Esther 3. Swenson. Feb.1956, 1-7.

'Our Number Clothesline. Sylvia Dian. Dec. 1964,580.

Our Number System and Its Base. Apr. 1954, 27.Out of Our' IN Basket. Francis J. Mueller. Oct.

1968, 549-50; Nov 968, 647-48; Mar. 1969, 393-94; Oct. , 2-83; Nov. 1969, 573-74.

O ur IN Basket. roost Yff. Nov. 1970, 609-11.t of Yesterday Betty Baker. Mar. 1963, 143-51.

The Painted Cube. Nov. 1961, 367, 380. -A Pair of Rabbits and, a Mathematician. Sr. Ann

Dominic Tassone, C.S.J. Apr. 1967, 285 48.Pamphlet on Grades Seven and Eight. Ben A. Sue Hz.

Apr. 1958, 151.Paper Folding and Cutting a Set of Jangrans ices

Steven S. Dickoff. Apr.....1911;150-52.Paper Folding and-Equivalent FractionsBridging a

Gap, Harry Bohan. Apr. 1971, 245-49.A-Taper-folding Demonstration of the Area of a

Triangle, Margaret R. Wiscamb. Dec. 1970, 653.Paper, Pencil, and Book. Henry Lulli. Dec. 1973,

695-96."Parallelograms": A Simplq, Answer to Drill Moti-

vation and Individualized Instruction. Benny F.Tucker. Nov. 1971, 489-93.

Parent Education. Feb. 1966, 109.Parent Education. J. Fred Weaver. Jan. 1966, 52-5'.Parents' COntribution to Students' Success in Math

Significant. Mar. 1965, 220.Participation of Young Children in Mathematics.

Ruth Anne Korey. Oct. 1964, 421-22.Pass the News Along (Beaumont, Texas, Meeting,

10-12 February 1972). Dec. 1971, 597.Pattern Analysis in Magic Squar arles E. Schulz.

Apr, 1963, 214-15.Pattern for Dis ery: Prime and Composite Num-

bers. Frances Hewitt. Feb. 1966, 136-38.A Pattern in Arithmetic. .W. W. Sawyer. Apr. 1963,

215=16."Patterns"a Mathematical Unit - for Three- and

Four-Year-Olds. William D. McKillip. Jan. 1970,15-18.

Patterns and Creative Thinking. Ruth M. /Perkins.Dec. 1967, 668-70.

Patterns for Multiplication. Persis Joan He old. Oct.1969, 498-99; Mar. 1970, 226.

Patterns in Arithmetic. John A. Peterson and Jose").Hashisaki. Mar, 1966, 209-12.

Patterns in Arithmetic. J. Fred Weaver. Apr2-1963,217-21.

Patterns in Arithmetic: A Three-Year Report. J: FredWeaver. Apr. 1965, 291-93.

Patterns of Geometry. Margaret A. Darrell. Oct.1969, 447-50.

Patterns of Inteisection. Bruce A. Allen. Oct. 1968,560-62.

Payoff in Increased Instructional Time and Enrich-ment Activities. Robert E. Rea and James French.Dec. 1972, 663-68.

Pedagogy in Elementary Mathematics EducationTime for a Change. John F. LeBlanc. Nov. 1970,605-9.

The Pegboard at a Fraction Maker. George S. Cun-ningham and David Raskin. Mar. 1968, 224-27.

The Peg Boarda Useful Aid in Teac'hing Mithe-manes, Alan A. Fisher. Apr. 1961, 186-88.

Pegboard Gcomctry, Lewis B. Smith. Apr. 1965,'271-74.

Pegboard Multiplication of a Fraction by a Fraction.Diane Nelson and Marvin N. Nelson. Feb. 1969,142-44.

A Penny of 18 Feb. 1958, 9.A Percentage d. Apr. 1955, 47.PercentageNou or Adjective? David Rappaport.

Jan. 1961, 25-26.Percent: A Rational Number . or a Ratio. Jeanne

Nelsen. Feb. 1969, 105-9.Per Cent without Cases. Arnold Wendt. Oct 59,

209-14.Perceptual Burdens in Learning Mathe cs. Alan

R. Osborne. Dec. 1973, 626-29.Performance Contracting in Math

456.The Performance of Four- and Five-Year-Old CU.-

dred in Operatic!! Head Start on Selected Arith-metic Abilities. Charmon Lehew. Jan. 1968, 53-59.

Perspective in Arithmetic. Jesse Osborn. Nov. 1958,2.7 -.7.§,,,

Perspecan in Programs of Instruction in Elemen-tary Mathematics. John R. Clark. Dec. 1965,604-11.

Perspective in the Field of Arithmetic. B. R. Buck-ingham. Feb. 1955, 1-5.

Peter Is a Slow Learner. Lois Vincent. Dec. 1954,24-26.

,Philadelphia Meeting (15-17 March 1973). Jan.1973, 77.

A Philosophy of Arithmetic Instruction. Howard F.Fehr. Apr. 1955, 27-32.

Phoenix Meeting, March 14-16 (1968). Jan. 196822. 4 .,

A Physical Model for Te tiphcatton ofIntegers. Warren-H. ill, Jr. Oct. 1968, 525 -28.

Physical Representations for Signed-Number Opera-tions. Robert B. Ashlock and Tommie A. West.Nov. 1967, 549-54.

Piaget and Pedagogy: Fuidamental RelationshipsDaiyo Sawada. Apr. 197 , 293-98.

A Piagetian Conservation oncept. Elbert D. Over-holt. May 1965, 317-26.

Piagetian Research and , the School MathematicsProgram. Apr. 1972, 309-14.

Piaget: Number and Measurement. Arthur F. Cox-ford, Jr. Nov. 1963, 419-27.

Piaget Rediscovered. Eleanor Duckworth. Nov.1964, 496-99. '

"Pica-Centro"a Game of Logi& Douglas IL Aichele.May 1972, 359-61.

A Picture Line Can Be Fun! Katherine PatteDec. 1969, 603-5.

A Pictured Approach to, an Idea for Division. Cha lesE. Schloff. May 1969, 403-4.

Pipe Cleaners and Loops Discovering How to Alddand Subtract Directed Numbers. Heibert Fremont.Nov. 1966, 568-72.

Place Value. Marie Luti. .Dec. 1961, 415.A Place-Value Game. Lorena W. Holder. Dec. 1956,

248-49. -

A Place-Value Game for First' Graders. Irene R.MacRae. Nov. 1957, 217-18.

Placoa Number-Place Game. Robert C.' Calvo.May 1968, 465-66.

Plane Polygons. Dolores Ci,/ Sandling. Dec. 1964,569-70. " /

A Flan for Teaching Arithmetic Shorthand. JenJenkins. Nov. 1956, 207719.

Planning an Arithmetic Fair. Dorothy F. Gilman a' Members of the Faculty. Dec. 1961, 428-30.Planning Mathematics Instruction for Four- and Five,

Year-Olds. Robert B. Ashlock. May 1966, 397-400.Plan Nt'w for the Summer MeetingAugust 19-21,

tics. Nov. 1971,

67

PROBLEM SOLVING USING , I Title 63

1957 at Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota.Mar. 1957, 81.

Plan Now to Attend the Winter Meeting of theNCTM (Washington, D.C., 27-30 December 1955).Nov. 1955, 112.

Plans for Professional Placement Seirvice. Dec. 1962,465. .

Plan to Attend (Portland Meeting 21-23 February1974). Dec. 1973, 709.

Play Shuffleboard with Negative Numnbers. CharlotteFrank. May 1969, 395-97.

A Plea for Improvement of Research in MathematicsEducation. Sally Irene Lipsey. Mary1969, 220-22.

Please Give Us More Story Pryns. Barbara B.Snyder. Feb. 1973, 96-98.

The Pledge of an Arithmetic Teacher. Fay M. Layne.Mar. 1958, 90-91.

The Plight of a Child. Judy Ticknor Dickson. Jan.1968, 19-22,

P1 us. Marie Giddings. Nov. 1965, 572-74.us" Work for All Pupils. David M. Clarkson. May

1960, 238-39.°131u? Work for "Plus" ,Pupils. Eunice Lewis and

Ernest C. Plath. Nov. 1959, ft51 -56.The Point of View of the Twenty-fifth Yearbook.

Foster E. Grossnickle. Oct. 1960, 274-79.Points and Lines. D. E. Mohlenbruck. Apr. 1964,

247.Polygonal Numbers. A Study of Patterns. Margaret

A.' Hervey and Bonnie H. Litwiller. Jan. 1970,33-38. _

Polygons on a Lattice. John J. Sidlivan; Die. 1973,673-75.

POlyhedra Construction. Henry Lulli. Feb. 1972,127-30.

Polyominoes and Symmetry. i.Akva Skidell. May1967, 353, 382.

Pop Goes an Idea. Esther J. Swenson. Oct. 1964,425-27.

Popsicle Sticks and Flying Polygons. Charles Lund.Oct. 1970, 531-32.

Positional Notation, Yes! But When? M. FerMcFarland. Dec. 1968, 672.

Possible Misunderstandings Arising Out of Kersh's.Article on Learning by Discovery. Apr. 1966,275-77.

Postage Stamps and Arithmetic. Dec,. 1959, 301.Practical Paper Models for Number Concepts. Nancy

Capozzolo Fisher. Dec. 1973, 630-33.Practice and Discovery: Starting With the Hundred

Board. Margaret Hervey Jones and Bonnie H.Litwiller. May 1973, 360-64.

Practice in Renamini.Numbersan Aid to Subtrac-tion. Edwina Deans. Feb. 1965, 142.

Pre-first Grade Arithmetic. Anita P. Riess. Mae.1957, 50-54.

Preparation in Mathematics for Elementary SchoolTeachers. Committee on the Undergraduate Pro-gram in Mathematics (CUPM). Mar. 1967, 198-99.

Preparation of Manuscripts. . Glenadine Gibb. Jan.1964, 17.

Preparing Prospective Teachers of Elementary SchoolMathematics. W. Rober! Houston. Nov. 1968,643-47.

Preparing Solidly for Algebra . .. Using Prime Num-bers. W. A. Leonard. Oct. 1964, 418-20.

Preschool Arithmetic Is Impoitant. Ruth L. Woods.Jan. 196t, 7-9.

The Preschool Child's Concept of .Number. AlecBrace and L. Doyal Nelson. Feb. 1965, 126-33.

Presenting Multiplication of Counting Numbers . onan Array Matrix. Merry Schragc. Dec. 1969,,615-16.

Preservation 'of Archival Materials. May 1970, 371.

68

Pre-service and In-service Education in Mathematics.Edwina Deans. May 1965, 315-1,6!".

Pre-service and In-service Education of Elenietitary,School Teachers in Arithmetic. Wilbur H. Duttonand Augustine P. Cheney. Mar. 1964, 192-98:

Preservice Teachers Clarify Mathematical Perceptsthrough Field Experiences. Malcolm D. Swanand Orville E. Jones. Dec. 1969, 643-45.

Preservice Textbooks: AnCruikshank. Oct- , 479-83.

President's Report. Oct. 1967, 523-26.President's Report. The State of the Council, 1967/68.

Oct. 1968, 571-75.Presidents Report. The State of the Council Golden

Jubilee Year. Oct. 1969, 503-5.President's Report. The State of the Council. Oct.

1970, 537-40.President's Report. The State of the Council. Nov.

1971, 525-27.President's Report. The State of t17"eouncfl. Oct.

1972, 491-500.PreviewIffilwaukee Meeting (12-14 April 1956).

Feb. 1956, 32.Primary-Grade Instruction in Geometry. James E.

Inskeep, Jr. May 1968, 422-26.Prime: A Drill in t e- Recognition of Prime and

Composite Number . Gregory Holdan. Feb. 1969,149-51.

Prime (Candy Bar . EivitrAasof. Jan-196k

ouglas E.

Pane Numbers an Factoring I.:Good-man. Nov. 1959, 274-75.

Prime Numbers from the Multiplication Table. Don-ald J. Stenger. Dec. 1969, 617-20.

4 Prime Quotient Study for Junior High SchoolStudents. Francis H. Hildebrand. Dec. 1969, 621-26.

Primes and factoring. Donald D. Paige. Dec. 1962,449-52.

Primitive gic. Janet.Spencer. Feb. V68, 175.A-Prtricfp on erence on the "New' Mathematics.

Freder' k R. Rabinowitz. Jan. 1965, 75.Principl of Learning Applied to Arithmetic. Ger-

trude ildreth. Oct..1954, 1-5.The P ismoidal Formula. G. T. Buckland. Feb.

1959 44-45.Proba ility a StatisticsTrial Teaching. in 'Sixth °

Gr de. Jac D. Wilkinson and Owen Nelson. Feb.,19 6, 100-,1 6.

Pro ability o the Geoboard. John .Niman andRobert D. tman. Mar. 1973, 167-70.

Probability wi h Marbles and a Juice Container.James E. Hi gins. Mar. 1973, 165-66.

Problem. Marion Roennau Wagner: Jan. 1967, 23.The Problem of Prob1 Solving. Clarice Sinner.

Apr. 1959, 158-59.Problems Associated with the Reading, of Arithmetic.

Leroy Barney. Feb. 1972.131-33. 'Problems in Presenting a Grocery Store Lesson. Ruth

Anne Korey. Nov. 1963, 446-48.Problems in the Trainihg of Elementary School

Teachers. Gail S. Young. May 1966, 380-84.Problem &giving. Mary Jo Pottenger and Leonard. Leth. Jan. 1969, 21-24.Pcroblem-solving Activities Obsered in ,British Pri-

mary Schools. Rose Grossman. Jan. 1969, 34-38.Problem Solving and the Development of Cognitive

Structure. Thomas C. O'Brien and Bernard J. Sha-piro" Jan. 1969, 11-15.

Problem SolvingProgramming and Pfocessing. Herbert Hannon. Jan. 1962, 17-19.

Problem Solving. Some Suggestions from Research.- C. Alan Riedesel. Jan. 1969, 54-58.Problem Solving Using the Sphere. John J. Sullivan.

Jan. 1969, 29-32.

,

I

64 Title PROBLEM SOLVING wrni .

OProbletts Solvig with Enthusiasm the MathematicsLaboratory. Anne W. Schaefer and Albert H.Mauthe. Jan. 1970, 7-14. .

Problem Solving with Number Picture Problem Situa-tions. Juliet Sharff. Mar. 962, 155-59.

Problems without Numbers. alter L Klas. Jan.1961, 19-20.

Procedures for Tealung ..eadingN. Wesley Earn, No'. 1970, 575-79

Proceedings of the twelfth Annual egate Assem-bly (Chicago, 6 April 1961). Fe 1962, 100-104.

Proceedings of the Thirteenth Annual Delegate As-sembly (Pittsburgh, April 1963). Apr. 1963,224-27.

Proceedings .of the Fifteenth Annual Delegate As-sembly (Miami Beach, 22 April 1964). Dec. 1964,587-89.

Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Delegate As-sembly (Detroit, 21 April 1965). Dec. 1965, 660-61.

Proceedings of th'e Seventeenth Matta( DelegateAssembly (New York City, 13 April 1966). Mar.1967, 234-37.

Rroceeclings of the Eighteenth Annual Delegate As-\sembly (Las Vegas, 18 April 1967). 'Mar. 1968,281-83.

Proceedings of the Ninepenth Annual Delegate As-sembly ('Ph4adelphia,117 April 1968). Feb. 1969,156-57.

'A Proclamation of Plj.deaCINIg,Kavett. Mar.1066, 226.

Professional Dates. Jan. 1961, 45; Feb. 1961, 82, 85;Apr. 1961, 197; Mar. 1961, 140; May 1961, 266;Oct. 1961, 326; Nov. 1961,-352, Dec. 1961, 403,Jan. 1962, 57; Feb. 1962, 105-6; Mar. 1962, 165-66;Apr. 1962, 232-33; May 1962, 310; Oct. 1962, 355;Nov. 1962, 408; Dec. 1962, 466; Jan. 1963, 55;Feb. 1963, 102-3; Mar. 1963, 165-66; Apr. 1963,229 -30 May 1963, 315; Oct. 1963, 385-86; Nov.1963. 1963, 520.1 '

Prognosis for Studying Algebra. Robert E. DinkEl.Dec. 1959, 317-19. F

Program Annual Meeting (MiamiBeach, 22- pril 1964). Feb. 1964, 129.

Programme. Instruction in Elementary Arithrdetic.Glen E Fincher and H. T. Fillmer. Jan. 1965,19-23.

Program PreviewsSummer, 1962 (Madison, Wis-consin, 15-17 August 1962). May 1962, 257, 297.

Project Idaho....Richard Kay and Lauren q. Woodby.Mar. 1965, 229-31.

Projecti Make Mathematics More Interesting. Joh".B., Haggerty. Apr. 1961, 172-75.

r. 1971,Projects on Individualizing Instruction.161-63.

Project SOSO' (Sant Our. low es). Daisy Howell.Jan. 1972, 29-33.

Promoting Problem-solving Sk. Is' through Nonvpr-.bal Problems. Cecil R. True lood. Jan. 1969:7-9.

Prompting versus Intermitter Confirmation in theLearning of a Mathematida ask. ,John D. McNeil.Nov. 1965, 533' / '

Properties of 0 ations. Meaningful Study. V1.Liam J. Apr. 196 , 271-75.

Properties of Ps,lygonal Regions. Forrest L Coltharp.Feb. 1972, 117-22.

A Proposal for the cmpr vement of 'the MathematicsTraining of Me:bents. HerbertSchool Teachers. HerbeF. Spitzer'. .Feb. 1969, 137-39.

A Proposed Amendment to the. Bylaws (NCTM).Feb."1964, 129.

Proposed Bylaw Changes. Mar. 1969; 234-37.

1

The Prospective FiemehtarY School Teacher andMathematics Methodology. William R. Arnold.

- N. _1969, 569 74.Prdlt tive Teachers' Attitudes toward Arithmetic.

Frank Sinith. Nov. 1964, 474-77.Providing for the Gifted Child. Alice Panek. Nov.

1959, 246-50.Providing Meaningful Practice.. Edwma Deans. Dec.

1960, 426-30.Providing Mental Arithmetic Experiences. Frances

Flournoy. Apr. 1959, 133-39.A'Psaltir of Lamentation, or, the Psalm of the Empty

Set. Nellie Culp. Oct. 1941, 296.A Psychologist Views (with Alarm) the Mathematical

Concepts of "Multiplication" and "Division."0. Hobart Mowrer. Jan. 1962, 3-9. .

Psychology Applied to the Teaching of Arithmetic.Robert H. Koenker. Nov. 1958, 261-64.

Pupil Performance on Examples Involving SelectedVariations of the Distributive Idea. J. Fred Weayer.Dee.`1973, 697-704. -

Pupils Mike Problems. Apr. 1958, 162.Pupils Respond to the Modern Elementary Mathe-

matics. Laura Newell. Feb. 1965, 144-46.Pupil Understanding. of the Numeration Systm.

Fiances Flournoy,' Dorothy Brandt, and JohtinieMcGregor. Feb. 1963, 88-92.

Putting F to Work. ,An.,,Enrichment APetronella iehle. Nov. 196C-649-51.

Puzzle. Dec. 1954, 23, 26, 30, Feb. 1955, 16; ov.1955, rn.

A Puzzle for Any Age.Puzzles. Marl 1956, 48.A, Pythagorean PuzzM

67-70.

Dec. 1959, 305.

Gary D. Hall. J

Q

1 72,

itative aluation. Joseph P. Robitaille. May19 , 6-77.

Quintitative Aspects of Science at the Primary Stage.N. F. Newbury. Dec. 1967, 641-44.

Quantitative Thinking in Today's World. Calhoun C.Collier. Nov. 1958, 269-70.

.Quantisative54755.

Thinking% of Preschool Chfldr11, Sr.Josephina, 1965.,

Quantitative Voca ,and. Problem Solving. W. J.Lyda and FranCes Puiscan. Apr. 1967, 2t9-91.

The Quest for .4c! Improved Curriculum. J. R.MacLean. F 967,114449.

,

Questions They", 1963, 457, Dec. 1963,485, 490. e

A Quiz for Arithite, ti; eachers. B. G. Pauley. Mar.1963; 1'41-42.

a

V RRainy Day Games. Robert C. Gessel, carog John-

sop, Marty Boren, and Charles Smith. Apr. 1972;303-5.eigh MeetingOctober 9 11, 1969. Oct. 1969, 478.,

Mental Calculations. Wallace M. Bragdon.May 1965,.369-70.

Rate" Pairs, Fractions, Ind Rational Numbers. HenryVan Engen. Dec. 1960, 389-99.

A Rationale for - Duplation- Mediation Multiplying.Bryce-E. Adkins. Apr. 1964,'251-53.

A Rationale in the Use of Variables. Roy D. Hajek.Ndv. 1966, 546-48.

A Rationale in Working with Signed Numbers. LouisS. Cohen. Nov. 1965, 563-67.

69

A Ra,..ale in Working with Signed NumberiRe-vbiM Louis F. Cohen. Nov. 1966, 564-67.

Rationalizing Division of Fractions. Sam Duke!.Dec. 1954, 20-23.

Rationalizing "Inverting and Multiplying." Alex-, ander M. Chabe. 272-73.A Reaction too"The Role o tructure in Verbal rrob-

lem Solving." Marilyn . Zweng. Mar. 11968,251-53.

The Readability of Elementary Mathematics hooks.James W, Heddens and Kenneth J. Smith. Nov.1964, 466-68.

the Readability of Experimental Mathematics Mate-rial. Kenneth J. Smith and James W. Reddens.Oct. 1964, 391-94.

Readers' Dialogue. May 1972, 348, 395, 403, Nov.1972. 585-86, 599; Dec. 1972, 616, 647; Jan. 1973,

ff6, 35, Feb. 1973, 113, 127,, May 1973, 331, 408,414, 417; Dec. 1973, 638, 646, 656.

Readers' Reactions to "Disparity in Scores fromStandardized Arithmetic Tests." J. Fred Weaver.

. Oct. 1962, 342-43.Readiness for Matheinatics Learning. Billy.J. Paschal.

Jan. 1968, 5-6.Reading and Computation Ability as Determinants

of Problem Solving. Irving H. Balr. Jan. 1964,18-22.

Reading and Mathematics. George F. Feeman. Nov.1973, 523-29.

Reading Big Numbers. Frances B. Morgenstern andMorris Pincus. Nov. 1972, 569-70.

Reading in Mathematics. George W. Streby. Mar.1957; 79-81.

Reading Numbers Modernized.- H. C. Christofferson.Mar. 1958, 68.

Recent Research Contributions to Elementary SchoolMathematics. C. Alan Riedesel. Mar. 1970,245-52.

Receipts and Expenditures. Oct. 1958, 221.Receipts and Expenditures of the NCTM for the

Fiscal Year, June 1, 1954-May 31, 1955. Oct.1955, 93.

A Recipe for Angle, Circle, Construction Surprise.Genevieve Forrest. May 1960, 266.

Recipe for Arithmetic. Mara Zegelis. Oct. 1958,177.

Recorded Recollections of the Study of Mathematics.Sally Irene Lipsey. Feb..1973, 136-38.

Reduction of Fractions. Catherine Geary. ov. 1957,209-10.

Re-education in Mathematics for Elemen SchoolPersonnel: In-service ProgramsOne Way toSolve the Problem. Joseph A. Izzo d RuthKelley Izzo. Oct. 1964, 413-17.

Reflections on the Couitship of Ma andScience. Charles H. D'Augustina 1967,645-49.

Reflectiveness/Impulsiveness and Mathemati eve-ment. W. George Cathcart and Wern- tke.Nov. 1969, 563-67.

I Reform of Arithmetic Teaching. Mar. 1.9. , 231.Regional Conference ur Fort Laluterdale 4-16 Oc

tober 1971). Oct. 1971, 415.Registrations at NCTM Conventions. Nov. i961,

378-80; Nov. 19 , 406-7; °Nov. 963, 1-63;Nov. 1964, 513 -$; Nov. 1965, 582 .3; Nov. 966,t04-5, Dec. 19,67, 692-94, Nov. 1 , 656 -57, Nov.1969, 589-91; Dec. '1971, ,602-3- v. 197 608;Nov, 1973, 615-16.

A Regdlar Classroom plus a Ma tics Laboratory.Donald G. Beuthel and Phyllis L 'Meyer. Nov.1972, 527-30.

Relations. Robert H. Sorgenfrey. Oct. 1967, 473 75.Relationship between Arithmetic Achievement and

. R E S E A R C H FINDINGS . . . Title 65

Item Performance on the Revised Stanford-BinetScale. Aileen Shine. Feb. 1961, 57-59.

The Relationship between Arithmetic. Achievementand V ulary Knowledge of Elementary Mathe-matics. larence Phillips. May 1960, 240-42.

The Rela nship between. Arithmetic Research and, the Con eat of Antfimetic Textbooks (1900-1957).

Mother M. Constance Dooley. Apr. 1960, 178-83,188. <

The Relationship of Conservation of Numerousness toProblem-solving Abilities of First-Grade Children.Leslie P. Steffe. Jan. 1968, 47-52.

,The Relationship of Souo-eonomit. Factors andAchievement in Arithmetic. John J. Keough. May1960, 231-37.

Remainder Multiplying. Betsy Benner. Apr. 1971,249, 267.

Remainders in Division and a Floor Number ',tine.Edwina Deans. Mar. 1961, 131-34.

"Remainders" That Shouldn't Remain. Ralph Con-nelly and.James Heddens. *Oct. 1971, 379-80.

Remedial Teaching of Multiplication and Division:Programmed Textbook versus Workbooka PilotStudy. Conwell Higgins and Reuben R. Rusch. Jan.1965, 32-38.

Remedial Work withUnderactue4g Children. LeroyCallahan. Mar. 1962 138-40. s

Remember These Ci'M Convention Dates (19thChristmas Meet' , 27-30 Dec. 1960; 39th AnnUil

< Meeting, 5-8 Ap . 1961). Nov. 1960, 375.Repeating Dec' MarvintR. Winzenread. Dec.

1973, 678-82.A Reply to Gary R. Smith. Patrick Suppes. Dec.

1967, 635.A Reply to Mr. Rodman's .Critique. William A.

Brownell, May 1964, 344-46.Reply to Professor Todd's Letter. Len Pilciart. Mar.

1968, 227, 243.Report of the Committee on Nominations (1970 Elec-

tions). Jan. 1970, 87-93, Feb. 1970, 150.r Report of the Executive Secretary. Nov. 1971, 527-

30; 'Oct. 1972, 500-501.Report of the Membership Committee. Mary C.

Rogers. Nov. 1956, 216-18; Apr. 1957, 133-35;Dec. 1957, 269-73, Apr. 1958, 156-57, Oct. 1938,223{24; Oct. 1961, 321-25.

A Rebort of the NCTM dminuttee on the LowAchiever. Nov. 1968, 661-62.

Report of the iontmating Committee. Feb. 1956, 33-r 40; Feb. 1937, 35-42; Feb. 1958, 46-54; Dec.

1958, 324; Feb. 1959, 50-56; Jan. 1960, 42-49;ov. 1960, 363; Jan. 1961, 39-45; Oct. 1962, 316;an. 1962,-48-56; Jan. 1963, 46-54;, Oct. 1963,

s 6; Jan. 1965, '763-85 and Mar. 1965, 186; Jan.1 66, 60-68; Jan. 1967, 51-60.

R n of the Policy Conference of the NationalCouncil of Teachers of Mathematics (Chicago,

' 9-10 October 1959). Nov. 1959, 244-45.R rt on a Project to Assess the Adequacy of U.S.

ucafion. Apr. 1969, 262.Report on the Use of Calculators. Lois L. Beck.Feb. 1960, 103. .

Reports of Research and Development Activities/1957-1968. Marilyn N. Suydam apd C. AlanRiedesel. Nov. 1969, 557-63.

Requiring Proof of Understanding. Olan Petty. Nov.1955, 121-23. _

Research and CurriculuM Improvement. J. FredWeaver, ed. Dec. 19 , 431.

. Researchlfin Arithmetic Feb. 1954, 20.Research Findings Ap licable in the Classroom.

Marilyn N. Suydam d C. Alan Riedesel. Dec.1969, 640-42.

66 Title 1 RESEARCHING RESEARCH . .

Researching Research Questions. C. Alan Riede;e1.May 1970, 424-27.

.

Research in Mathematics Education and the Men-tally Retarded. Austin J. Connolly. Ott. 1973,491-97:

Research in the Teaching of Elementary SchoolMathematics. Kenneth E. Brown and Theodore L.Abell. Nov. 1965, 547-49.

Research Needs in Elementary School MathematicsEducation. Vincent J. Glennon. May 1966,363-68.

=Research on Arithmetic Instruction-1957. J. FredWeaver. Apr. 1958, 109-18.

Researc on Arithmetic Instruction-1958. J. FredWea r. Apr. 1959, 121-32.

Resew? on Arithmetic Instruction-1959. j-FredWeaver. May 1960, 253-65.

Research on Elementary-School Mathematics-1960.J. Fred Weaver. May 1961, 255-60.

Research on Elementary-School Mathematics-1960(Concluded). J. Fred Weaver. Oct. 1961, 301-6.

Reseirch on Elementary-School Mathematics-1961.J. Fred Weaver. May 1962, 287-90.

Research on Elementary School Mathematics-1962.J. Fred Weaver. May 1963, 297-300.

Research on Elementary School Mathematics-1963.J. Fred Weaver. Apr. 1964, 273-75.

Research on Elementary School Mathematics -1964.J. Fred Weaver. May 1965, 382-87. .'

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K 8, for. 1965. J. Fred Weaver. May 1966, 414-27.Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K 8, for

1966. J. Fred Weaver. Oct. 1967, 509-17.Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K 8, for

1967. C. Alan Riedesel, Marilyn N. Suydam, andLen Pilcaart. Oct. 1968, 531-44.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8, for1968. C. Alan Riedesel and Marilyn N. Suydam.Oct. 1969, 467-78.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8, for1969. Marilyn N. Suydam. Oct. 1970, 511-27.

Research Should Guide Us. James T. Gane. Dec.1962, 441-45. .

Research Suggestions: Use of Time in Teaching Ele-mentary School Mathematics. C. Alan Riedesel.Mar. 1971, 177-79.

The Results of a Modern Mathematics Program.Arden K. Ruddell. Oct. 1962, 330-35.

Results of General Mathematics Tests. TheodoraNelson. Feb. 1956, 21-26. .

Retention Efficiency of Meaningful Teaching. -AlbertH. Shuster and Fred L Pigge. Jan. 1965, 24-31'.

lletention of the Skill of Division of Fractions. LoisStephens and Wilbur H. Dutton. Jan. 1960, 28-31.

Review (Arithmetic Games). Dec.'1951, -255.Reviewing and Viewing. Gerald R. Rising, Geraldine

Green, and Donovan R. Lichtenberg, cds ,Jan.1972, 45-52; Feb. 1972, 110-15; Mar. 1972, 225-28;Apr. 1972, 299-301; May 1972, 375-79; Oct. 1972,481-86, Nov. 1972, 581-85, Dec. 1972, 669-74,Jan. 1973, 73-76; Feb. 1973, 144-49; Mar. 1973,232-35 and May 1973, 411, Apr. 1973, 292-97,

. May 1973, 409-14; Oct. 1973, 480-82; Nov. 1973,606-14; Dec. 1973, 690-93.

Review of "IMOUT." Oct. 1955, 911 iReviews. Apr. 1955, 54 and Oct. 1955, 42.Reviews of Books and Materials. E. Glenacytne Gibb,

ed. Oct. 1959, 221-25, Nov. 1959, 28 -84, Jan.1960, 39-41.

Reviews of Books and Materials. CI cnce EthelHardgrovc, cd. Oct. 1960, 309 10, Nov. 1960,373-75, Jan. 1961, 36-38, Feb. 1961 83-85, Mar.1961, 138 -49, Apr. 1961, 196, May 1961, 261-64;

Oct. 1961, 307-8, Nov. 1961, 377,.Dec. 1961, 440-41; Jan. 1962, 45-47; Feb. 1962, 98-99; Mar. 1962,163-64, Apr. 1962, 227-31, May 1962, 291-97, Oct.1962, 344-47, Nov. 1962, 409003, 408, Dec. 1962,462-65; Jan. 1963, 44-45; F. 1963, 98=7110; Mar.1963, 162-64, Apr. 1963, 222 23, May 1963, 301-3,Oct. 1963, 365-67, Nov. 1963, 458-59, Dec. 1963,518-19; Jan. 1964, 46-48; Feb. 1964, 125-28; Mar.1964, 211 13, Apr. 1964, 276-77, Dec. 1964, 583-86, Jan. 1965, 68-70; Feb. 1965, 151-52; Mar. 1965,232-34; Apr. 1965, 294-96; May 1965, 380-81;

1965, 481 83, Nov. 1965, 579-81, Dec. 1965,657-59; Jan. 1966, 56-59; Feb. 1966, 142-44; Mar.1966, 245-48, Apr 1966, 319-21, May 1966, 408-13; Oct. 1966, 507-9; Nov. 1966, 597-602; Jan.1967, 48-50, Feb. 1967, 141-43, Mar. 1967, 231-33,May -1967, 410-12; Oct. 1967, 518-22; Nov. 1967,5.94 -95.

Reviews of Books and Materials. Lenore John, ed.Jan. 1968, 71-73, Feb. 1968, 181-82, Mar. 1968,278-80, Apr. 1968, 375-77, May 1968, 469-71, Oct.1968, 564-68, Nov. 1968, 653 54, Dec. 1968, 739-45; Jan. 1969, 67-68; Feb. 1969, 153; Mar. 1969,231, May 1969, 406-11, Oct. 1969, 500-502, Nov.1969, 583-85; Dec. 1969, 65354; Jan. 1970, 85;Feb. 1970, 173 74, Mar. 1970, 271-72, Apr. 1970,350-52; May 1970; 443-45.

Reviews of Books and Materials. Herbert F. Miller,guest ed. May 1964, 361-63; Oct. 1964, 431-33.

The Revolution in Arithmetic. William A. Brownell.Feb. 1954, 1-5.

Rhymes-Modern Math Style. Frank Smith. Feb.1965, 125, 133, 150.

Ringing in the N w. (announcement of new section -Reviewing and Viewing). Nov. 1971, 440.

Rings and Str gs. James E. Major. Oct. 1966,457-60.

The Roads of Math. Jeffrey Dielle. Oct. 1966, 467.The Road to inverse and Multiply. Thomas Bates.

Apr. 1968, 347-54. ..

The Role of a Principal in Teaching Arithmetic.Laura NeV11. Apr. 195,5, 55-56.

The Rote of Atmosphere. Dec. 1957;257.The Role of Attitude in Learning Arithmetic. J. Peter

Fedon. Doc. 1958, 304 -J0..-The Role pf Attitudes In Learning Mathematics.

Daniel C. Neale. Dec. 1969, 631-40.The Role of Experiences in Arithmetic. Goldie Niirdel-

man and Elsie B. Pasldns. Nov. 1955, 104-6.The Role of Experiences in Arithmetic. Goldie Nadel-

man and Elsie B. Paskins: Feb. 1957, 30-31.The Role of Games, Puzzles, and Riddles in Ele-

mentary Mathematics. Dora Dohler. Nov. 1,963,450-52.

The Role of Geometry in Elementary School Mathe-matics. .G. Edith Robinson. Jan. 1966, 3-10.

The Role of Structure in Verbal Problem Solving.Jbhn W. Wison. Oct. 1967, 486-96.

The Role of the NotcOok in a Mathematics Class.William G. Mehl. May 1963, 284-85.

Rolling Tetrahldrons. Charles-E. Schloff. Dec. 1972,657-59. -

A Romantic Excursion into the Multiplic3ition Table.Leroy C. Callahan. Dec. 1969(609-13.

, "A Rose by Any Other Name .. . . ." Itharlottc W.Jung. Mar. 1967, 224-25.. j

Rounding Numbers. Wilbur HibbaQH Feb. 1959,41-42.

Roving Reporters. E. Glenad4 GI Jan. 1963, 1-6.The Russian-Peasant Algorithm. Rediscovery and

Extension. Wilfred E. Boykin. Jan. 1973, 29 32.R, Ratio. Genevieve Foriet. F 1959, 49.

1.^)

I `

Sacramento Meeting, March 29-31 (1968). Jan.1968, 29.

St. LouisDecember 27-29, 1954 (NCTM meeting).Dec. 1954, 12.

St. Louis Meeting, March 13-15 (1969). Jan. 1969, 6.Salt Lake City Meeting, March 20-22 (1969). Jan.

1 69, 15.Th e Name. Nov. 1961, 349.

le "Computer." John J. _McDermott Mar.1969, 177-78.

A Sample Method for Addition. Luke O'Malley.Dec. 1969, 676.

San Angelo Meeting (San Angelo, Texas, 26-28 De-cember 1963). Nov. 1963, 445.

San Antonio Meeting, February 5-7 (1969). Dec.1969, 642.

San Diego MeetingMarch 12-14, 1970. Jan. 1970,38; Mar. 1970, 49.

San Diego's New Arithmetic Program. J. Fred Wilson,William Self, and Don Chamberlin. Dec. 1961,422-24.

The Sands of Timea Sandglass Approach to Telling.. Time. Kathryn Besic Strangman. Feb. 1972,

123-25.San Francisco Meeting, (22-24 March 1973). Jan.

......... 1973, 59. 0

San Juan Meeting, June 28-30, 1970. Nov. 1969, 535.katoon (Canada) Meeting 23-25 August 1972.pr. 1972, 298.

ve Thoid Egg Cartons! David Hyde and MarvinN. Nelson. Nov, 1967, 578-79.

The $carbacus or Scarsdale Abacus. Louise A.' Mayer. Dec. 1955, 159..hool - College Relationships. David M. Clarkson.

4c, May 1968, 447-49:The School Mathematics Study Group Project on

Elementary-School Mathematics.' J. Fred Weaver.Jan. 1961, 32-35.

The School Mathematics Study Group Project on4 Elementary-School Mathematics. A Progress Re-

port. J. Fred Weaver. Dec. 1961, 436 -39.The School Mathematics Study Group Project on

Elementary School Mathematics, (Irides K-3.J. Fred Weaver. Dec. 1962, 459-61.

The School Mathematics Study Group Project on Ele-mentary School Mathematics, Grades K-3. J. FredWe ver. Dec. 1963, 514,16.

Schoo MathematicsWhere to Now? Robert B.Kane. Feb. 1967, 126-31. ....

Schools Are Going Metric. Fred J. Helgren. Apr.1973, 265-67. i

Science and Mathematics in the Elementary School.John R. Mayor. Dec. 1967, 629-35.

Science and /Mathematics. 1970sa Decade ofChange. John R. Mayor: Apr. 1970, 293-97.

The. Scientific Method of Problem Solving. ShirleyStillinger Brewer. Apr. 1956, 117-18.

Scrambled Mathematicb Lawrence P. Gross. Feb.1971, 70, 87.

taming Number, Charts. e. Paul Goldenberg.1970, 645-53.

long for the Unknowll James A. Banks. Dpc.67, 683, 689.Seattle Meeting (August 1954). Elizabeth Roude-h. Dec. 1954, 28-29.and Example of Info, al Geometry. Milk Car-

ns. Marion Walter. M y 1969, 368-70. ,

and -Grade Children Sol Problems. Marvel Hess.Apr. 1966, 317-18. .

nd Graders Learn New Mathematics. Marian M.Minnick. May 1965, 374-75.

SHORT METHOD OF . . . I Title 67

The Second International Congress on MathematicalEducation (29 August-2 September 1972). Nov.1971, 519.

A Second Revolution. John F. Newport. Apr. 1965,253-55.

Secret Number Sentence. William L Swart. Feb.1969, 113-14.

Sectional Conferences in Illinois. Feb. 1962, 80.Seductive Shibboleths. J. Fred Weaver. Apr. 1971,

263-64.Seeking Little Eulers. Mary Thomas Bush. Feb.

1972, 105-7.Seesaw Game. Helen Parker. Nov. 1963, 449-50.A Selected Bibliography of Research in the Teaching

of Arithmetic. E. Glenadine Gibb. Apr. 1954,20-22.

Selected Educational and Experience Factors andArithmetic Teaching. Kenneth Barnes, RaymondCruickshank, and James Foster. Dec. 1960, 418 20.

Selected Geometric Concepts Taught to ChildrenAges Seven to Eleven. Sair Ali Shah. Feb. 1969,119-28.

Self-estimates of Ability to Teach Arithmetic. PatrickJ. Groff. Dec. 1963, 479-80.

A Self- evalua(ion Study in Grade Seven. L. E. Ham.brick. Nov. 1957, 227-28.

Selling Arithmetic to the Pupils. H. L. Lackey. Dec.1957, 256-57.

The Semantics and Grammar of Arithmetic Language.J. Allen Hickerson. Feb. 1955, 12-16.

The Semantics of Mathematics. Mary Etta Ward.. Jan. 1963, 9-11.

*Seminar and Field Study to Be Held Abroad. May1962, 281.

Semipermanent Chalk: A Valuable Aid in the Mathe-matics Classroom. William A. Miller. Oct. 1968,559-60.

Sense and Nonsense in aModern School MathematicsProgram. Howard'F. Fehr. Feb. 1966, 83-91.

A Sense of Order in Mathematics. Digby Diehl. Nov.1964, 490-95.

Set Equality. Roy Dubisch. May 1966, 388-91."Sets" Aid in dding Fractions. Herbert Hannon.

Feb.4959, 35- 8."Sets" and Elem ntary School Mathematics. Norbert

Lerner and M A. Sobel. Nov. 1958, 239-46.Sets and Numbe Jan S. Paul. Nov. 1963, 411.Sets and Nurnbe in Grade One, 1959160! Patrick

Suppes and B1 it A. McKnight. Oct. 1961, 287-90.SetsNitural, ecessary, (K)nowable? orothy

Geddes and S ly I. Lipsey. Apr. 1968, 33 O.

Seventeenth Chr mas Meeting of the National un-til of Teache of Mathematics (State CollArkansas, 27 2 December 1956). Dec. 1956, 241.

A ScaventhGradd Mathematics Class Tackles theStock Market. Esther K. Friedmann. Jan. 1973,

'45 -47.

Shall We Change Our Arithmetic. Program? G. H.Miller. Apr. 1962, 193-97.

Shall We Expose Our Pupils to Err&s? Orville B.Aftreth. Apr. 1957, 129-31. ' 4

Shall We Move the Question? Mary Heard Williamsand Russell W. McCrcight. Oct. 1965, 418-21.

Shapes in Nambers. Nathalii Cadcmann. Oct. 1964,428-30; Nov. 1964, 470.

Sharing the past Qbservations to Teachers. May1962, 251.

A Sliortcut in Figuring Square Roots. David Millet.NSv. 1965, 588.

Shortcuts for the Human Computer. Hcrta TaussigFreitag And Arthur H. Freitag. Dec. 1966, 671-76.

A Short Method of Long Division. Ruby SlaughterHassell. Mar. 1958, 100-101.

7

68 T i t l e I SHORT-TEST METHOD . . .

A Short-Test Method for Teaching Arithmetic. Al-fred C. Grubb. Apr. 1960, 210-11.

Sic Transit Gloria. Arithmetica. Francis J. Mueller.Oct. 1964, 386-90.

The Sieve of Eratosthenes. Roy Dubisch. Apr. 1971,236-37.

"Signed-Digit" Subtraction. Daniel H. Sande'. Oct.1965, 465-66.

Signed Numbers. Russell C. Magnuson. Nov. 1906,573-75.

Similarities between Teaching Language and Arith-metic. J. Allen Hickerson. Nov. 1959. 241-44.

Simple Materials for Teaching Early Number Con-cepts to Trainable Level Mentally Retarded Pupils.Jenny R. Armstrong and Harold Schmidt. Feb.1972, 149-53.

Since You Asked. May 1961, 287.Sioux Falls: "Crossroads of the Nation," Welcomes

You (NCTM meeting, 2& 28 October 1972). Oct.1972, 425,

S"u Decimal! Joanne Richards. Apr. 1968, 371.Sixth Graders Compose Space Problems. Kathleen

Reuter. Mar. 1964,201-4. _

Six Years of Research on Arithmetic Instruction:1951-1956. J. Fred Weaver. Apr. 1957, 89-99.

A Slide Rule for Elementary School. Alan W. Holz.May 1973, 353-59.

Slide Rules for the Upper Elementary Grades. Jay J.Gramlich. Feb. 1958, 29-33,

The Slow Can Learn. Mary A. Potter. May 1960,226-30.

The Slow Learner in Mathematics. Apr. 1954, 28.The Slow Learner in Mathematics. May 1965, 395.Smile When You Say Area' Mary Helen Thompson.

Oct. 1971, 430-31.A Snip of the Scissors. Sarah M. Witt. N v. 197i,

496-99.Socio-economic Status and Mathematics Ac evement.

Robert A. Passy. Nov. 1964, 469-70.Solicitation of Nominees. Feb. 1970,'I78-7 .Solving Algebraic Equations in Grade 2. Ru Holden

Gimmel. Oct 1963, 357-58.Solving Story Problems and Liking It. Sally Mathison.

Nov. 1969, 577-79.Some Activities with Operation Tables. John L.

Ginthu. Dec. 1968, 715-17.Some Bask Geometric Ideas for the Elementary

Teacher. Leon Rutland and Max Hosier. Nov.1961; 357-62.

Some Comments on DevAvping Proper Instrumenta-tion for Research Studies in Mathemetcs. C. AlanRiedesel. Feb. 196i, 165-68.

Some Concerns about the Application of Praget'sTheory and Research to Mathematical Learning and

Some PerformanceInstruction. J, Fred ea/lver. Apr. 1972, 263 -70.

Factors Associa with Pupils'Levels on Simple Open Addition and SubtractionSentences. J. Fred Weaver. Nov. 1971, 513-19.

Some Historical Whats, Hows, and Whys in TeachingArithmetic. Robert G. Clason. Oct. 1970, 461-72.

Some Important Features of European ArithmeticPrograms. Charles H. Schutter. Jan. 1960, 1-8.

Some Innovations in the Professional Preparation ofTeachers. William C. Lowry. Dec. 1968, 727-34:

Some K-6 Geometry. Irvin H. Brune. Oct. 1967,441-47.

Some Mathematical Ideas Involved in the MirrorCards Marion Walter. Feb. 1967 115-25,

Some New Approaches to Old A thmetic. EmilioRivera. Oct. 1961. 291-94.

Siime Number Concepts a Disadvantaged Children.M. E. Dunkrey. May 1965. 359-61.

Some Observations of Children's Reactions to Computer assisted Instruction, Andrea Rothbart and

Esther Steinberg. Jan. 1971, 19-21.Some Observations on the Contemporary Mathe-

matical Scene. Oct. 1959, 191-94.Some Problems in Geometry. John J. Sullivan. Feb.

1967, 107-9.Some Psychological and Educational Limititions of

Learning by Discovery. May 1964, 290-302.Some Questionable Arithmetical Practices. Herbert

F. Spitzer. Oct. 1957, 175-78, 146.Something New to Try. Arnold F. Torrance. Mar.

1958, 103.Some Thoughts about Problem Solving. Louis S.

Cohen and David C. Johnson. Apr. 1967, 261-62.Some Thoughts on Piaget's Findings and the Teachnt

of Fractions. Raymond J. Duquette. Apr. 1972,273-75.

So Now We Know . . . . Francis J. Mueller. May1965, 351, 358.

The Sorry State of Mathematics Teacher Education.Gerald R. Rising. Apr. 1969, 296-300.

Sources 'of Articles Published in the ArithmeticTeacher. Agnes G. Gunderson. Mar. 1959, 108.

Soviet Nonbase-Ten Numeration. Homer C. Sherman.Feb. 1964, 99-100.

Space-related Materials Enrich the Teaching ofMathematics. May 1966, 396.

A Space to Live In. Roy Daniells. Dec. 1970, 663-69.Sparking Interest in the Mathematics Classroom.

Donald L. Bfadfield. Mar. 1970, 239-42,A Spark of Enthusiasm. Lucile B. Powell. May 1961,

239-41. -Special Arithmetic Meetings (Washington, D.C., 27-

.29 December 1955). Dec. 1955, 140-41.Specialist in Elementary Mathematici. Jan. 1962, 40."Spivey" Sums for (X + Y) (X Y). K. L. Har-

rison. Nov. 1963, 418.Spokane, Washingtonthe L City (NCTM mait-

ing, 8-10 March 1973). JatSpring

MeetingApril 21-23, I (Buffalo). F;703, 12.

1960, 107.Square Root t . John G. Fr lcsen. Nov. 199,

549-55.Squares. Dec. 1959, 305.Standard Time. Vera Sanford. Iec. 1959, 322-23.Stand for Something or Youll,i Fall for Anything.

Jo McKeeby Phillips. Mar. 1909, 203-11. 'Starting the New School Year in Mathematics. Hunter

Ballew. Oct. 1972, 427-30.Start Small and Grow. Wilson E. Smith. Oct. 1969,

493-94.Statement on Individual Differences. NCTM. Feb.

1972, 161-62.Statements from the Past. Marilyn N. Suydam. May\

1970, 417-18.State Representatives, 1960-61. May 1961, 265-66.State Representatives. May 1962, 298-99,Statistics Made Simple. Benjamin A. Grass. Afar.

1965, 196-98. iThe Status of Research on Elementary School Mathe-

thatics, Marilyn N. Suydam. Dec. 1967, 684-89.Status Report: Mathematics Curriculum-Develop-

ment Projects Today. May 1972, 391-95. .Stick Puzzle. Oct. 1959, 119. .

A Still Broader Loo at Method. E. W. Hamilton.1965. 603.

Stimulating the Bet r Arithmetic Pupil. A. R. Gas-kill. Feb. 1957, 33-34.

"Stock Market" Unit. Beatrice E. Thomas)low. Oct.1968, 552 -36.

Stocks as Investments. Thomas J. Ganley. Nov' 1959,276-77.

Strategies for Teach' Elementary School athe-matics. Andna Po Troutman. Oct. 1973, 5-36.

vi3

I

Strike Up Your Arithinebc Band. Paul R. NeurenetMar.,1957, 64-69.

Structure and the Algorisms of Arithmetic. WilliamC. Lowry. Feb. 1965, 146-50.

A Structured Method for Arithmetic Problem Solv-ing in Special Education. Ruth S. Jacobson. Jan.1969, 25-27.

StructureKey Word of the Sixties. K. AllenNeufeld. Dec. 1965, 612-13.

The Structure of a Fraction. H. L Larson. Apr.1966, 296-97.

Student Acceptance of the New Mathematics Pro-grams. Herbert J. Feldhake. Jan. 1966, 14-20.

A Student-constructed Game for Drill with Integers.Merle Mae Cant Ion, Doris Homan, and BarbaraStone. Nov. 1972, 587-89.

Student Teachers Look at the Teaching of Arithmetic.Marguerite Brydegaard. Jan. 1963, 31-36.

Studyift Issues in Mathematics Instruction. Bruceand Elizabeth Joyce. May 1964, 303-7.

A Study of Behavioral Performances within the Struc-ure of Multiplication. William Grafft. Apr. 1970,35-37.Study of Certain Psychological and Sociological

Characteristics As Related to Arithmetic Achieve-ent. Gerald Arthur Cleveland and Dorothy L.

orth. May 1967, 383-87.Study of Mathematical Abilities. E G. Begle. Nov.1962, 388-89.

A Study of Pupils' Understanding of Arithmetic in thePrimary 'Grades. Frances Flournoy. Oct. 1967,481-85.

A Study of Spatial Abilities of Preschool Children.- Sr. Josephina. Dec. 1964, 557-60.A Study of the Attitudes toward Arithmetic of Stu-

dents and Teachers in the Third, Fourth, and SixthGrades. Virginia M. Stright. Oct 1960, 280-86.

A Study of the Intera n of Socioeconomic Groupsand Sex Factors with Discrepancy between An-ticipated Achiev eat a d Actual Achievement inElementary Sch4001 M ematics. Esther Unkel.Dec. 1966, 662-

A Study of the antitSixth Grade Pu Us.333-40.

Study Questions f r RevBurns. Dec. 1966, 414

Study Shows Shortrige of.1968, 180.Substitute Teacher in,MbthemaUcs. Cdnme O'Neill.

ec. 1965, 638-39.Sub won by Comp) ent-Addiu mplement.

Ro J Cormier. Nov 1961, 344.Subtraction by the "Dribble Method." W. Hamil-

ton. May 1971, 346-47.`Subtraction from Left to Right. David Erlich. Nov.

3959 286.Subtraction of IntegersDiscovered through a Game.

Esther Milne. Feb. 1969. 148-49.Subtraction Steps. C. Winston Smith, Jr. May 1968,

4$E-60.Subtraction with System of the Ten. ,Mary Rummo.

Dec. 1965, 611.Success for All. An Adventure in Learning. Eyeen

M. Rouda. Jan. 1972, 35-37.Success for Slow Learners, or Rx, Relax . . . and

Play. Barbara Kevra, Rita Brey, and BarbaraSchimmel. May 1972, 335-43.

Sue's Secret Mathematics: One Child' View of FiniteDifferences. Bernard M. Kessler. May 1971, 297300. ' ,

Sugar-Cube Mathemati . Jon L Higgins. Oct. 1969,427-31.

tive Values of Fifth andyde G. Corle. Nov. 1960,

owing Arithmetic. Paul C.7.athematics Teachers. Feb.

T A L E - A W A Y IS . . . I Title 69

i

Suggested Content for Research Articles Publialred inthe Arithmitle,Teacker. C. Alan Riedesek Nov.1967, 581-83.

A Suggested Plan for Interclass Grouping-b1 Arith-metic. Anne H. Adams. Jan. 1966, 46.

A Suggestion for Arithmetic Instruction. GeorgeLoeb. May 1966, 403-4. i

Suggestions from ResearchFrictions. It may C.Anderson, Feb. 1969, 131-35,

Suitability of Teaching Geometric Cons ction inUpper Elementary Gradesa Pilot Study.' ThomasDenmark and Robert Kalin. Feb. 1964, 73-80.

The Summer InstituteCnntributor toward BetterTeaching. William G. Mehl. Feb. 1964, 112 -23.

A Summer Institute in Mathematics. Evelyn Edwardsand Doris L Hammond. Feb. 1966, 121-24. -

Summer Institutes. Apr. 1955, 54.Summer Institutes and Workshops (July). Apr. 1954,

27.Summer Institutes in Mathematics and Mathematics-

Science. Feb. 1962, 106.Summer Institutes in Mathematics and Science. Feb.

1963, 103.Summer Institutes in Mathematics and Science. Feb.

1964, 84.Summer Institutes in Mathematics and Science-' Mathematics for Elementary-School Personnel. Feb.

1961, 90.Summer Meeting (Eugene, Oregon, 22-24 August

1963). May 1963, 285.Summer Meeting (22-24 August 1963, Eugene,

Oregon). Mar. 1963, 164.Summer Meeting, August 18 21 (1957) at ,North-

field, Minn. Apr. 1957, 124.Summer Meeting of the National Council of Teach-

ers of Mathematics, Colorado State College ofEducation at Greeley; August 19-20, 1958. Apr.1958, 160.

Sunpaths That Lead to Understanding. Bernice Smith.Dec. 1967, 674-77.

upervisio4. in Mathematics. Elaine V. Bartel. Jan.1973, 2 26.

urprising Answers. Cynthia Parsons. Feb. 1963, 83.A Survey df Arithmetic Intraclass Grouping Practices.

- EMery Brewer. Apr. 1966, 3111-14.A Survey of CUPM Activities. Mar. 1969, 165.Survey of In-service Mathematics Programs. Feb.

1964, 128.A Sufvey of Teaching PracticesArithmetic in Ten-

nessee in the First through' Eighth Grades. A.Montgomery Johnston. Dec. 1962, 425-32.

Survey Research. Guidelines for Status Studies.Thomas A. Romberg. liov. 1968, 639-4k

Survey Research in Elemthstary School Mathematics.C. Alan Riedesel. Mar. 1968, 260-63.

Symbolsthe Language of Arithmetic. Kathryn F.Childs. Nov. 1963, 417-18.

Symmetry Sonia D. Forseth and Patricia A. Adams.Feb. 1970, 11921.

T I

Tables and Structures. Humphrey C. Jackson. Feb.1960, 71-76; May 1960, 265.

Take a Chance with the Wheel of Fortune. BirbaraRosser. Nov. 1970, 616-17.

Take a Mathematical Holiday. Elaine McCalla. Dec.1968, 735-36.

Take a Number and build a Number System. M rga-ret F. Willerding. an. 1960, 35-37.

Take-Away Is Not Enough: E. Glenadine ibb.Apr. 1954, 7-10.

70 T i t l e I T A K E THE FOLLY . . .

r

Take the.foly Out of Fractions. Joseph J. Latino.Nov. 1955,' 113-18.

Tantalizing Ternary. Ernest R. RanuccL Dec. 1968,718-22.

Taxicab Geometry, Rabbits, and Pascal's Triangle-IDiscoveries In a Sixth-Grade Classroom. DavidM. Clarkson. Oct. 1962, 308-13.

Teacher Competence. What to Evaluate and How.William B. Moody. Jan. 1966, 30-31.

Teacher EducationReform. Mar. 1965, 234.Teacher Exchange Program Opportunities, 1962 43.

May 1961, 233."Teacher for a Day" Program. William Giannopoulos.

Nov. 1968, 604.Teacher-made Materials for Teaching Number and

Counting; Helene Silverman. Oct. 1972, 431-33.A Teacher Plans Her Day. Mary E. Albrecht. Oct.

1956, 151-56. I

Teacher's Dilemma. Apr. 1958, 136. -,

Teachers Discover New Math Theorem. Helen G.Renzi and George C. Cross. Dec. 1965, 625-261

Teachers for East Africa: 1964. Feb. 1964, 95.Teachers Look at Arithmetic Manuals. Mary Folsom.

Jan. 1960, 13-18. -Teachers, Pupils, and 'Computer-assisted Instruction.

Marilyn N. Suydam. Mar. 1969, 173-76.Teachers, Researchers; Two Proposals. C. Alan

Riedesel. Dec. 1968, 723-241Teacher Understanding and Pupil Efficiency in Mathe-

maticsa Study of Relationship. Harrell Bassharn.Nov. 1962, 383;87.

Teaching about "About." Harold C. Trimble. Feb.1973, 129-33. e,

A Teaching Aid for Signed Numbers. Edna M.Pratt. Nov. '1966, 589-90.

Teaching Aids for Elementary School Arithmetic.Robert C. Clary. Feb. 1966, 135-36.

Teaching a Meaningful Modern Mathematics Vo-cabulary. Robert Parker. May 1966, 400.

Teaching and A inistrative Opportunities Abroad.Mar. 1969, 227.

Teaching Arithm(tic with Calculators. Mildred D.Schaughency. Feb. 1955, 21-22.

Teaching Arithmetic with the Overhead Projector.`Robert Hillenbrand. Apr. 1962, 233.

Teaching a Unii. on the Computer to AcademicallyTalented Elementary School Children. Lister W.Htn and Gary M. Gleason. Mar. 1970, 216-19.

Teaching Comparison of Common Fractions. WarrenN. Matthews. Mar. 1968, 2T1-73.

Teaching concepts Incorrectly. Bill Bpmpart. Feb.1972, 137-40.

Teaching Concepts of Linear Measurement. JanJdnkins. Oct. 1957, 182-83.

Teaching Creativity in Mathematics. Franz E. Hohn.Mar. 1961, 102-6. . /

Teaching Division by Two-Digit Numbers. Clyde A.Dilley, nd,Walter E. Rucker.. Apr. 1969, 306-8.

Teachi Elementary School Mathematics: A Simpli-fied Model. Len Pikaart and Kenneth J. Travers.May 1973, 332-42.

Teaching for Generalization:, An Array Approach toEquivalent Fractions. Edward C. Beardslee, GeraldE. Gau, and Ralph T. Heimer. Nov. 1973, 591-99."

Teachingfor What? Norbert Maertens and ClarenceSchminke. Nov. 1971, 449-56. t

Teaching Geometry thrclugh Creative Movement. Sr.J nita Marie Complo, I.H.M. Nov. 1967. 576-78.

Tea hing Guide on a 4'ack Rat's Shelf. Blanche M.I ing. Dec. 1963, 504-7.

Tea m Mathematical Concepts Using Language

LA *logics. elon R. Capps. Apr. 1970, 329 31.

Tea hi Measur mein in a Meaningful Way. HelenC P cr. Ap 1960; I94-00, 207.

.>

Teaching MulUplioation Facts Need Not Be Grim.Esther R. Unkel. Ost. 1961, 297-99.

The Teaching of Roman Numerals. Richard D.Porter. Feb. 1960, 97-99.

,Teaching One of the Differences between RationalNumbers and Whole Numbers. Robert W. Pnelipp.May 1971, 317-2A

A Teaching Program for Experimentation with Com-puter-assisted Instruction. James L: Fejfar. Mar.1969, 184-88.

Teaching Quantitative Relatidhships m ,the SocialStudies. John Jarolimek..Mar. 1957, 70-74.

Teaching Signed Numbers in Grade 8. AlexanderCalandrit. Nov. 1958, 259-60.

Teaching Square Root Meaningfully .in Grade 8.Homer R. DeGraff. Feb. 19t0, 100-102.

Teaching Tens to Timmy, or a Caution in Teaching.with Physical Models. Esther R. Stelberg andBonnie C. Anderson. Dec. 1973, 620-25.

Teaching the Basic Facts. Three Classes of Activities.Robert B. Ashlock. Oct. 1971, 359-64.

Teaching the Culturally Disadvantaged Child. Billy J.Paschal. May 1966, 369-74.

Teaching the. Division-by-Subtraction Process. Wil-liam L Swain. Jan. 1972, 71-75.

Teaching the Mentally Handicapped. Francis T.Foti. Apr. 1959, 156-58.

Teaching the Metric System as Part of CompulsoryConversion in the United states. Vincent J.Hawkins. May 19/3, 390-94,

'Teaching the Number System Inductively. J. AllenHickerson. Oct. 1958J78-84.

Teaching the Three A's in Elementary Mathematics.Raymond J. Seeger. Feb. 1957, 24-27.

Teaching the Zero Digit. Carl N. Shuster. Feb. 1957;13-14.

Teaching Time Concepts to Culturally DisadvantagedPrimary-Age Children. Wilbur H. Dutton. May1967, 358-64..

Teaching Verbal- Problems in Arithmetic. HarryPeeler. Dec. 1956, 244-46.

Te ch Me! Carol B. Epstein. Nov. 1966, 545.T ch So Your Goals Are Showing! Daniel H. Sandel.

pr. 1968, 320,23.T m Learnink. Carolyn Young. Dec. 1972, 630-34.Tej ision Games Adapted for Use in .Junior High

athernatics Classes. Doris Homan. Mar. 1973,2 9-22.

Te vision in *Mathematics Education. N v. 1967,6-602.

Ten QuestiOns. Clyde G.Corle. Jan. 19 38-42.The Ten-Tens Counting Frame. Roll d R. Smith:

Nov 1956, 197,--200.Ted Years of Meaningful Arithmetic in thew York

City. Laura K. Eads. Dec. 1955, 142-47..Testing for leanings in Arithmetic. David Rappa-

port. Apf:1959, 140-43.Testing in Mathematics: Why? What? How? Marion

G. Epstein. Apr. 1968, 311-19.Testing the Attainmepf'of the Broader Objectives of

Arithmetic. Haverly 0. Moyer. Mar. 1956, 66-70.Testing the Cuisenaire Method. William H. Lucow.

Nov. 1963, 435-38. 1

Testingwithout Tests. K. L. Harrison. Jan. 1961, 21.A Test of Understandings for the Primary Grades.

Robert B. Ashlock. May 19 438-41.A Test plus a Bontis. Anne Bach . Mar. 1960, 152-54.Test Review. Rob grt Van Dam. Feb. 1957, 20.A 'test to Check ivisibility by Any Number, Ruth

Brown. Oct. 19 5, 459.A Test to Cheek iv isibility by ny Number. Becky

Lemmon. Feb. 966, 120.Textbooks Receiv Oct. 1954, 14.

Textboo tions, and Transplants. Leroy G.Callah d Snell Lata Passi. May 1972, 381-85.

Thanks frp the Editorial Panel. Feb. 1971, 71-72,Feb. 191,2 15 ; May 1972, 406; Oct. 1972, 486;Feb. 1977773 ; Nov. 1973, 608.

That Back std Math. Alfred Ellison. May1963, 25 1, 2 6.

The Theme rnetic. Alan Riedetel. Apr. 1959,154-55.

Thell and dw. Apr. 1954, 6.There Al ys Are More Questions. Douglas E. Craa-

shank and Charles de Flandre. Nov. 1971, 443 47.There's Sense in Nonsense Arithmetic. Elizabeth P.

Olsen. May 1965, 341-42.They Are Not "Magic" Number Cards. J. R. O'Don-

nell. Dec. 1965, 647-48.They Love Arithmetic! Harold W. Stephens. Apr.

1955, 60-61.Things You Can Try. Charlotte W. Junge, ed. Jan.

1971, 53-59; Feb. 1971, 115-18, Mar. 1971, 180-91,Apr. 1971, 268-70; May 1971,.346-50; Oct. 1971,429-31; Nov. 1971, 496-500; Jan. 1972, 65-70; Feb.1972, 156-58, Mar. 1972, 221-23, Apr. 1972, 307-8,May 1972, 387-90.

Things You Can Try. Arn cl.M. Chandler, ed. Oct.1972, 467-71; Nov. 197 587-90; Dec. 1972, 657-59; Jan. 1973, 44-50; Fe . 1973, 139-42; Mar. 1973,219-23; Apr, 1973, 300-304; May 1973, 386-89;, Oct. 1973, 487-89; Nov. 1973, 601-5, Dec. 1973,694-96.

Thinking about Measurement. Leslie P. Steffe. May1971, 332-38.

Thinking Afresh about Arithmetic. Caleb Gattegno... Feb. 1959, 30-31Thinking through Problems. Feb. 1958, 42.A Third Grade Enjoys Arithmetic. Edwina Deans.

May 1961, 251-54.Third-Graders and the Equal Sign: Report of an

Experience. Robert C. McLean. Jan. 1964, 27.Third International Curriculum Conference. Ken-

neth E. Brown. May 1968, 409-12.38th Annual Meeting of the National Council of

Teachers of Mathematics (Buffalo, 21-23 April.1960). Mar. 1960, 159-60.

The Thirty-fifth Annual Convention. National Coun-cil of Teachers of Mathematics (Philadelphia, 27-30 March 1957). Feb. 1957, 42-44.

35th Annual Convention of the Natiopal Councilof Teachers of Mathematics (Philadtphia, 27-30March 1957). Mar. 1957, 69.

The 37th Alma Meeting of the National -Councilof 'teachers of Mathematics (Dallas, 31 March-4 April 1959). Feb. 1959, 46-48.

Thirty-sixth Annual Convention (Cleveland, 10-12April 1958). Feb. 1958, 57-58.

"This Is the Way We Count Our Trains . . . ."Eleanor Schmickrath. Oct. 1965, 442, 449.

Those Final Digits. Jesse Osborn. Mar. 1961, 134.Those ,Problem-solving Perplexities. Cleats B.

Thorpe. Apr. 1961, 152-56."Though This Be Madness, . . ." Wallace P. Haven-

hill. Dec. 1969, 606-8.Thought Process in Grade Suf1 Problemi. Clyde G.

Corle. Oct. 19583

193-203.A Three-by-Five Card plus a paque Projector plus

an Ice Pick. Gerald D. Sch e. Nov. 1969, 533-35.Three Games. Bruce F. Gods e. May 1971, 327-29.Three Lessons in Soviet Arithmetic, Ora4e 5. homer

C. Sherman. Apr. 1962, 206-9.Three Problents\iof Using Equations in Elementary

.Arithmetic Programs. Frank B. May. Mar. 1964,166-68.

TKIBUTE TO Jo 1 Title 71

Three Views of the Multiph George' S. Cunning.ham. Apr. 1965, 27546.

Through Clouds of Failure int Orbit. Kenneth J.Travers. Nov. 1968, 591-98.

Through the Years: Individual' g Instruction inMathematics. E. Glenadine CGibb. May 1970,396-402.

Thumb-tacktics. Dec. 1969, 605, 630, 664.TicIF-Tack-Four. ;Dialla ordan. May 1968, 454-55.TiciTac-Toea athe atical Game for Grades 4

through 9. Roert A. Timmons. Oct. 1967, 506-8..Titne Allotment Relati hips to Pupil Achievement

in Arithmetic., Oscar T. Jarvis. May 1963, 248 -50.Time. and Distance. Mar. 1956, 58.A Time for Decision,' Ben A. Streltz. Oct. 1961,

274-80.A Time for Precision. C. W. Schminke. Oct. 1964,

395-401.Times of the Times. L. Clark Lay. Oct. 1963, 334-38.Time Spent on Arithmetic in Foreign and

in the United States. G. H. Miller. M y 1960,217-21.

Time Utilization in Arithmetic Teaching. Joel Mil-gram. Mar. 1969, 213-15:

Tinkettoy Geometry. Pauline L Richards. Oct. 1967,468-69.

To an Arithmetic Book. Leroy Callahan. May1962, 275.

To Boston for the Latest (Regional meeting, 11-1,3November 1971). Oct. 1971, 388.

"To Hold, As't Were, the Mirror Up to Nature; toShow the Very Age and Body of the Time. Ru-dolph E. Langer. Dec. 1959, 289-94.

To Invert or Not to Invert Claud "J. Bray. May1963, 274-76.

Topics for Research Studies in Elementary 'SchoolMathematics. C. Alan Riedesel. Dec. 1967, 679-83.

Topics in Geometry and Point Set Topologya PilotStudy. Charlis H. D'Augustine. Oct. 1964, 407-12.

Topics in Geometry for Teachersa New Experiencein Mathematics Education. Carol H. Kipps. Feb.1970, 16347.

T,oronto Meeting (1-4 November 1973). Oct. 1973,514.

To -Tellor Not to Tell. Caroline Hatton Clark.Mar. 1958, 65-68.

To the Editor. Mar. 1961, 123, Apr. 1961, 151.Toward Perfect Scores in Arithmetic Fundamentals.

Guy M. Wilson. Dec. 1954, 13-17. ,

Towards the Golden Jubilee .Year 1970. Julius H.Hlavaty. May 1969, 342-45.

The Trachtenberg System as a Motivational Device,William E. Yates. Dec. 1966, 67748.

The Training of Elementary-School MathematicsTeachers. Mathematical Association of America.Dec. 1960, 421-25.

The Training of Elementary SchoOl MathematicsTeachers. J. Fred Weaver. Jan. 1963, 42-43;

Traits of Numbers. Dec. 1961, 407.Transactional Pattern Differences between School

Mathematics Programs. Robert Thomas Pate. Jan. ,1966, 21-25.

Transfer Effects of Reading Remediation to Arith-metic Computation When Intelligence Is Controlledand All Other School Factors Are Eliminated. Sr.Gilmary. Jan. 1967, 17-20.

Transfer of Editorship. May 1960, 230.Trial and Experiment. Edith Biggs. Jan. 1970, 26-32.Triangle Number Game: Elizabeth Mn Maline. Apr.\,1964, 270-72.A Tribute to Dr. Lyle W. Ashby. Nov. 1970, 604.A Tribute to John Phelps Everett. Herbert Hannon.

Oct. 1970. 457.

72. 'Title.. I hug TO NOTATION . .

A Trip to Notation Land. Mary Geraldine Green.Oct. 1959, 215-16.

The Try-Angle Puzzle. George Janicki. Nov. 1956,"220.

TV In-service Mathematics Programs for ElementaryTeachers. Leslie A. Dwight: Dec. 1965, 644, 656.

" Twas the Night before Christmas." Dorothy S.Ambrosius. *Dec. 1958, 317-18.

Tvientieth Century Mathematici for the ElementarySchool. H. Van 5ngen. Mar. 1959, 71-76.*

TwelltPfusi "Rummer Meeting (Toronto, 20-23 Au-gust 1961).- May 1961, 267-68.

21st Yearbook (1953) of the National Council of. Teachers of Mathematics. NCTM. Feb. 1954, 20.Twenty-five Qqestions on Arithmetic. Ben A. Sueltz.

Dec: 1956, 250-5,4.Twenty Methods for Improving Problem Solving.

Robert H. Koenker. Mar. 1958, 74-78.Twenty-third Summer Meeting (Eugene, Oregon, 22

24,August 1963). Apr. 1963, 227-28.The Twist. Major): Hughes. Mar. 1964, 204-5.

. Two Approaches to the Algorism for Multiplicationof Fractional Numbers. Thomas C. O'Brien. Nov.1965, 552-55.

Two Aspects of Algebra. Anthony M. Jordan. Apr.1962, 210-11. . -

Two-Digit Divisors Ending in 4, 5, or 6. Harry E,Benz. Nov. 1956, 187-91; Feb. 1957, 12.

A Two-Dimensional Abacusthe Papy Minicomputer.,, Jean Van Arsdel- and Joanne .asky. Oct. 1972,

445-51. . ',

Two Courses of-Study. Apr. 1956, 121.Two N NCTM Publications. -Jan. 1968, 73.Tying Things Together with Braids. Willard W. Hen-

neman. Dec. 1970, 640-44.

The Ubiquitous Square. Dolores Granito. Dec. 1.973,687 -89.

The "Ultimate" Form cif the Subtraction Algorism.Paul R. Neureiter. Apr. 1965; 277-81.

Understanding kid the Ability to Solve Problems.Angela Pace. May 1961, 226-33.

Understanding Different Number Bases. Harold F.. Rahmlow. May 1965, 339-40.

Understanding Meanings in Arithmetic. David Rap-paport. Mar. 1958, 96-99.

Understanding Multiplication and Division of Multi-digit Numbers. Fiances B. Cache. May .1972,349,54:

'Understanding Plice Value. Shirley S. Ziesche. Dec.1970, 683-84. .

Understanding the Russian Peasant. C. RichardReardin, Jr. Jan? 1973, 33-55.

Understanding through Involvement. 4 Elaine V.Bartel. Feb. 1971, 91-93.

The Uneven Progress of the Revolution in ElementarySchool Mathematics. John L. M. Dec. 1963,474-78.

Unexpected Discoveries. E. Pow* -Nov. 1965, 574,578.

Unifying Ideas in Arithmetic. Harry G. Wheat. Dec.1954, 1-8.

A Unit of Measure. Joan McClintic. Nov. 1966,585-86.

University of Maryland Mathematics Project. HelenL Garstens, M. L. Keedy, an John R. Mayor.Feb. 1960, 61-65. e

University Students' Comprehensi n, of ArithmeticalConcepts. Wilbur H. Dutton. 1961, 60-64.

Unusual Arithmetic. Cynthia P ns. Feb. 1961,69-74.

,*e.

Unull Protiem Solving. David C. Johnson. Apr.,.196 268-71.

Updating an Earlier Bibliography. J. Fred Weaver.Dec. \ 1965, 654-56.

Upper-Elementa)y-School Children Use Statisucs.Leonerd S. Cahen. Apr. 1962, 212-14.

Useless .nowledge and.,Hoq to Produce It. RamonF. Stem n. Dec. 1970..670 -72,

The Use f Class Time in Arithmetic. Donald E.Shipp d George H. Veer. Mar. 1960, 117-21.

Use of culators m Swiss Schools. H. Schilt. Mar.1962,

Use of Time in Eighth-Grade Arithmetic. KarlG. Feb. 1966, 113-20. 5

The U o Crutches in Teaching Anthmeuo. John R.Clear a t. 1954, 6-10.

The Us o Graphs for Retarded Children: MargaretF. ale int. Dec. 1957, 25810.

Use of Ite with Coded Numbers for MeasuringUnd rs ding of Elementary Mathematics) Con-ce M non L. Hartlein. Nov. 1966, 540-45.

Use o Ma 'putative Devices in Teaching Mathe-ma cs. ten L. Remstein. May 1963, 28013.

The se o Models, in Mathematics InstructionsW ter J. ders. -Mar. 1964, 157-65.

The se of odels in:the Teaching of Mathematics.Ro er Os.. Jan. 1961, 22-24.

The se of N w Educational Media. James H. Zent.D .1965,

The; Use of 1" in Building Concepts. Frank C.Aiartitl. Oct\ 1961, 2997300.-

The Use of Overlay Charts. Ruth Mechlin. Dec.1961, 433-354

The Use of Programed Instruction in Teaching anAdvanced Mathematical Topic. Robert Kalin.Mar. 1962, 160-62.

'The Use of the Mathematics Library in Elementaryand Junior High Schbols. Adrien L. Hess. May1965, 352-53.

Uses and Abuses of the Nuniber Line. Thomas Gib-ney. Nbv. 1964, 478-82.

Uses of Styrofoam in Arithmetic. Adnen L. Hess andLillian Kearby. Nov. 1959,'280.

Using a Math Caddy to Store and Display Manipu-lative Devices. Ida Mae Heard. Oct. 1963, 355r57.

Using Classroom Lights to Teach the Binary System.Frances B. Morgenstern. Mar. 1973, 184-85.

Using Equations with the Number System. 'PaulineDubitsky. Feb. 1960, 87-89; May 1960, 265.

Using Fqnctional Bulletin Boards in ElementaryMathematics. William E. Schell. Oct. 1972, 467-71.

Using Hand-operated Cothputing Machines in Learn-ing Arithmetic. Howard F. Fehr, George McMcen,and Max Sobel. Oct. 1956, 145-50. .

Using Parts of Ten. Sr. Mary Gemma, S.C. Dec.1970, 673-75.

..Using Research in Teaching. C. Alan lbedesel, eJan. 1971, 49-52; Feb. 1971, 1t3 -14; Mar. 1 ,177 79, May 1971, 332-38, Nov. 1971, 513-19;Dec. 1971, 585-89; 4n. 1972, 61-64,, Feb. 1972,97-104; Mar. 1972, 229-34; Apr. 1972, 309-14;May 1972, 3,81-85.

Using Research in Teachin Robert E. eys, ed.Oct. 1972, 488-93, Nov. 972, 595-99, cc, 1992,663-68; 1Tan. 1973, 65-7 , Mar. 1973;126-30; May1973, 4 3-8, Oct. 19 3 491-97, Nov. 1973, 591-99;Die. 1973, 697-704.

Using Stream Flow to Develop Measuring Skills.Carlton W. Knight and James P. Schweitzer. Feb.1972, 88-89.

Using Teachers' Manuals fur Deeper Learning. EvelynW. Foote. Feb. 1959, 17-22.

Using the Compass for Outdoor Mathematics. JeffreyP. Feifer. May 1973, 388-89.

77

r

Using Theories of Learning and Instruction in Elementary School Mathematics TResearch. J. FredWearer. May 1969, 379-83.

Using the "Problemlolving" Method. Peter S. Pierro.Apr. 1959, 160.

Using the Subtraction Method in Dividing DecimalFractions. Vernon Hrottssard. May 1963, 288-89.

Utilization of Teaching Materials in First-GradeMathematics. Dora H. Shaw. Jan. 1963, 37-41.

Utilizing the Strategic Moment in Arithmetic. MaryBallard PietersDec. 1958, 311-14.

The Value of Pi. Ann Setzekorn. 'Feb. 1963, 100.The Value of "Teacher-Aide" Participation in the

Elementary 'School. A. W. Scrivner and 'R. Ur-banek. Feb. 1963, 8417. ,

Venn Diagrams Strengthen Children's MathematicalUnderstanding. Lewis B. Smith. Feb. )966, 92-99.

Verbal Problem Solving./ Foster a 4rossnickle. Jan.1964, 12-1/.

Verbal Prbblem ,Solving: Suggestions for ImprovingInstruction. C. Alan Riedesel. May 1964,'312-16.

The Versatile Number Runner. Mary Michalov.Apr. 1961, 182-85.

A Very Legitimate PrIde." Barbara B. Dunning and

Meredith D. Gall. May I-Y71, 339-45. ,Virgil S. Mallory. Nov, 1959, 286.Visual Aid for Geometry. Frances Hewitt. Mar.

1966, 33?-38.Visual Aid for Multiplication and Division of Frac-

tions. Robert Olberg. Jan. 1967, 44-4.Visual Aid Review. F. Glenadine Gibb. Feb. 1959,

22.Visual-Tactual Devices and Their Efficacy. George

R. Anderson. Nov. )1957, 196-201, 203.The Vocabularies of Five Recent Third Grade-Arith-

metic- Textbooks. Florence C. Repp. Mar. 1960,128-32.

Volume and Surface Area of Reotalolar Prisms:A Maximum-Minimum Problem for the Grades.Nathaniel Mann III and Dale Philippi. Apr:1970,291-92.

Volume of a Cone in X-Ray. Sr. M. Vincent. Apr.1959, 132:

The Volume of a Sphere. Paul A. Hi laire. May1960, 268.

Vote. Feb. 1973, 159.

WWantedYour Comments. C. Alan Riedesel. May

1968, 437.Washington and February. Feb. 1956, 32.The Washington Meeting, December 27-30, 1955.

Wat., 1955,192.

rng the License Numbers. Jesse Osborn. Nov.1956, 182. .

We All Teach Mathematics. Malcolm G. Wilson.Feb. 1969, 8617.

Welcome, New Forty-ninersI (49ih annual meeting,Anaheim, 14-17 April 1971). Feb. 1971, 112.

"We Made It and It Works!" The Classroom Con-struction of Sundials. M. Stoessel Wahl. Apr.1970, 301-4. '

We Quote. Dec. 1963, 483.We're Wodung on Arithmetic; Thomas Schottman.

May 1964, 356-57.What about Those "Zero Facts"? Robert A. Oesterle.

Mar. 1959, 109-11.What Am I Ever Qoing to Use That For? Benny'F.

Tucker. Mar. 1973, 188-91.

WHITHER RESEARCH IN . Title t t 73

What Are the Chances? David W. Flory,. Nov, 1969,' 581-82.

What Arithmetic in Second Grade? Paul R.Neurgkerand Marian Wozencraft, May 1962, 252-57. w-^

What Can You Do with a Geoboard? WernerLiedtke. Oct. 1969, 491793.

What Can You 1?o with SIQ Egg Carton? MargeryBaumgartner. May 1968, 456-58.

What Does NCTM Spell? Mar. 1970, 227-30,What Does Research Say about Geometry In the

Elementary School? Harold Williford. Feb. 1972,97-104.

What Does.6-10-57 Mean? Prem Sahai. Apr. 1958,118.

What Do We Mean by Discovery? Harry C. Johnson.:Dec. 1964, 538-39. .

What Happened to Elerhentary School Arithmetic?Gerald W. Btown. Mar. 19711,72-75.

What Has Eighteen Legs and Catches Flies? Bryce*E. Adkins. May 196?, 293.

What Is a Number?a Bulletin Board ,'Display.Lucile LaGanke. Dec.' 1959, 325.

What-Is a Teaches? Jane C. Butler. Nov. 1960, 346.What Is Mashema ics Curriculum Research? M. Vere

DeVault., Dec.- 966, 636-39.What Is "Read' ess"? Jerome D. K4lan. Mar.

1967,'216 -17.What Is The CoMplementary Method of Subtraction?

Gunnar SillSjOit: May 1963, 262-67.'What Is Zero? Mar. 1956, 75.What Leads to uccess? Editorial Panel. May 1972,

331-32.What Numbers Mean to Young .Children. Agnes G.

Gunderson and Ethel Gunderson. Oct. 1959, 180-85, 190; May 1960/ 266.

What Problems Are Involved in Implementing the"New" Curricular Programs? Jerry J. Herman.

' Nov. 1965, 575-78.'What Sets Are Not. Herbert E". Vaughan. Jan. 1970,

55-60.What's in a Rhyme? Ruth Hodges Tuttle. Dec. 1956,

242-43.What's in the Box2Subsetsl Gwen P. Blomgren.

Mar. 1970, 242.What's Old about the, New Mathematics? Charlotte

W. Junge. Oct. 1970, 475-81.What's That? Mary Thomason. Oct. 1962, 341.What's the Answer? Marilyn N. Suydam. Nov. 1971,

439-41.What's the Area? Howard Rosenberg. Oct. 1971,

429-30.What's Your Position on the Role of Experience in

the Learning of iMathematics? Edith E. Biggs andMaurice L. Hartung. May 1971, 278-95,405.

What You Always Wanted to Know about Six butHave Been Afraid to Ask. Alan R. -Hoffer. Feb.1973, 173-80.

When's Easter? Alma Chesnut Moore. Apr. 1967,313.

Where Are the Children? Helene Silverman. Dec.1971, 596-97.

Where Do I Teaching Numerals? Grace Muente.Nov. 1967, 375-76.

Where Is Droopy? Ron Rainsbury. Apr. 1972,271-72:

Where, on the Number Line, Is the Square Root ofTwo? William . Mehl. Nov. 1970, 614-16.

Which Way Arithm ? H. Van Engen. Dec. 1953,131-40.

Whither in Anthr'netic Teachmg? Jesse Osborn.Dec. 1956, 226-28.

Whither Research in 'Compound Subtraction? J. T.Johnson. Feb. 1958, 39-42.

7 4/7 3 1 T 4Ie I WHITHER RESEARCH ON . . .

Whither Research on Compound Subtraction? J. FredWeaver. Feb. 1956, 17-20.

Who Counts? Wilham S. Hickey. Nov. 1955, 111 -12.Who Won. the International Contest? Stephen S.

Willoughby. Nov. 1968, 623-29.Why Are Changes in the'Teaching of Mathematics

Necessary Today? Apr. 1963, 190.Why Can't Johnny Cipher? Boyd Henry. Jan. 1971,

37-39.Why Circumvent Geomary in. the Primary Grades?

Nicholas-J. Vigilante: Oct. 1965, 450-54..Why Do Pupils Avoid 'Mathematics, in High School?

Guy M. WBson. Apr. 1961, 168-71.Why I Don't Have.Any Examples of Negative Num-

btrs. James E. Schultz. May 1973, 365.Why "Indent" in Multiplication? J. Allen Nickerson.

Dec. 1956, 236 -41.,Why Invert the Divisor? Herbert Hannon. Dec. 1957,

262-65.Why Is Arithmetic Not the End? W. W. Sawyer.

Mar. 1959/ 95-96, 99.Why Johnny Can't Count. Albert E. Bender. lov.

'L972, 553-55.Why My Children Like Arithmetic. Bernice Cooper.

Nov. -1956, 196. , °Why Not Individuarace Arithmetic? Walter L.

Whitaker. Dm. 1960, 400-403.Why Not Mathematics Field Trips? Lois E. Foster.

Apr. 1968, 332, 340.Why Teach Bank Discount? Alan Rtedesel. Dec.

1957, 268.Why Teach Division of Common Fractions? Jack

Price. Feb. 1969, -1117.12.

11Why Teach Numeration? Loye Y. Hollis. Feb. 1964,

94-95.Why TheseNotations? H. Krantz. Dec. 1965, 637..Why Use Frames in Arithmetic? Henry Van Engen.

Apr. 1966, 315-16.Wichita Meeting, March 4-6, 1971. Jan. 1971, 64.Will the Set of Children .. . ?_ Zina Steinberg. Feb.

1971, 105-8.Will You Be Attending the Sari Angelo, Texas, Meet-

ing? (26-28 December 1963). Dec. 1963, 513.Wilt You Contn'bUte to a Forthcoming Yearbook?

Nov. 1960, 361; Dec. 1960, 3§9; Jan. 1961, 20; Feb.1961, 68.

Wind Rose, the Beautiful Circle. Marina C. Krause.May.1973, 375-79.

Winnipeg Meeting, October 15-17, 1970. Oct. 1970,550.

Wishful Thinking' in Metric. Guy M. ,Wilson. Jan.1962, 19. 3

The Witch's Best Game. C. Winston Smith, Jr,Dec. 1966, 683-g4.

Witli:Apologies to Mother Goose . . .s..Renino M.Talcala. Mar. 1966; 236.

With Sticks and Rubber Bands. Joseph Scott. Feb.1970, 147-50:

Women orMathematics. Rora F. lacobacci. Apr.1970, 316-24.

The Wonderful MithemagivAlle. Fay Wert. Oct.1962, 336-41.

A Word of Caution. May 1961, 225.Word Problerhs in Elementary Mathematics. Ada -

line P. Hagman. Tan. 1964, 10-11.Work Backwards! Why Not? Lewis H. Coon, Apr.

W rking with Groups in the Number Span fioM One285-87.

t rough Nine. Edwina Deans. Oct. 1960, 303-8.r.

.

The Work of the National Council. Dec. 1956, 252.A Workshop on Comptter-assisted Instruction in

Elerktintary Mathematics. Max Jerman and Patrick SuRpes. Mar. 1969, 193-97.

Work-type 'Lessons foz Grade Six. Violet.Sherwo9d.,Dec. 1959, 326-27. /

A World without Mathematics. Susan M. Anderson.Jan. 1966, 10.

Writing Equations for "Story Problems." BettySchoenherr. Oct. 1968, 562-63.

,Yahoo-a Game for Fun and Skill. Carol H.Stephens. Apr. 1967, 284, 288.

Yardstick Number-Line Balance. Jerome S. 'Borgenand John B. Wood? Mar. 1971, 184-85.

Yearbook committee Needs Your Help. Jan. '1968,83.

The Years Ahead. E. Glenadine Gibb. May 1968,433-36. t

You and the Metric System. b. Eileen Wray. Dec.1964, 576-80.

You Can Individualize Arithmetic-Instruction. Frankfyn Searight. Mar. 1964, 199-200.

/You'll Need Math. Jan. 1968, 39.Your Professional 'Dates. Oct. 1965:499-500; Nov.

1965, 589, . 1965, 663-641, Jan. 1966, 73-74;Feb. 1966, 163 64; Mar. 1966, 249-50; Apr. 1966,333-14, May 966, 434; Oct. 1966, 518-19; Nov.1966013: D 1966; 692; Jan. 1967, 61-62; Feb.1967, 157-58, ar. 1967, 237,39; Apr. 1967, 320-21; May 1961; 418-19; Oct. 1967, 527-28; Nov;

19 193; Mar. 1968, 283-85; Apr. 1968,1967, 610; 1967, 694-95; Jan. 1968, 82-83;Feb. 1968;378-80; May 968, 476-78, Oct. 1968, 583-84, Nov.1968, 663-641 Dec. 1968, 747-48, Jan. 1969, 79-.80;

' Feb. 1969, 158-60; Mar. 1969, 238-40; Apr. 1969,334-36; 1969, 419-20; Oct. 1969 514-15;Nov. 19d9,, 94-95; Dec. 1969, 663-64; Jan. 1970,93-95; Feb 1970, 180-81; Mar. 1970, 273-75;Apr. 1970, 362-64, May 1970, 451-52, bet. '1970,547-49, NO. 197Q, 627-28; Dec. 1970, 686; J1971, 63-64, Feb. 1971, 124-26, Mar. 1971, 20fr,Apr. 1971, 271-72i May 101, 352-cover '3;1971, 433-34; Nov. 1971, 537-38Mee. 1971, 604 -Jan. 19721 79-80, Feb. 1972, 162-64; Mar. 19 ,246-48; Apr. 1972, 426-28; May 1974,407 -8; Oct.1972, 509-11, Nev. 1972, 609-4, Dec. 1912, 679-80; Jan. 1973, 78-79;. Feb. 1973, 1'57-59; Mar. 1973,238-41, Apr. 1973, 318-20, May 1973, 415-11, Oct.1973, 515-17; Nov. 1973, 616-17; Dec. 1973, 708-9,

Yuleticle.Joint Meeting. NCTM AAAS (Chicago, 29December 1970). Nov. 1979, 62.3.

'' ZZell, Dec. 1965, 632.Zero and Infirlity. Raymond C. Pfreim. Nov. 1958,

27Q.Zero Difficulties in Multiplication. Lois F. Harvey

and George C. Kyte. Jan. 1965, 45-50.Zero Is an Even Nuntber. Betty Pluit1T! Lichten-

berg. Nliv. 1912, 535-38.Zero Is Highly Overrated. Charles BrumfieL May ,

1967, 377 -78. . .

Zero's Little Blessing. Elizabeth Ann Bass, Feb: 1955,' 10-11.Zero, the Troublemaker. Boyd Henry. May 1969,

365 -6t. \

9i6

111.1 ,

.For the greater convenience of the reader, classifications used in the Subject Index are

listed below, with cross-references.

Subject Indexi

I. I

1,

Ability grouping ,

Addition and subtraction

Affiliated groups. See NCTM

Aims. See Objectives

Algebra. See also Sentences

Applications

Area. See also Measurement

Arithmetic

Audiovisual materials. See also ManipUlatiSematerials

Biblio%raphy

Bboks and materials

Calculators 4nd computers

Calend;rs

Computation

Computer-assisted instruction

Computers. See Calculators afcomputersCounting

Curriculum

Decimals. See Fractions

Diagnosis and remediation

Discovery

Division

Editorial comments. See also Letters to theeditor

Equations. See Algebra; Sentences

Equipment, mathematical. See Manipulativematerials

Evaluation- See also Tests

Experiment. See Research

Filmrand filmstrips. See Audiovisualmaterials

I

1rFraction , frac onal numbers

Functions and elations. See Algebra

Carnes./

.See alto Recreational Mathematicsr

GeometryGraphs and graphing

History of mathematics and mathematicseducation

Humor; drama; verse

Individual differences

Individualized instruction

Instructional materials. See also Audiovisualmaterials; Books and materials

Instructional TV

Instruments. See Manipulative:materials

International. See also Mathematics in othercountries

Laboratory method; laboratories

Learning disabilities. See Individualdifferences

Learning process. See Psychology; Teachinginethods

Letters to the editor

Low achievers. See Individual differences

Manipulative materials

Mathematics in general

Mathematics in other countries

Measurement

9

Media. See Audiovisual materials, Books andmaterials; Instructional materials;Instructional TV

Memorials and tributes

Models. See ManiPulative'materials

Multiplication

S.

t.,

1

1

NCFAljiliated groups

reportssec tary:s port

finances. 'See mm fee reportsMeetingsMembership. ee C mmittee reMinutesMiscellaneousOfficers, corn

reprtsentatiPiesident's m ges

Not4tion and to nology

ittees, project, a des

Numbers, number systems; number theory

Objectives

Organizations

Patterns

Pedagogy. See Psychology; Teachingmethods

Percentage. See Fractions

Plays. See also Humor', drama; verse

Problem solving. See also Psychology;Teaching methods

Ability grouping

Arithipetic Achievement and Instructional roup-ing. Jan. 1963, 12-17.

Arithmetic Instruction Changes Pupils' Attitudestoward Arithmetic. Mar. 1961, 17-19.

Differentiated Instruction and Schoor-C1as1 Organi-zation for Mathematical Learning within the Ele-mentary Gradek. Oct. 1966, 495-506. k

Differentiating Arithmetic Instruction for VariousLevels of Achievement. Apr. 1959, 113-20.

The Effects of "Homogeneous" Grouping inSeventhGrade Arithmetic. Mar. 1964; 186-91.

Efficiency in Teaching Basic Facts. Apr. 1959,144-47.

The Gifted On How Shall We Know Them?Oct. 1957, 14 -461

Grouping by Arithmetic Abilityan Experiment inthe Teaching of Arithmetic. Mar. 1961, 120-23.

Grouping Children for Arithmetic Instruction. Feb.1954, 16-20.

Group Methods in Primary Grades. Feb. 1957,28-29.

Intra.clas's Grouping for Arithmetic Instruction.Critique and Criteria. Dec. 1961, 404-7.

Is Grouping for Mathematics Instruction Prac-ticablein Depaitmentalized Mathematics Classes?Jan. 1972, 61-64.

4'

1

DITION AND SU oN I Subject

Psychology

Recreational mathe atics. See also OwesResearch

ilkReviews,' See Boo and math;Audiovisual mat rj[als

Science. See Applications

Senten

Sets

Subtracti See ddition and subtraction

Teacher p eparation

Teaching metho s. See also bility oupirig;Behavioral o jectivs; C mput -assisted

op instruction; lagnosis a d re eaiation;Discovery; I dividualizecrins can; Lab-oratory me ods; Problein sol ing; Psy-cholpgy

Tests

Textbol ks. S e Books and materials

Visual ids. ee Audiovisual materials;Man pulat ve materials ,

Vocab lary., Ste Notation and terminology

Volume. See also Measurement

More Than Just a Name. Dec. 1971, 594-95,A New Approach to an Old Problem. Mar. 1961,

112-16.The Nongraded Primary Scho'ol and Arithmetic.

Mar. 962, 130-33.The Slo Can Learn. May 1960, 226-30.A Sugg sted Plan for Interclass Grouping in Arith-

Jan. 1966, 46.A Sury y of Arithmetic Intraclass Grouping Prac-

tices. Apr. 1966, 310-14.

Addition and subtmcdon

Adding a Column of Figures, Feb. 1955, 11.Adding by Endings: Some Important Considera-

tions. Mar. 1965, 204-6.Adding by Tens. Mar. 1963, 13940.Adding Fractions Using the Definition of Addi-

tion of Rational Numbs and the Euclidean Al-gorithm. Jan. 1973, 27178.

Adding Integers Using Only they Concepts of One-to-One Correspondence and Counting. May N69,360-62.

Addition avid Subtraction Fraction Algol-isms. Feb.1969, 141-42.

Addition and Subtraction Situations. Apr. 195694-97.

Addition of Unlike Fractions. Mar. 1968, 221-23.

t

E..

1'

't

78 \ Su 'ea

Adattio y. Mar. 1965, 207-11.Addition: eirdup' Addends. 'Oct. 1964, 423,J25.Addition, Subtractio arid the Number Base. Apr.

1955, 9.The Add; itl n Table. riences in Prectiee-Dis-

covery.ar. .1972 179- . . .

An Apkoach. to Su traction', Using Easy Facts.Apr. 1964, 260-61.

"But th Teacher Didn1959, 9-41.

The e foi, a Mor Universal Nu ber-LineMode of Subtraction. Jan. 1973, 61

Checki the Calculate Average through Sub-tracti n. Nov: 1971, 499-500.

Chfidre 's Concept of Scale and the Su traction'ofFract ops. Mar. ,1962, 115-18. '

A Co parison of Two Methods o CompoundSubtraction. Oct. 1955, 63-65, -

The Controversy, regarding the Teach'Decade Addition. Oct. 1956, 170-

Developing the Subtraction Algorit634-38.

Developing the "Take -Away" Idea.A Different Way of Subtracting.Eliminate "Borrowing" in Subtra

217-19; Feb. 1960, 86.Filling a Gap in Subtraction. May, 1960, 247-49.Finding the Missing Addend, or Checkbook Sub-

traction. Nov. 1972, 540-42.Fourth Graders Develop their iDWn Subtraction

Algorithm, Mar. 1970, 233136.Giving Meaning to the Addition Algorithm. May

1972, 345-48.How to Get subtraction into the Game. Feb. 1970,

169-70.Let's Add AutoMatically. Mar. 1965, 2;4-25.,Let's Go 9ne Step Farther in Addition. Oct. 1971,

413-15.Letters to the F.ilieor. Nov;1965, 522; Jan. 1968,

46; Dec. 1972, 616.A%Lo4cal Method for Basic Subtraction. May

'1966, 404-6.di Method for Checking Addition. Apr. 1961;181.'More about Subtraction. Oct. 1,959, 219-20.Note on the Teaching of "Ragged Decimals." Apr.

1958, 149-51.An Ordered Pair Approach to Addition of Ra-

tional Numbers in Second Grade. Feb. 1965,)06-8.

Pipe Cleaners and LoopsDiscovering How toAdd and Subtract Directed Numbers. Nov. 1966;568-72.

Plus and Minus. Nov. 1965, 512-74.Practice in Renaming Numbersan Aid to Subtrac-

tion. Feb. 1965,42.A Rationale in Working wits* Signed Numbers.

\ Nov. 1965, 563-67.A Sample Method for Addition. Dec. 1969, 676.I ."Sets" Aid in Adding Fractiobs. Feb. 'PM 35-38."Signed-Digit" Subtraction. Oct. 1965, 465-66.Subtraction by Corhplement Addition-Complement.

Nov. 1061, 344.Subtraction by the "Dribble Method?' Mb 1971,

34647.Obtraction from Left to Right.' Nov. 1950, 286.Subtraction of IntegersDiscovered through a

Came. Feb. 1969, 148-49.Subtraction Steps. May 1968, 458-60.*Sub raction witH System of the Ten. Dec. 1965; 611..Ta Away Is Npt.Enodghl Apr. 1954, 7-10.Tri ngle Number Game. Apr. 1964, 2t0-i72.Th "Ultimate" Form of the Subtractibh Algorism.

pr. 1965, 277-81.

AFFILIATED GROUPS

Show Us That W y." Fen.

g of Higher: -3, 176.

. Dec. 1973,

Apr. 1Q5 , 161.2an. 1965, 5-66.tion. Oct. 1959,

I)

iWhat Is the Complementary Method of Subtrac-

t bon? May 19 3, 262-67. .

Whither Researcl in Compound Subtraction? Feb.%1958, 39-42.

Whither Research 'n Compound Subtraction? Feb.1956, 17-20. . .

The Witch's Best G me. Dec. '1966, 683-84.

ted groups, Sc

Alus. See Objectives

Ai bra. See also Sente Address of a*Point.

Igebraic Arithmetic o1965, 483 -86.

Igebrai Concepts i1965,/181-82.gebra in Grade FIgebra in the Fou

DiscoVery ApproaSeven? Nov. 19

An Elementary457-62. ,.

Functions.' Dec. 67,, 657-64.Functions. Apr. 970, 305-15.Geometric Repr ntati$n of Binom

Laboratory tyle. an. 1968,How Many W Mar. 1968, 277.An Investigati. Leading to the Pyth

erty. Oct. 1:67, 500-504.Let's Consid the Function!. Apr.Letteri to th Editor. May 1968, 41Manipulatin Points and Fjgures in

1967, 560-62.Multiplication' Using Equations

in atterned Form. Dec. 1963,Prep ring Solidly for Algebra . .

N mbers. Oct. 1964, 418-20.Rel bona Oct, f967, 473-75.Searching for 'theUnkndwrif Dr. 196 , 683, 689.Two Aspects of Algebra. Apr. 962; 210-11.

Ap plicaponsf-Applications '6f Binary 1.4 tation. Vey 1967,31380.

. Arithmetic in Everyday Living. Dec. 1962, 453-58.Arithmetic iq Science andSocial Studies. Apr. 1961,

189-91.Arithmetic the Child's Future.. Nov. '1956,

214-46.'Arithmetic Ski

ces

Dec. 1968, 689-93.Elementary School. Mar.

e Elementary 6chool.

Jan. 1960, 25-27.rade. Feb. 1960, 7.7-

olar Coordi ates in rade637t5.of Equatio Nov. 1971,

by inomial

recta Prop-

67, 280-84.

pace.I:Nov.

Postulates19.sing Prime

Is Begin at libme. Jan. 1964.'11-18,As Good As Gold. Feb. 1964, 118-19, .Banking Interest. Jan. 1973, 58-59.Blast-off Mathematics. Apr. 1971, 215-21. rColors, Geometric Forms, ,Art; and Mathematics.

Oct. 1967, 448-52.The Day Camp and Arithmetic. Mar. 1957, 77-78.A Dream House Pro)ect. May 1962, 288.181.Gumballs Aid in a Mathematics Lesson. Nov. 1969,

567.How Profitable Is the Usual Problem Work in

Arithmetic? Mar. 1958, 94-96. eInterrelationships between Mathematics and Art

for the Kindergarten.`May 196ft, 420-21.An Introduction to Sequence: Elementary School

Mathematics and Science EnrichMent. Feb. 1970, ;143-45/

An Inverse.. Square Relationship in Science. Dec.1968, 707-12.

It's Moving Time. ..06. 1972, 134-35..Kaleidoscopes and Mathematics. 1973,

576-79.

*k.

- 1

I . .Letters to the, Editor. pec. 1963, 517, Mar. 1967,

208. , - ,

Making Junior High , MathAlvics More of a"Now" Need. Jan 1968, 1

Making the Most of 'tfour Field Trip Mar. 1971,186-89. ,

* v. n

Mathema til as a Core Unit. Feb. 19 , 110713.Mathemau Educators Must Help Face the En-

onine Pollution Challenge. , Nov. 1970,57-61. 1.4.Pthematics in Efernentary Science. Dec. 1967,

636-40. ..P`Mathematics in the/ !study of African Culture. Nov.

1973, 532-35..

The Mathematics of Supermarket Shopping. Mar.1967, 211, 215.

New Money in Jamaica. Nov. 1969, 555.Non-occupational Uses of Mathematics. Ock 1957,

1 151-54.1 Johnny 'Unitas.!--- 2 Alan Pages, or the Mathe-

matics of Football Trading Cards. Nov. 1973," 554-57..

A Pair of Rabbits IV a Mathematician, Apr, 1967,285-88.

Reflectio on the Courtship of Mathematics andScien . Dec.,1967, 645-49.

Science And Mathedatics In the Elementary School.Dec. 1967, 629-35. '-

Science and Mathematics: 197gsa Decade ofChange. Apr. 1970, 293-97.

th

A enth-Grade Mathematics Class Tackles theock Market. Jan.'1973, 45-47.

Si Graders Compose Space Probfemf. 'Mar.1964,. 201-4.

Space-related Materials Enrich the Teaching ofMathematics. May 1966, 396.

"Stock-Market" Unit. Oct. 1968, 552-56.Sunpaths That Leas, to Understanding. Dec. 1967,

674-77.4'Teaching 'Mathematical Concepts Using gunge

Arts analogies. , Apr. 1970,Upper-Elementary-School ehil en Use tatistics.

Apr. 1962, 212-14. iUsing Stream Flow to Develop Me g Skills.Feb. 1772, 88-89.

What Am 1 v r Going to Use for? Mar.1973, 188-!1 ,by I Don't Have, Any Examples lbf Negativetslumbers. May 1973, 365.y Not athematics Field Trips A . 1968,

1 332, 340.You'll Need Math. Jan. 1968, 39.

/Area. .Serf

Adapti g the rea of a Circle to the Area of aRectangle. May 1972, 404-6.

Area Concepts for Second Graders. Nov. 1964,483-84; Jan. 1965, 67.

s A Common Misconception about Area. Apr. 1970,286-89.

. The Concept of Area. Mar. 1968, 233-43.Disdovery Activities with Area and Perimeter. May

1973` 382-85. -Finding the AreaGorthe Black. Feb. 1964, 913, 121.Grids, Tiles, and Area. Dec. 1968, 668-72.An Illustratio,n of the Unrecognized Assumption.

?lay 1964, 317-18.Old MacDonald Builds a Fence. Feb. 1973, 91-93.A Paper folding Demonstration of the Area of a

Triangle. Dec. 1970, 653.Probability on the Geo rd.- Mar. 1973, 167-70.Smile When You Say Area Qct. 1971, 0-31.Volume and Surface Area of Reetangul Prisms

4,

BIBLIOGRAPHY I Subject 179

A Maximum- Minimum Problem for the Grades.Apr. 1970, 291392.

What's the Area? Oct. 1971, 429-30.

Arithmetic'

ArithmeticFriend or Foe? Feb. 1957, 1-9..Integrating Geometry and Arithmetic. Dec., 1973,

657-62.Special Arithmetic Meetings (Washington'

27-29 Decemhtr 1955). Dec. 1955, 14

Audiovisual materials. See alsomaterials

Announcing a lilew Film. May 1964, 30Arithmetic by? elevision. Jan. 1963, 28 -30. 1Book and Film Strip Review. Apr. 1951, 138-39.Fihn,Strip<Review. Apr. 1957, 139.

' f ilmstrips Reviewed. Apr. ,1958, 130, 142. 't-hTennessee: Making Use of the NCTM Film

The Les.May 1969, 391-94.

istening Post. Dell. 1965, 645.Multiplication Mastery via the Tape Recorder. Nov

1970, 581-82. alThe NCTM Film-Text Series "Mathematics foElementary School Teachers." Apr. 1967, 226 -99.

ID/New Films and Filmstrips. Oct. 1972, 485-86;Nov. 1972, 584-85; Dec.-1972, 673-74; Jan. 1973,

' 76; Feb. 1973, 144-45; Apr. 1973, 292-93; May1973, 413-14; Oct. 1973, 482; Nov. 1973, 612-14;Dec. 1973, 690-91.

Reviews of Books and MateriaLs.Gbibvi 1959, 281-84; Jan. 1960, 39-41.

Teaching Arithmetic with the Overhead Projector.Apr. 1962, 233.

,

The Use of -New Educational Media. Dec, 1965,

Bibliograp

Addenda to the ray, 1965, Report on Researchin Elementary hool Mathematics. Nov. 1965,577-78:

An' Ahnotat d ibliography of Programmed In-struction' ementary Mathematics. Dec. j971;568-75. '

' an Anno to Bibliography of Suggested Maniplative vi . Oct. 1368, 509-24.

Bibliegra hy or Teachers. April 1954, 23.Bibliogra h of Books for Enrichment In An

tic. Feb. 959, 12-16; Apr. 1959, 143. ,

Biblkai4p of Books for Enrichment in Arith-metic. pr. 1960, 189-93,

A Biblio aphy of Histoncal Materials for Use inArithm is in the Intermediate Grades, JOct.1960, 7-92.

A' Bibliography of Mathematics Books for .Ele-mentary School Libraries. Fcb. 1957, 15-20.

A Bibliography of Selected Summaries and CriticalDiscussions of Research on Elementary SchoolMathematics. Nov. 1960, 364-66.

Bibliography on Number. Bases. Dec. 1959, 324.Children's Literature/An Aid in Mathematics In-

struction. Oct. 1969, 451-55.Commercial Garnel for the Arithmetic Class. Mar.

1958, 69 -73.Did You Know? liv\aly 1961, 225 \dmEarly,Rescarch buttons to Elementary' School

Mathematics. Jan. 1970, 61-65.Educating Mathematics Specialists to Teach Chil-

dren from Disadvantaged Areas, Nov. 1968,606-12.

The Elementary School Mathematics Library. Feb.1956,8-16.

h-

.

0

080 Subject I Boon AND MATERIALS

Improvement Projects Related to ElementarySchool Mathematics. Oct. 1960, 311-15.,

More Projects on Individualizing Instruction! Nov.1971, 473-74. -

Number in the Western World-a BilfliograpMay 1964, 336-41.ent Education. Jan. 1966,52-55, eb. 1 , 109.

P blem Solving: SOme Suggestions from ch.an. 1960, 54-58.jects on Individualizing Instructi . 1971,

161-63.. ent Research Contributions to Elementary

School Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 245-57.eports of Research and Development Activities1957-1968. Nov. 1969, 557-63.

esearch on Arithmetic Instruction-1957. Apr.195,109-18. -

eseard'h on Arithmetic Instruction-1958. Apr.1959, 121-32.

Research on Arithmetic Instruction-1959. May1960, 2S3 -65.

Research on Elementary-School Mathematics-, 1960. 1 ay 1961, 255-60.on .E1

eludedResearch 'pn Elementary- School Mathematics-

1461. May 1962, 287-90.Research on Elementary Scholl

School MatMathematics-o Elementary trmati s-c

Mathematics -1962.

Elementa1963, 297-300.

Research1963. A . 1964, 273-75.

Research on Elementary School Mathematics-1964. May 1965, 382-87.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1965. 'May 1966, 414-27. ,

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1966. Oct. 1967, 509-17.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1967. Oct-1968, 531-44.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1968.rOct. 1969, 467-78.

Research ort Mathematics Edu, \ for 1969. Oct. 1970, 511-27.

A Selected Bibliography of R\ ing of Arithmetic. Apr 115

Six Years of Research\ 19517 956. Apr. 1957

, Sugges from Resea./'" a 131

Research1960

entary-School Mathernaties-Oct. 1961, 301-6.

4.

5.Updating

65/4-56.

,Books an mate

Aids f Ev tors of1965, 88-94.

Ari etic ks for Elementary19 , 147-49.

The Arithmetic Textbook. Mar. 19,

Book and Film Strip Review. ABook* Recetled. Nov. 1957, 22Book Review. Apr. 1954, 14; 1954, 5; Dec.

1954, 8, 23, 30; Dec. 1955, 54- 5. e. 1955,5, 9; Mar. 1956, 73-75, Apr 195.,Oct. 1956, 174-76; Feb. 19 , 31 pr. 1957,

4, 138-39; Oct. 1957, 173-74, ov. 203, Dec. ;957, 265-67; Feb. 1958, 3745 r. 1958, 7

102; Apr. 1958, 162+63; 1958, 211-15; N v.'1958, 246, 279-80; Dec. 1458, 293; Apr. 1 59,

. 1960, 161-62;

lier

ion, Grades K-8,

rch in the Teach-20-22.

etic Instruction.89-99.

Fractions. Feb. 1969,

Bibliogral. Dec. 1965,

.41Mathematics ittxtboolcs.

hods. Mar.

,84.. 1957, 138-39.

83-85, Mar, 1961, 138-39, Apr. 1961, 196, May1961, 261-64; Oct. 1961, 307-8; Nov. 1961, 377;Dec. 1961, 440-41, Jan. 1962, 45-47, Feb. 1962,98-99; Mar. 1962, 163-64; Apr. 1962, 227-31;May 1962, 291-97, Oct, 1962, 344 -47, Nov. 1962,400-403, 408; Dec. 1962, 462-65; Jan. 1963, 44-45, Feb. 1963, 98-100, Mar. 1963, 162-64, Apr.

963, 365--19; Jan.964, 211-

1-63; Oct.an. 1965,5, 232-34;Oct. 1965,5, 657-59;Mar. 1966,

66, 408-13;, Jan. 1967,

48-50; Feb. 1967, 141-43; Mar. 1967, 231-33;May 1967, 410 -12, Oct. 1967, 518 -2!, Nov. 1967,594-95; Jan. 1968, 71-73; Feb. 1968, 181-8Z;Mar. 1968, 278-80. Apr. 1968, 375-77, May1968, 4W71; Oct. 1968, 564-68; Nov. 1968,653-54, Dec. 1968, 739-45, Jan. 1969, 67-68;deb. 1969, 153; Mar. 1969, 231; May 1969, 406-11, Oct. 1969, 500-502, Nov. 1969, 583-85;Dec. 1969, 653-54; Jan. 1970, 85; Feb. 1970,173-74, Mar. 1970, 271-72, Apr. 1970, 350-52;May 970, 443-45; May 1971, 296,.cover 3; Oct.1971, 387-88, Nov. 1971, 462, Dec. 1971, 595;Feb. 1972, 95; Mar. 1972, 220, 228; Apr. 1972,314, Oct. 1972, 417, 493, Nov. 1972, 555; Dec.1972, 622; Jan. 1973, 32; Feb. 1973, 152; Mar.1973, 236; Apr. 1973,,297, May 1973, 342; Nov.1973, 582, 605; Dec. T973, 625, 629, 633, 682.

4.

1963, 272-23, May 1963, 301-3, Oct.67; Nov. 1963, 458-59; pec. 1963, 51964, 46-48, Feb. 1964, 125-28, Mar.13; Apr. 1964, 276-77; May 1964, 31964, 431-33.. Dec. 1964, 583-86,68-70; Feb. 1965, 151-52; Mar. 19Apr. 1965, 294-96, May 1965, 380-81481-83; Nov. 1965, 579-81; Dec.Jan. 1966, 56-59, Feb. 1966, 142-44245-48; Apr. 1966, 319 -21; May 1Oct. 1966, 507-9. Nov. 1966, 597-60

Books and Materials Received. Feb. 1954,A Comparison: Textbooks, Domestic and FJoreign.

Nov. 1963, 428-34.The Cpntroversy regarding the Tea mg of Higher-

de Addition. *Oct. 1956, 17 3. 176.Due Off Press This Summer. May 164, 325.New Books for Pupils. Jan. 1972, 49-52, Feb.

1972. 113-15; Mar. 1972,"228; Apr. 1972, 301;May 1972. 378-79, Oct. 1972, 483-85, Nov. 1972,582-83; Dec. 1972, 671-73; Jan. 1973. 73-74;Feb. 1973, 145-47, Mar. 1973, 234-35 and May1973, 41i; Apr. 1973, 296-97; May 1973, 409-11;Oct. 197.3. 480-81, N. 1973, 609-11, Dec. 1973,691-92.

New Books for Teachers. Jan. 1972, 45-49, Feb.1972, 110-13; Mar."1972, 225-27; Apr. 1972,299-300; May 1972, 375-78; Oct. 1972. 48 -$2;

04-75; Feb 1973, 147-49; Mar. 1973, 2-33;*Nov. 1972, Dec. 1972, 669-71; Jan. 973,

/Apr. 1973,, 293-95, May 1973, 412, 1973,481-82; Nov. 1973, 606-8; Dec. 197 92-93.

Books Received. Feb. 1958. 14: Jan. -796 8, Feb.1961., 85; Mar. 1961, 140; May 19611 64; Oct.1961,' 308 and Feb. 1962. 97; Dec. :61, 413;Jan. 1962, 47. Feb. 1962. 97; Mar. 962164;Apr. 1962. 231; Oct. 1962, 347, 354 Jan. 1963,45, Apr. 1963, 223, May 1963. 247 Oct. 1963,367, Dec. 1963, 519; Jan. 1964, 4. Feb. 1964,213. May 1964, 363, Oct. 1964, 4 , Jan. 965,0, Feb. 145, 152, Apr. 1965, 2. May 965,

Oct. 1965, 500, Nov. 1965, :1, Dec 1965,6 Jan. 1966, 74, Mar. 1966. , 24 ; Apr,1966, 321, 332. 334; May 1966, 391, 4 3; Oct.1966, 456, Feb. 1967, 125, April 1967, 95, May1967, 341, 368, 419; Nov. 1967, 565, 572, 593;Feb. 1966., 160, 182; Apr. 1968,,30 ; 'Oct. 19118,568-70, Nov. 1968. 654, Dec. 1 745-6,Jan. 1969, 68-69, Feb. 1969, 153 Mar. 1969, ig176. Apr. 1969. 280, May 1969, 4 , Oct. 1969.

167771; Feb. 1960, 107-8;May 1960, 267, 268.

Books and Materials. Oct 1959, 2281-84, Jan. 1960, 3T-41, OcNov. 1960, 373-75, Jan. 1961, 3

25, Nov. 1959,1960, 309-10,38; Feb. 1961,

p.

84 .

4

483 -84; Nov. 1969, 585; Dec. 1969, 654; Jan.1970, 83; Feb. 1970, 170; Mar. 1970, 272; Apr.1970, 352; May 1970, 442; Oct. 1970, 533-36;Nov. 1970, 625; Decd 1970, 685; Jan. 4971, 17;Feb. 1971, 83; Mar.' 1971, 149, 208; Apr. 1971,229. -

New Arithmetic Textbooks. Apr. 1958, 130.New Research Journal Published by 1JSOE. Mar.

1967, 193:The --Readability of Elementary Mathematics

'Books. Nov. 1964, 466-68.Researches inArithmetic. Feb. 1954, 20.Review (Arithmetic Games). Dec. 1957, 255.Reviewing and Viewing. Jan. 1972, 45-52; Feb.

1972, 110-15; Mar. 1972, 225-28; Apr. 1

799-301; May 1972, 375-79; Oct. 1972, 481 -Nov. 1972, 581-85; Dec. 1972, 669-74; Jan.1973, 73-76; Feb. 1973, 144-49; Mar. 1973,232-35 and May 1973, 411; Apr. 1973, 292-97;May 1973, 409-14; Oct. 1973, 480-82; Nov.1973, 606-14;Dec. 1973, 690-93.

Review of "IMOUT." Oct. 1955, 90.Reviews. Apr. 1955, 54 and Oct. 1955, 92.Teachers Look at Arithmetic Manuals. Jan. 1960,

13-18. ,Textbooks Received. .Oct. 1954, 14.21st Yearbook of NCIM. Feb. 1954, 20. I

'Two New Courses of Study. Apr. 1956121.Two New NCTM Publications. Jan. 1968, 73.

I

Calculators and computers

The Abacus and Our Ancestors. Feb. 1960, 104-6.Arithmetic Problems: Cause and Solution. Apr.

1958, 153-54.Automatic Addition. Mar. 1963, 127-32.

by and a Computer! Feb. 1971, 88-90.7'4 Calculators in the Classroom. Dec. 1967, 650-51.

Can Machines Think? Dec. 1961, 412, .Computer Concepts Possessed by Seventh -Grade_

Children. Jan. 1968, 35-39.Computer-enriched Instruction For the Eleinentary

Teacher. M. Stoessel WahL Mar. 1969, 189-92.The Computer Motivates Improvement in Com-

putational Skills. Feb. 1971,109-12.The Computer Revolution Needs YOU Jan. 19711

1J-17.Computers and Art. Mar. 1969, 169-72.CoMputers and the Use of Base Two in the Memory

Unit. Mar. 1969, 179-81.A Discovery Approach to the Introduction of Flow-

charting in the Elementary Grades. Mar. 1970,220-24.

Hand-held Calculators. /Help or Hindrance? Dec.1973, 671-72.

A Report on the Use of Calculators. Feb. 1960,103. 0

caching a Unit on the Computer to AcademicallyTalented Elementary SchoolChildren. Mar. 1970,216-19. -4

Use of Calculators in Swiss Schools. Mar.12p.

Calendars

peveloping Copcepts oMir. 1961, 124 -26.

The Growth of Prwith Measurement.

Sunpaths That Lead674-77.

Washing* and FebruaWhat Doss 6-10-57 M

1962,

e and Temperature.

Ckldren's Familiarity1959, 186-90.

tanding. Doc. 1967,

eb. 1956, 32.Apr. 1958, 118.

COMPUTATION I Subject 8r

ComputationThe Abacus and Our Ancestors. Feb. 1960, 104-6.The Abacus as an Arithmetic Teaching Device.

4A.Nov. 1955, 107-11.

An Approximation Method of Finding SquareRoots. Mar, 1971, 155.

Arithmetic Spell Down. Nov. 1956, 219.Casting Out Nines. Oct. 1955, 77.79.Challenging the Rapid Learner., Dec. 1959, 311-

13,.316.chalitins from One Number System to Another.

Dece1960, 408.ged..Ppticles: A Model for Teaching Opera.

tions With Directed Numbers. Ma 1969, 349-53.Color as an Aid in Teaching tits. Fob. 1958,

10-14.Composition and etic. M . 1957, 60.Computation: Low chievers' *tiling Block

or Supping Stone? Nov. 1969 523-28.Computation Made I terestmg. 1971, 347-50.Computations with Binary N Feb. 1964,..

96-98.Tlie Computer Game. May 1967, 397, 409Developing Ability in Mental Arithmetic. Oct.

f 1957, 147-50.Developing Arithmeticil Inquiry with Enrichment

Aids. Jan. 19 /49-51.Development o bility to Estimate and to Com-

pute Mentally. Apr..1955, 33-39.Discovering Et rents. Apr. 1969, 313-14. .-Discovering the atheraatics Of a Slide Rule. Jan.

1968, 23-25Do We N Separate Rule4 to Compute in Dec.i. .

mal Notes on? Jan. 1971, 40-42.Editorial Feedback. Oct. 1969. 497-98.Efficiency in Teaching Basic Facts. Apr. 1959,

144-47.E Pluribus Unum a Brief Discussion on the

"Law of One." Dec. 1961, 413-15.An Exercise in Ancient Egyptian Arithmetic. Apr.

,1963, 216.Experiences with Approximation and Estimation.

May 1967, 365-68.Flow Charts for the Elementary Grades. Nov.

1966, 591-93.For Mentally advanced Pupils in Arithmetic. Jan...

1963, 18-21.Frequencies of Unwritten Algorisms. Nov. 1967,-588-93.

A Game for Reviewing Basic Facts of Arithmetic.Nov. 1972, 589-90:

The HOndred-Board. Dec. 1959, 295-301.Inchiding the Newer Mathematics with the Regu-

lar Program of .the Primary Grades. Feb. 1952,90-95.

Integer "Football." Oct. 1973, 487-88."Interest with Interest." May 1960, 250-51.An Intuitive Approach to Square Root. Oct. 1969,

463-64.Can n Lea rn,Arithmetic. Mar. 1957, 75-76.

Learning Structures r Arithmetic. Apr. 1969,263-68.

ogarithms for Ten- Olds. Mar. 1968, 273-75.'chines. May 1965, -34; Oct. 1965, 421.sate tae Basic Facts with Dice.. May 1973,430-3 . 4. ,

Yenta! Arithmetic. Apr. 1957, 13/.Mental Mathematics Counts. Apr.-1970, 337-38.A Method of Front-End Arithmetic. Feb. 1959,

23-29, 32;r Method or ttistification? Dec. 1972, 617-22.

Modern Mathematics in a Toga'. May 1965,14347.Multiple Methods of ,Teaching Operations. Apr.

190. 259-62. '

a

",

s

82 Subject I COMPUTER- ISTED INSTRUCTION

A Teaching Program for Experimentation frith.Computet-assisted Instruction. Mar. X1969,184-88.

Topics in Geometry and Point Set TopologyaPilot Study. Oct. 1964., 41)7-12.

The Use of Programed Instruction m Teachmg anAdvanced Mathematical Topic. Mar. 1962,160-62.

A Workshop on Computer-assisted Instruction inElementary Mathematics. Mar. 1969, 193-97.

New Vistas in Primary Arithmetic. May 1962,268-70.

Non-Pencil-and-Paper Solution of Problems. Dec.1956, 229-35.

Nonverbal Instruction. feb. 1963, 72-Number, Numeral, and peration. Ma :1960, 222

I25, 230.On Computation and Drill. Dec. 1969, 62J-30.On Whole Number Computation. Apr. 1969,

253-57.An Open-ended Practice Exercise. 'Feb. 1964,

119-21.Order of Operations m Elemeptlry Arithmetic. May

1962, 263-67."Parallelograms": A Sirtiple Answer to Drill Moti-

vation and Individualized Instruction. Nov 1971,489-93.

Physical Representations for Signed-Num r Op-tions. Nov. 967, 549-54.

Platy Shuffeboardl with Negative Numbe May1969, 395-97.

Rapid Mental Calculations. May 1965, 36 -70.Repeating Declinals. Dec. 1973, 678-82.A Shortcut in Figuring Square Roots. Nov. 1965,

588.Shortcuts for the uman Computer. Dec. 1966,

671-76.Some New Approa hes to Old Arithmetic. Oct.

1961, 291-94."Spivey" Suds for X + Y) (X Y). Nov. 1963,

418.Square Root +. Nov. 1969, 549-55.Structure and the Algorisms of Arithmetic. Feb.

1965, 146-50.Teaching Square Root Meaningfully in Grade 8.

Feb. 1960, 100-102.Television Games Adapted for Use m

Mathematics Classes. Mar. 1973, 219-22.The Ten-Tens Counting Frame. Nov. 1956,- 197-

200.Then and Now. Apr. 1954, 6."Though This Be Madness, . .." Dec. 1969, 606-8.The Trachtenberg System as a Motivational Dpice.

Dec. 1966, 677-78.A Two-Dimensional Abacus -the P: apy Mirucom-

puter. f)ct. 1972, 445-51.The Use of Crutches Arithmetic. Oct.

1954, 6-10..The Use of "1" in Buil 'ng Concepts. Oct. 1961,

299:300.Using Handoperated Comp uting Machines in

Learning Arithmetic. Oct. 1956, 145-50.Using Parts of Ten. Dec."100, 673-75.The Versatile Number Runner. Apr. 1961, 182-85.What about' Th "Zero Fa "? Mar. 1959,

144,4, 109-11.Work Bacicwa ot?' Apr. 1965, 285-87.

Computer-assist ctionArithmetic Drills and Review on a Computer-

based Telet Apr. 1966, 303-9.Arithmetic En chment throw the Use of the

"Modified Program." Dec. 1 63, 501-3.Computer-assisted Instruction. Implications for

Teacher Education. Jan. 196 24-29.An Experimental Study of Pro ed versus Tra-

ditional Elementary School Ma atuz. Apr.1963, 199-204.

An Open Letter on Teaching Machines nd Pro-gramed Instruction. Jan. 1962, 29-31.

Some Observations of Children's Reactions t Com-puter-assisted Instruction. Jan. 1971, 19-2..

Teachers, Pupils, an& Computer - asserted Instruc-tion. Mar. ,1969, 173-76.

Computers. "See Calculators and computersA I

Counting

Bang, 1311zz, Buzz-Bang, and Prime. Oct. '1969,. 494-95.Counters? Yes, but . . . . Feb. 958, 25-28.Cup Cakes in Kindergarten. 1959, 319.A Deck of Cards, a Bunch Kids, and Thou.

Feb. 1969, 115-17.Developing Understanding through Counting. Oct.

1955, 83-85.ight-Ring Circus: A Variation in the Teaching ofCounting and Place Value. Mar. 1972, 209-16.

An Experiment with Hand-Tally Counters. Nov.,1 1955, 119-20.Fingerprints. Nov. 1961, 339-44.Grouping of Objects as a Major Idea at the Pei-

mary Level. May 1971, 301-5.How Big Is a Billion? Dec. 1955, 160.How Many Children Are Here Today? Dec. 1955,

161-62.Larry and the Abacus. Oct. 1954, 21-24.Letters to the Editor. Dec. 1973, 638.Numbers, Sets, and Counting. ,fict. 1961, 281-86."One, Two, Button My Shoe." Oct. 1954, 18-20. ?The Original Counting Systems qf Papua and New

,Guinea. Feb. 1971, 77-83.Teacher -made Materials for Teaching Number and

Counting. Oct. 1972, 431-33." Twas the Night Before Christrrias." Dec. 1958,

317-18.The Versatile Number Runner. Apr. 1961, 182-85.What's in a Rhyme? Dec.' 1956, 242-43.Who Counts? Nov. 1955, 111-12.

Curriculum /Achievement and Attitude of Sixth-Grade Pupils

in Conventional and Contemporary MathematicsPrograms. Jan. 1967, 30-39.

"Action Research** and Curriculum Development.Mar. 1967, 228-30.

Algebraic Arithmetic for Elementary School. Mar.1965, 183-86.

Algebraic Concepts in the Elementary School. Mar.1965, 181-82.

All Is Not Nonsense. Oct. 1966, 485-88.Anatomy of Change in Elementary Mathematics.

Mar. 1963, 158-61.. And Now Synthesis. A Theoretical Model for

Mathematics Education. Feb. 1965, 134 -4t.Are Soviet Arithmetic Books Better Than Ours?

Dec. 1965, 633-37.Arithmetical Abstractions -- Progress toward Ma

turity of Concepts under Differing Programs ofInstruction. Oct. 1963, 322-29.

Arithmetic Concepts in First, Grade. Feb. 1962,81-85.

The Arithmetic Curriculum-1954. Apr. 1954, 1-6.Arithmeto. for the A.-ademi..ally Talented. Feb.

1960, 53-60.

f

a

a

Arithmetic in Everyday Living. Dec. 1961, 453-58.Arithmetic in New Zealand. Oct. 1956, 7-42.Arithmetic in the 'kotal School Program. Dec.

1957, 235-39.Arithmetic in Upper Elementary Grades. Apr. 1959,

165-66.Arithmeticas More Than Doing. Feb. 1963, 78-80.Arithmetic on the March. Oct. 1954, 10-14.Arithmetic or' Elementary School Mathematics.

Apr. 1954, 19:Basic Consideratiohsin the Improvement of Ele-

mentary School Mathematics Programs. May1960, 269-73. Ns

Basic Skills in Contemporary Programs. Nov. 1965,524.

Breaking the rock Step in Arithmetic. Feb. 1962,86-89.

Building Algebra Readiness in Grades Seven andEight. Nov. 1959, 269-73.

California County Superintendents' Association Ini-tiates "Project Mathematics." May 1964, 354-55.

The Cambridge Conference on School Mathematics.Mar. 1964, 207-10. -

The Cimbridge Conference Report: Blueprint orFantasy? Mar. 1966, 1 86.

The Cha 'enge of Mather atics in the ElementarySchool Jail. 1966, 47-4 .

Commen upon Suppes-Binford Report ofTeac g Mathematical Logic to Fifth- and,Sixth ride Pupils. Dec. 1966, 640-43. .

Comrnen on Middle-Grade Arithmetic. Feb. 1958,37-38.

A Comparison: Textbooks, Domestic and oreign.Nov. 1963, 428-34.

Conducting a Math Exposition. Noy. 1958 247-50.The Content and Organization of Arithme c. Mar.

1959, 77-83.The Content of the Elementary School Geometry

Program. Oct. 1973, 468-77.The Continuing Work of the Cambridge Confer-

ence on School Mathematics (CCSM). Feb.

Course of 'Mathematics Educatiodi Charted. Jan.1967, 60.

Curriculum Development and In-service Educationin Cincinnati. Mar. 1963, 15158.

Defining Basic Concepts of athematics. Mar.1960, 122-27.

Don't Forget the Parents! Oct. 1966, 474-75.Do You Hive a Mathematics Program? Jan, 196 ,

4, 8.The Dual Progress Plan in the Elementary School.

Dec. 1959, 302-5.Effecting Change in a Large County System. May

1963, 294-97.The Effect of Three Different Methods of Imple-

mentation of Mathematics Programs on Chil-dren's Achievement in Mathematics. Apr. 1969,288-92.

Elementary School Mathematics: A Word of Cau-tion and a Question. Dec. 1972, 645-47.

Elementary School Mathematics in the 1970s. Oct.1971, 385.

The Elementary School Principal and MathematicsIdttruction. Oct. 1963, 339-43.

Elementary Series and Texts for TeachersHolyWell Do They Agree? Mar. 1968, 266-70.

Elementary Teachers' Ability to Understand Con-cepts Used in Near Mathematics Curricula. Apr.1968, 367-71.'

Enrichment for the Talented in Arithmetic. ALocal Program for Grades 4, 5, hnd 6. Mar.1061, 135-37.

Equal Time. May 1964, 342-43.

1966, 14-49.

CURRIC Subject 83

Evaluation of an ALelerated Arithmetic Program.Feb. 1965, 113 -19..'

Experimental Program at Illinois. Feb. 1959, 56.Experimental Teaching of Mathematical Logic in '

the Elementary School. Mar. 1965, 187-95.An Experiment in Teaching Mathematics to

Children. Mar. 1964, 140-56.Federal Funds for the Improvement of Mathe-

matics Education. Oct. 1965, 496-99.The Forest or the Trees. Oct. 1962, 306-7.Formalism in Arithmetic Programs. Nov. 1962,

371-75.Four Aspects of Arithmetica Schaaatic Plan.

Nov. 1964, 485-89.From the Classroom. Dec. 1965, 651.Fundamental Issues of the Teaching of Elementary

School Mathematics. Oct. 1259, 177-79.Geometry for Primary Grades. Nov. 1961, 374-76.The Greater Cleveladd Mathematics Program. Apr.

1961, 192-95.Grouping in Arithmetic in the Normal Classroom.

Nov. 1957, 219-21.Helping Parents Understand New Mathematics Pro-

grams. Dec. 1964, 530-37.Historical Conflict,--Decimal versus Vulgar Frac-

tions. Apr 1960, 184-88.How Are Y in Numbers? May 1965, 376.How Much Time for Arithmetic? Nov. 1958,

256-59.An Iconoclastic Elementary School Mathematics

Program. Oct. 1966, 489-91.The Impact of the Marylabd and Yale proluns.

Feb. 1960, 66-70, 79.Improvement Projects Related to Elementary School

Mathematics. Ott. 1960, 311-15.In Answer to Your Questions. Nov. 1964, 495, 499.Including the Newer Mathdmitics ith the Regular

Program of the Prima Grad Feb. 1962,90-95.

Issues and Directions. May 1966, 349-54.It's Not How New You Make It, but How You

Make It New. Jan. 1971, 7-9.Kindergarten Mathematics. Jan. 19'64, 33-35.Lansdowne-Aldan Officials Laud New Mathematics

Program. M r. 1962, 144.Learning Prin iples That Characterize Develop-

mental Ma ;nudes. Oct. 1957, 179-82.A Less-advan ged School District Moves Ahead

in Mathema ics Education. May 19621, 355.A Letter to Ptirents about the "New Mathematics."

Oct. 1966, 468-73.Looking Ahead at Instruction in Arithmetic. Dec.

1961, 388-94The Madison roject. Dec. 1959, 320-2-1.

Logic for the Schools. Nov. 1962,396-9

Mathema ical Offprint. Service. _Feb. 1971, 72.The Mathematics Consultant. Apr. 1962, 203-i.Mathematics Eiucation and the White House Con-

ference on Children. Oct. 1971, 409-11.Mathematics fpr Four-Year-Olds. Jan. 1968, 10-12.Mathematics Or Summer Fun. May 1964, 323-25.Mathematics in the Kindergarten. Jan. 1966, 32 37.Mathematics in the Kindergarten? Apr. 1967,

'292-95.A Mathematics Program for Disadvantaged Mexi-

can-American First-Grade Children. May 1968,413-19.

Method-za Function of a Modern Program asComplement to the Content. Mar. 1965, 179-80,195.

Methods, Math, and Mothers: or, What Can a PoorParent Do? Feb. 1968, 156-57.

14%

84 Subject if CURRICULUM

MINNEMAST. A Progress Report. Feb. 1964,122-24.

MINNEMATH and MINNEMAST. Dec. 1963,516-17.

Modern Mathematics and Good Pedagogy. Nov.' 1963, 402-11.

MOdern Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher.Nov. 1963, 412-16.

Modern Mathematics for Parents. Dec. 1968, 748.Modern MathematicsGo or No Go? Feb. 1965,

120-72. dMore about Maiihematics,in the Kindergarten. Dec.

1968, 701-5.The Morning After. Apt. 1971, 213-14.New 'Curriculum Clearinghouse Offers Compli-

mentary Report. Nov. 1966, 596.The New Formalism. Feb. 1971, 69-70.The New Mathematics. Apr. 1964, 242-47.A New Role for the Teacher. Jan. 19§9, 39-47.Newsletter: A Means of Mathematics Communi-

cation. Apr. 1962, 224-26.The Next Decade. Dec. 1972, 615-16.The Next Few Years. May 1966, 355-62.

" Nonverbal Instruction. Feb. 1963, 72-77.Note on the Teaching of "Ragged Decimals." Apr.

1958, 149-51.Number, Numeral, and Operation. May 1960, 222-

25, 230.Observations of Instruction in Lower-Grade Arith-

metic in English and Scottish Schools. Apr.1960, 165-77.

Oogle Google and the Mini-Unit Feb. 1973, 99-100.

An Open Letter to Mathematics Teachers. Feb.1968, 148-53.

Out of Our IN Basket. Oct. 1968, 549-5Q.Out of Our IN Basket. Nov. 1968, 647-48.Parent Education. Jan. 1966, 5 -55. .

Parent Education. Feb. 1966, 1 .Patterns in ,Arithrnetic. Apr.) 63, 217-21. -Perspective in Programs of Ins ction in.Elemea-

tary Mathematics. Dec. 196 , 604-11. -Piagetian Research and the School Mathematics

Program. Apr. 1972, 309-14.Planning Mathematics Instruction for Four- and

Five-Year-Olds. May 1966, 397-400.A Principals' Conference on the "New" Mathe-

Imatics. Jan. 1965, 75.Probability and Statisticsirial Teaching in Sixth

Grade. Feb. 1966, 100-106.Project Idaho. Mar. 1965, 229-31.Quantitative Thinking in Today's World. N j v. 1958,

269-70.The Quest for an Improved Curriculum. Ijeb. 1967,

136-40.Recent Research Contribu ns to Elementary

1. School Mathematics. Mar 1970, 245-52.The Relationship between Arithmetic Researc and

the Content of Arithmdtic Textbooklf (900-1957). Apr. 1960, 178-83, 188.

A Reply to Gary R. Smith. Dec 1967, 635.A Reply to Mr. odmp Cri que. May 1964,

344-46.Report on a Pr jest to Assess the Adequacy of

U.S.'Eduoati Apr. 1969, 262.Research and rriCUIUM Improvement. Dec. 1960,

431.Research in e Teaching of Elementary School

Mathema es. Nov. 1963, 54 9.The Revol tion in Arithmetic. Feb. 1954, 1-5.San Dices New Arithmetic Program. Dec. 1961,

422-2 .The School Mathematics .Study Group Project on

Elementary-School Mathematics: Jan. 1961,32-35.

The School Mathematics Study Group Project onElementary-School Mathematics: A Progress Re-port. Dec. 1961, 436-39.

The School Mathematics Study Grpup Project onElementary School Mathematics, Grades K 3.Dec. 1962, 459-61.

The School Mathematics Study G up Project onElementary School Mathematics, Grades .K 3.Dec. 1963, 514-16.

School MathematicsWhere to Now' Feb. 1967,126-31.

Science and Mathematics in the Elementary School.Pec. 1967, 629-35.

A Second Revolution. Apr. 1965, 25355.Sense and Nonsense in a Modern School Mathe-

matics Program. Feb. 1966, 83-91.A Sense of Order in Mathematics. Nov. 1964,

490-95.Shall We Change Our Arithmetic Program? Apr.

1962, 193-97.Sic Transit Gloria Arithmetic. Oct. 1964, 386-90.Since YOu Asked. May 1961, 287.Some Observations on the Contemporary Mathe-

matical Scene. Oct. 1959, 191-94.,So Now We Know. . . . May 1965, 351, 358.Stand for Something or You'll Fall for Anything. ,

Mar. 1969, 203-11.Statistics Made Simple. Mar. 1965, 196-98. ,tStatus Report: Mathematics Curriculurn7Develop-

ment Prqjects Today. May 1972, 391-95.StructureKey Word of the Sixties. Dec. 1965,

612-13.Student Acceptance of the New Mathematics Pro-

grams. Jan. 1966, 14-20.Studying Issues in Mathematics Instruction. May

1964, 303-7:A Study of Mathematical Abilities. Nov. 1962,

388-89.A Survey of Teaching PracticesArithmetic, in

Tennessee in the First through Eigh h Grades.Dec. 1962, 425-32.

Teacher,EducationReform. Mar. 196 , 234.Teaching Guide on a Pack Rat's S elf. Dec.

1963, 504-7.Ten Questions. San. 1966, 38-42.Ten Years of Meaningful Arithmetic in New York

City. Dec. 1955, 142-47.Textbooks, Transitio , and Transplants. May 1972,

381-85. 1--There Always Are ore Questions. Nov. 1971,- 443-47.Third International fCurnculum Conference. May

1968, 409-12. ,

Through' Clouds of Failure into Orbit. Nov. 1968,591-98.;

Time 411otin,ent Relationships to Pupil Achievement in Arithmetic. May J963, 248-50.

A Time for Decision. Oqt. 1961, 274-80.4Tilne Spent on Atithmetic in Fordign Countries

and in the Unitea States. May 1960, 217-21.Toward Perfect Scores in Arithmetic Funda-

mentals. Dec. 1954, 13-17.Transactional Pattern Differences between School

Mathematics Programs. Jan. 1966, 21-25.Twentieth Century Mathematics for the Ele-

. mentary School. Mar. 1959, 71-76Twenty-five Questions on Arithmetic. Dec. (1956,

250-51.The Uneven Progress the Revolution in Ele-

mentary School &tics. Dec. 1963/474 -78.University of Maryland Mathematics Pro ct. Feb.

1960, 61-65.

88

Upper - Elementary - Scholl Children Use StatiatiApr. 1962, 212-14.

We Quote. Dec. 1963, 483.What Arithmetic in Second Grade? May 19

252-57.What Happened to Elementary School Arithmetic.

Mar. 1971, 172-75.What Is Mathematics Curriculum Research? Dec

- 1966, 636-39.What Problems Are Involved in Ira tins e

"New" Curricular Programs? N 1965, 57 78.Who Won the International Cont ? Nov. 1968,

.623-29.Why. Are Changes in the Teac of Mathematics

'Necessaryy. Today? Apr: f 190. \Why Circumvent Geometry e Primary Grades?

Oct. 1965, 450-54.Why Teach Bank Disco76 1957, 268.The Years Ahead. May 968, 4 t-36.

Decimals. See Fractions .:

Diagnosis and remedhition%

The Akron Experiment Dec. 1962, 446-48:Big Dividends from Little Interviews. Apr. 1955,

40-47.Blocks to Arithinctical Understanding. Nov. 1959,

262-68..Cluldren's`Errcirs in Telling Time and a Recom-

mended Teaching Sequence. Mar. 1911, 152-55.The Child with a Learning Disability in Arithmetic.

,Mar. 1970, 199-203.Diagnosing Pupil Errors: Looking for Patterns.

Nov. 1971, 467-69.Diagnosing Pupil Needs in Arithmetic. Feb. 1959,

33-35. .

Diagnosis and Correction of Arithmetic Under-achievemeit. Jan. 1963, 22-27.

Diagnosis of Pupil Performance on Place-Value-Tasks. May 1973, 403-8. t

A Gifted Underachiever in Arithmetic.' Nov. 1959,257 -61.

Group. Diagnosis and Standardized AchievementTests. Feb. 1965, 123-25.

Helping the Non-learner in Grade Ont. Feb. 1953,15-24. ._

Hidden. Implications for Change. May 1973,343 -49. .

Inconsistencies in the Teaching of Arithmetic, ILApr. 1956, 98-103.

Interviews to Assess Number Knowledge. May1971, -26.

A e f r Using Diagnosis in ,IndividualizingM dalma .cs Instruction in the Elementary

ool assroom. Nov. 1971;505-11.The Plight of a Child: Jan. 1968, 19-22.

itative Evaluation. May 1962, 276-77.Rented ial Work with Underachieving Children.

ar. 1962, 138-40.Tra er Effects of Reading Remediatiod to Arith-

metic Computation When Intelligence Is Con-,.. trolled and All Other School Factors Are Elimi-

nated. Jan. 1967, 17-20.Zero Difficulties in Multiplication. Jan. 1965,

45-50.

Discoiery

The Addition Table. Experiences in Practice-Do-/ covery. 'Mar. 1972, 179-81,An Advalture in Discovery. .Tan. 1964, 28-29.Algebra in Grade Five, Jan. 1960, 25-27.

DISCOVERY f Subject 85

Algebra in the Fourth Grade. Feb. 1960, 77 79.Aligning Traditional with New Mathemitics. Jan.

1964, 23-27.Arithmetic Is Fun. May 1963, 256-58.Child-created Mathematics. *Mar. 1970, 211-15.A Coin-lossing Problem. May 1967, 344.A Comparison of Three Stratagems for Teaching

Mathematical Concepts and Generalizations byGuided Discovery. Nov. 1967, 583-88..

Creative Thinking and Discovery. Mai. 1961,107-11.

The Danger,' alue of Leaping to Conclusions. Feb.1970,151=53. -

Developing Creativity through Arithmetic. Oct.1959, 206-8.

Discover and Learn. Dec. 1967, 677-78.DiscoveringDiscovery. Apr. 1968, 324-27.Discovering Precision. Oct 1966, 453-.56. , /Discovering the Multiplittion Facts. Oct. 1,959,

19598, 208.Discovering _What "DOvery" Means. Dec. 1966,

656-57. * .

A Discovery Approach to't the Introduction ofFlow-charting hi the EleMentary Grades. Mar.1970, 220-24.

Discovery at the Teacher-Education Level. Mar1967, 203-4.

Discovery in Mathematics. Jan. 1965. 14-18.Discovery in Number Operations through Geo-

metric Constructions. Dec. 1968, 695-*700: ,

Discovery Teachingfrom Socrates to Modernity.Oct. 1970, 503-10.

Distinguishing between Basic and Superficial Ideasin 'Arithmetic Instruction. Mar. 1959, 65-70.

"Doubt" in Discovery Teaching. Apr. 1968, 343,380,

Drawing Conclusions from Samples (An Activityfor the Low Achiever). Nov. 1969, 539-41.

Educated Guessing. Dec. 1963, 496-97.Enrichment for Understanding. Dec. 1960, 404-8.Enrichment Materials for School Mathematics.

May 1962, 271-75.A Fifth-Grade Student Discovers Zero. Apr. 1967,

278-79.The How and Why of Discovery ni Arithmetic.

Apr. 1954, 15-19.An Iconoclastic Elemlitary School Mathematics,.1

Program. Oct. 1966, 489-91.Inqtiry in Mathematicswith Children and Teach-

ers. Jan. 1967, 7-9.An Intuitive Introduction to the Euclidean Concept

Betweenness. Dec. 1968, 683-86."I Was Wondering . . . ." Dec. 1973, 647-48. itJimmy's Equivalents for the Sevenths. Apr. 1963-,----d

197-98.Learning by Discovery: Instructional Strategies. %

Oct. 1965, 414-17.Learning by Discovery: What Is Learned? Apr.

1964, 226-32.Let's Prove Itl ar. 1960, 154-55.The Magic Box. ay 1965, 377-79.Manipulative M aerials, Geometric Interpretation,

and Discovery May 1969, 401-3:Mathematical S clunking. Dec. 1967, 665-67.More on Points and Lines. May 1964, 353.Nonverbal Inst ction. Feb. 1963, 71 77.Now What? M . 1967, 225-27.An Open-ended Practice Exercise. Feb. 1964,

119-21.Patterns and Creative Thinking. Dec. 1967, 668-70."Plus" Work for All Pupils., May 1960; 238-39.Points and Lines. Apr, 1964, 247.Possible Misunderstandings Arising out of Kersh's

4

86 Subject I Dmstort

Article on Learning by Dikovery. Apil 1966,275-77.

Probability on the Gioboard. Mar. 1973, 167 -70.Probability with Marbles and a Juice Container.

Mar. 1973,165-66.At+ Quiz for Arithmetic Teachers. Mar. 1963,

141-42.Some Psychological and Educational Limitations

of Learning- by Discovery. May 1964, 290-302.Taxicab Geometry, Rabbits, and Pascal's Triangle

D. veries in a Sixth-Graded Classroom. Oct.1 62, 308-13.*

T ching Creativity in Mathematics. Mar. 1961,102-6.

Trial and Eiperiment. Jan. 1970, 26-32.'Utilizing the Strategio Moment in Arithmetic. Dec.

j 1958, 311 -14.at Are the Chances? Nov. 1969, 581-82.

What Do We Mean by Discovery? Dec. 1964,I 538-39.

Why Is Arithmetic Not the End? Mar. 1959, 95-96,99.'

With Sticks and Rubber Bands. Feb. 1970, 147-50.

Division -, p

Action R rch on Division of Fractions. Apr.1966, 3-95.

An Adv in Division.. May 1968, 427 -29.An Ap rocs to Division with Common Fractions.

F 1968, 176-77.Arti lauon i Arithmetic. Nov. 1939, 273. 'Children's, Success with Two Methods of Estimat-

ing the Quotient Figure. Mar. 1959, 100-104.Clifford's Check for Long Division. Feb. 1971, 118.David's Solution. Jan. -1971, 58-59. ..Disguised Practice for Multiplication and Addition

o/ Directed Numbers. May 1969d 397 -98.Dividing by a Fraction. Mar. 1965, 225-26. .Dividing by Zero. Apr. 1961, 176-79.pividing Fractions. with Fraction Wheels. Nov.

1970, 619-21.Divisibility by Odd Numb'ers. Mar. 1960, 150-51.The Division Algo,rithm. Dec. 1973, 639-46.Division by a Fractiona New Method. Mar.

1962, 122-26.Division by a Two-Figure Divisor. Oct. 1958,

204-10. a" 1

Division by Zero. Oct. 1971, 381-82., Division for First Graders? Feb. 1956, 27-28.Division Isn't That Hard. Oct. 1971, 173-77'Division is Understandable. Jan. 1960,12-34:Division Made Easy. Nov. 1963, 453-54.The Division of Common Fractions. Mar. 1960,

133-34.Division of Fractional Numbers. Feb. 1969, 99-

103.

v Division of Fractions. Jan. 1962, 10-16.Division of Fractions with Meanings. Apr. 1959,. 171.. .0 -

Division Problems and the concept of Rate. Dec.1964, 547-56.

Division with Common a Decimal FractionalNumbers. May 1970, 43 I.

Divisions with Fractions vets of Meaning. May1965, 362-68.

Dort Let That Inverted Divisor Become Mysteri-ous. Oct. 1954,- 15-17.

Early Developrrtent of Concepts of Multiplicationand Division. Feb. 1965, 143-44. ,

. An Easier 'Way to Check Lobg Division. Oct. 1964,417. .

'' Algorithm. May/ 969, 398 00.Estimating Qu'otien for the Long Division

Estimating the Quotient in Division. Apr. 1957,100-111.

An Experimental Approach. to the Division Idea.Feb. 1955, 6-9.

Food for Thought. Feb, 1960, 92.Fourth-Grade Division. How Much is Retained in

Grade Five: Jan. 1973, 65-71.The Fourth Operation Is Not Fundamental. Dec.

1972, 623-27.Groupingan Aid in Learning Muluplication and

Division Facts. Jan. 1961, 27-31.GUZINTA Reconsidered. Nov. 1963,438, 464.Illustrating the Division of Fractions. May 1963,

292.Illustrating the Multiplication and Division of

Common Fractions. May 1963, 268-71.The Insatiable Quest: Mathematicking. Jan. 1960,

9-12.Idterpreting Remainders in Division. Dec. 1966,

639, 643.The Language of Division. Oct. 1957, 154.Let's "Place" the Decimal Point, Not, "Move" It.

Apr. 1963, 205-7. .

Let's Take a,Look at Division. May 1961, 220-25.Letters to the Editor. Oct. 1964, 406; Dec. 1964,

570, 573; Oct. 1965, 410; Nov. 1965, 536; Dec.1965, 616; Jan. 1965, 42; Feb. 1965, 122; Jan.1968, 66; May 1972, 395,

Levels of Diffitulty in Division. Mar. 1959, 97-99.Locating the Decimal Point in the Quotient. Jan.

1960, 12.Making Division Meaningful and Logical. Apr.

1962, 198-202. ,Meanings in Division. Feb. 1957, 21-23.Measurement and PartitionCommutativity of

Multiplication. Apr. 1966, 258-59.Measurement 01 partition Division for Introducing

Study of the Division Operation, May 1967,369-72.

A Method in Division of Whole Numbers. Apr.1958,,145 -48.

The Missing Factor in Division. Mar. 1968, 275-77.More on Divisibility by Seven and Thirteen. Apr.

1961, 180-81.More Rationalizing Division of Fraction*. Feb.

1955, 25-26.Mrs. Murphy's .Piesan 'Introduction to Division

by Fractions. Apr. 1967, 310-11.A Natural Way to Teach Division of Rational

Numbers. Feb: 1969, $9-90.Now Try This-I-Division of Fractions. Feb. 1968,

I77-78.The Nuipber Line and Division. Nov. 1970, 617-18.A Pictured Approach to an.Idea for Division. May

1969, 403-4.rime Quotient Study for Junior High Schooltudents. Dec. 1969, 621-26.'

A Psychologist Views (with Alarm) the Mathe-matical Concepts of "Multiplicition" and "Di-.vision." Jan. 1962, 3-9.

A Rationale in Working with Signed mbers--Revisited. Nov. 1966, 654-671

Rationalizing Division of Fractions. Inc. 1954,20-23.

Rationalizing "Inverting and Multiply' ." May1963, 272-73.

Rfrnainder,Multiplying. Apr. 1971, 249, 267.hiders in Division and a Floor Number Line..r. 1961,131-34.

c nders"oThat Shouldn't Remain. 'Oct. 1971,1 80. -

Retcn ion of the Skill of Division of Fractions.Ja '1960, 28-31.

s

It

The Road to Inverse arid Multiply. Apr. 1968,347-54.

A Short Method of Long 'Division. Mar. 1958.100-101, -

Something NeW .to Try. Mir,- 1958, 103.Teaching Division by' Two-Digit Numbers. Apr.

1969, 306-8.Teaching the Division -by- Subtraction Process. Jan.

1972, 71-75. .To ,Jnvert or Not to Invert. May 1963, 274-76.Two-Digit Divisors Ending In 4.. 1, or 6. Nov.

1956, 187-91; Feb. 1957, £2. /

?Lumbers.Understanding Multiplication and Division of

Mullidigit umbers. May 1972, 349-54.Using the Su traction Method in Dividing Deci-

mal Fractions. May 1963, 288-89.Visual Aid for Multiplication and Division 91,Frac-.

tions. Jan. 1967, 44-46.Why Invert the Divisor? Dec. 1957, 262-65.Why Teach Division of Commoi,FractiOns? Feb.

1969, 111-12.

Editorial edruments. See also Letters to the edi-torAbout Our Editorial Staff. Jan. 1961,'1 -3.About the Articles. Jan. 1961, 4; Feb. 1961, 49;-Mar. 1961, 97; Apr. 1961, 145-46.

Another Look at "A Change in Focus." Oct. 1972,488-89.

Another Milestone. Oct. 1971, 356. ,

Applications and Problem Solving.412-13.

Are You Planning to Submit a Man ript? Dec.1960, 403. ..`

Are You Planning to Submit a Manuscript? May1961, ?41, 250.

As We Read. Apr. 1961, 145-46; May 1961, 209;Oct. 1961, 273, 286; Nov. 1961, 337-38; ,Dec.1961, 386-87;jan! 1962, 1 -2; Feb. 1962, 65-66;Mar. 1962, 113-14; Apr. 1962, 177-79; May1962,241-44; Oct. 1962, 305; Nbv. 1962, 369-70;Dec. 1962, 417; Jan. 1963;'1; Feb. 1963, 65;Mar. 1963. 113-14; Apr. 1963, 177-78; May1963, 241-42; Oct. 1963, 321; Nov. 1963, 401,

,450; Dec:" 1963, 473, 500; Jan. 1964, 1; Feb.1964, 65, 80; Mar. 1964, 145; Apr. 1964, 225;.May 1964, 2891.411; Oct. 1964, 385, 401; Nov.1964, 465, 473; Dec. 1964, 529; Jab. 1965, 2-3;Feb. 1965. 98; Mar. 1965, 1713; Apr. 1965, 250-51; May 1965, 314715; Oct. 1965, 411; Nov.1965, 523:, Dec. 1965, 602; Jan. 1966, 2; Feb.1966, 82; Mar. 1966, 178; Apr. 1966, 266,274;May 1966. 346: Oct. 1966, 442-43. Nov. 1966,538-39; Dec. ;1966, 634 -35; Jan. 1967, 2-3:Feb. 1967, 82-83; Mar. 1967, 178-80; Apr. 1967,258-60; May 1967, 342-44; Oct. 1967, 438-40;Nov. 1967, 547-48; Dec. 1967, 627-28; Jan. 1968.3-4; Feb. 1968, 99-100; Mat. 1968, 214-15; Apr.1968, 306-8; May 1968, 395-96; Oct. 1968. 490-91; Nov. 1968, 589-90: Dec.,1968, 666-67; Jan.1969, 5-6;.Feb. 1964, 82-83; Mar. 1969, 167-68;Apr. 1969, 242-43; Ma 1969, 340 -41; Oct. 1969,425-26; -Nov. 1969, 5 -22; Dec. 1969, 1501-2;Jan. 1970, 5-6; Feb. 970, 103-4; Mar. 1970,193-95; Apt. 1970, 283-84; May 1970, 370-71;Oct. 1970, 458, Nov. 1970, 555-56; Dec. 1970,635-36.

Basic Skills in Contemporary Programs. Nov.1965, 524.

By Way of Introduction. Arr, 1972, 253-54; Oct.1972, 413-17: Nov. 1973, 522. ,

. Mathematics. Mar. 1972, 169 -70.A Call for a Commission qn Elementary School

A Change in "Focus." Feb. 1971, 113-14. I

Oct. 1965;

E DITORIAL COMMENTS Subject 87

A Concern of All. Oct. 1971, 357-58.Do You Have a MathematiciPrograng Jan. 1965,

4, 8.The Editor Asks. Nov. 1956, 220.Editqr's Note (Decattetefakkameter). Apr. 1973,

267: See also Oct. 1973, 489.Editor's Note (Refefee List). May 1970, 427.Experience and Mathematical Learning. May

1971, 277.Flight' to Reality. Feb. 1972, 83-84.From a Panelist's Perspective. Apr. 1973, 245-46.From theNEclitors. May 1962, 243-44.krom the Editor's Maki-. Dec. 1961, 385 -86; Apr.

1962, 179; Jan. 1964, 2-3; May 1966, 347-48;Oct. 1966, 444, Mar. 1967, 181, May 1967, 338-

' 41; -Oct. 1967, 434-37; Nov. 1967, 546; Dec.1967, 626, Jan. 1968, 2, Feb. 1968, 98; Mar.1968, 210; Apr. 1968, 309-10; May 1968, -394;Nov - 1968, 586; Feb. 1969, 84-85 Mar. 1969,162, Feb. 1970, 101-2 and May 100`, 427Mar.1970, 188; Apr. 1970, 280-82; May 1970,,368, -69.

Four in One. Nov. 1973, 520-22.Geometry in the Elementary School. Oct. 1973;

-423-24.A Giant Step for NCTM. May 1973, 325-27.How Do You as a Classroom Teacher Evaluate

New Learnings? Apr. 1965, 251-52.Individualized Instruction. Jan. 1972, 5-6.The Informal-Intuitive versus the Formal-Deductive

Approach to Learning. Feb. 1965, 99.Information and Guidelines for Contributors. Mar,

1967, ,182 -84; Mar. 1968 211-131 Mar. 1969,163 -4r$; Mar.,39/0. 189-9 .

Lab Oratory and the G eralization Gap. Dec.1971,:545-46.

The Launching of a Forum.,Jan. 1968, 64-66.Letters to the New Editor. Oct. 1966, 445-47,Ldoking Ahead with the. Arithmetic Teache

Jan. 1973, 32.Looking. to 'the Future. Oct. 1960, 315.The Mathematical Education of an Eleinentary

Teacher. Nov. 1972, 517-18. ^

Method-a- Function of a Modern' Program isComplement to the Content. Mar. 1965, 179-80,195.

More on Metrication in May: Apr. 1973, 274,The Morning After. Apr. 971, 213-14.The New Editor, Feb. 1960, 91.The New Formalism. Feb. 1971, 69-70.The Next Decade. Dec. 1972, 615-16.A Note of Thanks. May 1962, ?00.Notice, (Feb. "lb the tiassro.spi"). Apr. 1962, 220.

'One Teacher's Point of View Mar. 1971, 135-36.A Penny of 1855. Feb. 1958, 9.Preparation of Manuscripts. Jan, 1964,Pre-service and lnserv, ice Education in Mathe-

matics. May 1965, 315-16.Roving geporters. Jan, 1963, 1-2.Show YObr Parent Education Materials. Jan. 1966,

54.

Some Historical Whets, Hows, and Whys in Teach-:,ing Arithmetic. Oct. 1970, 461-72.

Sources of Articles Published in the ArithmeticTeacher. Mar. 1959, 108.

Suggested COntent' for Research Articles Pub-lished in the Arithmetic Teacher. Nov. 1967,581-83.

Teachers. 'Researchers; Iwo Proposals. Dec. 1968,723-24.

Thankfrom the EditorilerFeb..197t. 71-72;Feb. 1972, 159 60. May 1972, 406. Oct. 1972,486: Feb. 1973, 151-52; Nov. 1973, 608.

Transfer of Editorship. May 1960, 230.

88 Safect I EQUATIONS

WantedYour Comments. May 1968, 437.What Leads to Success? May 1972, 331-32.Would You Like to Submit an Article? Nov. 1966,

539.

Equations. ,See Algebra;.Sentences

Equipment, mathematical. See Manipulative ma-terialsterials

Evaluation. See also Tests

Achievement b9 Pupils Entering 'the First Grade?,Mar. 1957, 55460.

Aids for-Evaluators of Mathematics Textbooks.May 1965, 388-94.

An Approach to Evaluating Arithmetic Under-standings. Mar. 1966, 187-91.

The Arithmetic Folder. Mar. '1962, 152-54.Can Johnny Still Add? Dec. 1962, 432.Commentary on the International Study of Achieve

ment in Mathimatics. 'Ftb.496§, 103-7.A Comparison of Achievement Ei Arithmetic in

England and Central California. Feb. 1958, 1-9.A Comparison of Achievement in England, Cali-

fornia, and St. Paul. Mar. 1959, 87-94.A Comparison of Test Results. Oct. 1959, 199-

202.Criteria for Evaluation of Teaching Procedures.

Dec. 1957, 248-49.Development of a Pool of Mathematics Test Items

for Grades 7 and 8. Nov. 1969, 543-45.Diagnosing Pupil Needs in Arithmetic. Feb. 1959,

3'3-35. -Differences in Arit

152-53, 166., Disparity in

Tests. Feb.The Eff

Pupil Laming. Dec. 1968, 724-26.Evaluating and Reteaching Slow Learners. Jan.

1967., 4041Evaluation by ObservationGrade 3. Apt.

'104-8.Evaluation of a Mathematics Program. Dec.

418-21.Evaluation of an Accelerated Arithmetic Program.

'Feb. 1965, 113-19.The Evaluation .of Learning under Dissimilar Sys-

tems of Instruction: Apr. 1966, 267-74.An Evaluation of Topics in Modern Mathematics.

May 1963, 277-79.*EvaluationReversed! Jan. 1968, 9.

Evaluation Scale for a Teaching Aid in ModernMathematics. Dec. 1971, 592-94.

Factors Determining Attitudes toward Arithmeticand Mathematics. Apr. 1956, 113-16.

Glen Rock. Scores on a Canadian Test. Oct.1958, 216-17.

Group Diagnosis and Standardized AchievementTests. Feb. 1965, 123-25.

Helping Pupils Help Themselves through Self-evaluation. Apr. 1960, 203-4.

How Do You as a Classroom Teacher EvaluateNew Learnings? Apr. 1965, 251-52.

How Effective Are Modern Mathematics Work-,/ shops? Mar. 1967, 205-8.

How Well Do 158 Prospective Elementary TeacheriKnow Arithmetic? Mar. 1960, 141-46,

Implications of a Guidance and Counseling Pro-gram. Mar. 1956, 49-54.

The Insatiable Quest. Mathernaticking. Jan. 1960,. 9-13.

etic Performance. Apr. 1959,

m Standardized Arithmetic'62, 6-97.

ontinued Grade Reporting on

1956,

LansdovmeAldan Officials Laud New . Mathe-matics Program. Mar.- 1962, 144. ,

A Mathematics Attitudinal Device. Mar. 1973,222-23.

Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score. Mar. 1962,145-48.

Measuring Arithmetic :06jectives. Nov. 1965,537-42. ,

Measuring the Meanings of Arithmetic. Feb. 1960,93-96.

Modern Mathematics Go or No no? Feb. 1965,120-22.

National Assessment rn Matheinatics. Mar. 1971,137-43.

.Prognosis for Studying Algebra. Dec. 195?, 317-19.Qualitative Evaluation.' May 1962, 276-77.Readers' Reactions to rDisparity in Scores Trom

Standardized Arithnietic Tests." Oct 1962,342-43.

The Results of a Modern Mathematics Program.Oct, 1962, 330-35.

Results of.General Mathematics Tests. Feb. 1956,21-26.

A Self-evaluation ;Study in Grade Seven. Nov.1057, 227-28.

A Short-Test Method for Teaching Arithmetic.Apr. 1960,''210-11.

A Study of Mathematical Abilities. Nov. 1962,388-89.

Study Questions for Reviewing Arithmetic. Dec.1960, 414-17.

,

Supervision in Mathematics. Jan. 1973, 24-26.Teacher Competence. What to Evaluate and How.

Jan. 1966, 30-31.Testing .for Meanings in Arithmetic. Apr. '1959,

140-43.Testing in Mathematics: Why ?, What? How? -Apr.

1968, 31T-19.Testing the Attainment of the Broader Objectives.'

Of Arithmetic. Mar. 1956, 66-70.Testingwithout Tests. Jan. 1961; 21.A Test of Arithmetic Principles, Elementary Form.

Nov. 1965, 542. .

A TeSt of Understandings for the Primary Grades.May 1968, 438-41.

A Test Plus a BonaIViar. 1960, 152,-54.The Value of "Teacher-Aide" Participation in/the

Elementary School. Feb..1963, 84-87.

Experiment. See itesearch

Films and filmstrips. See Audiovisual materials

Fractions; fractional numbersAction Research on Division of Fractions. Apr.

1966; 293-95.Adding Fractions Using the Det14n of Addition

of Rational Numbers and th clidean Algo-rithm. Jan. 1973, 27-28.

Addition and Subtraction Fraction Algorisms. Feb.19'69, 141-42.

Addition of Unlike Fractions. Mar. 1968, 221-23.Another Look at Fractions. Jag, 1973, 10-12,An Approach to Division with Common Fractions.

Feb. 1968, 176-77.An Approach to Per Cents. Nov, 1955, 128.The "Cancellation" Bug-a-boo. Feb. 1963, 80.Concept Deter:nines Processa Look at the Frac-

tion Symbol. Apr. 1966, 298-302.Concrete Materials for Teaching Percentage. Dec.

1954, 9-12,The Conversion Gamc. Jan. 1971, 54-15.Crazy Fractions. An Equivalence Game. Apr.

1973. 303-4.

FRACTION,

David's Solution. Jan. 1971, 58-59,Decimal versus Common Fractions. Nov. 1956,

201-3, 206.A Different Look at Decinird Fractions. Feb. 1969,

'95-98.A Discovery Lesson in Percents. Dec. 196e, 746.Dividing by a Fraction:' Mar. 1965, 225-26.'Dividing Fractions with -Fraction Wheels. Nov., 1970, 619-21. ' N

Division' by a Fraction- -al New Method. 7y1ar.19,67%,

The, Ditisioh of Common Fractions. Mar. 1960;13344.-

Division of Fractional Nurithets7 Feb. 1969, 99-103.

Division of Fractions,' Jan. 4962, 10-16.Divisio with FractionsLevels, of Meaning. May

4 /96 , 362-68. .Di on with Common and Decimal Fraclional

lathers: May 1970438-41.'t Let That Inverted Divisor Become Mysteri-us. Oct. 1954, 15-17.

a Equation Method of Teaching Percentage.Feb. 1960, 90-92.

, The Euclidean Algorithm as a Means of Simplify-ing Fractions. bac. 1970, 657-62.

An Experimental Study in reaching Percentage.Dec. 1958, 294-303.

An Experimental Study of Two Appro chts toTeaching Percentage. Dec. 1963, 491 5.

Exploring' Rate Graphs with Gifted Ten- ear-Olds.Mar. 1964, 146-49.

E&zion of Fractions. Nov. 1962, 399; Dec. 1962, ;440..

Fractional Numbers with a Sum of 1. Dec. 1966, -658-61. '

Braction Bingo. Mar. 1970,, 237-39., -A.,,Fraction Circle. Apr. 1956, 119721

, Frction, Concepts Held, by Young C ildren. Oct.1957, 168-73.

A Fraction of a Fraction. Feb. 19 , 116-18."FraCtion Rumniy"a Game. ay 1972, 387-88.Fractions as Operators. 'Mar. 1 68, 228-32.Fractions for Low Achievers, Dec. 1966, 647-55.Fractions in the New Elaine ary Curricula. Mar.

1968, 216-20.FractionsSeven-Year-Olds Use Them. Nov. 1958,

233-38. '"Fradecent"a du' me Using Equivalent Fractions,'--Decimals, and Percents. Mar. 1972,,722-23.FRIb, or FRactions In Order. Dec. )966, 684-85.From Cake to Cancellation. Apr./1957, 136-37.Fun with Fractions for Special Yducation. Oct.

1971, 417-19.A Game of Fractions. Oct. 1966, 494.A Game with Fraction Numbers. Jan. 1970, 82-83.Help Children Discover Fraction Facts. Dec. 1957,

250-55.Hisiorical ConflictDecimal versus Vulgar Frac-

tions. Apr. 1960, 184-88.Illustrating the Division of Fractions. May 1963,

292.Illustrating the Multiplication. and Division of

Common Fractions.'Introducing Mr. "0"

Nov. 1956, 710-1Introduction to R. o

89-90.Item on Res Decimal Frac4ons. Apr. 1958,

142.Jimmy's invalents for the S ths. Apr. 1963,

197-9Key t er Cent by Color. N v. 1958, 278.Lett to the Editor. May 1 65, 379.'

ay 1963, 268-71.nd Mr. "Decimal Point."

and ProportiOri. Feb. 1069,

. 7

4

.

!).3

'

S; FRACTIONAL NUMBERS I Subject. 89

The Library rrogram Fosters Arithmetic Learn-friss: Apr. 1965, 287-89.,

Make a Wholea Game Using Siniple Fractions.Feb. 1971, 116-18.. .

The Match Game. Mar. 1972; 221-22.MO Rummy. Jan. 1973, 44-45.Maraning for Multiplication of Fractions. Mar.

1958,, 89-90.A Meaningful Approach to Cancellation. Feb.

1956, 29-30.A Model for Teaching Multiplication of Fractional

Numbers. Jan. 1973, 5-9.Models for Fractional Numbers-ra Quiz for

:Teachers. Jan. 1971, 44-46.1More Rationalizint Division of Fractions:. Feb.

1,955, 25-26.Mrs. Murphy's, Pies an Introduction to Division

by Fractions. Apr. 1967, 310 -11.Multiplying Fractions. Apr. 1956, 112.Nathan's Conjecture. Apr. 1973, 289.A Natural Way'to Teach Qivision' of Rational

Numbers. Feb. 1969, 89/00.the Neglected' Role of the Deciaal Point. Mar.

1958, 87-88.A Note on Multiplying Fractions. Mar. 1968,

263-65:' 'Now Try'ThisDiv' ion of Fractions. Feb. 1968,.

,

177-78.A Number Pencil. Nov. 1967,-557-59.On the Fraction as a Numeral. May 1961, 234-38.On the Teaching of, Decimal, Fractions. Des.

1966, 644-46. .An Ordered Pair Approach to Addition of Ra-

tional Numbers in Second Grade. Feb. 1965,106-8.

Paper Folding and Equivaynt FractionsBridginga Gap. Apr. 1971, 245-49.

The Pegboard as a Fraction Maker. Mar. ge,224-27.

Pegboard Multiplication of a Fraction by eFrac-tion. Feb. 1969142-44.

Percent: A Rational Number or a Ratio. Feb.1969, 105-9.

Per Cent/ without Cases. Oct. 1959, 200-14.Rate Pairs, Fractions, and Rational Numbers. Dec.

1960, 389-99.Rationalizing ,Divis'on of Fractions. Dec. 1954,

20-23.Rationalizing "In rting and Multiplying." May

1963, 272-73.Reduction of Fractions. Nov. 1957, 209-10. I,Retention of the Skill of Division of Fractions.

Jan. 1960, 28-31. 7'

The Road to Inverse and Multiply. Apr. ,1968,347-54. /

Ri Ratio. Feb. 1959, 49. -"Sets" Aid in Adding Fractions. Feb. 1959, 35-38.Slide Rules for the Upper Elementary Grades. Feb.

1958, 29-33.SOme Thoughts on Piaget's Findings and the- Teaching of Fractions. Apr. 1972,. 273-75.The Structure of a Fraction. Apr. 1966, 296-97.Suggestions from ResearchFractions. Feb. 1969,

131-35.Take the Folly Out of Fractions. Nov. 1955,

113-18.'teaching Comparison of Common FractiOns. Mar.

1968, 271-73.Teaching for Generalization: An Array Approach

to Equivalent Fractions. Nov. 1973, 591-99.To Invert or N t to Invert. May I96, 274-76.Two Approach to the Algorism for Multiplication

of Fraction's! Numbers. Nov. 1965, 552-55.

90 Subject I FUNCTIONS AND LATIONS

\The Use of Models athematics I traction,Mar. 1964, 157-65,

Using the Nuinber Line to Help Chil en Under-stand Fractions. Nov. 1960, 370-72

Using the Subtraction Method in Dividing DeciLdFractions. May 1963, 288-89.

Visual Aid for Multiplication and Division of Frac-.i Jan.an. 1967,144-46. .

Why Invert the Divisor? Dec. 1957, 262-65.Why Teach Division of Common Fractions? Feb.

1969, 111-12. .

Functions.and relations. See Algebra

Games. see also Recreational mathematicsArithmetic Baseball. Nov. 1962, 390-91.Arithmetic Card Games, Dec. 1968, 736-38.Arithmetic Football. Nov. 1956, 212-13.Arithmetic Games. Feb. 1972,4157-58.Bingtac. Apr. 1969, 310-11.Bizz-Bgn Game in Arithmetic. Feb. 1956, 28.Class Participation in a Relay Game. Dec. 1954,

27-28.Climb the Ladder: May 1969, 354-56.Commercial Games for the Arithmetic Class. Mar.

1958, 69-73.The Concentration Games. Jan. 1972, 65-70."Contig":- A Game to Practice and Sharpim Skills

and Facts in the Four Fundamental Operations.May 1972, 388-90.

The Conversvon Game. Jan. 1971, 54-55.A Devite for Practice with Common Denomi-

nators and Addition of Unlike Fractions. Nov..1961, 373.

DIFFY. Oct. 1971, 402-5.Dominoes in the Mathematics Classroom. Jan.

1971, 53-54.Don't Miss the Train. Feb. 1973, 139-42.The Factor Game. Nov. 1973, 580-82.Five "Nontrivial" Number, Games. Noy. 1972,

558-60.Fostering Enthusiasm through Child-created Games.

Feb. 1970, 111-15.Fraction Bingo. Mar. 1970, 237-39."Fraction Rummy"a Game. May 1972, 387-88."Fradecent--a Game Using Equivalent Fractions,

Decimals, and Percents. Mar. 1972, 222-23.FRIO, or FRactions In Order. Dec. 1966, 684-85.Function Generating .Problem: The Row Chip

Switch. Nov. 1973, 545-49.A Game for Reviewing Basic Facts of Arithmetic.

Nov. 1972, 589-90.The Game of Fifteen. %/p-r 1960, 207-,The Game of Five. May 1963, 290-91.Game Review. Oct. 1958, 215, 227.Games and Programmed Instruction. Mar, 19,65,

216-20.Games 'for the Early Grades. Feb. 1966, 140-41.A Game with Fraction Numbers. Jan. 1970, 82-83.A Game with Shapes. Apr. 1969, 283-84.The Greatesta Game. Jan. 1970, 80-81.How. to Get Subtraction into the Game. Feb.

1970, 169-70.Integer "Football." OcVf973, 487-88.KALAHan Ancienl, ame of Mathematical Skill.

May 1964, 326-311Letters to- the Editor. Mar. 1967, 217; Dec. 1973,

646.The Match Game. Mar. 1972, 221-22.Math Rummy. Jan. 1973; 44-45.More Games for the Early Grades. Mar. 1966,

238-40.Multi-bet. Dec. 1973, 694-95.Multiplication Football. Mar. 1970, 236-37.

Nu-Tic, Tac, Toe. Nov. 1965, 571-72."Parallelograms": A Simple Answer to Drill Moti-

vation and Individualized Instruction. Nov.1971, 489-93.

"Pica-Centro"--a Game of Logic. May 1972,359-61.

Place Value. Dec. 1961, 415.' A Place -Value Game. Dec. 1956, 248-49.

Prime: A Drill in the Recognition of Prime andComposite Numbers. Feb. 1969, 149-51.

Rainy-Day Games. Apr. 1972, 303-5.Review (Arithmetic Games). Dec. 1957; 255a0004IrSecret Number Sentence. Feb. 1969, 113-14.Seesaw Game. Nov. 1963, 449-50.Television Games Adapted for Use in Junior High

Mathematics Classes. Mar. 1973, 219-22.Three Games. May 1971, 327-29.Tic-Tac-Toe--a Mathematical Game for Grades 4

through 9. Oct. 1967, 506-8.Unusual Arithmetic. Feb. 1961, 69-74.Yahooa Game for Fun and Skill. Apr. 1967,

284, 288.

Geometry

An Adventure in TopologyGrade 5. Nov. 1959,278-79, 256.

AestheometryTicket to an Exciting Future. Dec.1965, 624.

Being Creative with Shapes. Dec. 1965, 645-46.Better Perception of Geometric Figures through

Folding and Cutting. Nov. 1970, 583-86.Confirming the Pythagorean Theorem. Feb. 1971,

115-16.The Content of the Elementary School Geometry

Program. Oct. 1973, 468-77.Creatamath, orGeometric Ideas Inspire Young

Writers. May 1967, 391-93. 7

Developing Generalizations with Topological NetProblems. Feb. 1965, 109-12.

Developing Geometric Concepts in the Kinder-garten. Mar. 1969, 229-30.

Discovering Precision. Oct. 1966, 453-56.Discovery ApproachPolar Coordinates in Grade

Seven? Nov. 1967, 563-65.Discovery in Number Operations through Geo-

metric Constructions. Dec. 1968, 695-700.Drawing 3-D Figures from 2-D Templates. .Mar.

1971, 180-82.Easy-to-Paste Solids. Oct. 1965, 468-71.Editorial Feedback. Nov. 1969, 579-80.Elementary School Metric Geometry. Dec. 1968?

673-82.An Example of Informal Geometry: Mirror Cards.

Oct, 1.966, 448-52.An Experimental Approach to the Pythagorean

Theorem. Feb. 1970, 129-32.Finding the Area of the Black. Feb. 1964, 98, 121.Flight to Reality. Feb:' 1972, 83-84.Function Follows Form. Apr. 1966, 278-82.i ,Fun with Geometry through Straw ConstrUction.

Nov. 1973, 587-90.Fun with One-to-One_ Correspondence. May 1965,

370-72..

A Gathe with Shapes. Apr. 1969, 283-84. o

Geoboard Geometry for Preschool Children. Feb.1970, 123-26.

Geometric Activities for Early Childhood y.duca-tion. Oct. 1 73, 438-43.

Geometric A tivities for Later Childhocid duce-tion. Oct. 973, 444-53.

Geometric Concepts in Grades 4-6. Oct. 1965,443-19.

The Geometric Continuum, May 1970, 403-12.

94

A Geometric Interpretation of Certain Sums. Nov.1971, 475-78.

Geometric Number Stories. Jan. 19614, 41-42.Geometric Proofs of the Irrationality of V-27 Mar.

1968, 244-50.Geometric Representation of Bino by Bino-

mialLaboratory Style. Jan. 19 8, 40-44.Geometry Alive in Primary Classy ms. Feb. 1967,

90-93.Geometry All around UsK-12. Oct. 196e

437-45.Geometry: An Artistic Approach. Oct. 1969,

457-61.Geometry Concepts in Grades K-3. May 1965,

356-58.A Geometry' Course for Elementary Teachers. Oct.

1973, 457-67.Geometry for Primary Children: Considerations.

Oct. 1967, 453-59.1Geometry for Primary Grades. Nov. 1961, 374-76.Geometry for the Disadvantaged. Jan. 1967, 4-6.Geometry for the Elementary School. Oct. 1967,

460-67.Geometry for Third and Forth Graders. Apr.

1963, 193-94. .Gdometry in the Elementary Grades: A Compara-

tive Study of Greek Mathematics Education.Feb. 1964, 85-88.

Geometry in the Grades. May 1961, 210-19.Geometry in the primary Grades. Apr. 1963,

19142.Geometry Readiness in the Primary Grades. (ici.

1967, 470-72.Geometry through Inductive Exercises for 'Ele-

ment Teachers. Feb. 1972, 81-95,Geom ry via T-Board. Oct. 1969, 485-87.Geo try, Yesbut Flow? Feb. 1967, 84-89.An Illustration of the Unrecognized Assumption.

ay 1964, 317-18.Informal Geometry through ,Symmetry. Oct. 109,

433-36. ,

Integrating Geometry. and Arithmetic. Dec: 1973,657-62.

Introducing Models for N-Dimensional Geometryin-the Elementary School. Jan. 1966, 11-13.

An Intuitive Introduction to the Euclidean Conceptof Betweenness. Dec. 1968, 683-86.

An Investigaridri Leading to the Pythagorean Prop-erty. Oct. 1967, 500-504.

Investigation of Line Ciossing in 'a Circle. Mar.1971, 157-60.

. .Kaleidoscopic Geometry. Feb. 1970, 116-17.Letters to the Editor. Jan. 1966, 25; Feb. 1967, 89.Let Them Fold. Oct. 1972,, 420-25.

' Levels of Geometric Understanding among Pupilsin Grades 4: 5, and 6'. Dec. 1966, 686-90. .

Lefiels of GeometriC Understanding: An Ex-ploratory Investigation of Limited Scope. Apr.1966, 32-32.

A "Limited" Approach to the Sum of the Anglesof a Triangle. Feb. 19720 85-87.

A Look at Nets of Clibes. Feb. 1970, 127-28.A.Look t Triangle Congruence. Feb. 1967, 103-6.Manipul ting Points ripd Figures in Space. Nov.

1967, 62.Manipula ive Materials, Geometric Interpretation,-I and very. May 1969, 401 -3.Mathe atic,s and Art from One Shape. Mae, 1971,

183-84. ,,

New Content in MathematicsFirst throughFourth Grades. Oct. 1962, 314-16.

Paper Folding and Cutting a Set of TangramPieces. Apr. 1971, 250-52..

GRAPHS AND GRAPHIN Subject 91

Patterns of Geometry. Oct 1969, 447-50.Patterns of Intersection. t. 1968, 560-62.Pegboard Geometry. Apr.11965, 271-74.A P rmanent Soap-Bu blei Geometry. Apr.

3 -8.Plan Polygons. Dec. '19A Pion for Teaching ,Ari

207-9.Poly ns on a Lattice! D

, 569-70.hmetic horthand. Nov.

c. 1973, 73-75.Polyhedra Construction. ,Feb. 1972 127-30.Primary-grade Instructibn in G ometry. May

1908, 422-26.Problem Solving Using the Sphere. Jap. 1969,

29-32.Properties of Polygonal Regions. Feb. 1972, 117-22.A Recipe for Angle, Circle, Construction Surprise.

May 1960, 266.Rings and Strings. Oct. 1966, 457-60.The Role of Geometry in Elementary

Mathematics.' Jan. 1966, 3-1,o4Rolling Tetrahedrons. Dec. 1972, 657-59.A Second Example of InformahGeometry,

Cartons. May 1969, 368-70.Seeking Little Eulers. Feb. 19725 105-7.A Snip of the Sci,sors. Nov. 1971, 496 -99.Some K-6 Geometry. Oct. 1967, 441-47.Some Mathematical Ideas Involved in the Mirror

Cards. Feb. 1967, 115-25.Some Problems in Geometry. Feb. 1967, 107-9.Some Balk Geometric Ideas for the Elementary

Teacher. Nov. 1961, 357-62.Square Root +. Nov. 1969, 549-55.Strateeks RV:reaching Elemental), School Mathe-

matics. Oct. J973, 425-36.

1972,

School

Milk

A Study of Spatial Abilities of Preschool Children.Dec. 1964, 557-60.

Suitability of Teaching Geometric Construction inUpper Elementary Gradcsa Pilot Study. Feb.1964, 73-80. ,

Symmetry. Feb. 1970,119-21..Teaching Geometry through Creative 4Movement.

Nov. 1967, 576-78.Tinkertoy Geometry. Oct. 1967, 468-69:Topics in Geometry, and Pqint Set Topology

a Pilot Study. Oct, 1964, 407-12.Topics in Geometry for9Teachersa New Experi.

ence in Mathematiis Education. Feb. 1970,163-67.

U expected Discoveries. Nov. 1965, 574, 578.W at Does Research Say about Geometry in the

lementary School? Feb. 1972, 97-104.Wh Circumvept Geometry in the Primary Grades?

Oct. 1965, 450-54.Wind4tosd; the Beautiful Circle. May 1973, 375179.With Sticks and Rubber Bands. Feb. 1970, 147-50.

V

Graphs and graphing

The Address ot<Point. Deci 1968, 689103:A Bee on a Point, a Line, and a Plane. Nov. 1966, ,

549- 52.Development of Critical Interpretation of Sta-

tistics and Graphs, Apr, 1967, 272-77.Discovering Bar Graphs by Degrees. Dec. 19611

416-17.A Discovery Lesson in Elementary Mathematics,

Feb. 19711.34s-76.Dots, Plotseririd Profiles. May 1969, 371-78.Dress Up Your Graphs. Mar. 1958, 103-4. 1

tementarY Graphini3 Experiences. Mare 1969,199-201.

Exploring Rate Grakhs with Gifted Ten-Year-Olds.'Mar. 1964, I46-47.

a

I.

a

.

92 Su Sect I HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS AND MCATHEMATICS FAUCATION

Finding emits t tt Bar Graphs. Oct. 1969,487-89.

A Graphi Repr tation of Multiples of theWhole umbers. J 1971, 47-48.

Graphing equalities irectly. Mar. 1971, 185-86.Graphing car tionsa Discovery Lesson.

May 19 , 4964/. t.Graphs the Primary Grades. Oct. 1970, 499-

501.Graphs T 11 a Story. Apr. 1969, 305-6.Hide-a-R :ion N ?_. 2 Can Play. Oct. 1969,

496-97Horizon Enrichment with Graphs. Dec. 1967,

N., 654-5Horizo y, Vertically, and Deeper Work for the

Fast- being Class. Feb. 1958, 34-31.IMF fo Grades 3 to 6. May 1969, 400-401.Inquiry Mathematicswith Children anceTeach-

lers. an. 1967, 7-9.Instagr , or Instant Histograms. Mat. 1967,i 21 '0. #

1 is odemize .Graph Teaching.. May 1963,1.e28 87.unt ' Moneyl-Nuisance or Opportunity? Jan.

19 1, 57 -58. 'Ma g and Using Graphs the Kindergarten

thematics Program.'s0c 1968, 504-6. 'Ma g Statistical yaps. M y 1964, 334-35.Th Number Line in the Junior High ,School. Nov.

1'6( 553-55.ered Pairs, Patterns, and Graphs in Fourth,rade. Mar. 1961, 127-30.

Ti -Tac-Toea Mathematical Game for Grades 4rough 9. Oct. 1967, 506-8.

e Use of Graphs for Retarded Children. Dec.1957, 258-60.

t Where Is Droopy? Apr. 1072, 271-72.

la

History of mathematics and mathematics educa-don ,

Ancient Systems of NumerationStimulating, Il-luminating. May 1970, 413-16.

Arithmetic and History. Oct. 1970, 488-91.Arithmetic in Verse. Nov. 1958, 273-14.A Bibliography of Historical Materials for Use

in Arithmetic in the Intermediate Grades. Oct.1960, 287-92.

Capsule History of the NCTM. Feb. 1970, 133-42;Apr. 1970, 346.

Comments on Ancient Egyptian Multiplication.Apr. 1964, 254-57.

Decimal versus Common -Fractions. Nov. 1956,201-3, 206.

Development of Elementary School MathematicsTeaching in the United States. May 1970, 428-37.

Discovery Teachingfrom Socrates to Modernity.Oct. 1970, 503-10.

Early Mayan Mathematics. May 1970, 387-90.The Geometric Continuum. May 1970, 493-12.Historical ConflictDecimal versus Vulgar Frac-

Vona. Apr. 1960, 184-88.Historical Mathematics Materials for Use in Teach-

ing Arithmptic. Apr. 1964, 262-66.History of Mathematics in Teaching Arithmetic.

Apr. 1954, 24-25.Kindergarten in the Arithmetic Teacher: A Dec.*

ade of Grbwth. Api. 1971, 253-56.Kindergarten .Mathematics Laboratory Nine-

teenth-Century Fashion. May 1970, 372-86..Letters to the Editor. Mar. 1967. 199.Mathematics as a tultura1,11eritage. Jan. 1961, 5-9.Mayan Numeration; May 1964, 318 322.

4

The Metric SystemLet's Emphasize Its Use inMathematics. May 1973, 395-96. t

The Metric System. Past, PresentFuture? Apr.. , ' 1973,217-55. ,

Mid- Nine'Teenth Century Methods for the 1970s.Apr..1971, 230-33.

Number in the Western Worlda Bibliogrphy.May 1964, 336-41.. . I

Number, Numeral, and Plato. May 1966, 401,1.Offerings and Enrollments in Science and Mithe-

matics. Mar. 1958, 86.One Eagle' Is 'Worth Ten Dollars. Mar. 1971,

145-46.Perspective in Arithmetic. NOv. 1958, 275-78,Perspective in Programs of Instruction in Eta

mentary Mathematics. Def. 1965, 604-11,Perspective in the Field f Arithmetic. Feb. 1955,

1-5.preservation of Archival aterials. Islay 1970, 371.Recorded Recollections f the Stab( of Mathe-

matics.' Feb. 1973, 13 3 .

The Revolution in A e c. Feb. 1954, 1-5.Sic Transit Gloria e 'ca. Oct. 1964, 386-90.standard Time. Dec. 19 9 32a7-213.

MaStatements from the P . y 1970, 417-18.Through the Years; In i idualizing Instruction in

Mathematics. May 41 70, 396-402."To Hold, As't Were, e Mirror up to Nature;

"to Show the Very and Body of the Time."Dec. 1959, 289-94.

What's Old About th New MatheMatics? Oct. I

1970, 475-81. , 1 .

Whither in Aritlunefic Teaching? Dec. 1956,4226 -28.Women of Mathematics. Apr. 1970, 316-24.

Humor; drama; verseApologiei to John G. Saxe and His "The blind

Men and the Elephant." Jan. 963, 17.Children's Views. Apr. 1958, 162.The 'Clock Strikei. Apr. 1966, 287. J -

The Daily Life.of a Variable. Apr. 1967; 277.The Digit It Is! Dec. 1966, 661.Divisibility a-Go-Crol Jan. 1971, 46.Dramatics in Arithmetic. Apr. 1960, 208:A Finite Infinity .. .,. Dec. 1970, 675.Humor. Feb. 1969, 108; Mar. 1990, 121, 160, 162.It Proved to Be Fun. Mar. 1966, 217.A Limerick. Jan. 1971, 59.The Little Man Who Wain% There. Mar, 1960,

121.A Mathematics Assembly Program. O. 1960,

135-31.Math's Not a MysteryHere's Its History. 151-53.Napier's Bones. Apr. 1968, 336..Nicolet High School's Mathematical Pumpkin. Oct.

1971, 431.Nostalgia. Nov. 1971, 469.Out of Yesterday. Mar. 1963, 143-51.Preschool Mathematicians. Jan. 1967, 62.Primitive Logic. Feb. 1968, 175.Problem. Jan. 1967, 23.A Psalm of Lamentation; or, The Psalm

Empty Set. Oct. 1961, 296."Pupils Make Problems. Apr. 1958, 162.Recipe for Arithfnetic. Oct. 1958. 177.RhymesModern, Math Style. Feb. 1965, 125. '6.

133, 150.The Roads of Math. Oct. 1966; 467.Ttach Me! Nov. 1966, 545.To an Arithmetic Book. May 1962. 275.What's That. Oct.. 1962, 341.With Apologies toOother Goose. . . . Mat. 1966,

236.. 43.

of the

410

The WonderfuL Mathemagicville. Oct. 1962,336-41.

A World without Mathematics. Jan. 1966, 10.Zero. Mar. 1960; 160.Zero. Dec. 1965, 632.

Individual differences

. An Action Research Study in Arithmetic. Jan.1964, 30-32.

An Analysis of Individual Differences in Arith-metic. Nov. 1964, 471-73.

Are Boys Better Than Girls in Arithmetic? Dec.1963, 486-90.

Arithmetic and the Brain-injured Child. May 1962,245-51.

Arithmetic Enrichment through the Use of he"Modified .Program." Dec. 1963, 501-3.

` cArithmetic for the Academically Talented.. Feb.1960, 53-60.

Arithmetic for the Gifted. Mar. 1959, 8446.ArithmetiC for Those Who Excel. Mar. 1956, 41-48.As Good As'Gold. Feb. 1964, 118-19.Big Dividends from Little Interviews. Apr. 1955,

40-47.A Case Against Teaching Mathematical Concepts

to Slow-learning' Children. May 1972, 333-34.Challenging the Rapid Learner Dec. 1959, 311-13,

316. -The, Child with a Learning Disability in Arith-

metic. -Mar. 1970, 199-203.Corimutation: Low Achievers' bliag Block

or Stepping Stone? Nov. 1969, 23-28.A Concerned Teacher Makes the Difference. Mar.

1966; 203-5.,Creative Teaching Points the 'Way. Feb. 1954,

21-24.Depth Learning in Arithmetic-;What Is It?

1960, 341-46.A Description of Twenty. Arithmetic Underachiey-

ers. Apr. 1964, 235-4hThe Development of Teaching Materials for Low-

achieving Pupils in Seventh- and Eighth-GradeMathematics. Not,. 1968, 599-604,

Do Your First Graderi Measure Up? (A Reportof a Unit with .Disadvantaged Learners). Nov.1969, 537-38. ,

Drawing Conclusions from Samples (An Activityfor the bow Achiever). Nov. 1969, 539-41.

Educating Mathematics SpeCialists to Teach ChB-% dren from Disadvantaged Areas. Nov. 1968,

606-12. .

Enrichment for a Talented in Arithmetic. ALocal Program, for Grades 4, 5, and 6. Mar.1961, 135-37'.

Enrichment Linits Junior High School gra5tiDec. 1957, 260-61.

Evaluating and, licteaching.,Slow Learners. Jan.1967, 40-41.

An An Example of a Madelnaties Instructional Prb-gram for Disadvantaged Children. Apr. 1970,332-34.

Experiment in ichmeniFotuth Grade. Feb.1963, 68171.

An Experiment with Retarded Children and Cui.senaire Rods. Jan. 1967, X10 -13.

Fibonacci Numbers Fun and Fundamentals forthe Slow 1,tarrier. Mar. 1970, 204-8.

For Mentally Advanced Pupils in Arithmetic. Jan.1963, 18-21.

trans fbr,Low Achievers. Dec. 1966, 647 55.Fu , Fact, sufd Fancy. Jan. 1964, 39-41.

with Frictions for Special Education: Oct.119711 417-19.

Nov.

INDWIDUAL DIFFERENCES I Subject 93

Geometry for the Disadvantaged. Jan. 1967, 4-6.etry in the Primary Grades. Apr. 1963,

#111-92.e Gifted OnesHow Shall We Know Them?Oct. 1957, 141-46.

A Gifted Underachiever in Arithmetic. Nov. 1959,257-61.

Grouping Children for Arithmetic Instruction. Feb.1954, 16-20.

Helping Pupils Help Themselves through Self-evaluation. Apr. 1960, 203-4.

Helping the Non-learner in Grade One. Feb. 1958,15-24.

Horizons Unlimited. Dec. 1961, 430.Horizontally, Vertically, and Deeper Work for the

Fast-moving Class. Feb. 1958, 34-37.How Are You in Numbers? May 1965, 376.An Iconoclastic Elementary School Mathematics

Program. Oct. 1966, 489-91.Letters to the Editor. May 1973, 414.Low Achiever Lesson in. Primes. Nov. 1969,

529-32.Mathematical Ability and Masculinity. Ian. 1960,

19-21.Mathematics and the Low Achiever. Mar. 1970,

196-98.Mathematics for Summer Fun. May 1964, 323-25.A Mathematics Program for Disadvantaged Mem-

can-AmericanFirst-Grade Children. May 1968,413-19.

A Mathematics Program for Slow Learners at theJunior High Level. Mar. 1966, 232-36.

Mathematics through Cardboard Carpentry (a, Unitfor Low Achievers). Mar. 1970, 2n9-10.

Math for the Low, Slow, and Fidgety. Jan. 1968,30-34.

Math Olympiads at Menlo Park, California. Mar.15(60, 160.

Multiplication for the Slow Learner. Feb. 1962174-76. , .

Never Underestimate the Inner-City Child. Noy.t1970, 587-95:

No Time on Their Hands. Feb. 1973, 102-8.Number Concepts for the Slow Learner. Apr. 1954,

11-14.Peter Is a Slow Larner. Dec. 1954, 24-26:"Plus" Work for All Pupils. May 1960, 238-39."Plus" Work for "Plus" Pimils. Nov. 1959, 251-56.Project SOSO (Save Our Slow Ones). Ian. 1

29-33.Provi5img for the Gifted Child. Nov. 1959, 246-5Qualitative Ehluation. May 1962;276-77.A Report of the Committee on the Low Achiever,

Nov. 1968, 661-62!Research in Mathematics Edneation,anci the Men-

tally Retarded; Oct. 1973, 491-97.Simple Materials for Teaching Early Number Con-

cepts to Trainable-Level Mentally RetardedPupils. Feb. 1972, 149-53.

The Slow Can Learn. May 1960, 226-30.The Slow Learner iii,Mathematics. April 1954, 28.The Slow Learner in Mathematics. May 1965, 395.Some Number Concepts of Disadvantaged Chil-

dren. May 1965, 359-61.Some Practical Ideas for Teaching Mathematics to

Disadvantaged Children. Apr. 1965, 258-60.Some Thoughts on Teaching Mathematics to Dis-

advantaged Groups. May 1964, 319-22.Statement ors Individual Differences. Feb. 1972,

161-62.A Structured Method for Arithmetic Problem

Solving in Special Education. Jan. 1969, 21-24.Success for Slow Learners, or Rt. Reid . . . and

Play..-May 1973. 335-43.

94 Subject I INDIV161.1aLIZED INSTRUCtION

A Survey of Arithmetic Intraclass dimming Pra..,ices. Apr. 1966, 310-14. -

Teaching a Unit on the Computer to Academical*Talented Elementary School Children. Mar.1970, 216-19.

Teaching the Culturally Disadvantaged Child. May1966. 369-74.

Teaching the Mentally Handicapped.- Apr. 1959,156-58.

"This Is the Way We Count Our Trains .... Oct.1965, 442, 449.

Through Clouds of Failure into Orbit. Nov. 1968,591-98.

The Use of Graphs for Retarded Children. Dec.1957, 258-60.

The Use of the Mathematics Library in Elementaryand Junior High Schools. May 1965, 352-53.

What's the Answer? Nov. 1971, 439-41.

Individualized Instruction

Attitudes toward Reading and Arithmetic Instruc-tion. Apr. 1958, 161-62.

The Dual Progress Plan in the Elementary School.Dec. 1959, 302-5.

Enrichment in Arithmetic for, the Primary Glades.Dec. 1960, 412-13, 417.

An Ex3enment in Arithmetic Acceleration. Dec.1960, 409-11.

Independent Work in Arithmetic. Feb. 1,61, 77-80..,Individualized Arithmetican Idea to Improve the

Traditional Arithmetic Program. Mar. 1962,134-37.

Individualized Instruction: Developing BroadenedPerspectives. Jan. 1972, 7-12.

Individualized Instruction: Distinguishing Char-acteristics. Jan..1972, 13-16.

Individualized Instruction in* Learning LaboratorySetting. Feb. 1966, 110-12.

Individdidized Instruction: Speaking from Realit y.Jan. 1972, 23-25.

Indnidualded Instruction. Sweet in Theory, Sirin Practice. Jan. 1912, 17-22.

Individualized InstructionWho Needs It? May49/2, 355-57.

An Individualized Mathematics Program in Junior ,

HighSchool. Jan. 1972, 53-57.Individualized Practice in Arithmetica Pilot

Study. Oct. 1962, 321-29.Individualized Teaching, of Fifth- and Sixth -Grade

Arithmetic. Apr. 19e4, 233-34..Individualizing. Arithmetic Instruction. May 1964,

348-49.Individualizing Arithmetic-Teaching. May 1961,

249-50.Individualizing Instruction in Elementary School

Mathematics for Prospective Teachers. Mar.1966, 227-31.

'Meeting Individual Differences in Arithmetic. Feb.1960, 80-86.

. A Model for Using Diagnosis in Individualizing gMathematics Instruction in the Elementary

, School Classroom. Nov. 1971, 505-11.More Projects on Inthviclualfzing Instruction. Nov.

, 1971, 473-74tProjects on Individualizing, Instruction. Mar. 1971,

161-63.Tease Them to Think. May 1961, 246-41. .

Through the Years: Individualizing Instruction inMathematics. May 1970, 396-402.

Why Not Individualize Arithmetic? Dec. 1960,400-403.

You Can Individualize Arithtilftic Instruction.Mar. 1964, 199-200. ,

Instructional Materials. SEPtisu Audiovisual ma-terials; Books and materials

The Abacps a New Use for an Old Tool. Dec.1959, 314-16.

Activities with Easy to-Make Triangle Models.Feb. 1972, 156-57.

"Activity Board"the Board of Many Uses. Feb.1972, 141-44.

Analysis of the Uses of Instructional Materials bya Selected Group of Teachers of ElementarySchool Mathematics. Nov. 1965, 562.

Ancient Devices in Teaching Modern Arithmetic.Apr. 1960, 206-7.

An Annotated Bibliography of Programmed Instruc-tion in Elementary Mathematics. Dec. 1971,568-75.

An Aimotated Bibliography of Suggested Manipu-lative, Devices. Oct. 1968, 509-24.

Another Reply to Mr. Rodman. .May 1964, 346-47.,,Arithmetic and "Block Work" in'Primary Grades.

Dec. 1959, 306-9.Arithmetic for the Gifted. Mar. 1959, 84-86.Arithmetic Games. Feb. 1972, 157-58. ,

Art and Arithmetic. Mar. 1959, 112.Beginning Plumber Experiences and Structured

Materials. Oct. 1963, 330-33.Bibliography of Books for Enrichment in Arith-

metic., Feb. 1959, 12-16; Apr. 1959, 143.Bibliography pf Books for Enrichment in Arith-

'tittle. Apr. 1960, 189-93.The Board Stretcher. Model to Introduce Fac-

tors, primes, Composites, and Multiplication by aFraction. Dec. 1973, 649-56.

Building "Computers" for Nondecimal NumberSystems. Oct, 1966, 492-94.

Bulletin'Boards for Elementary School Arithmetic.Feb. 1964, 114-15. t

Children's Literature: An Aid in Mathematics In-struction. Oct. 1969, 451-55. ,

"Christmas Tree" Numbers. Dec. 1965, 6401..Computation. Low Achievers' 'Stumbling Block or "

Stepping Stone? Nov. 1969, 523-28.Concepts to Enhance the Study of Multiplication.

Feb. 1963, 95-97.Considerations for Teachers Using nipulative

Materials. Dec. 1971, 551-58.'Considerations in the Selection of Learn g Aids.

May 1964, 350-33.Constructing an Inexpensive Sphere. Ap 1964,

261-62.Convention Fallout. May 1971, 306-8.Creatamath, orGeometric Ideas Inspire 'ung

Writers. May 1967, 391-93.Creating Mathematics with a Geoboard. Apr. 1 0,

347-49., Creative Drill with Pictures. Apr. 1973, 300-30

Developing Arithmetical Inquiry with EnrichmenAids. Jan. 1966, 49-51.

The Development of Teaching Materials, for Low-achieving Pupils in Seventh. and Eighth-GradeMathematics. Nov:- 1968, 599-604.

A Device for Grade One. Dec. 059, 327.A Device for Indirect Measurements. An Enter-

taining Individual Project. Feb. 1973, 124-27.A Device for Practice with Common Denominators

and Addition of Unlike Fractions. Nov. 1961,373.

Device Review. Feb,. 1959. 5.Directional Exercises as Preparation for Algebra.

Apr. 1958, 1.52.Discovering the Mathematics of a Slide Rule. Jan.

4968, 23 -25.Discovery in Mathematics. Jan. 1965, 14-18.

Dividing Fractions with Fraction Wheels. Nov.1970, 619-21.

Division by a F iona New Method. Mar.1962, 122-26.

Dominoes in the Mathematics Classroom. Jan.1971, 53-54.

Easily Made Arithmetic Aids. Dec. 1963, 507-8.Easy-to-Paste Solids. Oct. 1965, 468-71.Editorial Feedback. Nov. 1969, 579-80.Educating Mathematics Specialists to Teach Chil-

dren from Disadvantaged Areas. Nov. .1968,606-12.

Educational Guidance in the Space Age. Apr.1965, 293.

The Effect of Cuaseinire Materials on Reasoningand Computation. Nov. 1963, 439-40.

Egg Cartons Again?! Jan. 1973, 13-16.Eight-Ring Circus: A Variation in the Teaching

of counting and Place Value. Mar. 1972, 209-16.Elementary Arithmetic and Learning Aids. Mar.

1966, 197:Elementary School MetricGeometry. Dec. 1968,

673-82.Elevator Numbers. Oct. 1971, 422-24.Enrichment Materials for School Mathematics.

May 1962, 271-75.An Enrichment Program an Elementary Grades.

May 1962, 282-86. tiEOPDICA. Jail, 1973, 17-23.Evaluation Scale for a Teaching Aid Modern

Mathematics. Dec. 1971, 592-94.An Experiment with a Variable Base A cus. Feb.

1964, 81-84.An Experiment with Retarded Children and Cui-

senairo Rods. Jan. 1967, 10-13.Expressions in Mathematics. May 1964, 357-58.Familiarity Breeds Understanding. Apr. 1969,

316-1-7.Filling a Gip. in Subtraction. May 1960, 24749.Finding. the Greatest Common Factor with the

Number Line. Oct. 1965, 455-59.Flash-Tabs. Apr. 1965, 289-90.Flow Charts for the Eleinintary Grades. Nov. 1966,

591-93.Fostering Enthusiasm through Child-created Games.

Feb. 1970, 111-15.-4 a 4 Magic Squares. Nov. 1962, 392 -95.Fractions in the New Elementary Curricula. Mak

1968, 216 -20.' -From Number Lines to 7:-D Space Concepts. Feb.

1966, 10-9,,Fun with Geometry through Straw Construction.

Nov. 1973, 587-90.Fun with One-to-One Correspondence. May 1965,

370-72. .Fun with-Pep and Pegboards. Apr. 1971, 234 15:A Game of Fractiont Oct. 1966, 494.Game to Remit Basic Properties and Vqcabulary.'

Mar. 1965, 227-28.Graph Paper. A Versatile 'Visual Aid.' Feb. 1969,

144-48.Groupingan Aid in Learning Multiplication and

Division Firsts. Jan. 1961, 27-31.Groups and Line Arrangements Help Develop

Concepts for Numbers in. the Span from Tenthrough Twenty. Nov. 1960, 307-72.

Have You Seen Tilde? Dec. 1963, 497.Historical Mathematics Materials for Use in

Teaching Arithmetic. Apr. 1964, 262-66.The HundredBoard. Dec. 1959, 2951301.IDEAS. Jan. 1971, 30-36; Feb. 1971, 94-98; Mai.

1971, 164-70, Apr. 1971, 238-42; May 1931,310-16, Oct. 1971, 390-98, Nov. 1971, 480-88,Dec. 1971, 576-84; Jan. 1972, 38-44; Mar. 1972,

9'

INSTRU ONAL MATERIALS' I Subject 95

2 -8, Apr. 1972, 284-92, May 1972, 362-73;t. 1972,457-65; Nov. 1972, 561-68; Dec. 1972,9-56; Jan. 1973, 38-43, Feb. 1973, 116-21; .

19739 194-207 and Oct. 1973, 467; Apr.19 280-87, May 1973, 367-74; Nov. 1973,561-72; Dec. 1973, 663-70.

Ideas to Try with PriMary Children. Nov. 1964,502 -5'.

Improving Understanding of Number Concepts inThird Grade. Jan. 1962, 37-40.

Independent Work in,Arithmetic. Feb. 1961, 77-80.Individualized 'Arithmetican Idea to Improve the

Traditional Arithmetic Program. Mar. 1962,134-37.

In-service Resear.h in Anthatic Teaching Aids.May 1960, 143-46.

Instructional- Aids Suggested by. Textbook Series. 'Ndv. 1965, 543-46.

Key to Per Cent by Color. Nov. 1958, 278.'A Kit for Arithmetic. May 1960, 252.Learning from a Number Line. Nov. 1964, 500-

501.Let's Add .t.utomatically. Mar. 1965, 224-25.Let's Use Our Checkers and Checkerboards' to

Teach Number Bases. Nov. 1967, 573-75., Letters to the Editor. Nov. 1964, 489; Feb. 1971,

114.Let Them Discover. Jan. 1962, 26-28.Low Achiever' ..eisoh in Primes. Nov. 1969, 529-32.Machines. May 1965, 327-34, Oct. 1965, 421.Make a Wholea Game Using Simple Fra 'ons.

Feb. 197,19'116-18.Making Counting Abacus. Feb. 1967, 32-35.Manipulative Devices. Oct. 1966, 461-67.Manipulative Materials' and Arithmetic chievre-

ment in Grade 1. Apr. 19629.188792.Manipulative Materials in Intermediate Grades.

Apr. 1958, 140-42.Manipnlatives id the Classroom. May 1973, 350-52.Mathematical VignettesIdeas from Here and

There. Apr. 1962, 215-20.Mathematics &Act the Low Acliever. Mar. 1970,

196-98.2.4athomatks, MUltiple Embodiment, and Elemen-

kary,Teachers. Oct. 1972, '489-93., Mathematics through Cardboard Carpentry (a Unit

for Low Achievers), Mar. 1970, 209-10.Mathematics throughout the -Curriculum. Dec.

1969, 647-51X ,Mathematics through Visual Problems. Feb. 1973,

85-90. ,The Mignon Mathematics Program. Apr. 1962,

180-87: 'M is for. MEANING ' Mathematics!m Mar,

1966,,226.A Moat for Arithmetic of Signed Numbers, Mar.

1967, 220-22.Models and Mathenra'tics. Dec. 1972, 635 40.A 'Modulo Line. Mar. 1073, 214-15.Multipacation Tables thtdDommbes. May 1963,

,283.. JNew Content in MathematicsFirst through

Fourth Grades. Oct. 1962, 314-16.New Devices Elucidate' Arithmetic. Oct. 1960,

296-301.Newer Mathematics for the Intermediate Grades.

Apr.1963, 212-14; May 1963, 291.New Experiments with MUltiplication. Dee. 1960,

381-88.The Nekt Few Years. May.196(1, 355-6/.Nonverbal Instruction. Feb. 1963. 72-77.The Number Line and Division. Nov. 1970, 617 -18 :'The Number Line in'the Junior High School. Nov.:

1966, 553-55.

Subject iNsiRucnolira,.

, .

ht NUmber Line in _Me Primary Grades. Feb.,196r75-76.

. 1968, 738.erals. Mar. 1971,

4.

-.11

umber Pencil. yov. 1967, 557-59.4".ZiRiunler Recognition in'iCgn..11ic! 1959, 327. .

bject-a-Screes"- A Machine for Teachingbuy 'Mathematics. Oct. 1965, 462 -65.

ehan13il-` ded Man 1960, .

Operation Bottle Caps. Oct. 1965, 466-68.!IsitthiblutTXtOttalln. 'Dec 1964, 580.

llitwitlb.itai Ursa*. Speri and Eight. Apr. 1958,151 .

.00The PcoarV:as a Fraction Maker. Mar.; 1968,.42,4AZ:t

"Petitc'erdii Ugful Aid in Teaching Mathe-

,.

"Thoushilhis Be Madness " Dec. *69, 606-8.A Three-by-Five Card plus. an Opaque Projector'

plus an Ice Pick. NO. 1969, 533-35.A Time for Precisipn.1 Oct. 1964, 395-401.

. Tinkertoy Geometry. 'Oct 1967, 46849.Triangle NumberGattie. Apr. 1964,270-72.The Twiat. Mar. 1964; 204-5.

"A Two-Dimensional Abacusthe Papy Minjecm--t puter. 'Oct., 1972, 445-51.understanding .Different Number Bases. May

-. 1965, 339-40,Use of Manipulative Devices in Teaching -Math°.

- matics. May 1963, 2807,83.The Use of Models in Mathematics Instruciicin."

, The Use of Models in Tetchy% of MatheMar. 1964, 157-65.

matics.` Jan. 1961, 22-2, . 0ilia tics. Apr, 1961, 186-88. *' Are of Overlay Charts. Pec.'1961, 433-35, --gboa

"and Junior High School*. May 1965, 352-53.Uses and Abiises or-Met/Umber Line. Nov. 1964;'478-82. t',,t, ' .- ' ',-

Ijs5.6f St yrAnam m Arithmetic. Nov. 1959, 280.Using a Mattptsckly to ktore,and Disilay

Devices. Oct. 1W,r355-57.;,t .,UsingFunctionat Bulletlii/iitiards tn 'Elementary

Mathematics.: Oct 1972, 467-71.Usirig the Number Line to; Help Children Under-

stand Fractions. Nov.9'60, 370-72. 'Utiliiation of Teachin atertals m First-Grade

Mathematics. Jan. 3, 37-41. . 0The Vetsatile Number Runner. Apr. 101, 182-85.Visual Aid for Geometry. Mar. 1966, 237-38.Visual Aid Review. Feb. 1959, 22.What ,Can You Do with a Gebboard? Oct. 1969,

491-193.

What Can You Do with an Egg Carton?- May1968, 456-58.

rd Geometry. Apr. 1965, 271-74., ,

ptua/13iirdeits in 1-..darning.Matbeinatica. Dec.626-:29 - ;

Picture Line Celt fie Fun! Dec: 1969:603-5.Ptaco-7a Ntipuher-Place Gahne. May 1968, 465-66.Pop Goes an.ideia. Oct. 1964, 425-27:Popsicle Stick's and Flying Pkolygotis. Oct., 1970,

531-32.Problem Solving with Number- Picturd Problem

Situations. Mar. 1962, 15,5-59.A Proclamation of Ideas. Mar. 1966, 226.Providing Meaningful practice. Dec. 1960, 426-30.The Quest for an Improved Curriculum. Feb. 1967,

136-40.Ihe Readability of Elementary Mathematics Books..

Nov. 1964, 466-68.Recent Research Contributions to Elementary

Schoot Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 245-52. "Remainders in Divisions,and a Floor Number Line.

Mar. 1961, 131-34.The Role of Games, Puzzles, and Riddles in Ele-

mentary Mathematics. Nov. 1963, 40-52.. .The Rdle of the Notebook in a Mathematics Class.

May 1963, 284-85,.Save Those !Su Cartons! Nov. 19671 578-79.Second Graders Learn. N7 Mathematics. May

1965, 174-75, . ,Seesaw Game. Nov. 1963, 449-50.SemiPermanent Chalk: A Valuable Aid in the

Mathematics Classroom. Oct. 1968, 559-60.A Slide (Rule for Elementary SchooL May '1973, '

53-59.e Rules for the,Upper Eleihentary Grades. Feb.'

OA Student-constructed Game for Drill with Inte-1958, 29-33.

gets. Nov: 1972, 587-89.Sugar-Cube Mathematics. Oct. 1969, ;27-31.A Suggestion for Arithmetic Instruction. May

1966, 403-4.Take a Mathematical Holiday. 'Deer 735-36.Teacher-made Materials for Teaching Number oil

Counting. Oct. 1972, 43143.Teachers Look at Arithmetic Manuals. Jan. 1960,

13-18.A Teaching Aid for Signed NAmbers. Nov. 1966,

589-90.Teaching Aids for 'Elementary School Arttlitriettc.

Feb. 1966, 135-36.'aching Guide on a Pack Rat's Shelf. Dec, 1953,

504-7.Teaching Tens to Timmy, or A Caution in Teach-

ing with Physical Models. Dec. 1973, 620-25.Testing the Cuisenaire Method. Nov. 1963, 435-38.A Third Grade Enjoys Arithmetic. May 1961,

251-54.

se of Op Mathematics Library in Elementary

What Has.Vgliteen Legs and Cates Flies? May1963, 293." .-

What is * Number ? --a Bulletin Board Display.Dec. 1959,, 325.

Where Are the Children? Dec. 1071, 596-97.Where Do I Stall Teaching Numerals? Nov. 1967,

575-76. s -

Working with Groups in the Number Span fromOne through Nine: Oct. 1960, 303-8.

WorkType Lessons for Grade Six. Dec. 1959326-7.

Yardstick' Number-Line Balance. Mar. 1971,114-85.

Instructional lir ,Arithmetic by'Television. Jan. 1963, 28-30.A Cdoperative In-service 'Teacher Education Pro.

gram in the New Mathematics for Elementary. Schools. Apr. 1962,121723.

'Effecting Change in a Large County System. May, 1963, 294-97.For Your Information. Oct. 1962, 370.Foundations of Mathematics for Elementary

Schools: An In-service Project. Oct. 1963,359-64.

Imlfroved Use of Newer Educational MAIL Nov.1964, 482. '

In-service Education for Elementary School Mathe-matics TeaChers: ResPonses to Nine Questions.Nov. 1964, 506-9.

Mathematics Telev ion Lessons for the ElementaryClassroom. May 964,456.

Nimble Numbers. ar. 1964, 205-6. tlOgrerings in Mathematics f NET Stalons, 065-67."-Apr. 1967, 300-306. .

-Patterns in Arithnletie., Apr. 1963, 217-21.Patterns in Arithmetic. A Three. Year Report. Apr.

1965, 291-93!Pupils Respond to the Modern Elementary Mithe-,

matics. Feb. 1965,.144-46.Set's and Systems. Dec. 1964, 581-82. ,Television in Mathematics Education. Nov. 1967,

596-602.TV In-service Mathematics Programs for Elemen

tary Teachers. Dec. 1965, 644, 656.The Use of New Educational Media. Dec, 1965,

640-44,

Instruments. See Manipulative materials

e International. See also Mathematics In othercountries

Africa Asks Ainerica4 Jan, 1963, 11.-Afro-Aziglo-American Program. Jan. 1964, 38.Cornmentarji .on the International Study of

Achievement in Mathematics. Feb. 1968, 103-7.Comparative Education Society Plans 1963 Semi-

nivin USSR:- Apr. 1963, 207.Experienced Teachers Needed to Serve as Peace

Corps Voldliteers in Ethiopia. May 1966, 384.Foreign Publications. Apr. 1964, 272.International Clearinghouse Issues New Report.

Jan. 1968, 6. -Japanesespeaking Teachert Sought. Feb. 1968,

107.Mathematics Teaching Opportunities Abroad for

1966-67. Oct. 1965, 489.Note on the First International Congress on Mathe-

matical Education. Jan. 1970, 60.Peace -Corps Seeks Experienced Teachers, Dec.'1964, 568.Plans for Second International Congress on Mathe-

Illatiall Education. Feb. 1972, 164; Mar. 1972, ';48.

Retirees Wanted. Oct. 1965, 495. '' The Second International Congress on Mathemati-

cal Education (29 August-2 September 1972).Nov. 1971, 519.

Seminar and Field Study to Be Held Abroad. May1962, 281.

Teacher EducationReform. Mar. 1965, 234.Teacher Exchange ProgramSpportunities, 1962763.

May 11961, 233.Teachers for East Africa: 1964. Feb.1964, 95;

May 1964, 316.Teaching Abroad. Apr. 1964, 257.Teaching and Administrative Opportunities AbrOaci.

Mar. 1969, 227.Teaching 00portunities in East Africa. Apr. 1966.,,

242.Third International Curriculum Conference. May

1968, 409-12. 'Who Won the International Contest? Nov. 1968,

623-29.Why Not Retire to, Instead of From? Jan_ 1965,

50.

boratory Method; laboratories

Activities in 'Mathematics for Preschool chil-dren. Nov: 1973, 536-41.

Computers Teach ?path. May 190, 467-68.The Concrete Devices of Structdral Arithmetic,

Apr. 1118, 1.19-30.Creative Mathematic; at lltreva. Apr. 1970,1225 -28.Don't Cqunt Your Chickens before They Hatch.

Dec. 1961. 425-27.4

LETTERS. TO THE EDITOR. Subject 97A

Fish and Arithmetic. Apr. 1958, 155.Games and Algorithmsa New View in Elemen-r

, tary School Mathematics for Teachers. Apr.1970, 342-46.

If the Hands Can Do It the Had Can FolloW.Nov. 1972, 571-77.

Individualized Instruction in a Learning Labora-tory Setting.' Feb. 1966, 110-12.

Kindergarten Mathematics Laboratory Nine-teenth-Century Fashion. May 1970, 372-86.

Lab Oratory and the Generalization Gap. Dec.1971, 545746.

A Laboratory Plan for Teaching Measurement inGrades 1-8, Dec. 1967, 652-53.

Laboratory ProjectConstructing a Skyline. Jan.1971, 56. 1

Laboratory Settings in Mathematics. What DoesResearch Say to the Teacher? Dec. 1971, 585-89.

'earning Laboratories in Elementary Schools 'inWinnetka Oct. 1968, 50123.

Manipulative Materials in Intermediate Grades.Apr. 1958, 140-42.

Math for the Low, Slow, and Fidgety. Jan. 1968,t 30-14.

MathematicalLaboratories. Dec. 1971, 547*.

catil Activity, Oct. 1968, 493-98.

Mathematics Laboratories and 'Teachers' Centresthe Mathematics Revolution in Britain. May.1968, 400-408.

A Mathematics ,Laboratory for Prospective Ele-mentary School Teachers. Oct. 19,68, 547-49.

a A Mathematics Laboratory 'for Prospective Teach-ers. Jan. 1970. 75-78. .

The Mathematics Laboratory for the Elementaryand Middle SchooL Dec. 1971, 565-67.

A Mathematics Laboratoryfrom Dream to Real-ity. Feb. 1970, 105 -10.

The Mathematics Laboratory: What? Why? When?How? Dec. 1971, 559-64.

The Miquon Mathematics Program. Apr. 1962,180-87.

-On eyond the Mathematics Laboratory. Nov.3,. 543-44.

A ennanent-Soap-Babble Geometry. Apr. 1972,307-8.

Problem Solving' with Enthusiasmthe Mathe-- matics Laboratory. Jan.' 1970, 7-14.A Regular Classroom Plus a Mathematics Labora-

tory. Nov. 1972, 527-30.Seductive Shibboleths. Apr. 1971 263-64. ..

Success for All: An Adventure in Learning. Jan.1972, 35-37.

Success for Slow 'Learners, or R'x: Relax' . . . andPlay. May, 1972, \ 335-43.

Teaching Measurement in a Meaningful Way, 'Apr:-1960, 104-98, 207.

Understanding through Involvement., Feb,. 1971,91-93.

Work-Type Lessons for Grade Six. Dec. 1959,126-7. .

Learning dis;bilities. See Indlvidtial differences

ti

'Learning Process. See Psychology; Teachingmethods

Letters to the editor

From the' Editor's, Desk. Oct. 1960, 295.From Our Readers.. May 1962, 242-43.Letters to the.,Editor. Mar. 1961, 123; Apr; 1961.

151, Feb, 1963, 87; Apr. 1963. 204, Dec.: 1963,517, May 1964, 333. Oct. 1964, 394, 406; Nov.1964, 489. 505; Dec. 1964. 570, 573; Jan. 1965,

a

/ -98 Subject 4 Low ACHIEVERS

.

42, 55; Feb. 1965, 112, 122, 141; Mar. 1965, 215,223; May 1965, 379, 401; Oct. 1965/ 410, 413,421; Nov71965, 522, 536; Dec. 1961 616; Jan.1966, 25; Mar. 1966, 202, 208; Apr. 1966, 295,297, 314; May 1966, 348, 368, 374; Oct. 19616,443, 445-47, 452, 473, 506, 519; Nov, 166,Jan. 1967;29; Feb. 1967, 89, 131, 135, f43; M4r.1967, 184, 199, 208, 217, 230, 233; May 19 7,372; Oct. 1967, 447, 497, 522; Nov. 1967, 559,580; Jan. 1968, 46, 66; Feb. 1968, 125, 132, 137,168; Mar. 1968, 213, 2 2, 250,-265, 270, 280,-285; May 1968, 412, 4 , 468; Oct. 1968, 498,

.506, 528, 544, 550, ; Nov. 1968, 590, 612,641; Feb. 1969, 93 135; Mar: 1969, 172, 197;May 1969, 389, 42 ; Oct. 1969, 445; Mar. 1970,195, 208; Apr. 1 ,,315, 352, 364; Dec. 1970,682; Jan. 1971, 28; Feb. 1971, 114; May 1971,345; Oct. 1971, 419-21; Nov. 1971, 493, 500;Dec. 1971, 564, 567.

Readers' Dialogue. May 1972, 348, 395, 403; Nov.1972, 585-86, 599; Dec. 1972, 616, 647; Jan.1r3, 16, 35; Feb. 1973, 113, 127; May 1973,331, 408, 414, 417; Dec. 1973, 638, 646, 656.

Reply to Professor Todd's Letter. Mar. 1968, 227,243. .

A Suggested Correction. Feb. 1960, 86.

Low achievers. See Individual differences

Manipulative materialsThe .Abacus and Multiplication. Mar. 1956, 65.The Abacus as an Arithmetic Teaching Device.

Nov. 1955, 107-11.British Teachers' Reactions to the Cuisenaire-

Gattegno Materials. Nov. 1957, 191-95.Counting Devices and Their Uses. Feb... 1954,

25-30. IAn Experiment with Hand-Tally Counters. Nov.

1955; 119-20.A Fraction Circle. Apr. '1456, 119-21.The Fracto-Peweriter. Dec. 1955, 162.The Hundred Board. Mar. 1956, 54-55.Introducing Mr. "0" and Mr. "Decimal Point."

Nov. 1956, 210-11.Introducing ,Our NUmbering System in the Primary

Grades. Mar. 1957, 61-63.Johnny Can Learn Arithmetic. Mar. 75-76.Kaleidoscopic Geometry. Feb. 1970, 1Manipulative Devices in Lower Gra Nov.

1957, 214-16.New Tools, Methods for Their Use, and a New

Curriculuth in Arithmetic. Nov. 1957, 204-9.A Percentage Board. Apr. 1955, 47.A Place-Value Game for F@t Graders. Nov. 1957,

217-18.The Scarbacus or Scarsdalg Abacus. Dec. 1955,

159.Teaching Arithmetic with ificulators. Feb. 1955,

21-22.The Ten-Tens Counting Itame. Nov. 1956, 197-

200.V' actual Devices and Their Efflcaci. , Nov.

1957, 96-201, 203.

Matheinaties In genera;Know Thy Limitations (Assumptions). Jan. 1963,

7-8.Mathematical Compfteticies and Skills Essential

for Enlightened Citizens. 'Nov. 1972, 601-.7.Mathematical Concepts and the Postage Stamp.

Oct; 1972, 453-55..New Developments in Arithmetic Teaching in

,Brititin::40, t956, 85-89..

1

The Same Name. Nov. 1961,-49. .e"A Space to Live In. Dec. 1970, 663-69."To Hold, As't Were, the Mirror up to Natute, to

Sh6w4he Very Age and Body of the Time." Dec.1959, 28944.

. .

Mathematics in 'other codntries/

African Mathematical PrOgram: Oct. 1965, 472-80.African Mathematics Program (Continued). Mar.

1966, 2141-44.Are Soviet Arithmetic Books Better Than 'Ours?

Dec. 1965, 633 -37.Arithmetic Achi*ement in England and Central

Minnesota. Mar. 1964,476-88.Arithmetical Abstractions-Progress toward Ma-

turity of Concepts under 'Differing Programs of. Initructiona Oct. 1963, 322-29.

Arithinetic in New Zealand. Oct. 1956,437-42.Arithmetic in Pakistani Elementary Schools. Feb.

1962, 777-80.Arithmetic Is a Joyous Experience for Elementary

School Children in Great Britain. Feb. 1968,133,37.

Beginnings of Mathematical EdUcation in Russia.Feb. 1959, 6-11, 16.

British Teaclurs' Reactions to the Cuisenaire-Gattegno -Materials. Nov. 1957,191-95-

A Comparison of Achievement in England, Cali-fornia, and St. Paul. Mar. 1959, 87-94.

A Comparison of ,Arithmetic Achievement in Eng-land, Central California, and Georgia. Mar.1964, 18145.

A Comparison of, Test Results. Oct. 1959, 199-202.

A Companion. Textbooks, Domestic and Foreign.-Nov. 1963, 428-34.

An Experimental Course in Mathematics for Pn-.wary Schools in Sweden. May 1966, 392.-96.

Geometry in the Elementary' Grades: A Compara-tive Study of Greek Mathematics Educationv

I Feb. 1964, 85--88.Letters to the Editor. Feb. 1968, 125.Mathematical Competence of./ Prospective Ele-

mtquuy Teachers in Canada and in the UnitedScat Apt'. .1961, 147-51.

Mathematical Heritage of Zambia. May 1970,391-95. -

Mathematics Education in the Elementary Schoolsof the Soviet Union. Feb. 1968, 108-14.

Mathematics Education in the Soviet 7-YearSchool. Feb: 1959, I.

Mathematics in the Stndy of African Culture. Nov.1978, 532-357 .

Mathematics Laboratories archers' Centres-the Mathematics Revolution in Britain. May'1968, 400-408.

Metrication in Britain. Apr. 1973, 261-64.New Developments in Arithmetic 'Teaching

Britain. Apr. 1956,.85-89.New Mathematics fot Ethiopian Elementary'

Achools. Feb. 1968,115-25.The Nuffield Mathematics Teaching Project. Feb.

1968, 101-2.' .

Observations of Instruction in Lower-Grade Arith-metic in English and Scottish Schools. Apr. 1960,165-77.

The Original Counting Systems of Papua and NewGuinea. Edward P. Wolters, Feb. 1971, 77 -'83.

Problem solving Activities Observed in British Pri-mary Schools. Jan. 1969, 34-38.

Some Important Features of EuropeanPrograms. Jan. 1960, 1 -8.

. .

Arithmetic.

`e3

Soviet Nonbase-Ten Numeration. Fib. 1964, 99-100.

Three Lessons in ,Soviet Arithmetic, Grade 5.Apr. 1962, 206-9.

Time Spent on Arithmetic in Foreign Countriesand in the United States. May 1960, 217-21.

Use of Calculators in Swiss Schools. Mar. 1962,129.

At

Measurement

Alts Four Weights. A ..1960, 209.The Angle Mirror Indoors. May 1970, 419-23.The Angle Minor Outdoors. Apr. 1970, 298-300.Arithmetic at the School Vamp.. Oct. 1956, 151-61.Bilingualism in Measurement:. The Coming of the

Metric System. May 1973, 397-99.Children's Errors in Telling Time and a Recom-

mended Teaching Sequence. Mar. 1971, 152-55. tCapacity Comparisons by Children. Jan. 1970,

19-25.Clocks in Kindergarten. Nov. 1963, 455.Cleo's Clock. Jan. 1973, 49-50.Conservation of Length and the Teaching of Linear

Measurement: A Methodological Critique. May1967, 345-48.

, Commonly Listed Advantages of the Metric Sys-tem. Apr. 1973, 255.

Congruence and Measurement. Feb. 1967, 94 102.Developing Concepts of Time and 'Temperature.

Mar. 19611 124-26.A Device for Indirect Measurements: An Enter-_

tabling Indiyidial 'Project,- Feb. 1973, 124-27.Did You Know? Apr. 1973, 304.A Digression on 80 Square Inches.' Jan. 1962, 25.

DiscoVering Centigrade and Fahrenheit Relation-. ships. Qct. 1968, 556-19.Discovery Activities with Area and Perimetet. May

1973, 182-85. .Don't Miss the Train. Feb. 1973, 1312.Estimates of Quantity by Elementary Teac filoa-_apd

College Juniors. Oct; 1961, 347-5Experiences with Appitoximation an timation.

May 1967, 365-68.`Experiences for Metric Mi=iba. Apr.. 1973,

269-73.Familiarity with Measurement. Apt, 1 1, 164-67,Filops, Zobos, Gripees, Zillie and Ding-

bats. Oct -'1973, 488-89. .Gas Station Map Mattie*tics. May 1973, 328-29.Going Metric in HA. Apr. 1973, 258-60.Head-Shrinking--an IntrOductiort to Scale. Dec.

1966, 685. 'Inching Our Way towards the Metric System. Apr.

1973, 275-19-.-Just for Fuiett Arc c to Time and Time to Arc.

Dec. 196V4'911-73.''The KindergartentChild Measures Up. Jan. 1968,

26-29. '. ,-'tA Laboratory Plait for Teachipg Measutemint in. Grades 1-8. Dec. 1967, 652r53.Let's Teach the Metric System through Its Use.

May 1967, 376.Letters to the Editor. Milt' 1969, 389. 'Linear Measurement and Imagination. Nov. 1962,,

376-82.Mathematics of Measurement. Apr. 1966, 2113-87.

; Measurement in the Elementary School.. May1967, 354-57:

Measureorents. Oct. 1955, 86-90.MOasuresCommon and Uztcommon. Nov. 1967,. 562.Measures Make Arithmetic Meaningful. Dec. 1956,

247-48..

A3

s,,MEMORIALS ANTx TRIBUTES Subject ', 99.

Measuring With Maps. May)' 1967, 393-95.Metrication in Britain. Apr: 1973, 261-64.Metric Is Here, So Let's Get, On with It. May

1973, 400-402; Oct. 1973, 424.The Metric System in Grade 6. Jan. 1964, 36-313.The Metric System in the Elementary Grade{. Miy

1967, 349-53.The Metric System IS Simplel Apr. 1961, 179.The Metric System--Let's Emphasize Its Use in

Mathematics. May 1973, 395-96. .The Metric System: Past, PresentFuture? Apr.

1973, 247-55. _._Miss America in Metric. May 1973, 399.No Time on Their Hands. Feb, 1973, 102-8.Of Number Lines and Regions. Apr. 1969, 322.On the Level. Mar. 1956, 58.

, Piaget . Number and Measurement. Nov. 1963,419-27.

Quantitative Aspects of Science at the PrimaryStage. Dec. 1967, 641-44.

The Sands of Timba Sandglass Approach toTelling Time. Feb: 1972, 123-25.

Schools Are 'Going Metric. Apr. 1973, 265-67.-A Study of thp Quantitative Values of Fifth and.

Sixth Grade 'Pupils. Nov. 1960, 333-40.Teaching about "About." Feb. 1973, 129-33.Tea19c5h7hr 18C2-8on3s eaConcepts of Linear Measurement. Oct.

Teaching Measurement in a Meaningful Way. Apr.1960, 494-98, 207.

Teaching the Metric Sys,' tem As Part of CompulsoryConversion in the United States. May 1973,390,94:.

Teaching Time Concepts to Culturally Disad-vantaged P'tirleary-Age Children. May 1967,'358-64.

,Thinking abdut Measurement. May 1971, 332.18. '1Titfli and Distance, Mar. ,1956, 58.A Unit of Medsure. Noy. 1966, 585-86. -. a.Using Stream Flow to Develop Measuring Skills.

Feb. 1972, 88-89.Usling973the38Cosi9.Compass for Outdoor Mathematics. May

The Value of -PI Feb. 1963, 100.The Volumo,of a Sphere. ?via), 1960, 268

de.

e

"We Made It and It Works!" The ClassroomConstruction of Sundials. Apr. 1970,-301-4,

What Am.l. Ever Going to Use That For? Mar.1913, 188-91.

Wishful Thinking in Metric. Jan. 1962, 19.You 45d the Metric System. Dec. 1964, 576-80.

Media. See Audiovisual materials; Books ant%materials; Instructional materials; InstructionalTV

Memokals and tributes

Appreciation Extended to E. Glenadine Gibb. Oct.1966, 447.

Clark Elected honorary President. Oct. 1970, 456Clifford Brewster Upton. Dec. 1957, !V.The Distinguished Achievement Award for Ex-

cellence in Teacher Education. Nov. 1967, 554.From the Editor. Oct.' 1960, 302.Herbert SlaughtUnusual 'teacher. Feb. 1962, 70.In Memoriam. May 1961, 264:In Memoriirri. May 1966, '387.In 'MemoriamJohn Harrison Minnick. May

1967, 361.,In Memory of Arden K. Ruddell Dec. 1968, 712.A Tribute to br Lyle W. Ashby. Nov. 1970. 604.A Tribute .to-Afin Phelps Everett. Oct, 1970, 457.Virgil S. Mallory. Nov. 1959, 286.

.

,

ipo Subjict I MODELS

Models. See Manipulative materials

Mialiplication

4

The Abseils and MultipliCation. Max. 1956, 65.ChRdren's Responses to ,Tvio Types of Multiplica-

tion Problems: Apr. 1966, 288-92.Comments on Ancient Egyptian. Multiplication.

Apr. 1764, 254-57.Concepts to Enhance the Study of Multiplication

Feb. 1963, 95-97.Counting: New Road to Multiplication. Apr.

1969, 311-13.Discovering the Multiplication Facts. Oct 1959,

195-98, 208.Disguised Practice for Multiplication and 'Addition

of Directed Numbers. May 1969, 397-98.Double and Double Again. Nov. 1970, 613-14.,Early Development of Concepts of Multiplication

and Division. Feb. 1965, 143-44.Editorial Feedback. Nov. 1967, 579-80; Dec. 1967,

673-74; May 1968, 452; Dec. 1970, 684-85.Effortless Multiplication. Apr.-1967, 307.8 = Turkey. Apr. 1971, 268-70.An Experiment in the Teaching of Introductory

Multiplication. Mir. 1965, 199-203.Finger Multiplication. Apr. 1967, 260.Finger Muhiplication. Apr. 1968, 34143.Fourteen Different Strategies for Multiplication of

°Integers or Why ( -1) ( -1) == +1. May 1972,396403.

Grisly Grids. May'1969357-59.Graupingan Aid in Learning Multiplication and

'11ivision Facts. Jan. 1961, 27-'31.Helping Chfichen Learn Multiplication Facts. Mar.

1962, 149-51.Illustrating the Multiplication and Division of Com-

'Mon Fractions. May 1963, 268-71. a .

Learning Multiplication Facts.-More Than a Drill.Oct. 1971,, 366-67. .

Letters to the Editor. Apr. 1963, 204, Nov. 1964,505; Feli 1965, 112; Mar. 1965, 215; Nov. 1965,522; /an. 1966, 25; Oct. 1968,498.

Making Multiplication Colorful.' Ian: 1964, 43-44."%Meaning fot Multiplication of Fractions. Mark

'1958, 89-90.A Meaningful ApproaCh. to Cancellation. Feb.

1956,. 29-30. .

MeaningS in Multiplication. Apr. 1959, 148-51,166.

`Measurement and PartitionComrnutativity of'Multiplicatticm. Apr..1964, 258 -59.

A Model for Teaching Multiplication of FractionalNumbers. Jan. 1973, 5-9. .

Multi-bet. Dec. 1973, 694 -95.Multiplication Football. Mar. 4970, 2.36-37.Multiplication for the Slow Learnet, Feb. 1962,

74-76.Multiplication in Black and White. Jan. 1964,

44-45. -.Multiplication Is Repeatecl Addition.; Nov. /965',.

550-51.MultiplicationLogical or Pedagogical? Feb.

1968, 158-60.Multiplication Mastery via the Tape' Recorder.

Nov. 1970, 581-82.Muhiplication Menlo; for Dr. Mowrer. Oct. 1962,

317-20.Multiplication, of Integers. Jan. 1965, 64.

, Multiplication of Integers. Nov." 1967, 555-56.filltiplicationRepeated Addition? May 1967,

373-76.,Multiplication Tables and Dominoes. May 1963,"283.

.

Si

Multiplication Uulimitedl May 19 ,Multiplication: Using' Equations a Postulates in

Pattenied Form. Dec. 1963, 5 13.Multiplying Fractions. Apr. 1956, 112.Napier's Rods. Practice with 'Multiplication. May

1969, 363-64.New Experiments,with Multiplication.. Dec. 1960,

381-88.A New Look at the Basic Principles of Muftitili

cation with Who Numbers. Nov. 1960, 357-01.A Note on Mul plying Fractions. Mar. 1968,

263-65.Now ,Try Thisin tiplication. Jan. 1967, 47;

Feb. 1967, 4-35.Number Line tipli alien for Negative Numbers.

Mar. 1906, 2 17.100%, Automatic espouse? Oct. 1957, 161-67.Patterns for Mul hellion. Oct. 1969, 498 -99;

Mar. 1970, 226.Pegboard Multiplication of a Fraction by a Fran

tion. Feb. 1969, 142-44.A Physical Model for Teaching Multiplication or

Integers.* Oct.,1968, 525-28.Presenting Multiplication' of Counting Numbers

on an Array Matrix. Dec. 1969, '615-16.A Psychologist Views (with Alarm) the -Mathe-

matical Concepts of "Multiplication" and "Di-vision." Jan. 1962, 3-9.

A Rationale for Duplation-Mediation Multiplying.Apr. 1964, 251-53.

A Rationale in Working with Signed Numbers 'Revisited. Nov. 1966, 654-67.

The Reform Movement in Arithmetic and theVerbal Problem. Jan. 1963, 3-6.

A Romantic Excursion into the MultiplicationTable. Dec. 1969, 609-13,

The Russian- Peasant Algorithm. Rediscovety andExtension. Jan. 1973, 29-32.

A Teiching Aid for Signed Numbers. Nov. 1966,589-90.

leaching Multiplication Facts Need Not Be Grim.Oct. 1964 297-99.

Three Views of' the Multiplier. Apr1965, 275176.Times of the Times. Oct. 1963, 334-38.Two Approaches to the Algorism for MulliPlica-Aion-of Fractional Numbers. Nov. 1965, 552-55.

'Understanding Multiplication and Division ofMultidigit Numbers. May.1972, 340-54.

Understanding the Russian Peasant. Jan..I973,', 33-35:'The. Use of Models in Mathematics Instruction.

itittA 1964, 157-65. 'Visual Aid for Multiplication and Division of Frac-

tions. Jan. 1967, 44-46,,Why "Indent" in Multipl,fation? , Dec. 1956,

230-41.Yahoo --4 Game for Fun and Skill. Apr. 1967,

284, 288.

NCTM

Affilirriez1 groupsAffiliated Group Officers and editors. May 1963,

304142; May 1964, 36473; Feb. 1961. 153-63; ,Feb, .1966, 152-63; Feb. 1967, 144:56; Feb.1968, 18301; Apr. 1969, 325-34; 'Apr., 1970,352-62; Mir. 1971, 194-205, Apr. 1972, 315-26,Apr. 1973, 306-18.

Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Delegate As-sembly. Feb. 1962, 100-104. \

Proceedings of the Thirteenth Annual, beepteAssembly. Apr: 196), 224-27.

Proceedings of "the Fifteenth Annual Delegate Assembly. Dee. 1964, 57 -89. ,.,

. 114,

ti

.

4

NCTM, MEETINGS I Subject 101

Proceedings of the,,Sixteenth Annual Delegate As-sembly. Dec. 1965, 660-61.

Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Delegate`Assembly. Mar. 1967, 234-37.

Proceedings of the Eighteenth Annual DelegateAssembly. Mar. 1968, 281-83.

`Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Delegate .Asseinbly. Feb. 1969, -156-57.

Committee rePortsa,

. i_,

Aids,for XvIatiators of Mathematics Textbooks.- May' 1965, 388-94.

Annual Financial Report. Jan. 1971, 60-61; Jan.,1972, 76-79; Dec. 1972, 675-76.

The Arithmetic Teacher--71tems from the Annuli,Report of the Editor: Apr. 1957, 139-40.

Boarll Action on ,1969 Delegate Assembly Reso -.lutions. Feb. 1970, 175-78.

Board Action en1970 Delegate Assembly Resolu-tions. Feb. 1971, 119-23.

Board Action on'1971 Delegate Assembly, Resolu-tions. Mar. 1972, 241-45.

Board Action on 1972 Delegate Assembly Resolu-.(ions. Feb. 1973,"154-56. a

Council Announcements (1957). Apr. 1957, 111.Federal Funds \for the Improvement of Mathe-

matics Education. Oct. 1965, 496-99.Golden Jubilee Year Activities. Nov. 1969, 581-89.The Guidelines for the Preparation of 'teachers

" .of Mathematics. Dec.' 1973, 705-7.Mathematical Competencies and S415 Essential

- for Enlightened Citizens. Nov. 19,2 , 601-7.Membeghip Report. Dec. 1960, 432-35.The National Council's Committee on Arithmetic.

- Mar. 1959, 104-5. .

Newly Eletted O(Bcers. May 1963, 255.The 1958 Budget. Oct. 1958,'221-22.The 1960761 Budget. Oct. 1960, 321 -22.The 1961 Budget. Oct. 1961, 314-15.The 1962 Budget. Oct. 1962, 351-52. .The 1963-64 Budget. Oct. 1963, 378-81.The 1964-65 Budget. Oct 1964, 447.The,,1965-66 Budget Oct. 1965, 494-95. 1

The 1966-67 Budget. Oct. 1966, 512. . .

The 1967/68 Budget. Dec. 1967, 691-92.:4 The 1968/69 Budget. Nov:1968, 659-60. 4

The 1969/7,0 Budgets Noy.. 19690593.94.'The 1958 Election, Resulii,',Qcti; /958, 222.- . :Nominations foi,*.the 1966Election..:Npv. 1965,

582. ,

Nominationa fin the 1967,Fiection..Nov, 146, 603,..-Nominations for; thi' 1968 Erection. Nov, 147;

603-8.. - ...

'Nominations for the 1969 Electkin. Nov 1966% 655.t ,-

tiominittion_qt-the 1970 Electiob. NoY.1969,.589. .-)fominaticiaAlor: 'the, 199 f;Blection. Nov. 1970,

627'. 1..,,;, s. -.ie.; , .

Nominnucnii for the-.1972 Electicin. Nov. 1971,536-37:

Nominations or the 1973 Election. Oct. 1972,508;Nominations for the 1974 Election. Oct. 1973, 514.NOminees fo 1968 Election. Jan. 1968, 74-81. vNominees fo 1969 Elections. Jan: 1964, 72-79.The Operati Budget. Nov. 1959, 284-85. .Receipts and Expenditures. Oct. 1958, 221.Report of the Committee on Nominations. Jan.

1

/".

19691 71:Report .of theCommlttee on Nominations. Jan.

1976, 87-93. See also Feb. 1970,150*Report of ithe Membership Committee. Nov. 1956,

216-18; Apt. 1957, 133,35; Dec. 1957.,269-73; ,Apr, I? /1, 156 -57; Oct. 1958, 223-24; Oct. 1961,321:45.

A.

A Report of the Coinmittee on thei369tdichiever.. Nov. 1968, 661-62.

Report of the Nominating Committee, Feb. 1956,33-40;-Feb. 1957, 35-42; Feb. 1958, 46-54; Dec.1958, 324; Feb. 1959, 56;56, Jan. 1960, 42-49;Nov. 1960, 363; Jan. 1961, 39-45; Jan. 1962,,48-56; Oct. 1962, 316; Jan. 1973, 46-54, Oct. .

1963, 346; Jan. 1964, 49-55; Nov. 1964, 517;Ian. 1965, 76-1t5 and Mar. 1965, 186; Jan. 1966,60-68; Jan. 1967, 51-60.

Report of 'the Policy Conference (Conrad HiltonHotel, Chicago, 9-10 Oct. 1959). Nov. 1959,

Stalement on Individual Differences. Feb. 1972,161-62. '

MeetingsAAAS'Annual Meeting (Washington, D.C., 26-31-December 1972). Nov. 1972, 607.

' ,AAAS-INCT/Y1 Joint MeetifigAWishingtbn, D.C.,-- .27 Decensbeit 1966). 'N v :'-1966, 605: .AAAS Seeticin on ,Ma.thimitics..(P-Ibladelihia,

'December 1971}, ,Dec. 19411 603-4::' .1 -2

Albuquer e Meeting, 14-16 February, 1974. -Dec.1973, 7 -- -

Aloha?: (2 nolulu 'Meeting, 17-21 1968).Mar.:1968, 2-20:: _

Annual Busines.f.Meeting (Buffalo, 22 April 1960)..cFeb..,1960, 103.Annual `Business Meeting (Philadelphia, 28-30

March 1957). Feb. 1957, 42. -

Annual Business. Meeting (Dallas, 3 April 1959).. Mar. 1959, 105.

The Annual Meeting (Milwaukee,' 12414 April1956). Feb. 1956, 32.

April in Charleston (5-7 April 1973). Feb. 1973,'100.

Arithmetic on the .March (Cincinnati April 1954).

Executive Secretary's reportAnnukl Financial Report. Nov. 1957, 232-33; OFt.

1959, 231; Oct: 1961, 313; Oct.-1964, 448-49;Dec. 1965, 661-63; Nov. 1966, 606-7; Dee. 1967,'9690-91; Nov. 1968, 658-59; Oct. 1969, 323;Nov. '1969, 592-93.

Auditor's Report, %Jan: 1971, 6-1-62; Dec. 1972,677-78.

Membership Report. Oct. 1462, 352-54; Nov. 1963,460-61; Noy. 1964, 514-15; Nov. 1965, 584;

, Oct. 1966, 513. ..Memberships and Subscriptions. Nov. 1967, 609;

Nov. 1968,657-58; Nov. 1969, 591-92; Dec.1971, 602; Nov. 197; 408; Nov. 1973, 615.

New Membefship and Subscription Dues. 'Feb.1958, 59.

Receipts and EXpenditurcs for the*Piscal Year,tune I., 1954-May 31, 1955: Oct. 1955, 93k

Report o the Executive Secretary. Nov. 1971, 521,-30; Oct 1972, 500-501.

Finances,' See Comniittee report.? t

c,-

' Oct. 1954, 16-14.All t Meeting, 25-27 October 1973. Oct. 1973,

5

The Atingle Meeting (19,21 November- 1964).Oct. -1964, 449 -50.

Atlantic City Meeting, 16-18 March 1972. Jan.1972, 57.

Billings, Montana Meeting August 18-20. May1969, 345.

Birmingham Beckons (28-30 October 1971). Oct.1971, 405.

The Boston Ivleeting. (13-16 April 1955). Feb.1955, 24.

Boston Meeting to Be Held November 14-16. Oct.968, '584.

102 'Subject NCTM, MEETINGq

Boulder MeetingAugust 16-19. May 1970, 365.California Conference (Los Angeles, 20' June-

3 July 1956): Apr. 1956, 103.Cedar Rapids Meetidsk August 21-24. May 1968,

441.Change of Dates (Summer Meeting, Madison,

Wisconsin). Jan. 1962, 2,Christmas Meeting in New York City,tDecember

29-30; 1958. Oct. 1958, 177.Christmas Meeting in Tempe, Arizona, December

27-30; 1960. Nov. 1960, 376.Christmas Meeting (Tempe, Arizona, 27 -30 D;:cem-.

ber 1960). Oct. 1960, 301.The Cincinnati Meeting; April 20-24, 1954. Feb.

1954, 11.Cincinnati Meeting=Noveniber 11-12, 1966. Oct.

1966, 4,75. .

Cleveland41;,etingNovember 13-15, 1969. Oct.1969, ,

Coeur d'Alene MeetingApril 4.-11, 1970., Feb.° 1970, 115."Come to Columbus in October!" (21-23 October 4.

1971). Oct. 1971, 411. jCome to *Edmonton in October (4-6 October

1973). Oct. 1973, 436. - ....--'tome to Minneapolis to Help Kick Off the Golde

Jubilee! (23-26 April 1969). Mar. 1969, 211.Come to the ,Big g in the Big Town (NeMee

York City, 13-16 nil 1966). Jan. 1966, 29.Come to the Isle f Enchantment! (San Juan,

28130 June 1970). Feb. 1970, 102.Come Where the Action Is! (Pittsburgh,, 24-26

October 1968). May 1968, 478.. Convention Dates (1961-1962). Apr. 1961, 197-98.

-..

,Ctivention Previews (Chicago, 5-8 April 1961)..,.,.,.- eb._1961, 89-90. --' .

orpus Christi,. Texas -the "'Sparkling City by theSea" (17-19 October 1968). May 1968, 429..

Dallas Meeting/March 25-27, 1971. Jan., 19,71, 52.Dates of Meetings of the National Council (1957-

1958). Nov!' 195g, 195. -

Denver Meeting, 2-4 March,1972. Jan. 1972, 52.East Lansing Meeting, 23-25 ,August. Apr. 1972,

270. > ,,

Fargo-Moorhead Meeting, 16-18 itugust 1973.Mar. 1971 191.

Fiftieth Annual Meeting, Chicago, Illinois, April16-19, 1972. Mar.' 1972, 176.

41st Annual Meeting (Houston, 25-28 April 1973).Feb. 1973, 149.

"Fifty-first Annual Meeting--LHouston,'Texas, 25-28 April 1973. 'Mar. 1973, 224.

- 52d Annual Meeting (Atlantic 'City, 17-20 April1974). Nov. 1973, 614.

Forthcoming National Council MeetingsApril,' June, August. Jan. 1960; 8. ...

Fortieth &vial Meeting (SanFrancisco, 16-18''...,;'.A'pril 19b2). Jan. 1962, 21.

Fortieth Annual Meeting (San Francisco; 15-18April, 196), Feb. 1962; 66.

,

Fort Worth, '.Where' the Best/West Begins (15-17August 1971 Mar. 1973, 24f.

, Forty,- eighth` Annngl Meeting -Wuhington, D.C.April 1:-.4, 1970. itr. 100, 219.

' Forty-fifth, Annuli'. MeetingLas Vegas, Nevada(18-2C4Pril 1967). Feb. 1967, 106.

Forty-fifth' Annual ,.Meeting Mr:als ffir SpecialGroups (Las yegan April 1967) Oct. 1966,484. ',' ,'''

Forty-first' Annual Meeting (Pittsburgh, 3-6 April1963). Feb. 1961, 101. ,

FOrty sixth Annual Meeting-+a Philadelphia, 17'20April 1968. 'Feb. 1968, 153.,

#

'Golden Jubilee Year Activities of the Affiliated

Groups. Dec. 1969, 657-63. .

Highlights for Elementary Teachers at the AnnqalMeeting (San Francisco, 16-18 April 1962).Mar. 1962, 148.

,Hot Sprints MeetingN2vember 7-9. Oct. 1968,491.

How about Albuquerque in Fibruary? (12-14February 1970). Jan. 1970, 95.

Illinois Council Meetings. Mar. 1958, 101.Illinois Council' Meetings. Feb. 1957, 12.Indianapolis Meeting, 4-6 October 1973. Oct.

1973, 424,Indianapolis MeetingMay 4-6, 1967. May 1967,

412.Joint Meeting with AAAS (Boston, 29 December

v. 1969, 538.1969)foint

M with AAAS (Dallas, 27 December1968). ov. 1968, 648.

-.Mint Meeting with MAA (Dallas, 2'1-29 January1973). Dec. 1972, 678.

Joint Meeting with MAA (Denver, 30 January1965$..Dec. 1964,-590.

Joint Meeting' with MAA, January 23-24, 1971.(Atlantic City). Dec. 1970,.:656.

Joint Meeting with NEA (Atlantic City, 28 'June1961). May 1961, 268.

Joint ting with NEA (Dallas, 2 July 1968).y 1968, 399.

in Meeting Fith NEA (Denvai, 4 July 1962).May 1962, 262.

Joint Meeting with NEA (New York City, 29 June1965). May 1965, 387.

Joint Meeting with NEA (2 July 1970). May1970, 416.,

Joint NCTMIMAA-AAAS Session in December(Philadelphia, 28 December 1971). Nov. 1971,

) 469.Joint NCTM-NEA Convention, July 1 (Phila-

delphia). May 1969, 359.Kalamazoo Meeting, August 11-13. May 1969, 378.K-College Sessions in Richmond, November 16-18.

Oct. 1967, 440.Knoxville Meeting, March 20-22. Jan. 1969, 58.Knoxville Meeting, 9-11 November 1972. Oct.

.1972, 430.Las Vegas Meeting/13-15 February 1972. Dec.

1971, 550.Los Angeles MeetingFebruary 21-23. Dec. 1968,

722.Mathematics Institutes (1957). Apr. 1957, 138.Meeting in Chicago, February 22-24. Dec. 0967,'

659.' Meeting in Kansas City, November 16-18. Oct.

1967, 440. .

Memphis Meeting,November 6-8, 1969. Oct.1969,184.

MilwauEee MeetingAugust 26'28. Maya, 1970,452.

Montreal.' MeetingAugust 21-24, 1967. May1967, 364.

Montreal Meeting, November 5-7, 1970. Oct.1970, 491.

More Convention Notes ^(Pittsburgh, 3-6 April1963). Feb. 1963, 67.

NCTM and NEA at St. Louis (1 July 1959). Anr.fit1959, 147.

NCTM-MAA Joint Meeting (New Orleans, 25-27January 1969). Dec. 1968, 686.

Ncw Jersey.Institute (7-16 July 1954). Feb. 1954,30.

Ncw Orleans MeetingMarch 2-4, 1967. Jan.1967, 39r

New York City MeetingDecember 28-30, MO..Nov. 197ff, 95.

,

.1

Igew York State Meeting (Syracuse, 1-2 May1959). Apr: 1959, 171. 1

Notice of Annual Businest Meeting (Chicago,6 April 1961). Jan. 1961, 26; Fe6)1961, 76.

Numeration for Springfield Meeting, .8 ,10 Novem-' ber 1973. Oct. 1973, 517. ,

Omaha Meeting (18-20 November 1971). OCt.1971, 424.

Other) Announcements. Oct: 1962, 355.Pass the News Along (Beaumont, Texas meeting',

10-12 February 1972). ,Dec; 1971, 597.Philadelphia Meeting, 15-47 March 1973. Jan.:1973, 77..

Phoenix Meeting, March 14-16. Jan. 1968, 22.Plan Now for the Summer MeetingAugust 19-21,

1957 at Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota.Mar. 1957, 81. ..

Plan- Now to Attend the Winter Meeting ( ash-ington, D.0, 27-30 December 1955). Nov.1955, 112. ro

Plan to AttendPortland Meeting, 21-23 Feb.1974. Dec. 1973, 709.

Preview of Summer Meeting in Vancouver (!&-28August 1965). May 1965, 340.

Pieviewthe Forty-third Annual Meting, April21-24, 19'65, Detroit, Michigan.. Dec. 1964, 560.

ProfaLsional Dates. Jan. 1961, 45; Feb. 1961, 82,85; Mar. 1961, 140; Apr: 1961,"197-98, May1961, 26§;, Oct. 1961, 3261 Nor. 1961, 352; Dec.1961, 403; Jan. 1962, 57;' Feb. 1962, 105-6; Mar.1962, 165-66; Apr. 1962, 232-33, May 1962, 300;Oct. 1962, 355; Nov. 1962, 408; Jan. 1963, 55;Feb. 1963, 102-3, Mar. 1963, 165-66; Apr. 1963,229-30; May 1963, 315; Oct: 1963, 385-86;Nov. 1963, 463-64, Dec. 1963, 520; Jan. 1964,55-56; Feb. 1964, 130-31; Mar. 1764, 214-16;Apr. 1964r 278-79; May 1964, 378; Oct. 1964,450-51; Nov. 1964, 518; Dec. 1964, 589-90; Jan.1965, 85-86; Feb. 1965, 163-64, Mar. 1965, 237-38; Apr. 1965, 298-99; May 1965, 402; Dec,1966, 466.

Program for the Forty-second Annual Meeting(Miami Beach, 22-25 Apkil 1964). Feb. 1964,129.

Program PreviewsSuipmer, 1962 (Madison, Wis-consin, 15-17 August 1962). May 1962, 257, 297.

Raleigh MeetingOctober 9-11, 1969.. Oct. 1969,418.

Regional ;Conference in Fort Lauderdale (14 16October 1971), Oct. 1971, 415.

Registrations at Minneapolis Meetiig. Dec. 1964,588.

RegistratioOt NCTM Conventions. Nov. 1961,378-80; Nov. 1962, 406-7; Nov. 1963,, 461-63;Nov. 1964, 513-14; Nov. 1965, 582-83; Nov.1966, 604-5; Dec. 1967, 692-94; Nov. 1968, 656-57; Nov. 1969, 589-91; Dec. 1971, 602-3; Nov.1972, 608; Nov. 1973, 615-16.

Remember These Convention Dates. Nov. 1260,375.

Sacramento MeetAg, March 129-31. JCL 968, 29.Sackville (Canada) Meeting, 13 25. August .1972.

Apr. 1972, 260.St. LoubDecenther 27-29, 1954. Dec. 1954, 12.St. Louis Meeting, March 13-15. Jan. 1969, 6.Salt LakVity Meeting, March 20-22. Jan. 1969,

15.San Angelo Meeting (26-28 December 1963). Nov.

1963, 445.San Antonio Meeting, February 5-7: Dec. 1169,

642. .San Diego MeetingMarch 12-14, 19,70. Jan.

1970, 38. -San Diego MeetingMarch 12 14. Mar. 1970, 269.

4

NCTM,,,M4ETINOS Subject 103. 410,

San Francisco Meeting, 22-24 March 1973. Jan.19n, 59.

San Juan Meeting, June 28 30, 1970. Nov. 1969535.

Saskatoon.(Canada) Meeting, 23 25 August 1972.Apr. 1972, 298.

The Seattle Meeting (August 1954). Dec. 1954,28-29.

Sectional Conferences in Illinois. Feb. 1962, 80.Seventeenth 'Christmas Meeting (State College,

Arkansas, 2! -29 December' 1956). ". Dec. 1956,241.

Sioux Falls, South Dakota Meeting, 26-211oclober1972. Oct. 1972, 425.

Special Arithmetic Mattmgs (Washinath, D.C.,27-29 December 1955). Dec. 1955, 140-41.

Spokane, Washington the Lilac City (8-p March1973). Jan. 197S, 12. '

Spring MeetingApril 2.1-23, 1960. Feb. 1960,107,

Summer Institutes. Apr, 1955, 54,Summer 'Institutes and Workshops (July). Apr.

1954; 27.Summer Meeting (Eugene, Oregon, 22-24 August

1963t. Mar. 1963, 164; May 1963, 285.Summer Meeting, August 18-21 at Northfield,

Minnesota. Apr. 1957, 124.Summer Meeting,, Colorado State College of Ede

cation at Greeley, August 19-20, 1958. Apr.1958; 160.

Summer Meetings in Miami Beach and in Calgary.Tampa MeetingOct. 19-21, 1967. May 1967,, 357.38th Alma! MeetingBufralo, April 21-2'3. Mar.

1960, 159-60.The Thirg-fifth Annual Convention ?Philadelphia,

27-30 March 1957). Feb. 1957, 42-44.35th Annual Convention (Philadelphia, 27-30

March 1957). Mar. 1957, 69.The 37th, Annual Meeting (Dallas, 31 Ma29h-

4 April 1959). Feb. 1959, 46-48.Thirty-sixth Annual ConVention (Cleveland, 10-12

April 1958). Feb. 1958, 57-58.To Boston 'for the Latest (11-13 Novimber 1971).

, Oct. 1971, 388.Toronto Meeting, 1-4 November 1973. Oct. 1973,

514. ,Tucson Meeting, 15-17 February 1973. Dec. 1972,

680.Twenty-first Summer Meeting (20 23 August 1961).

May 1961, 267-68.Twenty third Summer Meeting (Eugene, Oregon,

22-24 August 1963). Apr. 1963, 227-28.The Washington Meeting, Dec. 27 30, 1955. Oct.

1955, 92.Welcome, New Forty- Niners! (Anaheim, 14-17

April 1971). Feb. 10,71, 112.Wichita Meeting, March 4-6, 1971. Jan. 1971, 64.Will You Be Attending the San Angelo,, ,Texas

Meeting? Dec. 1963, 513.,Winnipeg Meeting, October 15-17, 1970. 'Oct.

1970, -'550:Your Professional Dates. Oct. 1965, 499 pot kvc.

, 1965..'589; Dec. 1965, 663-64; Jan. 1966, 73 -74;Feb. 1966, 163-64; Mar. 1966, -249-50; Apr.1966, '333-34; May 1966, 434;p44 1966, 518-19;Nov. 1966, 608; Dec. 19667-692, Jan. 1967, 61-62; Feb. °1967, 157-58; Mar. 1967, 237-39; Apr.1967, 320-21, May 1967, 418.19; Oct. 1967,527-28; Nov: 1961, 610; Dec. 1967, 694-95; Jan.1968, 82 -83; Peb. 1968, 192-93, Mar. 1968,.283-85; Apr. 1968, 378-80; May 1968, 476-78; ,Oct.1968, 583-84; Nov. 1968, 663-64; Dec. 1968, 747 -48; Jan. 1969, 79-80; Feb. 1969, 158-60; Mar.1969, 238-40; Apr. 1969, 334-36, May 1969,

1.

104 Sublect. NCTM, MEMB4RSHIS

419-20; Oct. 1969, 514-15; Nov. 1969, 594-95;Dec. 1969, 663-64; Jan. 1970, 93-95; Feb. 1970,,180-81; Mar. 1970, 273-75; Apr. 1970, 362-64;May 1970, 451-52; Oct. 1970, 547-49; Nov.19/0, 627-28; Dec. 1970, 686; Jan. 1971, 63-64;Feb. 1971, 124-26; Mar. 1971, 206-8; Apr. 1971,271-72; May 1971, 352,-cover 3$ Oct. 1971, 433-34; Nov. 1971, 537-38; Dec. 1971 604-5; Jan.1972, 79-80; Feb. 1972, 162-rMar. 1972,,

.246-48; Atr. 1972, 326-28; M 1972, 407-8;Oct. 1972, 509-11; Nov. 1972, 609-11; Dec.1972, 679-80; Jan. 19'13,/8 -79; Feb. 1873, 157-59; Mar. 1973, 238-41; Apr. 1973, 3181 -20; May1973, 415-17; Oct. 1973, 515-17; Nov. 1973,616-17; Dec. 1973, 708-9.

Yuletide Joint Meeting: NCTM-AAAS (Chicago,29 December. 1970). Nov. 1970, 623.

Membership. See e' ommittEe reports

MinutesArticles of Incorporation. Oct. 1961, 315-.16; Nov.

1965. 585.Bylain. Oct. 1961, 316-18; Nov.. 1965, 586-88;

Oct. 1969, 507-9.Minutes of the Annual Business Meeting. (Phila-

delphia, 29 March 1957.) Nov. 1957, 229-32.(Cleveland, 11.,.April 1958.) Oct. 1958,

218-20.(Dallai, 3 April 1959.) Oct. 1959, 226-30.(Buffalo, 22 April 1960.) Oct. 1960,

316-21. ,(Chicago, 6 April 1961.) Oct. 1961,

309-12. . 's(San Francisco, 16 April 1962.)

1962, 348:50.. (Pittsburgh, 4 April 1963.) (Oct. 1963,

375-78.. (Miami' Beach, -123 April 1964.) Oct.

1964, 442-46.(Detroit, 22 April 1965.) -Oct. 1965,

490-94.(New York City,- 14 April 1966.) Oct.

1966, 510-11.(Las Vegas, 7\0 April 1967.) Oct. 1967,

526-27.(Philadelphia; 18 Apnl 4968.1.Oct. 1968,

575 -76.(Minneapolis; 24 April 1969.), Oct.,1969,

-

(Washington, D.C., 2 Ault 1970.) Oct.1970, 541-42.

.(Anaheim, 15 April 1971.) Nov. 1971,530-31.

(Chicago, 17 April 1972.) Oct. 19721501-3.

(Houston, 26 ..April 1973.) Oct. 1973,508-10.

Minutes of the Annual Business Session (Milwau-kee, 13 April 1956). Oct. 1956, 168-69.

Minutes of the Board Meeting (Northfield, Minne-sota, August 18-21, 1957). Feb. 1958, 55-57.

Minutes, of the Ninth Delegate Assembly (Cleve-land, April 9-12, 1958). Oct. 1958, 224-27.

Proposed Amendments to the Bylaws with Explana-tory Notes. Mar..1965, 235-37.

A Proposed Amendment to the Bylaws. Feb. 1964,129.

PrOposed Bylaw Changes. Mar. 1969, 234-37. .

Miscellanebus'Announcement (Alithmetic Teacher .-Piiblication

Schedule). Nov. 1959, 277.Announcement (Mathematics Education Materials

Available from NCTM). Mar. 1964, 210.

Oct

Announcing a New Film. May 1964, 307.Annual Meeting "Snapshots." May 196T, 286, 297.Attention. Elementary School Personnel. Dec.

1971, 546.Awaited In-service Film Series Completed. Dec.

1965, 664.Back Issues of the Arithinctic Teacher., 1954-60.

Dec. 1964, 539.Back Issues of the Arithmetic T er Are Now ,

Available. Jan. 1961, 46.Back Issues of the Journals and '11 NCTM Year-

books Now Available., JaA: 1968, 25.Behavorial Objectives in Mathematics. Dec. 1971,

558. -N

Building Dedication Plans, Apr. 1973, 321. ')Call for Candidates. Jan. 1961, 18.Call for Research Manuscripts. Apr. 1969, 275.Call for ReesearchManuscripts: May 1969, 411.Call for Research Papers., Nov. 1968, 662-63. 7,Call for Suggestions for Candidates. Mar. 1963,

114; Apr. 1963, 178; May 1963, 279.A Call Issued for Research Papers,. Feb. ,1968,

100.,Capsule History of the NCTM. Feb. 1970, 133-42t;

Apr. 1970, 346. -Classified Advertisements. Mar. 1967, 197; Apr.

1967, 291; Jan. 1968, 63.Committee on Eaucational Media.-Apr. 1964, 232.Committee on International Education. Apr. 1964,

241.k'TM Conference on Performance ,Contracting.

Oct. 1971, 369.Discovery Teachingfrom, Socrates to Modernity.

Oct 1970, 303-10.Due Off<Press This Summer. May 1964, 325.Experiments in Mathematics. Mai. 1961, 137.Extra Copies, Reprints Microeditions of the

Arithmetic Teacher.Financial Support for rch. Feb. 1962, 95.Financial Support for R Nil. Apr. 1962, 214.First Volume in a Series of "Classics." Apr. 1968,

346. ,

Foreign Publications. Mar. 1964, 206.FordIgn,Texts and Journals Collected. Oct. 1967,

452.46th Annual MeetingMean for Special Groups.

Oct. 1967, 440.47th Annual MeetingMeals for Special Groups.

Oct. 1968, 576.48th Annual MeetingMeall for Special Groups. ,

Oct. 1969, 505.49th Annual MeetingMeals for Spdcial Groups.

Oct. 1970, 550.From the Records! Feb. 1964, 103. ,

The Geometric Continuum. May 1970, 403-12.A-Giant for NCTM. May .1973, 325-27. ,Golden ubile ar..Nov. 1967, 548.The Golden Jubiles Year, or, From Jazz to Janus .

(1920-1970). Jan. 1970, 43-54.Growth of the Arithmetic Teacher,' 40111. 1968, 4.An Importaht Announcement (Arithmetic Teacher -

Publication Schedule.) Oct. 1 55, 76.An Important Announcement NCTM Member-

ship). Apr, 1955, 32.Invocation (Las Vegas Conven ion). Feb. 1968,

147.Life-Membership'Plan Institute Oct. 1967, 452;

Jan:1-968, 18'..Locator. Tile Built for Talent Mathematics, Edu-

cation. Die. 1966, 690.Low-Achiever Conferente. Jan 1966, 37.ManuscriptsVanted. May 197 , 295.Mathematics Student Journal News Nov. 1963,

427.

8

Nem, PRESIDENT'S MESSAGES Subject' 105. . .00

May it Be Knoyn. May 1961, 725.NCTM Announces New- committee. Oct 1963,

353.NCTM Committee gay Publish informal News-

letter on Research. Feb. 1968, 155.NCTM Cooperates with School Librarians. Dec.

1966, 691.Never Underestimate the Inner-City Child. Nov.

1970', 587-95.A New Editor..for the Arithmetic Teacher. Feb.

1960, 106.A Naw Home. Oct. 1965, 471.Newly Elected Officers. May 1965, 342.Newly Elected Officers. May 1966, 362.The 1963 ElectiOn. Mar. 1962, 133, Apr. 1962,,

1/4192.

1967 'Election. May 1966, 427.1968 Electicin. Mar. 1967, 234.1969 Election. Mar. 1969, 281.1970 Election. Mar. 1969; 237.

Feb. 1971, 124.1972 Election.Nominees for 1973 Election. Fet 1972, 161.Nominees-for 1974 Election. Jan. 1973, 77.

' Nominees for the 1965 Election of Officers and, Directors. Mar. 1964, 168.Old Yearbooks to' Be Reprinted. N. 1966, 6051Plans for Professional Placement Service. Dec.

1962, 465.Policy on the Tapirur. of Speeches at. Conventions.

Oct. 1964, 451..... 4 'Proposed Amendments to the Bylaws with Ea -

'-planatory Notes. Mar. 1965, 235-37.Reggints of AT Articles Are Now Available. Dec.

.. PJ117, 651. .Ringing in the New. (New SectionReviewing &

Viewing). Nov. 1971, 440.Savings" ossible pn Convention 'Travel. Jan. 1967,

41, 47:Science and Ma tics Teaching Conference to

Be Held in Oct ber. Ott. 1967, 452.'n Mathematics. May 1965, 395.

Solicitation of Nominees. Feb. 1970, 178-79.A Space to Live In. Dec. 1970, 663-69.Special- Binders Are Alnulable for the Arithmetic

Teacher. Nov. k1966, 563; Jan. 1967, 50.Specialist in Elementary Mithematics. Jan, 1962,

40.Specialized I: f Mathematics Educators. Nov.

1966, 572; ,A "Special" CTM Members. May 1965, 354.A Summer Trip A cad? Apr. 1965, 270.Two New NCTM Publications. Jan. 1968, /3,VOTE. Feb. 1973, 159.What Does NCTM Spell? Mar. 1970, 227-30.Will You Contribute to a Forthcoming Yearbook?

Nov. 1960, 361; Dec. 1960, 399; Jan. 1961, 20;Feb. 1961, 68.. Women of Mathematics. Apr. 1970, 316-24. .

Yearbook Committee Needs Your Help. Feb. 1967,158.

Yearbook Committee Needs Your Help. Jan. 1968,83. ,

Yearbook Conrinittee Welcomes Ideas. Apr. 1963,198; May 1963, 258.

Your Recommendations Requested. May 1965, 34a.Your Suggestions Requested. Apr. 1964, 234.

A

Officer committees, projects, and representativesr

The Wow Learner

Committees and Representatives, 1960 -196. Feb.1961, 86-89.

Committees an Representatives L1961- 196,2). Oct1962, 319-20.

Committees and Representatives (1962-1963). Nov.1962, 404-6.

Committees apd Representatives (1963-64). Oct1963, 381-84.

Committees and Representatives (1964-65). Nov.1964, 510-13. 4

Committees and Ftewesentatives (1964-65)Su-p-plementary List, January, 1968. Apr. 1965, 297.

Committees add Representatives, 1966/67Sup-plemental List. Apr. 1967, 319.

Committees and Representatives, 067/68-:Supple-mental List Apr. 1968, 378.

Committees and Representatives, 1968/691--Sup-plemental List. Feb. 1969, 157-58.

Committees and Representatives, 1969-70 (Sup-plemental List). Feb. 1970, 179-80.

Committees and Representatives, 1970/71Sup-plelmental List. Feb. 1971, 123.

`Committees and Representatives, 1971-72SuPple-mental List Mar. 1972, 245 -46.

Committees, Projskty and Representatives (1965-66). Jan. 1966, 68-72.

Directors, Committees, and.Representatives, 197273Supplemental List. Feb. 1973, 156-57.

Dr. Clark Becomes an Associate Editor. Apr.1955, 39.

Eunice Lewis Appointed Vice-President, SecondarySchool Level. Mar. 1961, 130.

Marguerite Brydegaard Becomes Associate Editor..Oct. 1956; 142.

Gibb and Urbancek Two New Associate Editors.Oct. 1957, 150

More about 1960-1961 Committees. Apr. 1961,

Newly Elected Officers. May 1960, 249; May1961, 238; May 1962, 267.

Officers and Directors Elected in 1973, Oct. 1973,499-502,

Officers, Directors, Committees, Proj&ts, andRepresentatives. (1966-61.) Oct. 1966, 514-18.

. (1967/68.) Nov. 1967, 604-9.. (1968/69.) Oct. 1968, 578-82.

(1969/76.) Oct 1969, 509-14.. (1970/71.) Oct. 1970, 543-47.. (1971-72.) Nov. 1971, 531-16.

(1972-73.) Oct. 1972, 503-8.(1973-74.) Oct. 1973, 510:14.

Operating Committes (1959-1960). Oct. 1959,232-34.

Projects and Panels. Oct. 1963, 384-851 Nov. 1964, ,515-16.

Projects and PanelsSupplementary List-January,1965. Apr. 1965, 297.

Representatives. May 1963, 313-14; May 1964,373-7,7; May 1965, 396-401; May 1966, 428-33;May 1967, 413-18, May 1968, 472-76, May1969, 414-19; May 1970, 446-51.

State Representatives, 1960-61. May 1961, 265-66.State Representatives. May 1962, 298-99.

President's messagesThe Arithmetic Teacher. Feb. 1954, 15;Council Resources for Arithmetic- Teachers.. Dec.

1959, 309-10.The Council's Drilh, to Improve labol *athe-

matic*. Oct. 1963, 368-75.The Council's Drive to Improve School Mathe-

maticsa Progress Report. Oct. i. 1964, 434-42,Enjoy the Mathematics You Teach. Apr\ 1968,

328-32.A Look at Mathematics Education Today. Oct.

1973. 503-8.

Add nal Committee,, Members and Rep3er-tiv . (1961-62). Jan. 1962, 56.

Affiliated Group Officers and Editors. May 1963,304-12:

Candidates for Offices. Oct. 1961, 306:

109

106 Subject It 'NOTATION AND TERMINOLOGY

Mathematics' Teachers, on Guard! Oct. ,1966,476-84.

Message from the.President. Feb. 1969, 155.Message from the President. Mu. 1969, 233 34.A Message to Teachers of Elementary Mathematics.

May 1968, 397-99.The NCTM, Its Growth and Growing Pains. Oct.

1965 484-89.NCTM Service and the Aril tic readier. Jan.

1971, 5-6.Next Steps in School Mathei'atics. Mar. 1967,

185-81.President's Report. 460. 1967, 523-26,President's Report: The State of the Council, 1967/

68: Oct. 1968, 571-75.President's Report: The State .of the^council

Golden Jubilee Year. Oct. 1969, 503-5.President's Report: The State of the Council. Oct.

1970, 531-40; Nov. 1971, 525-27; ,Oct. 1972,497-500.

Towards the Golden Jubilee Year -1970. May1969, 342-45.

The Work of the National Council: Dec. 1956,252.

Notation and terminology -Abstract (Verb) versus Abstract .(Adjective). Apr.

1971, 257-61.An Additive Numeral System Related to Place

Value. Mar.,1965, 212-15.An Algorism Is Born. Feb. 1964, 93.Alternate Place Value Schemes for Large Numbers. 4

A Lesson in Efficiency of Definitions.' Dec. 1966,679-82.

Ambiguities in Teaching Arithmetic. May 1965,"348-51.

Ancient Systems of NumeiationStimulating, Il-luminating. May 1970;413-16.

Another Use for Binary Numerals. Mar. 1970,225-26.

An Application of p.abanded Notation. Feb. 1962,89.

Applications of Binary Notation: May 1967,388-90.

An Approach to Teaching the Difference betweenNumber and Numeral. Jan. 1965, 31.

Base-Fite,Power Gang. May 1964, 347.Base Popsicle. Apr. 1967, 312-13.Birthdays in Base Twa. Mar. 1969, 178.Building "Computers" for Nondecimal Number

Systems. Oct. 1966, 492-94.The, "Cancellation" Bug-a-boo. Feb. 1963, 80.'Can 2 + 2== (1? Nov. 1955, 126-27.Cardinals or Ordinals. Ain. 1969, 257.A Case in Point., Jan. 1961, 10-13.Changing Bases without Using Base Ten. May

1968, 461 -62.Comments on Ancient Egyptian Multiplication.

Apr. 1964, 254-57.Computations with Binary Numerals. Feb. 1964,

96-98.Counters? Yes, But.. . . Feb. 1958, 25-28.A Critical Review of the Hindu -Arabic Numeration

System. Oct. 1970, 493-97.The Decimal Is Mbre Than a Dot. Oct. 1955,

80-82.A Discovery Approach with Ancient Numeration

Systems. Nov. 1972, 543-44.Does Base Four Bewil4er You? Apr. 1067, 308 10.

'Don't Move the Point, Move the Number. Apr.1960, 204-5.

Don't Shy Away. from the Zero Exponent. Apr.1967, 299, 306.

DoWn with Boxes, Buddies, and Undoings! Jan.1968, 44.

Early Mayan Matheriatics. May 1970,-387-90.The Effects of Supplementing Sixth Grade Instruc

tun with a Study of Nondecimal Numbers. Mu.1968, 254-60.

= Equal, or Equals? Oct. 1955, 91-92. .

Eguittlence and Equality. Apr. 1969, 317-22:A Fifth Grade's Revision of Our System of Num-

ber Names. Mar. 1972, 197-99.FractionsNames and Numbers. Nov. 1964, 468,

'Jan. 1965, 67.From Secqnd Base to ThirdThird Rase. Nov. 1973,

601-3. '.A Game Introduction to the Binary Numeration

System. Dec. 1971, 600-601. 1.Game to Review Basic Properties and Vocabulary.

Mar. 1965, 227-28.Hindu-Arabic Numerals. Dec. 1955, 156-58.Horizontal and Vertical Presentation. Feb. 1966;

106.Humpty-Duinpty's Lesson in Arithmetic. Feb.

1968, 154-55.Illustration of a Shortcut in Returning from Base

to Decimal. Mar.1964, 149, 165.The Importance of Definitions in. Mathemitics:

Zero. May 1967, 379-82.linprovms the Teaching of Place Value. Dec. 1964,

574-75. ..

In Answer to Your' Ouesry ,.

ti Oct. 1964, 430.Introducing the Bhu .'" in Grades Four

to Six. Mar. 1973, 182-81.Introduction to the Numeration of Two-PJace

Numbers. Apr. 1969, 249-51. .Inventing a Numeration System. Nov. 1973,

550-53.Item on Reading Decimal Fractions. Apr. 1958,

142.Judging Mathematical Statements in, the Class-

room. Nov. 1971, 461-66.The Key to Roman Numerals.' Apr:1968, 374.The Language of Division. Oct. 1957, 154.Let's Use Our Checkers and Checkipboards to

Teach Number Bases. Nov. 1967, 573-75.Letters to the Editor. Apr.. 1961, 151; Nov. 1967,

580; Nov. 1968, 590; pec. 1973, 638.Mathematicalosterms. Jan. 1969, 64-65.Mathematics in the' Second Grade. ar. 1963,

133-35. ,Mayan Numeration. May 1964, 318, 3 2.A Method for Changing Nurner,als in Certain Non,

decimal Bases to Numerals in Other' CertainNondecimal Bases, Directly. , May 196t, 453-54.

A Method for Converting from One Nondecimalt Base to Another. Apr. 1968, 344-46.

Modern Mathematics in a Toga. May 1965, 343-47.Naming Numbers by Naming Commas. May 1965,

378-79.The Neglected Role of the Decimal Point. Mu.

1958, 87-88.New English for the Nctv Math. Jan. 1968;45-46.New Numerals for Base-Five Arithmetic. M

1964;331-33.A Nuinbcr is a Set of . . . ? NO!!, fear. 1972,

177-78.Number, Numeral, and Plato. May 19k6, 401-2.Number Please. May 1970, 441-42.Numerals Still Count. Feb., 1966, 131-34.Numerationa Fresh Look. May 1965, 335-38.Numeration Systems and Their Classroom Roles.

Fcb. 1968, 138-47."1" and "1" is "11." Apr. 1958, 158-60.On Listening and Speaking the Language of the

Natives. May 1968, 419. 4

NUMBER ; NUMBER SYSTEMS; NUMBER THEORY

On the Fraction as a Numeral. May 9961, 234-38.The Oral Arithmetic Vocabulary of Kindergarten

Children. Feb. 1963, 81-83.Order of Operations in Elementary Arithmetic.

May 1962, 263-67.PercentageNoun or Adjective? Jan. 1961, 25-26..A Place-Value Game. Dec. 1956, 248-49. .Pop Goes an Idea. Oct. 1964, 425-27.PoesiiOnal Notation, Yes! But When? Dec. 1968,

.672.Practice in Renaming Numbersau Aid to Sub-

traction. Feb. 1965, 142.Pupil Understanding of ,the Numeration System.

Feb. 1963, 88-92..Quantitative Vocabulary and Problem Solving. Apr.

1967, 289-91.The Readability of Elementary Mathematics Books,

Nov. 1964, 466-68.The Readability of Experimental Mathematics Ma-

terials.' Oct. 1964, 391.-94.Reading gig Numbers. Nov. 1972, 569-70.Reading Numbers Modernized. Mar. 1958, 68.The Relationship between Arithmetic Achievement

and Vocabulary Knowledge of ElementaryMathematics. May 1960, 240-42.,

RhymesModem Math Style. Feb. 1965, 125, 133,150.

The Semantics and Grammar of Arithmetic Lan-guage. Feb. 1955,, 12-16.

The Semantics of Mathematics. Jan. 1963, 9-11.Sir Decimal! Apr. 1968, 371.Soviet Nonbase-Ten Numeration. Feb. 1964,

99-106.Structure and the A)gorisms of Arithmetic. Feb.

1965, 146-50.Suggested Correction..? Feb. 1960,486. ,

symbolsthe Language of Arithmetic. Nov. 1963,417-18.

Tantaliiing Ternary. Dec. 1968, 718-22.Teaching a Meaningful Mcidem Mathematics Vo-

cabulary. ,May 1966, 400.There's Sense in Nonsense Arithmetic, May 1965,

341-42. .Third-Graders and the Equal Sign: RepOrt of an

Experience. Jan. 1964, 27.Those. Problem-solving Perplexities. Apr. 1,961,

152-56.Three Lessons in Soviet Arithmetic, Grade 5. Apr,

1962, 206-4Three Views of the Multiplier. Apr. 1965, 275-76.

00 A Time for Precision. Oct. 1964, 395-401.A Trip to Notation Land. Qat? 1959, 215-16.The Ubiquitous Square. Dec. 1973, 687-89.Understanding Different Number Bases. May 1965,

339-40.Understanding Place Value, Dec. 1970, 683-89.Using Classroom Lights to Teach the Binary Sys-

tem. Mar. 1973, 184-85.The Vocabularies of Five Recent Third Grade

Arithmetic Textbooks. Mar. 1960, 128-32.What Does 6-10-57 Mean? Apr. 1958, 118.What is Zero? Mar. 106, 75.Why Can't Johnny Cipher? Jan. 1971, 37-39.Why Johnny Can't Count. Nov. 1972, 553-55.Why Teach Numeration? Feb. 1964, 94-93.Why These Notations? Dec. 1965, 637.Zero Is Highly Overrated. May 1967, 377-78.

-t Numbers; number systems; number theory_ The Abacausa Nei? Use for an Old Tool. .Dec,

1959, 314-16.Adapting Magic Squares to Classroom Use. Dec.

1963, 498-500.

Subject 107

Admirable Numbeirs and Compatible Pains. Oct.1960, 293-95:

Another "Sieve" for Prime Numbers. Nov. 1973,603-5.

An Application of Modular Number Systems,. Dec.1968; 713-14.

Applying Basic Mathematical Tilos in Arithmetic.Feb. 1964, 104-8.

Applying "Madam I'm Adam" to mathematics. Adiscovery,' project. Nov. 1972, 549-51. -

An Approach to Modern Mathematics throughPascal's Triangle. Nov. 1963, 441-45.

Arithmetic Experiences m Grade One. Oct. 1955,70-71.

Arithmetic Is Fup. May 1963, 256-58.Bang, Buzz, Buiz-Bang, and Prime. Oct. 1969,

494-95,Beginning Number Experiences and Structured Ma-

terials. Oct. 1963, 330-33.A Better Understanding of Our Number System.

Feb:1962, 71-73.Bibliography on Number Bases. Dec. 1959, 324.Binary Can Be F-U-N. Oct. 1963, 354-55.The Board Stretcher. A Model to Introduce Fac-

tors, Primes, Composites, and Multiplication by'a Fraction. ciec. 1973, 649-56.

Calendar Arithmetic, Jan. 1969, 69.Cardinals or Ordinals. Apr. 1969, 257.Casting Out Nines. Oct. 1955, 77-79.Casting Out Nines and Other Numbers. Mar. 1958,

82-83.Casting Out of Nines with Modular or Clock

Arithmetic. Oct. 1965, 460-61. .Charged Particles. A Model for Teaching Opera-

tions with Directed Numbers. May 1969, 349-53,A Chart of Multiple Falors. Feb. 1968, 179-80.Children Use Signed Numbers. Nov. 1966, 587-88."Christmas Tree" Numbers. Dec. 1965, 648-51.Conditions of Distributivity. Dec. 1970,1544.Design in Nine. Jan.,1965, 66-67.Determining the LCM and GCF through the Use

Developing Understanding of Inverse Opera-tions.

Set Theo Apr. 1965, 282-84.i.

tions. Nov. 1966, 556-63.Developing Niimber Ideas in the Kindergarten.

May 1967, 396-97.Diagonally Magic Square Arrays. May 1973,

386 -88.,A Different Approach to the Sieve of Eratosthenes.

Mar. 1972, 192-96.Discovering Properties of the Natural Numbers.

Dec. 1965, 627-32.Discovery in Number Operations through Geo-

metric Constructions, Dec. W68, 695-700,A Discovery Lesson in Elemehtary Mathematics.

Feb. 1971, 73-76.The Djstdbutive Property. Nov. 1967, 566-69.Dividing by Zero. Apr. 1961, 176-79.Divisibility and Pnme NutAers. Mar. 1958, 79-81.Divisibility and the, Base-Ten Numeration System.

Dec. 1964, 363-68.Divisibility by Odd Ntirabers. Mar. 1960, 150-51.Divisibility by Seven and Thirteen. Nov. 1958,

267-68.A Divisibility for Amateur Discoverers. Jan. 1970,

39-4.1.

divisibilityivisibility Rule for Seven. Jan. 1969, 63-64.

Rules for Numbers Expressed in Dif-"'`* feral Bases. Mar. 1972, 218-20.

Divisibility Rules for the First Fifteen Primes.Feb. 1971, 85-87.

Division by Zero. Oct. 1971, 381-82.Don't Sell Short the Distributive Property. Nov.

1967, 570-72.

ti

"4G

108 . Subject I NUMBERS; NUMBER SYSTEMS; NUM BER THEORY

Easy Construction of Magic Squares foiroom Use,. Feb. 1965, 100-105. )

The Effects of Instruction on the Stage Placementof Children in, Piaget's Seriatim Experiments.Jan. 1964, A-9.

Enjoy the Mathematics You Teach. Apr. 1968,328-32.

Enlarging Number Systems. Apr. 1956, 109-12.Enrichment with Expgtnents. Jan. 1968, 70.E Pluribus Unuma Brief Discussion on the

"Law of One." Dec. 1961, 414-15.Experiment in EnrichmentFourth Grade. Feb.

1963, 68-71.Facilitating an Understanding of the Decimal

-Numeration System through Modular Arithmetic.,Feb. 1964, 101-3.

Fibonacci Numbers': Fure and Fundamentals forthe Slow Learner. Mar. 1970, 204-8.

Finding the Greatest Common Factor with theNumber Line. Oct. 1965, 455-59.

Finding the LCM and GCD in Base Seven Usingthe Euclidean Algorithm. Feb. 1964, 100, 113.

Fingerprints. Nov. 1961, 339-44.:First Graders' Number Concepts. Apr. 1963,

195-96.Four-by-Four Magic Square for the New Year.

'Jan. 1970, 79-80.Fractional Numbed with a Sum of 1. Dec. 1966,

658'61.Fraught with Naught. Jan. 1966, 51.,From Number Lines to 213 Space Concepts. Feb.

1966, 107-9.The fUnthunental Principle, of Counting, Tree Dia-

grams, and the Number 6f Divisors'of a Number(the Nu-Function). 'Apr. 1969, 308-10.

The Game of Five. May 1963, 290-91.A Geometric Interpretation of Certain Sumg. Nov:

1971, 475-78.Geometric Number Stories. Jan. 1964, 41-42Geometric Proofs of the Irrationality of a Mar.

1968, 244-50.A Graphicil Representation of Multiples of the

Whole Numbers. Jan!1971, 47-48.A Graphic Representation of Prune and Composite

Numbers. Dec. 1970, 654 -56.Greatest Common. Divisor and L isf Common

Multiple. Feb. 1966,38-40.Groups rind Line Arrangements Hel Develop Con-

cepts for Numbers in the Span fr m Ten throughTwenty. Nov. 1?60, 367-72.

Gus's Magic Numbers. A Key -t the Divisibility,Test for Primes. , Mar. 1972, 3-89.

How Are Your Nines? Mar. 1 6, 77-79.How Big Is a Billion? Dec. 19 160. ,

How Many Children Are He Today? Dec. 1935,161-62.

Illustrating Cardinal and rdinal Nurnberg. Nov.1963, 448.

Improving Understanding Number Concepts inThird Grade.' Jan. 1962, 7-40. 1

Including the Newer Mathematics with tite Regular,Program of the Primary Grades. Feb. 1962,90-95.

Inconsistencies in the Teaching of Arithmetic, II.Apr. 1956, 98-103.

"Interest Getters." Apr. 1968, 372-74.Interesting tracts about Numbers. Mar. 1963, 132.Introducing Our Numbering System in the Primary

Grades. Mar. 1957, 61-63.Investigation of Line Crossing in a Circle. Mar.

1971, 157-60.The Largest Number That tan Bc Written in Any

Base. Mar. 1967, 218.Larry and the Abacus. Oct. 1954,621-24.

Sc

\ A:Lesson on Absolute Value. 15ec. 1964, 561-62.Letters to the Editor. Mar. 1965, 22,3; May 1965,

4b1, Oct. 1965, 410; Jan. 1966, 25, Oct. 1966,473; Feb. 1967, 131; Oct. 1967, 447, 522; Nov.1967, 559; Mar. 1968, 271; Feb. 1969, 172; Nov.1971, 493; May 072, 348, Dec. 1972, 616; Feb.1973, 113.

Let Them Discover. Jan. 1962, 26-28.Linda Learns the Hexal System. Nov. 1958,.251-55.Linear Measurement and Imagination. Nov. 1962:

376-82.Logic itt the Construction of Magic Squares. Nov.

1965, 560-62Low Achiever Lesson in Primes. Nov. 1969, 529-32.The Madison Project. Dec. 1959, 320-21.Making Sense of the Nines Check. Mar. 10'67,

222-24.Mathematical Systems and their Relationships to

the Real World. Nov. 1970, 563-73.Mathematical VignettesIdeas from Here and

There. Apr. 1962, 215-20.Mathematics in Kindergarten. Jan. 1962, 22-25.Tile Meaning of Two Times Two. Mar. 1960,

156-58.A Model for Arithmetic of Signed Numbers. Mar.

1967, 220-22.Modular Arithmetic. Mar. 1962, 127-29.A Modulo Line. Mar. 1973,214-15.More about Casting Out Nines. Nov. 1956, 204-6.A More Elementary View of the Irrationality of

a Feb. 1967, 110-14; Apr. 1967, ;62.. More on Divisibility by Seven and Thirteen. Apr.

1961, 180-81.A Multiple View of the Euclidean Algorism. Nov.

1965, 556-59.My Work with the Binary System. Apr, 1959, 164.New Numerals for Base-Five Arithmetic. May

1964, 331-33.Nimble Numbers. Mar, 1964, 205-6.Nonverbal Instruction. Feb. 1963, 72 -77.'A Number Charaiter. Mar. 1962, 154.Number Concepts and Preschool Children.

1962, 433-35.Number in the Western Worlda Bibliography.

May 1964, 336-41.Number, Numeral, and Operation. May 1960, 222-

25, 230.Number Patteml. Dec.11970, 637-39.Number Patterns from Digit Sums. Feb. 1971,

100-103.Numbers, Sets, and Counting. Oct. 1961, 281-86.The Number System and the Teacher. Oct. 1957,

155-60, 167.Number Systems, Fad or Foundation? May 1961,

242-45.Odd, Isn't It? May 1968, 462-64.,An Odd Use for Odd Numbers. Feb. 1963, 66-67.One. Oct. 1967, 498-99.An Open Letter: 6 X 9 and the "Critical Tri-

angle." May 1968, 430-32.Organizing Composite and Prime Numbers. Feb.

1964, 109-11.Other Number SystemsAids to Understanding

Mathematics. Nov. 1961, 350-56.Our Number System and Its Base. April 1954, 27.Pattern for Dhcovery. Prime and Composite Num-

bers Feb. '196p+136-38.A Pattern of Figures. Apr. 1960, 207.Patterns in Arithmetic. Mar. 1966; 209-12.Physical Representations for SignedNumber Op-

erations. Nov. 1967, 549-54.Naga: Number and Measurement. Nov. 1963,

419-27.

Dec.

4,

A Place-Value Game for First Graders. Nov. 1957,217-11.

Polygonal Numbers. A Study of Patterns. Jan.1970, 33-38.

Fop Goes an Idea. Oct. 1964, 425-27.Practical Paper Models - for Number Concepts.

Dec. 1973, 630-33.Practice and Discovery: Starting with the Hundred

Board. May 1973, 360-64. .Preparing Solidly for Algebra . . . Using Prime

Numbers. Oct. 1964, 41.0-20.Prime: A Drill in thegnition of Prime and

Composite Numbers. Feb. 1969, 149-51.Prime (Candy Bar) Numbers. Jan. 1968, 67-69.Prime Numbers and Factoring. Nov. 1959, 274-75.Prime Numbers from the Multiplication Table.

Dec. 1969, 617-/0.A Prmi Quotient Study for Junior High School

"Students. Dec. 1969, 621-26.Primes and Factoring. Dec. 1962, 449-52.Properties of Operations: A Meaningful Study.... Apr. 1969, 271-75.The Role of Geometry in Elementary School

Mathematics. Jan. 1966, 3-10.,IA Rose by Any Other Name. . . ." Mar. 1967,

224-25. .

Rounding Numbers. Feb. 1959; 41-42.Scrutinizing Number Charts. Dec. 1970, 645-53.Shapes in Numbers. Oct. 1964, 428-30; Nov.

1964, 470.The Sieve of Eratosthenes. Apr. 1971, 236-37.Signed Numbers: Nov. 1966, 573-75. /Some Activities with Operation Tables. Dec. 1968,

715-17s.Start Small and Giow. Oct. 1969, 493-94.Stimulating the Better Arithmetic Pupil. Fob.

1957, 33-34.Sue's Secret Mathematics. One Child's View of

Finite Differences. May 1971, 297-300.Surprising Answers. Feb. 1963, $3.Take a Number and Build a Number System. Jan.

1960; 35-37.Taxicab Geometry, Rabbits, and Pascal's Triangle-1

Discoveries in a Sixth-Grade Classroom. Oct.1962, 308-13.

Teachers Discover New Math Theorem. Dec.1965, 625-26. .

The Teaching of Roman Numerals. Feb. 1960,97-99.

Teaching One of the Differences betweeii RationalNumbers and Whole Nu'mbers. May 1971,317-20. .

Teaching Signed Numbers m Grade 8. Nov. 1958,259-60. . .

Teaching the Zero Digit. Feb. 1957, 13-14.A Test to Check Divisibility by Any Number. Oct.

1965, 459..A Test to Check Divisibility by Any Number. Feb.

1966, 120. -That Backward Yllis Math. May 1963, 259-01,, 276.They Are Not "Magic" Number Cards. Dec.: 1965,

64748.,Those Final Digits. Mar. 1961, 134.TickTack-Four. May 1968, 454-55.Traits of Numbers. Dec. 1961: 407.Tying Things Together with Braids. Dec.. 1970,

640-44.The Use .uf "1" in Building Concepts. Oct. 1961,

299 -300.Usmg Equatkins with the Number System. Feb.

1960, 8'1;89; M1 1960, 265.What abbot Those "Zero Facts'? Mat. 1959,

109-11.

PATTERNS I ..Subject 109-

What tsiUmbers Mean to Young Children. Oct.1959; 180-85, 190;, May 1960,466:-.

What You Always Wanted to Know AhOut Six butHave Been Afraid to Ask. Mar. 1,973, 17340.'

Where Do I Start Teaching Nirmerals? Nov. 1967,575-76.

Where, on the Number Lined Is the Square Rootof Two? Nov. 1970, 14-1

Working with Groups thi Number Span fromOne through Nine. 1`,60 -303-8.

Zero. Apr. 1967, 321.Eero and Inlinitg. Nov. 8, 270.Zero Is an Everigilumber. 1972, 535-38.Zero, the Troublemaker. May 969, 365-67.

Objectives

Are Behavioral Objectives the Answer? 'Oct. 1972,419, 474-76.

Arithmetic in the Child's Future. Nov: 1956,214-16.

Batik for Educational Objectives Opens. Mar.1969, 181.

Behavioral Objectives, a Cause Celebre. Oct: 1972,418, 436-40.

Behavioral Objectives in Mathematics. Dec. 1971,591.

Teaching Elementary School Mathematics. A Sim-piffled Model. May 1973, 332-42. I

Teach So' Your Goals Are Showing! Apr. 1968,320-23.

What Is "Readiness"?, Mar. 1967, 216-11..

Orgarfizations

CASMT Announces 'Convention Program. Oct.3/4962, 329.

Creative Adventures in Mathematical Thinking.Mar: 1966, 220.

Div lion of Mathematical Sciences tanks AnnualReport. 16-1968, 34. I,

The Golden Jubilee, Year; or, from Jazz to Janus(1920-1970). Jan. 197.9, 43-54.

°Nevi Director 'and ,NewAddress for MAA. Ian.1969, 20.

A Survey of CUPM Acgiiies. Mar. 1969,65..

PattansThe Addition Table: Experiences in fractice:Dis-

coveri. Mar. 1972, 179-81.An Adventure in Discovery. Jan. 1964, 28-29.Aesthetics in Elementary Mathematics. Apr.'1968,

333-36.An Approach to Moderzt Mathematics through

Pascal's Triangle. Nov. 1963, 441-45.Discovering , Patterns in Addition. Mar. 1969,

245-48.Discovering Structure - 'through Patterds. Nov.

1972, 531-33.A Discovery Lesson in Elementary Mathematic.-

Feb. 1971, 73-76. `.

Four-byFour Magic. Square for the New Year. . sIan. 197iis 79-80. ",

Function Generating Problem: The RoW ChipSwitch. Nov. 1973, 545-49.

Interesting Fels about Numbers. Mar. 1963, 132,Investigation of Line Crossing in a Circle. Mar.

1971, 47-40."I Wits Wondering Dec. 1973, 64748.Jimmy's Equivalents for the Sevenths. Apr. 1963,

197/8.Letters to the Editor. Mar. 1970, 195.Magic Square Patterns. Apr. '1969, 314-16. I,

110 Subject 1 PEDAGOGY

_

MayMore 'on Points ind Lines. May 1964, 353.Now What? Mar. 1967, 225-21Number Patterns: A Ferreting Process. -Mar. 1962,

119-21. .:An Open Letter: 6 X 9 and the "Critical Triangle."

.. May 1968, 430-32." ,A. Pattern of Figures. Apr. 1960, 207."Patterns"a Mathematical Unit for Three- and

Four-Yer-Oldi Jan. 1970, 15-18.Creative Thinking. Dec. 1967, 668-70.

Patterns Arithmetic. Mar. 1966, 209-12.Patterns' f Intersection. 'Oct. 1968, 560-62.Points Lines. Apr. 1964, 247.Polygo Numbers: A Study of Patterns. Jan.

197k 3-38. .;17

SurPrrs,r0S Anwers. Feb. 1963;13.Tables' and Sductures. Feb. 1960, 71-76; May

1960465.'Tick-Tack-Four. May 1968, 454-55.Why Is Arithinetic Not the End?' Mar. 1959,

95-96, 99.%,-

Pedagogy. See Psychology; Teaching methods

Percentage. See Fractions

Plays. See also Hinnor; drama; verse

The Boy Who Did Not Like Arithmetic.4954, 18-19.

Measuretnerfts. Oct. 1935, 86-90.Zero's,Little Blessing. Feb. 1955, 10-11.

Problem solving. See also PsychOlogyt Teachingmethods

t..),

An Aid in the Artalysis of Verbal Problems. Apr.1958, 143-45.

Another Look at Probfern Solving. Dec.",1958,315-16.

Applications and Problem Solving. 1Oct. 1965,412-11'

4n Approach to Problem-Solving. Apr. 1961,157-60.

Area Concepts for Second Graders. Nov. 1964,483-84; Jan. 1965, 67.

Arithmetic in the School Camp. Jan. 1960, 2245;May 1960, 265. , s

Beware of "Keywords." Feb. 196,3,92.Children Are Naturals at Solving Word Problems.

Apr. 1961, 161-63.Deductive 'Reasoning in the Primary - Arithmetic

Progrim. Jan. 1962,_20Vp, .

'Developing Facility in' Sok:1144 Verbal Problems.Nov. 1956. 177 -82.. "

A Dream House Project. 1962, .280-81.A Digression on 80 Square Inches. Jan. 1962, 25.Go Shopping! Problem-solviny Activities for ,the

Primary Grades with Provisions 'for Individtuili-

Helping Children Understand Verbal Problems. IIIzation. Nbv. 1970, 621-23. ,' '

Mar. 1959, 106-7. s' .Help in Problem Solving: Feb. 1959, 41-44'How Much Real Problent Solving? Oct. 1965,

426-30; 't 'How Profitable If the Usual Problem Work in

Arithmetic? Mar:. 1958, 94-96.Improving Mathematics "Verbal Problem-solving

'Ability through Reading Instruction. Apr. 1971,- 213-29.Improving Problem Solving by Improving Verbal

Generalization. Mar. 1964, 169-75..

Dec.

Improving Problem-solving Skills. Jan. 1969, 17-20.In Answer to Your QuestionsWhy Do Children

Have Difficulty with Vent Problems? Jan.1965, 13, 1*, 23.

Let's Prove It! Mar. 1960, 154-55.A Look at Problem Solving in Elementary School

Mathematics. May 4.64, 308-11.Mathematics ' Probability and Decision-Making.

May 1966, 385 -8g.Mathematics through V' Problems. Feb. 1973,

85-90.Mental Arithmetic in Today's Classroom. Apr.

1960, 199-200,On Labeling Answers. Jan. 1960, 37-38.Please Give ve More Story ProbleMs1 Feb. 1973,

96-98.The Problem of Proffiem Solving. Apr. 1959,

158-59.Problem Solving. Jan. 1969, 21-24.Problem Solving and the Development of Cogni-

tive Structure. ,Jan. 1969, 11-15,Problem SolvingProgramming and Processing. ,

Jan. 1962, 17;19.Problem Solving: Some Suggestions from Research.

Jan. 1969, 54-58.Problem Soliing with Number-Picture Problem

Situations., Mar. 1962, 155-59.Problems without Numbers. Jan. 1961, 19-20.Promoting Problem-solving Skills through Non-

verbal Problems. Jan. 1969, 7:9.A Reaction to "the Role of Sure in Verbal

Problem Solving." Mar. 1968 251-53.Reading and Computation Ability as Determinants

of Problem Solving. Jan. 1964, 18-22.The Reform Movement in Arithmetic and the

Verbal Problem. Jan, 1963, 3-6.-The Role of Structure in Verbal Problem Solving.

Oct. 1967, 486-96.Sample "Computer." Mar. 1969, 177-78.

. The Scientific. Method of Problem Solving. Apr.- 1956, 117-18.

Se-cond.-Grade Children Solve Problems. Apr. '1966,317-18. .

Score{ rinmber Sentence. Feb. 1969, 113-14.Shall We Move the Question? Oct. 1965, 418-21.Sixth Graders Compose Space Problems. Mar.

1964, 201-4.Solving Story Problems and Liking It, Nov. 1969,

577-79:Some Thoughts abOut Problem Solving. Apr. 1967,

261-63. -A Structured Method for Arithmetic Problem'

Solving in Special 'Education...lad: 4969, 21-24.Teaching Verbal Problems 1w Arithmetic. Dec.

1956, 244-46.Thinking Through Problems. Feb. 1958, 42.Thole Problem-solving perplexities. Apr. 1961:

152-56.- Thought Process in diade Six ProbletdrOct. 1958,

193-203.Twenty Methods for Improving Problem Solving.

7.Mar. 1958, 74-8.Understanding and the Ability to Solve Problems.

May 1961, 226-33.Unusual Problem Solving. Apr. 1961, 268-71.Using the "Problemssolving" Method, Apr. 1959,

160,Verbal Problem Solving. Jan. 1964, 12-17.Verbal Problem Solving: Suggestions for Irdprov-

ing Inttruction. May 1964, 312-16.kbWord Problems in Elementary Mathemitics. Jan.

1964, 10-11.Writing Equations for "Story Problems." Oct. 1968,

562-63.

1

:

4. )..

'Psyclufty '-.-Achievement and Attitude of Sixth-Grade Pupils

in Conventional and Contemporary MathemeticsIrograms. Jan. 1967, 30-39.

Ambigttities in Teaching Arithmetic. May1965.,34811.

. . . And Now Synth is: A Theoretical Model forMathematics Education. eb. 1965; 134-41.

Andy and the Toy Soldiers; pr. 4965, 269-70._ The Application of Readabilit Formulae'to Mathe-

matics Text Materials: A Note. lvfay 1965,354-55.

An Approach to Evaluating Arithmetic Understand-inp. Mar. 1966, 187-91.

Are Almost All Children Disadvantaged in Mathe-matics? Jan. 1967, 21-23.

Are Behavioral Q0jectives the 'Answer? Oct. 1972,_.419, 474-76... ... .-Arithmetic Achievement of Left- handed Children.

Mar;, 1962, 141-44. _

Arithmetic: Arthritis* or Advenfure? ,Nov. ,1461,345-49.

Arith

Arithmetic aim n Changes 'Pupils' 'Aid. tudestoward

Child. ov. 1 60, 347-50.m Possesstd by' the Preschool

Anthmetic. ar. 1961, 117-19.Arithmetic Skills Begin. t Home. Jan. 1968, 13.48. 'Attitude and Achievement in Arithmetic.' Feb.

1964, 66-72.Attivide Chinge of Prospective Elementary Scbool

Teachers toward Arithmetic. Dec. ,1962, 418-24.Attitudes of Prospective Elementary School Teach-

ers towards Arithmetic. Apr. 1968, 363-66.Attitudes of Prospective Elementary School Teach- -4-

era toward Mathematics and Three Other Sub-,ject Areas. Feb. 1968, 169-75.

Attitudes, ',Teaching Methods, and ArithmeticAchievement. Mar. 1963, 136-38.

Attitude; toward a' Television Program Patternsin Arithmetic.' Dec. 1961, 408-12.

Attitudes toward Intrettictli3n of Modern Mathes.matics Program py:1,4,346 ers with Large andSmall Number o4 Yea Vxperience. Dec. 1966,125-30.

Attiude. toward Arithmetic at the Fourth- 'andMi-GradeLevels. Mar. 1969, 215-20,.

AustralUe Demonstration in California; Dr."Dienes and Mathematics Learning. May 1964,

359-60."Basic Laws" for Young Children. Nov. 1965,

. 525-32.Behavioral -Objectives, a Cause Celebre,.., Oct. 1972,

418,'436 -4Q:Better Percep,tion of Geometric Figures through

Folding and Cutting. Nov:4970, 583-86.Beware of lieywords." Feb: 1963, 92.Blocks to Arithmetical Understanding. Nov. 1959,

262-68..Boners. Nov.-1960, 356. -

The Boy and iheQuestioner. Nov. 1967, 569.a Case for the Applitation of Plaget's

Theory and Research iti the Classroom. Apr.1972, 255-60.

Can Johnny Still Add?. Dec. 19'671.432."Care-full Mistakes." Mar. 1967; 180.Certain Ability Factors and Their Effect on Arith-

metic Achievement. Dec. 1958, 287-93.Children Learning Mathematics. Apt 1913, 179-82.Children's Attitudes toward Arithmetic*. gr. 1966

206-8.. I1

Children's' Perception of Mathematical, incon-sistentjes. Dec..1065617-24.

7

PVC/301AM, Abject 111

Children's Responses to Two Types of Multiplica:.tion- Problems. Apr. 1966, 288-92.

Children Use Signed Numbers. Nov. 1966, 587 -88.Classfficauon and Mathematical Learning.. May

1967, 398-409; Oct. 1967, 459..Classroom Climate and the 'Learning of Mathe-,

Minim. Nov. 1961, 363-67.Cognitive Outcomes of the SMSG lylathematics

Program in Grades 4, ,S,- rid 6. Feb. 1968,161-65. ,

Comparison of Attitudes and Achievement amongJunior High School Mallieifiatics Classes. Nov.1960, 351-56..

A Comparison of Three Stratagems for TeachingMathematical 'Concepts and Gederalizstions byGuided Discovery. Nov. 1967, 583-88..

Cornputer concepts, Possessed by Seventh-GradeChildren. Jan. .1968, 35-39. '

Tberoncept of Area. Mar. 1968, 233 -43.'The Concept of the Shifting Unit. ..Mar. 1972,.171-76.

.A Conference on Mathematical Learning. Dec.1965, 652 -54.

Conservation of Length and the Teaching of LinearMeasurement: A Methodological Critique. May19671, '345-48.

CritWThinki -Oct. 1965 501 'Depth *Learning in Arithmetic What Is It? Nov.

.1960, 341-46.Dtvision Problems and the-Concept of Rate. Dec.

1964, 547-56. -

Divisibits with Fractions--.Le,vels of Meaning.May 1965, 362-68: A

,Do'They See 'thy Point? Nov. 1958, 271-72:The Effect of Knowledge ofi Results and Token

.Reinforcement on the Arithmetic Achievementof E1'ementary School Children. Dec. 1970,

(,616-82.' 'The Netts Of InstilictiOn on the Stage Placement

of Children in Piaget's Sfriation Experiments.Jan. 1964, 44. ,

Eighth-Grade Mathematical Competence-15 YearsAgo and Now, Apr.. 1970, 334-35.

Facilitating Mejningful Verbal Learning in theClassroom. Feb. 1965, 46-32.:

Factors Determining Attitudes toward Arithmeticand,MIthernatics, Apr. 1956, 113-16.

Factors Related to 'Quantitative Understapling inthe Sixth Grade. 'May 1962, 258-62.

'The Failure Strategies of Third 'Earacle ArithmeticPupils. May 1968, 442 -46.'

First Graders' Number Concepts.' Apr. 1963,,195-96.

The Forgotten Level. Novi 1957, 211-13.Formal Preparation kir Early Childhood Arith

,metk, Jan. 1965, 56-58.Function, Follows n11. Apr. 1966, 278-82.Gaines and Prd mined Ins,truction. Mat. 1965,

216-20.'Geometric Concepts in Grades 4-6. Oct. 1965,

443-49. ,

Geometry for Primary. Chidren: Considerations.Oct. 1967, 453-59.

Geometry for the Disadvantaged. Jan. 1967, 4-6.Golden Littl( Fishy! Oct..1969,

480-91.Grater Fle bility in Abstract Thinking' through

Frame Arithmetic. Apr. 1963, 1/33-87."Growth -in Number Readiness in Kindergarten

Children. May 1963, 251-55.Gus s Magic Numbers. A Key to the Divisibility

Test for Primes. Mar. 19/2, 183-89.GUZ1NTA Reconsiderecl, Nov. 1963, 438, 464.Have You Read?. Oct. 1966, 454.

,

C

112 Subject I, PSYCHOLOGY

Holy People See Numbers. Apr. 1965, 255, 260.Ho* Well DaPupils Estimate Answers? Dec. 1962,

436-40."I Lice Math Because...." Mar. 1958, 92-93.Improving Mathematics Verbal Problem-solving

Ability through, Reading Instruction. Apr. 1971,, 223-29.* In Answer to Your Questions' -Why Do Children

'gave Difficulty with Verbal Problems? Jan. 1965,1308, 23-

Individualized Patterns of ThinkingResults theSame. Feb. 1963, 93-95.

The Informal-Iptuitive versus the Formal-Deduc-tive Alsproact to Learning. Feb. 1965, 99.

The Intangibles of Arithmetic Learning. Mar.1956, 56-58. .

Intellectual Growth and Understanding Mathe-matics: Implications for Teaching. Apr. 1972,

277-82.Intelligence, Sibling Position, and Sociocultural

Background as Factors in Arithmeild Perform-ance, Feb. 1961, 50-56,

Intermediate versus Maximal Guidance --a PilotStudye Apr. 1968, 357-63.

Interrelationships among Mental Abilities, Reading,Language Arts, and Arithmetic with the Men-tally Handicapped. Nov. 1968; 611:16.

Intervidws to Assess Number Knowledge. May1971, 322-26.

An Investigation of the Effect of an OperationallyDefined Word on Conservation-of-Number Re-sponsea Mar. 1970, 255-61.

Isolatidn of Factors that Influence the Ability ofYoung. Children to Associate a Solid with aRepresentation of that Solid.' Jan. 1971, 49-52.

Learning by Discovery: Instructional Strategies.Oct. 1965, 414-17.

Learning by Discovery: What Is Learbed? Apr.1964, 226-32.

Learning Principles That .Charallterize Develop-mental Mathematics. Oct. 1957, 179-42---'

Learning Stnjctures for 'Arithmetic. Apr. 1964,.263-68.

Levels of Geomeiric Understanding among Pupilsin Grades 4, 5, and` 6. Dec. 1966, 686-90.

,Levels of Geometric Understanding: An Explora-tory Investigation of Limited Scope. Apr. 1966,322-32.

The Littlest MatheMattian. Apr. 1958, 131-36.Mary and John. Mar. 1971, 576.Mathematical Competencies of Entering Kinder-

gartners. Jan. 1970, 65-74.. Mathematical Concepts and Abilities Possessed by

Kindergarten Entrants. Apr. 1970, 340-41.Mathematical Concepts, Skills, and Abilities of

Kindergarten Entrants., Apt 1965, 261-68.Mathematical Understanding of Seventh- and

Eighth-Grade Pupil0948 and 1963. Jan. 1,965,41-44,

The Mathematical Understandings, of Preserviceand In-service Teachers. Feb. 1970, 155-62.

A Mathematics Attitudinal Device. Mar. 1973,222-23.

A Mathematics, Course for Elementary Teachers:Does It Improve Understandmg and Attitude?Mar. 1966, 198-202.

Mathematics in the Kindergarten? Apr. 1967,292-95.

Mathematics in the Second Grade. Mar. 1963,133 -35. .

Mathematics Logical, Psychological, Pedagogical!'Feb. 1962, 67-70.

The Mathematics Motor Activity Story. Jan. 1967,14-16.

4

-14

The Mathematics of a Five-Year-Old Girl. Mar.1965, 221-23.

MathNot New. Apr. 1965, 252.The Meaning of Meaningful. Apr. 1969, 276 -80.Measurement Understandings in Modern School

Magiematica, Oct. 1967, 476-80.Measuring Arithmetic Objectives. Nov. 1965,

537,42,Mental Growth and the Art of Teaching,. Nov.

1966, 576-84.Mental Imagery in Mathematics. Dec. 1972,

642-44.Mobility on Arithmetic Achievement, Jan. 1966,

43-46.Models and Mathematics. Dec. 1972, 635 -40.Motivation. Oct. 1964, 402-6.New Directions in the Measurement of Mathe-

matical Ability. May 1966, 3751-79.New Tools, Methods for Their Use, and a "New

Curriculum in Arithmetic. Nov. 1957, 204-9.Nine and Ten to the Eight-Year-Old. May 1960,

266-67.A 'Note on Correctness and Incorrectness. May

1971, 320-21; Nov. 1970, 563-71, 617-18.Number Concepts and Preschool Children. 'Dec.

1962, 433-35.On Planting and Learning. , Feb. 1969, 98.On Readiness and Remedy in Mathematics In-

struction. Nov. 1968, 614-22.On the Learning of Mathematics. --MaN1963,

115-26.Opening the Eyes of a New Teacher, Oct 1957,

189-90.Parents' Contribution to Students' Success in Math

Significant. Mar. 1965, 220.Perceptual aurdens in Marning Malthematics Dec.

1971, 626-29.The Arfonnance of Four- and Fivb/Year-Old Chil-

dren inOperation-Head Start on Selected Arith-metic Abilities. Jan. 19682.53-59.

Piaget and Pedagogy:4Fungamental Relationships.Apr. 1972, 293-98.. -

A Piagetian Conservation Concept. May 1965,317-2E.

Piagetian Research and the School Mathematics'Program. Apr..1971, 309-14.

Piaget: Number and Measurement. Nov. 1963,419-27. ,

Piaget Rediscovered. Nov. 1964, 496-99.. .

The Poirit of Vie* of tile Twenty-fifth Yearbook.Oct. 1260, 274-79.

Possible Misunderstand Arising out of Kersh'sArticle on Learning by Discovery. Apr. 1966,275-77.

Preschool Arithmetic-Is I prno5tant. Jan. 1968, 7-9.The Preschool Child's Concept of Number. Feb.{

1965, 126-33. -Principles of Learning Applied to Arithmetic.

Oct. 1954, 1-5.Problems AssociatEd with the Reading of Arithme-

tic. Feb. 1972, 131-33. ,Problem Solving and thelkDevelopment of Cogni-

tive Structure. Jan. 1969, 11-15.13I.ocedurei for Teaching Reading in Mathematics.

Nov. 1970, 575-79.Prompting versus Intermitter! Confirmatiorein the

Learning of a Mathematical Task. Nov. 1965,533-36. e

Prospective Teachers' Attitudes toward Arithmetic,Nov. 1964, 474-77.

Psychology Applied tt, the Tea0 in g of Arithmetic.Nov. 1958, 261-64.

Pupil Performance on Examples Involving Selected

.-/-5,5',

-,,.

,., ,.,,,,,,fry t:44,t1 ;

....'RECRPSION MA il.k 1i0§, 4 S tiifee; 113

liariausissof the Distributive Idai Dec. 1973,, 697-704e.pupil Undiroandms of the. Nunteration System.

Feb. 19631'88-92. ,Qiumutitive Thinking of Preschool Children. Jan.

1963, 54e55 ,Questions They,AskecIL-; Nov. '1963, 457.Questions They .Asked. Qec. 19k3, 485, 490.

IteactiontO:.the kale or Stniaure in VerbalProblemIolving." Mar. 1968, 251-53,

,Readinei4,ta, Mathematics learning, Jan. 1968,

ie4-4:tinpntauon Ability as DeterminantsofPrObieni, gOlylne Jlin. 1964, 18-22.

Reading. and Mathematics. Nov. 1973, 523-29.gecOpjuds Recollections of the Study of Mathe-

s eb. ;973, 136-38.RellVdi#essfImpulsiveness and Mathematics

1969, 563-67.RelatiOnship be een Arithmetic Achieveme* and,Item PCHorin ce on the Revised Stanford-Binet

Conservation of NumerousnessScale. Feb., 7 -59.

The Relationshipto Problemool g ,Abilities of First-Grade Chil-dren. Jan. 1968, 47-52.

The Relationship of Socio-economic Factori and, Achievement in Arithmetic. May 1960, 231-37.Research Findings Applicable in the Classroom.

Dec. 1969, 640-42.Research on Attitudes toward Mathematics. Mar.

1972, 229-34. .Research Should Guide Us. Dec. 1962,,441 -45.The Role of Attitude in Learning Arithmetic. llec.

1958, 304-10.The Role of Attitudes in Learning Mathematics.

Dec. 1969, 631-42.The Role of 5Geometry in Elementary r.5hool

Mathematics.: Jan. 1966, 3-t0.Selected Geometric Concepts Taught to Children

Ara Seven to Eleven. Feb. 1969, 119-28.The Semantics and Grammar. of- Arithmetic Lan-

inialec. Feb.:1955, 12-16. .

Siinitarities between Teariging Language and Arith-,tInctip. Nov. 1959, 241-44.Sid 9eeimall Apr. 1968, 371,'Socio-eeopromic Status and` Mathematics Achieve- ,

meat. Nov. 1964. 469-70.Some Concerns about the Application of Piaget'S

Theory an'd Research to Wffithematical Learningand, Initrucira:',Apr. 1972,, 263-70. -,

Some Factors Associated with Pupile.PerfamanceLeiels on Simple Open Addition seLSubtractionSatitences.Nov. 1971, 513-1.9

Some Number Concepts of Disadvantaged al.h-dreti, May 1965; 359-61:

Some Psxcholoipcal and Educational Limitationsof Lathing. by,pisceivery. May .1964, 290-302.

Sbnie Tlloughtslen Piaget's Findings and- the*Teaching of.,13kolcijoin. 4pr. 1972, 274-75.

Student Accsitrace`,,ofttheiVew Mathematics Pro-grams. ;fp. 1901:2420,:. .

Studying 'times ;or Matheisaatici Instruction. May1964, 3 '3-74,4 .5

A Study 'of BeitifyiOrai'ierfornances within theStiVcture of Mtilliplioation. Apr. 1970, 335-37.

A Study of 6itigin Psychological and SociologicalCharacteristiceas Related to Arithmetic Achieve..Mau. May' 1967, 3ff3-87. "41

A Study in Pupils'. Undcastanding of Arithmeticin the Primary Grades. 00.4967, 481-85.

A Study of Spatial Abilities of Preschool Children.Dec. 1964, 557-60.

A Study of the Attitudei toward Arithmetic of

6 117

.

Students and Teachefs iu the Third, Fourth, andSixth Grides. bet. 1960,,28t86.

AXtuily of the Interaction of Socioeconomico Os. and Sea,..Faetors with the 'Discrepancy

be Anticifiteil Achievement and ActualAc evement in Elementary School Mathematics.

. 1966, 662-70.Sue's Secret Mathematics. One Child's View of

Finite Differences. May 1971, 297-300.The Teacher of MiithematicsApr. 1966, 282.Teacher's Dilemma. Apr. 1958, ,136.Teacher Understanding and Pupil Efficiency in

Mathematicsa Study of Relationship. Nov.1962, 383-87.

Teachilig Concepts Incorrectly. Feb. 19x72, 137-40.Teaching the Culturally Disadvantaged Child. May

1966, 369-74.Teachirigfa What? Nov.'1971,7449-56-Teaching Time Concepts to Culturally Disadvan-

taged Primary Age Children. May 1967, 358-64.Tptingwithout Tests. Ian. 1961, 21.A Test of Uridastandings for the Primary Grades.

May 1968. 4387-41./'Thinking about Measurement. May 1971, 332 -38.Thinking Afresh about Arithmetic. Feb.. 1959,

-"This Is the Way We COunt Our Trains.. ". ."

Oct. 1965, 442, 4.49.Topics in Geometry and Point Set Topology -ki

Pilot Study. Oct. 1984, 407-12.Understanding and the !Ability &Solve Problems. '

May 1061, 226-33. .

Useless Knowledge and How to Produce. It. Dec.1970, 670,72.

Use of Items with Coded Nuntbas for Ivieasuriitg" Understandias of, -elementary Mathematical

. Concepts. 'Nov. 1966, 54045. . ,

Using Theories of Leiirning and Instruction inElementary School Mathematics Research. May1969, 379-83...

Ctilizini the Strategic MomentAA.tithinetic. Dec.1958,311-14.

We All Teach MIttslidmatics. Feb. w69, 86-57.What Is "Raclin "? Mir. 1967,-11 7.What Numbirs Mean 'to Young r Chit en. Oct.

1959, 180-85, 196; May01969 266.. What's Your Position on the Ittole of Exporietide in

the Learning of Mathematics?. May 1971, 2 'f8-95; Oct. 1971; 405, ;

Wfy Circumvent Geometry Ohe Primary Grades?Oct. 1965,406,54.

Recreational mathematics. See also GashesAli's Four Weights. Apr. 1960, 209.Announcing a New Publicati,n for the Puizle Buff.

Apr. 1961, 156.* Applying "Madam I'm .Adam" to Mathematics: ',

A Discovery Project. Nov. 1972, 549-51."Arithmecode" Puzzle. Feb. 1968, 178-79.Arithmetical gain-Teasers for the Young: Jan.

'1967, 42-43. ,An Arithmetic Spell Down. Nov. 1956, 219.Base-Five Power tGang. May 1964, 347.Ben's Puzzles. Mar. 1957, 84.

, Calendar Arithmetic. ,Jion1969,49.Can You Do It? Matli;li31, 247Ki,Can You Do It' kloy". 1961,1,37e.Careful, We Must SOL* Decc, 4,64i 589.. classroom Experienccl with reatiOnal Arith-,

metit. Apt. 1956JCodes for Boys and . Vela, 1955, 23-24.A Coin Trick Mar. 1 , 7 .Cross Figure PuzzleMeasures. Feb, 1956, 16.A Crois Number Puzzle for Flag Say. Apr. 1957,

118.

...

-114 ::...S.ubjeci I itesiA*11-. .... ,

,...

A Cross-Number Puzzle for Intermediate Grades. What Has Eighteen Legs and Catches Flies? . MayNdv. 1957; 223.' . 1961, 293.

A Cross-Number titztJe for ludo/ High School. When's Easter? Aitr:T967, 313.,

. Noi.1957, 226. . . ., A Cross-Number Puzzle ry,le for prima Grades. Nov. ftescp.gb. . --..

1957, 221. ,

A Cross Number Puzzle for St. Patrick's, Day.Mar. 1957, 74.

A Cross Number,Puizle for Valentine's Day. 'Feb. .

1957, 9. .

Dozens and Dozens.. Dec. 1959, 305.Eat Your Numbers! Elizabeth Pagland. Feb. 1960,

96. .Eclitorigl Feedback. Oct. 1969,49S-96.Editorial Feedback, Des. k'Tlie Eleventh Commandment. Dee.A966, 646,'655.

`Factorial Fun! Apt: 102,211:,,, From Second' Bak to Third Bask Nov. -19,73,

601-3. 4YFun with umbeti. Feb. 1954,' 21i.' Fun with Numbers, Jmagiy squares/sectioning

quantities).,Apr 111,5,, '"A Game of,,Squares.*Nov. 2556,211.Garden qt MathemahoL Nov, A4,6, 220.Homey/oar for Some e. Mw,..:1194112 445.rt

kr Jupiter gorse 1573,."4748.Just-foiron. May15}65., 4er-055,4,,,Keel) $ecirl, on thcAeacus. ,Apr. 1952; 111.Letters-An the F,ififit. Mar: 1:968, 213, 265; Oct.

1,968A9S, 528;',5504,Feli. 1969,, 135; May 1969,''420; Mar. 1910;490'0m 101638, 646.Leusia, Carr511. Author and Mathematician. Dec.

1964 571-41,, A Mathematical.Diversion., Octi1565, 430.

Mathematicalosternts. Jan., 1969, 64-65.'Mathematical Puzzles and Games. Feb. 1969,85,

214.A 1Q4thelnatics Christmai Tree. Dec. 1956, 225.A Mathematics Program for Upper- Elementary

Grades.. Apr1962, 2Q9.Net Journal Feature Recrealional Mathematics,

Feb. 1948, 152.;The, Nevs Usan ter- School

Club. 'kg,. 1963, 27... "Not' for: the Robson!. Dec. 1959, 327,

An Old Chestnut in Division. Nov. 1957, 216.- . The, One- and Six-Tehths Ctot Stamp. 'Nov. 1970,' . 623. -

The PainteiLCube.---' Nait: 1961, 367, 380.Japer, pencilind Book. Dec. 1973, 695-96..'Pattern' Analysis in Magic' Squares. ..Apr. ,1963,

.21415.APattem in Arithmetic. Apr. 1943, .

A P41"t, calk of Figures.- Ap t- 1960, 207.,POIYoinittoeS and S3iiimetry. May 1967, 353, 382.Postage Stamps and Arithmetic. Dec. 4959..

, Puzzle. bec. 1954, 23; 26, 30; Feb. 1955, 16; Apr." 1960. 207,

A Puzzle for Any Age. Dec. 1959, 305.Puzzles. Nov. 1955, 123; Feb. 19%, 48.A Pythagorean Puzzle. Jan. 1972, 67-70.

. The Role of Games, Puzzles, and Riddles in Ele-. mentary Mathematics-. Nov. 1963, 450-52.Scrambled Mathematics., Feb. 1971,, 70, 87.

. Sparking Interest in the Mathematics Classroom.Mar. 1970. 239-42.

Squares. Dee.. 1959, 305.Stick Puzzle. Oct. 1959, 179.Surprising Answers. Feb. 1963, 83.Tantalizing Ternary. Dec. 1968, 718722.Thumb-Tacktics, Dec. 1969;605, 630, 664.The Try-Angle Puzzle. Nov. 1956, 220.Watching the License Numbers., Nov. 1956,152.

Achievement and Attitude of Sixth-Grade PupilsContensporiir4x Mathematicsm Conven

Isrogra an. 967...,Action- h on 1:01,v,is

1966, 293-93.-/in Action Research Study in

1964, 30-i32.-Addendilo the May, 1965,-Report on esearch in

Elementary , School Mathematics. ov. 1965,571-78.

The. .Akron Experiment'. Dec. X5962,Ambiguities In Teaching Ari . May 1965, .

348-51.An 'Analysis of, Individual differences' in AgIth-. 'metic. Nov. 1964, 471-71Analysis of Research in the Teaching of',..Mathe-

matics: f917 and 1958. Feb: '1961, ,8112;:.,An Analysis of the Effects of ArithOetic Home-

work upon,the Arithmetic Achievement of Third..Grade Pupils. May 196'9, 383-89.

Announcement. Oct. 1963; 364. ' .

Applying Bask Mathematical, Ideas in Ariffiiiietic.Feb. 1964, 104-8.

An Approach to Problem-Solving. Apr. 1961,,151-60:

Ale Boyflitetter Than Girls in Arithmetic? Dec.1963, .48.690.

Are Elementary School Teachers Satisfied with,Their Mathematics Preparation? Mar. 196T.190-93.

Arithmetic ,Achievement and Instructional Group,,ing. Ian. 196), 12-17.

Ariihitetic Achievenient in .England and CentralMinnesota. Mar. 1964, 176-80.

A,rithnietic Achirtement of Left-handed Children.Mg. 1962; 141-44. .

Arithmetical AbstsactionSProgress 7toward Ma-turity of Concepts under Differing Program 1 ofInstructiob. Oct. 1963, 322-29.

Arithmttic Concepts in 'First Grade. "eb. 1962,81-85,

39.of Frictions. Apr

metic. Ian.

3

Arithmetic Concepts Possessed by the Preschool .Child.. Nov: 1960 347-50. ..

Arithmetic Drills and Review on a Computer-basedTeletype. Apr. 1966, 303-9.

Arithmetic Instruction Changed Attitudestoward Arithmetic. Mar. 1961, 117-19.

Arithmetic Uhdeattandings Needed by Elemeiitary,,School Teachers. Des... 1961, 395-4133.

Attitude. lied Achievement irk, iptiffunetic Feb.1964, 66-72. _

Attitude Change. of, Prospective Elementary 'School.

Teachers todtartt Arithmetic. Dec._ 062. 418.-24.Attitudes of rrospectiVe.ElementarySchool TeaCh-,.

ers toward Mathematici and Three Other Sub,jectAreas. Feb. 1968, 169-75T

Attitudes of Prospective Elentnititiy. Schoql Teach- ,ers towards 4rithiretic Apr. 1965; 363-66. f

Attittdes, Ter thing Methods, arid., .ArithmeticAchievement. Mar. 1963, 136313:- /

Attitudes toward 'a Television PrograinPatternSiin Arithmetic. Dec. 196l, 408-12:.

Attitudes toward Introdurion of. Modern Mathe-matic.s Program by Teackrs .ytith Verge 'and ,Small Number-of Years' Experience. Dec. 1966,125-30. - ; -

.Attituile' toward Xrithmetic" 'at", the rourth:,,and 'FifthGrade Levels,' Mar,' 19*.t 15-20.

"...I.'" -..+.4

.

A Bibliography of Selected Sunimaries and Criti.' cal Discussions of Researchon linnentary

School Mathematics. Nov. 1960, 364-66..Building a Case for the Application of Piaget's

Theory and Research in the Classroom.' Apr.1972, 255-60. . .

Call for Research Manuscripts. Apr; 1969, 275;May 1969, 411.

Call for Research Papers, Nov. 1968, 662-63.A Call Issued for Research Papers. Feb. 1968, 100.Certain Ability Factors and Their Effect on

Arithmetic Achievement. Dec. 1958, 287-93.Children's Attitudes toward Arithmetic. Mar. 1966,

206-8.Children's Concept of Scale and the Subtraction of

Fractions. Mar. 1962, 115-18.Children's Perception of ,Mathematical

sistencies. Dec. 1965, 617-24.,Children's Responses to Two Types of Multitilica."tion Prbblems. Apr. 1966, 288-92.

Children's Success with . Two Methods of Estimating the Quotient Figure. Mar. 1959, 100-104.,

Classroom Cli_mate and the Lea" ming of Mathe-matics. Npv. 1961, 363-67.

Cognitive Outcomes of the SMSG MathemiticsProgram in Grades 4, 5, and 6. Feb. 1968,161-65.

Commentary upon Suppes-Binford Report ofTeaching Mathematical Logic to Fifth-, and Sixth-Grade Pupfis. Dec. 1966$ 640-43. 7'4

Comparative Achievement with Departmentalized, and Self-contained Classroom Organization.

Mar. 1967, 212-15.Comparative Merits of a Manipulative Approach

to Second-Grade Arithmetic. Mar. 1966, 221 26.A Comparison of Achievement in Arithmetic in

Englandsand Central California. Feb. 1958, 1-9.A Compariton of Arithmetic. Achievement in

Enillmd, Central Catiforniai and Georgia. Mar.1964, 181-85.

Comparison" of Attitudes and Achievement amongJunior High School Mathematics Classes. Nov.1960, 351-56.

A Comparison of Three Stratagems for TeachingMathematical Cohcepti and Generalizations byGuided Ditcovery. Nov. 1967, 583-88.

A Comparison of Two Methods . of CompoundSubtraction. Oct. 1955, 6349.

Comparison of Two Methods of Using ProgrammedLearning. Oct, 1965, 422-25.

A Comparison, of Two Techniques for UsingV,ismal-Tickual Devii'd to Teach Exponents andNondecimal Bases in Elementary School Mathe-

. matics. Apr, 1970, 338-40.The Competence in Arithmetic of Prospective

Georgia Elementary Teachers. Apr. 1964,248-50. '

Computation Skills: Results of Acceleration. Jan.1965, 39-42.

A Conference on Needed Research in MathematicalEducation. Nov. 1966, 594-96. --

Conference on Research in*Mathematics Education:Dec. 1965, 613. ,-

Conservation of Length and the Teaching of LinearMeasurement: A Methodological Critique. May1967, 345-48.

. The Controversy regarding the Teaching of Higher-Decade Addition. Oct. 1956, 170- 73,,176.'

Decimal versus Common Fractiohs. Nov. 1956,201-3, 206. -

A Description of Twenty Arithmetic Under-iclievers, Apr. 1964, 23541.

Designing Research Studies in ,Elcrnentary SchoolMathematics' Education, Jar,. 1963, 60-63.

`:

RF:siAitcH Su ',Mot 11'5'

Diagnosis of Pupil Performance on Place-ValueTasks. May 1973, 403-8.

Differentiated Instruction and School-Class Organi-zation for Mathematical Learning within the Ele-mentary Grades. Oct. 1966, 495-506.

Disparity in Sebres from Standardized ArithmeticTests. Feb. 1962, 96-9;

Division of Fractions. Jan. 1962, 10-16.Division Problems and the Concept of Rate.

Dec. 1964, 547-56.Early Research Contributions to Elementary School

Mathematics. Jan. 1970, 6145.The Effect of Cuisenaire Materials on Reasoning

and Computation. Nov. 1963, 439-40."The Effect of Discontinued Grade Reporting on

Pupil Leatning. ,Dec. 1968, 724-26.The Effect of Knowledge of .Results and Token

Reinfordement on 'the Arithmetic Achievementof Elementary School Children. Dec. 1970,676-82.

The Effect of Sentience in the Acquisition of ThreeSet Relations; an Experiment with Preschoolers.Nov. r970,N597-604.

The Effect of Three Different Methods of Imple-mentation of Mathematics Programs on Chil-dren's Achievement in Mathematics. Apr. 1969288-92.

The Effects of "Homogeneous" Grouping inSeventh-Grade Arithmetic. Mar. 1964; 186-91.

The Effects of Instruction on the Stage Placementof Children in Piaget's Seriation Experiments.Jan. 1964, 4-9.

The Effects of Supplementing Sixth-Grade Instruc-tion withta Study Of Nondecimal Numbers. Mar.1968, 254-60. .)

Tlje Effects on Conventionally Taught Eighth-GradeMath Following Seventh-Grade ProgrammedMath. "Dec. 1965, 614-16.ighth-Grade Mathematical Competence-15 YearsAgo and NOw. Apr, 1970; 334-35.

80,000 Children's Reactions to Meaninlpt in Arith-metic. Dec. 1958, 281-93.

Elementary Teachers' Ability to Understand Con-cepts Used.in New Mathematics CUrricula. Apr.1968, 367-71.

Elementary1 Teachers' Knowledge of Basic Arith-c*metic Concepts and Symbols. Dec. 1964, 543 -44.

Equal Time. May 1964, 342-43.Estimates of Quantity by Elementary Teachers

and College Juniors. Oct. 1963, 347-53.Estimating the Quotiegt in Division. Apr. 1957,

100-111.'Rte Evaluation tif Learning under Dissimilar Sys-

tems of Instruction. Apr. 1966, 267-74.An Evaluation, of Topics in Modern Matheinatics.

May 1963,.277 -99. o

Every Teacher Is a Researcher. Apr. 1968, 355 -56.."An Example of a Mathematics Instructional Pro-

gram for Disadvantaged 9ildren, Apr, 1970,332-34.. .

An Experimental Approach to the Division Idea.'Pei. 1955, 6-9:

An Experimental Study in Teiching Percentage.Dea 1958,-294-303,

An Experimental Study of Programed versus .Traditional Elementary School Mathematics.Apr. 1963, 199-204.

An Experimental Study of Two Approaches toTeachingPercentage. ,Dec. 1963, 491-95.

Experimental Teaching of Mathematical Logic inthd Elementary School. Mat. 1965, 18715.

An Experimet* in Arithmetic Accelcratio . Dec.1960, 409-11

S116 Subject I RESEARCH

An Experiment in The Teaching of IntroductoryMultiplication. Mar. 1965, 199-203.

An Experiment with a Variable Base Abacus. Feb.1964; 81-84.

Extending the Impact on Research on MathematicsEducation. Apr. 1967, 314-18.

Extent of Implementations of CUPM Level I Rec-ommehdations- Mar. 1967, 194-97,

Facilitating an Understanding of the Decimal Nu-.meration System through' Modular Arithmetic,Feb. 1964, 101-3.

Factors Determining Attitudes to4rard Arithh4ticand Mathematics. Apr. 19 6, 113-10.

Factors Related to Quantita ivetAinderstanding inthe Sixth Grade. May 1962, 258-62.

Factors Relating to Achievement with SelectedTopics in Geometry and Topology.. Mar. 1966,192 -97.

The Failure Strategies of Third Grade PetithmeticPupils. May 1968, 442-46.

Familiarity with Measurement. Apr. 1961, 164-67.First Graders' Number Concepts. Apr. 1963,

195-96.Fourth-Grade Division:. How Much Is Retained in

Grade Five. Jan. 1973, 65-71.Frequencies of Unwritten Algorisms. Nov..1967,

,Grouping by Arithmetic Ability -an Experiment jn.

the Teaching of Arithmetic.' Mar. 1961, 120-23.Grouping n, Arithmetic in the Normal Classroom.

Nov. 1954219-21.Growth in' Mathematical Ability among Prospective

Teach'ers of Arithmetic. May 1962, 278149,Growth in,, Number Readiness in Kindeigarten

Children. May 1963, 251-55.The Growth of Preschool Children's Familiarity,with Meastfrement. Oct. 1959, 186-90.

Homework in ArithriMtic. Jan. 1965, 9-13. -How Effective Is . the Meaning Method? Mar.

1957, 45-49.I-low Much Time for Arithmetic? Nov. 1958,

25&-59:

How 'Well Are 'Colleges Preparing Teachers fofModern Mathematics? Jan. 1965, 51-53.

Hdw "Well Are Colleges Preparing Teachers forModern Mathematics?-s-an Answer: Mar: 1967,200-202.

How Well Do Pupils Estimate Answers? Dec. 1762,. 436-41).

Implementing a Mathematics Program. 'Nov. 1955,102-3.

Improving Problem Solving by Imprdving Verbal,Generalization. Mar. 1964, 169-75.

Individualized Practice in ' Arithmetica ?HotStudy. Oct. 1962:321-29.

Individualizing InstructiOn in Elemetliary SchdPi.Mathematics for Prospective Teachers. Mar.1966, 227-31. . ,

An In-service MatheMatics Education Programfor Intermediate Grade Teachers. Feb. 1961,65-68.

In-service Research in Arithmetic Teaching Aids.May 1960, 243-46.

Instructional Aids Suggested by Textbook Series.Nov: 1065, 543-46.

Intelligence, Sibling Position, and SocioculturalBackground as Factors in Arithmetic Perform-ance. Feb. 1961, 50-56,

Intermediate versus Maximal Guidancea PilotStudy. Apr. 1968, 357-63.

Inte lationships among Mental Abilities, Reading,Language Arts, and Arithmetic with the Men-talky Handicapped. Nov. 1968, 631-36:

L

',-`, , .

Intruystem Research for Elementary School Teach-ers. Jab. 1965, 5-8.

An Investigation of the Effect of an Oposationally.Defined Word on Conservation-of-Number Re-sponses. Mar. 1970, 255-61,.

Is Grouping for Mathematics Instruction Prac-,ticable in Departmentalized Mathematics Classes?'J,an. 1972, 61-64.

Isolation of Facfors that Influence the Ability pf4Young Children to Associate a Solid with aRepresent:4km of 'that Solid. Jan. 1971, 49-52.

Labeling .Answers to Arithmetic Problems. Dec.1955,, 148-53.

Laboratory Settings in Mathematics: What Does -Research Say to the Teacher? Dec. 1971, 585-89.

Lectures versus Manuals in the EduCation of Ele-inentary Teachers. Jan. 1969, 48-52.

Letters to Atte Editor. Oct. 1967,/497; Feb. 1968,1684 May 1969, 389.

' Levels Of Geometric Understanding among Pupilsin Grades 42 5, and 6. Dec. 1966, 686-90.

,Levels of Geometric Understandini: An Explora-tory investigation of Limited Scope.. Apr. 1966,

L h2-32.v Looking for the Research Listing? Oct. 1971, 358.

Manipulative Materials and Arithmetic Achieve-- i inentOrt Grade 1. t" 1962, 188-92.

Mathematical Ability and Masculinity. Jan. 1960,"19-21,

Mathematical Competence of Prospective Ele-mentary Teachers in Canada and in the United rStates. Apr. 1961, 147-51.

" Mathematical Competencies of Entering Kinder-gartners. Jan: 1970, 65=74.4'

Mathematical Concepts and Abilities Possessed'by Kindergarten Entrants. Apr.' 1970, 340-41.

Mathematical Concepts, -Skills, and Abilities ofKindergarten Entrants. Apr. 1965, 261-6$,

Mathematical Logic for the Schools. Nov. 19p2,396-'99.

,the Mathemitical Training of Prospective Ele-mentary,-School Teachers. Dec. 1957, 240-48.

, Mathematical Understanding', of Seventh- andEighth-Grade Pupils, 1948 and 1963. Jan. 1965,

-\ 43-44.Mathematical Understandings Of Elementary

School Teachers. Oct. 1965, 431-42.The Mathematical Understandings of Freservice

,and-In-service Teachers. Feb. An, 155-62. '. A. Mathematics Course for Elementary Teachers:

Does It Improve Understanding and Attitude?Mar. 1966, 198-202.

Mathematics In-service Education. Teacher GrowthIncreases Pupil Growth. May 1963, 243-47.

Mathematics in the Second Grads. Mar. 1963,'

A Mathematics Program for Slow Learners at theJunior High Level. Mar., 1966, 232-36.

Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score. Mar. 1962,145-48.

Measurement Understandings in Modern SchoolMathematics. Oct. 1967, 476r80.

Measuring Arithmetic Objectives. Nov. 1965,537-42.

Mental Arithmetic In Today's Classroom. Apr.1960, 199-200.

Mental Mathematics'Counts. Apr. 1970, 337-38.' Mobility on Arithmetic Achievement. Jan. 1966,

43-46.NCTM Committee May Publish Informal News-

letter on Research. Feb. 1968, 155.New Tools, Methods for Their Use, and a New

Ciirriculum in Arithmetic. Nov. 1957, 204-9.Nonoccupational Uses of Mathematics. Oct. 195'3,

151-54.

g I%.

c,

,t

Non-pencil-and-paper Solution of ,Problems. Dec. .,1956, 229-35.

Number Concepts and Preschool Children. Dec.1962; 433=35.

Obtaining Valid Research in Elementary SchoolMathematics. Apr. 1969, 292-95.

100% Automatic Response? 'Oct. 1957, 161-67."Open Sentences. Some Instructional Considerations

from Research. Nov. 1972, 595-99.The Oral Arithmetic Vocapulary of Kindergarten

Children. Feb. 1963, 81-83.Payoff in Increased Instructionil Time and En-

richment Activities. Dec. 1972, 663-68.The Performande of Four- and Five-Year-Old Chil-

dren in Operation Head Start on Selected Arith-metic Abilities. Jan. 1968, 53-59.

A Piagetian Conservation Concept. May ,1965,317-26.

A Plea for Improvement of Research in Mathe-matics Education. Mar. 1969, 220-22.

"Plus" Work for "Plus" Pupils. Nov. 1959,251-56.

'The Point of View of the Twenty-fifth Yearbook.Oct. 1960, 274-79.

The Preschool Child's Concept of Number. Feb.1965, 126-33. . ,

Pre-service and In-service Education of Elemen-tary School Teachers in Arithmetic. Mar. 1964,192-98. .

Problem Solvit Some Suggestions from Research.Jan. 1969, 54-58. I

Programmed Instruction m Elementary Arithmetic.Jan. 1965, 19-23. -

Prompting versus Intermittent Confirmation in the*Learning of a Mathematical Task. Nov. 1965,.533-36.

Prospective Teachea: Attitudes toward Arithmetic.Nov. 1964; 474-77:

Pupil Performance on Examples Involving Selected...Variations of the Distributive Idea. Dec. .1973,

697-704.Pupil Understanding of the Numeration System.

Feb. 1963, 88-92.Quantitative Thinking of Preschool Children. Jan.

1965, 5055.,..94ntitative Vocabulary and Problem Solving.pr. 1967, 289-91.

The Readability of Elementary MathematicsBooks. Nov. 1964, 466-68.

The Readability of Experimental Mathematics Ma-terials. Oct. 1964, 391-94.

Readers' Reactions to "Disparity in Scores fromStandardized Arithmetic Tests," Oct. 1962,342-43.,

Reading and Computation Ability as Determinantsof Problem Soliing. Jan. 1964, 18-22.

Recent Research Contributions ,to ElementarySchool Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 245-52.

Reflectiveness/Impulsiveness and MathematicsAchievement. Nov. 1969, 563-67.

Relationship between Arithmetic Achievement andItem Performance on the Revised Stanford-BinetScale. Feb. 1961, 57-59.

The Relationship between Arithmetic Achievement. and Vocabulary Knowledge of Elementary

Mathematics. May 1960, 240-42.The Relationship between Arithmetic Research

and the Content of Arithmetic Textbooks(1900 - 1957). Apr. 1960, 178-83, 188.

The Relationship of Conservation of Numerousnessto Problem-solving Abilities of First -Grade Chil-dren. Jan. 1968, 47-52.

I 4-)

RESEARCH I Subject 117

.The Relationship of Socio-etonomic Factors and

Achievement in Arithmetic. May/t960, 231 -37.Remedial Teaching of Multiplication and Division.

Programmed Textbook versus WorkbookaPilot §tudy. Jan. 1965, 32-38.

Remedial' Work with Underachieving Children.Mdr. 1062, 138-40.

A Reply to Gary R. Smith. Dec. 1967, 635.A Reply to Mt. Rodman's Critique. May 1964,

34-46.Report on a Project to Assess the - Adequacy of U.S.

Education. Apr. 1969, 262.Reports of Research and Developmedt Activities

1957-1968. Nov. 1969, 557-63.Request for Information. May 1964, 311,-Research Findings Applicable in the Classroom.

Dec. 1969, 640-42.Researching Research Questions. May 1970,

424-27.Research in Mathematics Education and the Men-

tally Retarded. Oct. 1973, 491-97.Research in the Teaching of Elethentary School

Mathematics. Nov. 1965, 547-49.Research Needs in Elementary School Mathematics

Education. May 1966, 363-68.Researcli on Arithmetic Instruction-1957. Apr.

1958, 109-18.Research on Arithmetic 'Instruction-1258. Artr.

1959, 121-32.Research on Arithmetic InstructiohA959. May

1960, 253-65.Research' on Attitudes toward Matheibatics. Mar.

1972, 229734.Research''' on Elementary-School Mathematics'

1960. 'May 1961, 255-60.Research on Elementary-School Mathematics:--".

1960 (Concluded). Oct. 1961, 301-6.Research on Elementary-School Mathematics'

1961. May 1962, 287-944' %-

Research on Elementary School1962. May 1963297-300.-

Research on Elementary, School1963. Apr. 1964, 273-75.

Research on Elementary School1964. May 1965, 382-87.-

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1965. -May 1966, 414-27.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1966. Oct. 1967, 509-17.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1967. Oct. 1968,131-44.

Research on Mathematics Education, Grades K-8,for 1968. Oc

Research onfor 1969.

Research Shoul

Mathematics

Mathematics -0

Mathematics

. 1969, 467-78.athematics Education, Grades K -8,

. 1970, 511-27.Guide Us. Dec. 1962, 441-45.

Research Sugg Mins: Use of Time in TeachingElementary School Mathemlitics. Mar. 1971,177-79. .

The Results of a Modern Mathematics Program.Oct. 1962, 330-35.

Retention Efficiency of Meaningful Teaching. Jan.1965, 24-31.

Rettntion of the Skill of Division of Fractions.Jan. 1960, 28-31.

The Role of Attitude in Learning Arithmetic. Dec.1958, 304-10.

The Role of Attitudes in Learning Mathematics.Dec. 1969, 631-42.

The Role of Structure in Verbal Problem Solving.Oct" 1967, 486-96.

The School Mathematics Study Group Project onElementary School Mathematics, Grades K 3.Dec. 1962, 459-61.

118 Subject I RESEARCH

A Selected bibliography of Research in the Teach-ing of Arithmetic. Apr. 1954, 20-22,

Selected Educational and Experience Factors andArithmetic Teaching. Dec. 1960, 418-20.

Selected Geometric Concepts Taught to ChildrenAges Seven to, Eleyen. Feb. 1969, 119-28.

Self-esti tei of Ability to Teach Arithmetic. Dec.19 , 79-80.s and Numbers in Grade One, '1959-60. Oct.

1961, 287-90.Shall We Change Our Arithmetic Program? Apr.

1962, 193-97.Shall We Expose Our Pupils to Errors? Apr. 1957,

129-31.Shall We Move the Question? Oct. 1965, 418-21.Six Years of Research on Arithmetic instruction._

1951-1956. Apr. 1957, 89-99.The Slow Learner in Mathematics. May 1965, 395.Socio-economic Status and Mathematics Achieve-

ment. Nov. 1964, 469-70.Some Comments on Developing Prom. Instrumen-

tation for Research Studies in Mathematics. Feb.1968, 165-68.

Some Concerns about the Applicatiorkoof Piaget'sTheory and Research to Mathematical Learning,and Instruction. Apr. 1972, 263-70.

Some Associated with Pupils' Performanceilkeveleon Simple Open Addition and SubtractionSentences. Nov. 1971, 513-19. ,

SomO Number Concepts of Disadvantaged Chil-dren. May J965, 359-61.

' The Status of Research' on Elementary SchoolMathematics. Dec. 1967, 684-89.

A Still Broader Look at Method. Dec. 1965, 603.,Student Acceptance of the New Mathematics Pro-

grams. ian. 1966, 14-20.Studying Issues in Mathematics Instruction. May-)1964,303-7.A Study of Behavioral Performances within the

Structure of Multiplication. Apr. 1970, 335-37.A Study of Certain Psychological and Sociological

Characteristics as Related to Arithmetic Achieve-ment. May 1967, 383-87.

A Study of Pupils' ,Understanding of Arithmetic inthe Primary Glades. Oct. 1967, 481-85.

A Study of Spatial Abilities of Preschool Chilldren. Dec. 1964, 557-60.

A Study of the Attitudes toward Arithmetic of Stu-dents and Teachers in the Third, Fourth, andSixth Grades. Oct. 1960. 280-86.

A Study of the Interaction of SocioeconomicGroups and Sex Factors with the Discrepancybetween Anticipated Achievement and ActualAchievement in Elementary School Mathematics.Dec. 1966, 662-70.

A Study of the Quantitative Values of Fifth andSixth Grade Pupils. Nov. 1960, 333-40.

Suggestions from ItesearchFracticins. Feb. 1969,131-35.

Suitability of Teaching Geometric Construction inUpper Elementary Gradesa Pilot Study. Feb.1964, 73-80.

A Survey of Teaching PracticesArithmetic inTennessee in She First through Eighth Grades.Dec. 1962, 425-32.

Survey Research: Guidelines for Status Studies.Nov. 1968, 639-41.

Survey Research in Elementary` School Mathe-.

6

matio. Mar. 1968. 260-63.Suitability of Teaching Geometric Construction in

Upper Elementary Grades--a Pilot Study. Feb.1964, 73-80.

Teacher Understanding and Pupil Efficiehcy in

tl

4

Mathematicsa Study of Relationship. Nov.11)62, 383-87.

Teaching for Generalization. An'Array Approachto Equivalent Fractions. Nov. 1973, 591-99.

Teaching Time Concepts to Culturally Disadvan-taged Primary-Age Children. May 1967, 358-64.

Testing the Cuisenaire Method. Nov. 1963, 435-38.A Test of Understandings for the Primary Grades.

May 1968, 438-41.Textbooks, Transitions, and Transplants. May

1972,, 381-85.Thought Process in Grade Six Problems. Oct.

4 1958, 193-203. '1 Time Allotment Relationships to Pupil Achieve-

inent its Arithmetic. May 1963; 248-50.Time Spent c$s Arithmetic in Foreign Countries

and in the United States.' May 1960, 217-21.Time Utilization in Arithmetic Teaching. Mar.

190,, 213-15.Topics far$esearch Studies in Elementary SChclol

Mathematics. Dec. 1967, 67983.Topics ieGeometry and Point Set Topologya

Pilot Study. Oct. 1964, 407-12. -Toward Perfect Scores in Arithmetic Fundameittals.

Dec. 1954, 13-17.Transactional Pattern Differences between School

Mathematics Programs. Jan. 1966, 21-25.Transfer Effects of Reading Remediation to Arith-

metic Computation When Intelligence Is Con-trolled and All Other School Factors Are Elimi-nated. Jan. 1967, 17-20.

Understanding and the Ability .to Solve Problems.May 1961, 226-33.

Understanding Mianings io Arithmetic., Mar 1958,96-99.

Uhiversity _Students' Comprehension of Arith-metical Concepts. Feb. 1961, 60-64.

The Use of Class Time in Arithmetic. Mar. 1960,117-21. ,u

Use of Class Time in Eighth-Grade Arithrtic. .. Feb. 1966, 113-20.Use of Items with Coded Numbers for Measufing

Understanding of Elementary Mathematical Con-.cepts. Nov. 1966, 540-45.

The Use of Programed Instruction in Teaching anAdvanced Mathematical Topic. Mar. 1p62,160-62.

Using .Hand- operated Computing Machines inLearning Arithmetic. Oct. 1956, 145-50.

Using Research in Teaching. Jan. 1972, 61-64Feb71972, 97-104; Mar. 1972, 229-34; Apr. 193g,309-14; May 1972, 381-85; Oct. 1972, 488-93;Nov. 1972, 595-99, Dec. 1972, 663-68; Jan. 1973,65-71, Mar. 1973, 226-30; May 1973, 403-8; Oct.1973, 491-97, Nov. 1973, 591-99; Dec. 1973,697-704. -

Using Theo'ries of Learning and Instruction in Ele-mentary School Mathematics Research. May1969, 379-83,.

Verbal Problerh Solving: Suggestions for Improv-ing Instruction. May 1964, 312-16.

Visual-Tactual Devices and Their Efficbcy. Nov.1957, 196-201, 203.

The Vocabularies of Five Recent Third GradeArithmetic Textbooks. Mar. 1960, 128-32.

What Arithmetic in Second Grade? May 1962,, 252-57.What Does Research Say about Geometry in the

Elementary School?' Feb. 1972, 97-104.What is Mathematics Curriculum Research? Dec.

1966, 636-39.What Numbers Mean to Young Children. Oct.

1959, 180-85, 190; May 1960: 266.Whither Research in Compound Subtraction? Feb.

1958, 39-42.

It")r (.4

on,

Q.

Lk

re

Whither Research on.Compound Subtraction? Feb.1956, 17-20.

Who Won the International Contest? .Nov. 1968,623-29.

. Zero Difficulties in Multiplication. Jan. 1965,45-50.

Reviews. See Books and materials; Audiovisualmaterials

Science. See Applications

SentencesAlgebraic Approaches to Developmental Work

With the Operations. Apr. 1964, 266-69.Arithmetic with Frames. Apr. 1957, g 19-24.Fun Can Be Mathematics. Nov. 1969, 575-77Frames, Frames, and More Frames. Dec, 1963,

484-85.Greater Flexibility in Abstract Thinking through

Frame Arithmetic. Apr. 1963, 183-87.The Greatesta Game. Jan. 1970, 80-81.Inquiry in Mathematicswith Chfldien and Teach-

ers. Jan. 1967, 719.A Lesson on Absolute Value. Dec. 1964, 561-62.Letters to the Editor.' Mir. 1967, 230; Oct. 1968,

544.Live Models in Arithmetic? Jan. 1970, 81-82.Open Sentences. Some Instructional Considerations

from Research. Nov. 1972, 595-99.Open Sentencesthe Most Useful Tool in Problem

Solving. Apr. 1967, 263-67.Putting Frames to Work. An Enrichment Activity.

Nov. 1968, 649-51.A Rationale in the Use of Variables. Nov. 1966,

54648. .Sets and Numbers. Nov. 1963, 411.Solving Algebraic Equations in Grade 2, Oct. 1963,

357-58 4

Some Factors , ted with Pupils' Perfor-mance Levels on im Open Addition andSubtraction Senten Nov. 1971, 513-19.

Three Problems of Using Equations in ElementaryArithmetic,Programs. Mar. 1964, 166-68.

Two Aspects of Algebra. Apr. 1962, 210-11.Using Equations with the Number System. Feb.

1960, 87-89; May 1960, 265.Why Use Frames in Arithmetic? Apr. 1966, 315-16.

SetsAnother Use for Binary Numerals. Mar. 1910,

225-26.Cardinal NUmbers and Sets. Jan. 1966, 26-29.Classification and . Mathematical Learning. May

1967, 398-409; Qct. 1967, 459.Determining the LOA and GCF through the Use

of Set Theory. Apr. 1965,, 282-84.The Effect of Sequence in the Acquisition of Three

Set Relations; an Experiment with 7reschoolers.Nov. 1970, 597-604. .

How Many Ways? Mar. 1968, 277.In Answer to Your Questions. Mar. 1965, 203,

211.The Intersection of Solution Sets. Oct. 19671

504-6.Modern Mathematics Begins in the Elementary`,

School. Jan. 1962, 32-36:More on Venn Diagrams, G.C.D., and L.C .M.

Nov. 1966, 552, 555.Numbers, Sets, and Counting. Oct. 1961,, 281-86.Relations. Oct. 1967, 473-75.Set Equality. Roy Dubisch. May ,1966, 388-91."Sets" Aid in Adding Fractions. Feb. 1959, 35-33.

.143,

TEACHER PREPARATION I Subject 119

"Sets" and Elementary School MathematiO. Nov.1958, 239-46. 'a '

Sets and Numbers in Grade One, 1959-40.^.' Oct.1961, 287-90.

tits Natural, Necessary, (K)nowable? Apr. 1968,13/-40.

Yens Diagrams Strengthen Children's Mathemati-, cal Understanding. Feb. 1966, 92-99.

What Sets Are Not. Jan. 1970, 55-60.at's in the Box? Subsets! Mar. 1970, 242.

Wjll the Set of Children . ? Feb. 1971, 105-8.

Subtraction. See Addition and subtraction

Teacher preparation

The Aftermath of a Revolution. Dec. 1963, 481-82.,Anatomy of Change in Elementary Mathematics.

Mar. 1963, 158-61.Are Elementary School Teachers Satisfied with

Their Mathematics Preparation? Mar. 1967,190.93.

Arithmetic --an Old Subject ' Jew Apparel! Oct.1956, 143-44. .

Arithmetic Understandings.Needed by Elementary-School Teachers. Dec. 1961, 395-403.

Arithmetic via Television, II. A Course for Teach-ers and Parents. Oct. 1956, 165-67.

Attitude Change of Prospective Elementary SchoolTeachers toward Arithmetic. Dec. 1962, 41$-24.

Altitudes of.Prospective Elementary School Teach-toward Mathematics nd Three Qther Sub -Areas. Feb. 1968, 165.

Altitudes of ProspeFtive Elem ntary School Teach- .

ers towards Athmetic. Apr: 1968, 363-66Attitudes toward ntroduction of Modern Mathe-

matics Program by Teachers with Large and ,Small Number of Years' Experience. bec. 1966,125-30. .

Awaited In-service Film Series Completed. Dec...1965, 664.

Basic Considerations in the Improvement of Ele- 'mentary School Mathematics Programs. May1960, 269 -73. ... -

A Beginning for Student Teachers. Mar. 1967,209-11. .

A Call for a Commission on Elementary SchoolMathematics. Mar. 1972, 169-70.

A Combined Content-Methods Course for Ele-mentary Mathematics Teachers. Mar. 1960, 138-40, 158. , A

Comments of Some Problems of Teacher Educa-tion in Mathematics. Mar. 1970, 263-69.

The CompetOnce in Arithmetic, of ProspectiveGeorgia Elementary Teachers. Apr. 1964, 248-50.

Computer-assisted Instruction: Implications forTeacher Education. Jan. 1967, 24-29.

Conceptual Mathematical Methodology for Pro-spective Elementary School Teacher& Apr. 1971,265-67.

A Cooperative In-service Teacher Education Pro-gram in the New Mathematics toff) ElementarySchools. Apr. 1962, 221-21.

A Cooperative University-District In-servic Pro-gram. May 1968, 449-51.

Creating Mathematicians. Mar. 1961, 8-101.CUPM Conferences (Fall 1963). Oct. 963, 343.CUPM Report on the Training of- Teachers of

Elementary School Mathematics. Feb. 1964,89-93.

Curriculum Development and In service Educationin Cincinnati. Mar. 1963, ,154 -58.

A Description of a Group learning Experience.Jiii 1973, 51-55.

120' 5,tfbjecti, I TEACHER PREPARATION

Discovering What "Discovery" Me Ans. Dec. 1966,656-57.

Discoviry at the Teacher-Education LeveL Mar.1967, 203-4.

Do You Like Arithmetic? Feb. 1957, 14.Educating Mathematics Specialists to Teach Clul

dren from Disadvantaged Areas. Nov. 1968,606-12.

Effecting Change in a Lug! County System. May1963, 294-97.

The Elementary School Principal and MathematicsInstruction. Ott. 1963, 339-43.

Elementary' Series and texts for Teachers HowWell Do They Agree? Mar. 1968, 266-70.

Elementary Teachers' Ability to Understand Con-cepts Used in New Mathematics Curricula. Apr.1968, 367-71.

' Elementary Teachers' Knowledge of Basic Arith-metic Concepts and Symbols. Dec. 1964, 543-46.

Exemplify What You Explicate. Mar. 1973, 209-11.Eitent of Implementations ,of CUPM Level I

Re Commendations. Mar. 1967, 194-97.Forum on Teacher Preparation. Mar.,1969, 225-27.For 'Your Information. Oct. 1962, 370.Foundations of Mathematics for Elementary

Schools: An In-seivice Project. Oct.. 1963,359-64

, .- Four in One. *Nov. 1973,5'20-22. ;Pre Materials front CUPM. Feb. 1968, 193.Games and.,Algoriatnasa New View in Elementary

School Kaiheinatics for Teacheri. Apr. 1970,342-46.

A Geometry Course for Elementary Teachers.,Oct,1473; 457-67.'

Geometry through Inductive Exercises for Ele-mentary Teachers. Feb. 1972, 91-95.

'Goals for Mathematical Education of Elementar.)'School Teachers. Jan. 1969, 59-62.

A Good Teacher. Nov, 1960, 36243., Growth in Mathematical Ability among Prospective

Teachers of Arithmetic. May 1962, 278-79.The Guidelines for the Preparation of Teachers of

Mathematics. Dec. 1973, 705-7.Highlights of a Summer Conference. Jan. 1961,

14-18.Ho Effective Are Modern Mathematics Work-

shops? Mar. 1967, 205-8.How Thirty Measuring Sticks, Twenty-Nine Kids,

and I Started Using Research in the Classroom.Mar. 1973, 226-30.

How Well Are Colleges Preparing Teachers forModern Mathematics? Jan. 1965, 51-53.

1405... Well Are Colleges Preparing Teachers forModern Mathematic:s?an Answer. Mar. 1967,200-202. 4

How Well Do 158 Prospective 'Elementary Teach-era Know Arithmetic? Mar. 1960, 141-46.

Improving Elementary-School Mathematics Pro-grams in American Schools. Jan. op, 41-44.

Improving the Mathematical Competendy of Teach-ers in Training. Mar. 1958, 84-186.

Individualizing Instruction in Elementary SchoolMathematics for Prospective Teachers, Mar.1966, 227-31.

An In-service Course for Elementary Teachers.`,,Oct. 1963, 344-46.1i-service Education ancl the Lkarning of Con-

ceptual, Mathematics. Feb. 1960;149:-51.In-service Education and the Teacher. Nov. 1963

456-57. tIn-service Education for Elementarf School Mathe-

matitt Teachers. Responses to Nine QuestioNov. 1964, 506-9.

In-service EducationModern Arithmetic andGood Pedagogy. Jan. 19654?-64.

(

I.4

An in- service Mathematics Education Program forIntermediate Grade Teachers. Feb. 1961, 65-68.

In Tennessee. Making Use of the NCTM FilmSeries. May 1969, 391-94.

Intrasystem Research for ElementarySchool Teach-ers. Jan. 1965, 5-8.

Issues and,Directions. May 1966, 349-54.I Went to an Arithmetic Workshop. Nov. 1955,

124-25.Lectures versus Manuals in thb Education of Ele-

mentary Teachers. Jan. 1969, 48-52.A Less-advantaged School District Moves Ahead

in Mathematics Education. May 1964, 355.Letters to the Editor. Mar. 1968, 232; Dec. 1971,

564.Mathematical Background for Teachers of kith-

metk, Mar. 1956, 59-65.Mathematical Competence of Prospective Elemen-

tary Teachers in Canada and in the UnitedStates. Apr. 1961, 147-5r.

The Mathematical Education sif an ElementaryTeacher. Nov, 1972, 517-18.

The Mathematical Training of Prospective Ele-Mentary-School Teachers. Dec. 1i57, 240-48.

Mathematical Understandings of Elementary SchoplTeachers. Oct. 1965, 431-42.

The Mathematical Understandings of Preserviceand In-service Teachers. , Feb. 1970, 155-62.

Mathematics and Elementary Education Major.Dec. 1964, 540-42.

The Mathematics Consultant. Apr. 1962, 203-5..4/A Mathematics Course for Elementary Teachers:

Does It Improve Understanding and Attitude?Mar. 1966, 198-202.

A Mathematics Course for Prospective ElementarySchool teachers. Apr. 1963, 208-11.

The Mathematics Education of Elementary School. Teachers: Pre-service and In-service. Jan. 1965,

71-75; Dec. 1965, 654-56.. Mathematics In-service Education: Teacher

Growth Increases Pupil Growth. May 1963,24S-47.

Mathematics Laboratories and Teachers' Centresthe Mathematics Revolution in Britain. May1968, 400-408.

A Mathematics Laboratory for Prospective Ele-mentarY School Teachers. Oct. 1968, 547-49.

, A Mathematics Laboratory for Prospective Teach-ers. Jan. 1970, 75-78.

Mathematics Television Lessons for' the Elemes-tary Classroom. Miy 1964, 356.

Meaning of an Arithmetic Test Score. Mar. 1962,145-48.

Milwaukee's In-service Arithmetic Education Pro-gram. Nov. 1957, 222-23.

Moot' Mathematics. May 1965, 372-74.More of Moot Mathematics. Nov. 1965, 568-71.National Science Foundation Elementary In-serv-

ice Institutes for 1965-66, Apr. 1965, 299.National Science Founffition Summer Fellowships

Announcement. Dec. 1961, 432.NSF Summer Institutes for Elementary School

Personnel. Feb. 1965, 105, 108.NEA Cites NCTM Film Project. Feb. 1947, 114.New Books for Teacheri. Jan. 1972$ 45-49; Feb.

1972, 110-13; Mar. 1972, 225-27; Apr. 1972,299-300; May 1972, 315-78, Oct. 1972, 481-82;Novi 1972, 581-85, Decd. 1972, 669-71, Jan, 1973,74-75; Feb. 1973, 147149; Mar. 1973, 232-33;Apr. 1973, 29395, May 1973, 412, Oct. 1973,481-82, Nov. 1973, 606-8, Dec, 1973, 692-93.

Newsletter: A Means of Mathematics Communi-cation. Apr. 1962, 224-26.

New York's Refresher Institutes. May 1960, 221.

1

..f

NSF Drops Support of Elementary School Sum-mer and In-seivice Institutes. Dec. 1966, 691.

Office of Education Funds Metric Center. Apr.1973, 279.

On 'Improving One's Ability to Help ChildrenLearn Mathematicp. Nov. 1972, 519-26.

-one Teacher's Point of View. Mar. 1971, 135-36.The Only Way to Teach. Apr. 1965, 256 -57.Pedagogy in Elementary Mathediatics Education

Time for Change. Nov., 1970, 605-9.Performance Contracting in Mathematics. Nov.

1971, 456.The Point of View of the Twenty-fifth Yearbdok.

Oct. 1960, 274-79.Preparation in Mathematics for Elementary Schodl

Teachers. ,Mar. 1967, 198-99., Preparing Prospective Teachers of Elementary

School. MathenIaties. Nov. 1968, 643 -47.Pre-service and In- service Education in Mathe-

matics. May 1965, 315-16.-Pre-service and In-service Education of Elementary

School Teachers fa Arithmetic. Mar. 19fr4,192-98.

Preservice Teachers Clarify Mathematical Perceptsthrough Field Experiences. Dec. 1969, 643-45.

Preservice Textbooks. An Analysis. Oct. I9691479-83.

Problems in the Training of Elementary SchoolTeachers. May 1966, 380-84.

Project Idaho. Mar. 1965, 229-31.A Proposal for the Improvement of the Mathe-

matics Training of Elementary School Teachers.Feb. 1969, 137-39.

The Prospective Elementary School Teacher andMathematics Methodology. Nov. 1969,-569-74.

Prospective Teachers' Attitudes toward Arith-metic. Nov. 1964, 474-77.

The Quest for an Improved Curriculum. Feb.. 1967,136-40.

Reading in Math. Apr. 1964, 277.Re-education in Mathematics for Elementary

School Personnel: In-service ProgramsOneWay to Solve the PrPblem. Oct. 1964, 411:17.

A Request for Information. Mar. 1964, 198.School-College Relationships. May 1968, 447-49.School MathematicsWhere toNow?. Feb. 1967,

126-31.Selected Educational and Experience Factors and

Arithmetic Teaching. Dec. .1960, 418-20.Self-estimates of Ability to Teach Arithmetic:Def.

1963, 479-80,Seminar and Field Study to Be Held Abroad. May

1962, 281.Sets and Systems. Dee.,1964, 581-82.Some Highlights of the AAAS Montreal Meeting.

Dee. 1964, 586.Some Innovations in the Professional Preparation

of Teachers. Dfec. 1968, 727-34.The Sorry State /of Mathematics Teacher Educa-

tion. Apr. 1969, 296-300.Student Teachers Look at the Teaching of Arith-

metic. Jan. 1963, 31-36.Study Show's Shortage of Mathematics Teachers.

Feb. 1968, 180.A Substitute Teacher in Mathematic. Dec. 1965,

638-39.The Summer InstituteContributor toward Better

Teaching. Feb. 1964, 112-13. ,A Summer Institute in Mathematics. Feb. 1966,

121-24.Summer Institutes in Mathematics and $clence.

Feb. 1963, 84.

TEAdkusa METHODS I Subject , 121

Summer Institutes In Mathematics and Science.Feb. 1964, 103.

Summer Institutes in Mathemitics and Mathe-matics-Science. Feb. 1962, 106. --

Summer Institutes in Mathematics and Science- .Madlematics for Elementary-School Personnel.'Feb. 1961, 90.

Summer Institutes in Mathematics for ElementarySchool Personnel-/-1966. Feb. 1966, 124, 130.

Survey of In-service Mathematics Programs. Feb.1964, 128.

A Survey Of Tertching PracticesArithmetic inTennessee in the. First through Eighth Grades.Dec. 1962, 425-32.

Teacher Competence. What to Evaluate and How.Jan. 1966, 30-31.

"Teacher for a Day" Program. Nov. 1968, 604.Teacher Understanding and Pupil Efficiency in

Mathematicsa Study of Relationship. Nov.1962, 383-87.

Ten Questions. Jan. 1966, 38-42.Topics in Gepmetry for Teachersa New Experi-

ence in Mathematics Education. Feb. 1970,163-67.

To Tellor Not to Tell. Mar. 1958, 65-68. '

The Training of Elementary-Schqkd MathematicsTeachers. Dec. 1960, 421-25.

The Training of Elementary School MathematicsTeachers. Jan. 1963, 42-43,

W In-service Mathematics Progratns for Elensen-teary Teachers. Dec. 1965, 644,'656.

The Uneven Progress of the Revolution in Elemen-tary School Mathematics. Dec. 1963, 474-78.

University Students' Comprehension of ArithmeticalConcepts. Feb..196I, 60-64.

Updating an Earlier Bibliography. Dec:. 1965,

The Value of "Teachet-Aide" P 'cipation inthe Elementary School. Feb. 1963 14-87.

`A Very Legitimate Pride. May 1971 5.Wanted! Innovations in Teacher Educau Mar.

1972, 170.We're Working on Arithmeticl May 1964, 356-57.What Is a.Teacher? 'Nov. 1960, 346.The Years Ahead. May 1968, 433436.

Teaching methods. See also Abiilly grouping;Behavioral objectives; Computer - assisted in-struction; Diagnosis and !mediation; Dis-covery; Individualized instruction; Laboratorymethods; Problem solving; Psychology

The Akron 'Experiment. Dec- 1962, 446-48.An Analysis of the Effects of Arithmetic Home-

work upon the Arithmetic Achievement of Third.Grade Pupils. May 1969, 383-89.

Mother Carnegie Report on Mathematics? Nov.1956, 191.

An Approach to Problem Solving. Apr. 1957,125-28.

Are Behavioral Objectives the Answer? Oct. 1972,419, 474-76.

Arithmetic: Arthritis or Adventure? Nov. 1961,345-119:

Arithmetic at the Primary Level. Apr. 1957,1121 8.

Arithmetic at the Schbol Camp. Oct. 1956, 157-61.Arithmetic Can Be Fun. Mar. 1957, 82-83.Arithmetic.Can Be Fun. Apr. 1959, 162-63.Arithmetic Experiences in Grade One. Oct. 1955,

70-71.Arithmetic for Those. Who Excel. Mar. 1956, ,

41-48.

a

a.

3 I

o

a

i22, Sul* c.t. ,*-1- TE71C1i21 4 littETHODS

Arithmetic Toilajes jla Neveil-Yest+Plds."Ntiv. 1955, 954101. . -

ArithmeticFriend or Foe? 1951,Arithmttic Instruction' Is Improiiiir ; Apr. ;1960, .

201-2. s .;Arithmetic Is More Than Doinf. Feb. 1963,.78-80.Arithmetic on the Marc-11.'4Oct; 1954,;10114.Arithmetic via Television. L A RerSort of the

" Pittsburgh Experimentt Oct. 1956. 162-64Arithmetic via Television, IL A Course kV 'Teach-

ers and Parents. Oct. 1956, 165-67.Arithmetic via Television, III. Demonstration LeS-.

sons At Springfield. 'Oct. 1956, 168.Arithmetic with Frames. Apr. 1957, 119-24.Art and Arithmetic. Mar, 1959, 112, ."Basic-,.ws" for Young Children. Nov.,1965,

525-32.Behavioral Objectives, a' Cause Cflibre. Oct. 1972,

418, 436-40.Breaking the Lock Step in Arithmetic. Feb. 1962,

86-89.Children Learning Mathematics. Apr. 1963, 174-82.Classroom Climate and the Learning of Mathe-

matics. Nov. 1961, 363-67. )Color as an Aid in Teaching Concepts. Feb. 1958,

A Color-coded Method of Teaching Basic Arith. .metic Concepts and Procedures. Mar. 1970,

- 231-33.Comparative Achievement with Departmentaliierl

and Self-contained Clasiroom Organization.-Mar. 1967, 212-13.

Comparitive Merits of a Manipulative Approachto :Second -Civade Arithmetic. Mar. 1966, 221 -26.

Comparison of Two Methods of Using ProgrammedLearning. Oct. 1965, "422-25.

A Comparison bf Two Techniques foe ih

Visual - Tactual Devices to Teach ExponefilhapdNondecimal Bases in Elementary Sch001.1Vite-matics. Apr. 1970, 338-40.

Computation Skills: Results of Acceleration. Jan.1965, 39-42.

The Concept of Area. Mar. 1968, 23343.Concept of Money via Experience. Feb. 1955,

17-20,The Content and Organization of Arithmetic. -Mu.

1959: 7743.Counters? Yes, But .. . Feb. 1958i 25-284Counting Devices and Their Uses. rieb. 1954,

25-30.Creative Tisching Points the Way. Feb. 1954,

Criteria for Evaluation of Teaching Procedures.Dec. 1957. 248-49.

The Day Camp and Alikmetic. Mar. 1957. 77-78."The Decimal Is More Than a Dot. Oct. 1955,

80-82.Defining Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Mu.

1960, 122-21.Definitions in Atithmetic. Nov. 1956, 192-96.Developing Ability in Mental Arithmetic. Oct.

1957, 147-50.Developing Concepts of Time and Temperature.

,Mar. 1961, 124-26.Developing Creative Thinking in Arithmetic. Feb.

1957,10-12.Developing Flexibility of Thinking and ierform-

Ince. Oct. 1957, 184188.bilemmas Confronting the Teachers of Arithmetic.

Feb. 1954, 12-15.Dlyision by a TivoFigute Divisor. Oct. 1958,

c)4ro. ,The Effect, on Conventionally Taught Eighth-

'

Grade Math Following Seventh -Grade Pro-grammer) MOIL Dec. 1965, 614-16.

,Erirkluirtr11 for ,Understiusding. Dec. 1960, 404-8.The Equation Method of Teaching Percentage.

FeS. 1960, .9079,2-Essential Meanings in Arithmetic. Oct. 1958,

185- 92. * 'Estimating. the Quotient in Division. Apr. 1957,

100-111.EvaluatioS of ra Accelerated Arithmetic Program.

Feb. 1965: 113-19.Experiments in the Primary Grades. Oct. 1959,

203-5, 234."The Experts and the Simpleton " --a Fable. May

1971, 330-31.Factorsjtilatiog to Achievement with Selected"Topics in Geometiy-ind Togjogy. Mar. 1966,

192-97..First Graders Use Numbers in 0 g Their

School Day. Nov. 1961, 368-71 .Five Ways4o Improve Arithmetic nstruction. Feb.

1956, 30:Flexibility in the Arithmetic Program. Apr. 1955.

48-54.The Forgotten Level. Nov. 1957, 211-13.Formalism in Arithmetic Programs. Nov. 1962,

371-75.Formal Preparation for Early Childhood, kith-

metic. Jan. 1965,'5'6 -58.Fostering 'Discovery with Children. Feb. 1954,

6-11.Fraction. Concepts Held by Young Children. Oct:' 1957, 168-73.From Cake to Cancellation. Apr. 1957, 136-37.The Function of China in the Arithmetic Program.

Oct 1955, 72-76aGeometric, Activities for Early Childhood ,Educa- ,

Lion. Oct. 1973, 438-43. .Geometric Activities for Latri Childhood Educa-

tion. Oct. 1973, 444-53. `Geometry Readiness in the Primary Grades. Oct.

1967,; 470-72.Goals,for Arithmetic Teaching. Apr. 1963, 188-90. .Grouping Children for Arithmetic Instruction. Feb.

1954, 16-20.Group Metirbds in Primary Grades. Feb. 1957n

28-29.Help on Homework. Dec. 1960, 388. *-

Homework in Arithmetic. Jan. 1965, 9-13.The How and Why of Discovery in Arithmetic.

Apr. 1954. 15-19."Human Abacus." Apr. 1968, 323.Ideas for Your "Bag of Tricks:' Nov. 1958,

265-67.If I Could Only Make a Decree. Mar. 1971,. 147-49.

-I HaterfArithmetic. Nov. 1956, 196.Inconsistencies in the Teaching of Arithmetic in

the Elementary Grades, I. Mar. 1956, 79-80.Inductive Teaching vs. Deductive Teaching. Mar.

1966p 218-20.Inspiration. Nov. 1957, 228.Intellectual Growth and Understanding Mathe-

matics: Implidations fot Teaching. Apr. 1972,277-82.

Introducing bur Numbering System in the PrimaryGrades. Mar. 1957, 61-63.

'Us Your Attitude Showing ?; or Are You Judy'sTeacher? Mar. 1956, 58.-

Just Plain Drill. Dec. 1961, 431-32. 'Keep Score on the Abacus. Apr. 1957, 111.Kindergarten Mathematics. Jan. 1964, 33-35.Kindergartners Learn Arithmetic. Apr; 1958,

137-39.

.

Labeling Answers to Arithmetic Problems. Dec.1955, 148-53.

The Language of Division. Oct. 1957, 154.Learning Arithmetic from Kindergarten to Grade t.

Nov . 1955, 129.Learning, Principles That Characterize Develop;

mental:Mathematics,' Oct. 1957 179-82:Letters to the Editor. Oct. 1971, 419; May 1973,

331.icyels of Lcaning. D. f956,-221-25.Looking Ahead at Instruction in Arithmetic. Dec.

1961, 388-94.Low Visibility, or, Ideas in a Fog. Oct. 19§8,

172-7/.Making a Game Of It- Responsive Teiclung. Jan.

1971, 23-28.Manipliative Devices in Lower Grades. Nov. 1957,

214-1B.,Mathematics in Kindergarten. Jan. 1962, 22-25.The Mathematics,Motor Activity Stqry. Jan. 1967,

14-16.. _ ,-

Meaning and filullMaintaining the Balance. Oct.1956. 129-36, 142.

"Meaning" in Arithmetic. Nov. 1957, 224-25.+Meaning Is the Key. &Toy. 1956, 183-86. .

Mental Arithmetic. Apr. 1957, 132.Mental Arithmetic, Oct. 1961, 295-96. .MethodLa Function of a 'Modern 'Program as ," Complement to the Mar.'1965, 179-80,'

195.Modern Mathematics arid Good pcnagogy. -Nov.

1963, 402-11. -

A Modest Proposil, Mar. 1956. 71-73.Are about Mathematics in the Kindergarten. Dec.

1968, 701-5. :Motivation. Oct. 1964, 402-6.

A New Role for the Teacher. Jan. 1969, 39-47.New VfstU in Primary, Arithmetic. May 1962,

'268-70.Note op PhilosOphy of Teaching Arithmetic. Feb.

1956, 31-32.Number Concepts fot the Slow Learner, Apr. 1954,

11-14.Number Patterns. A Ferreting Process. Mu:1961,

119-21. ,

Ths Nifmber System and the Tacher., Oct..1957,155--60, 167. .

One Classroom, with Arithmetic and Justice forAll. Oct. 1958, 165-71:

Opening the Eyes of a New Teacher.,3ct. 1057,189 -90. \

Air Open Letter to Mathematic.? Teachers. Feb.' 1968, 148-53. .

AnOunce of Prevention. Feb". 1956, 1-7, .

Participation of -Young Children in Mathematics.Oct. 1964; 421-22.

Payoff fit Increased Instructional Time "And En-richment Activities, Dec. 1972, 661-68.

Ai Philosophy of Arithmetic Instruction. Apr. 1955,27-32. .

A Plan for Teaching Arithriletic Shorthand. Nov:1956, 207-9...

Planning an AritetiC Fair. Dec. 1961, 428 30.The Pledge of an Arithmetic Teacher. Mar. 1958)

90-91.The Point of View of the Twenty-fifth Yearbook.

Oct. 1960, 274-79.Pre-First Grade Arithmetic. Mar. 1957, 50-54.Principles 64)1-earning Applied to Arithmetic. Oct.

1954, 1-5..Probability and Statistics Trial Teaching in Sixth

Grade. Feb. 1966. 100-106.Problems in Etesenting a Grocery Store Lesson.

Nov. 1963, 446-48.

a

t

'TEACHING METHODS I SUbitrt 123

Problem-solving Activities Observed in BritishPrimary Schools. Jan. 1969, 34-38.

Programmed Instruction in Elementary Arithmetic.Jan-4965, 19-23. -

Projects Make Mathematics More Interesting. Apes'4961, 172-75.

Prompting versus Intermittent Confirmation in theLearning of a MatItematieal.Task. Noy. 1965, ..--533-36: , ,

_

Provicring Mental Arithmetic Experiences. ,Apt.1959, 133-39. T ,

Reading in Mathemayrcs. Mar. '1957, 79-81.Recent, Research Contributiorlis to Elementary a

Schd61 fitheraatics. Mar. 1970,. 245-52.Remedial Teaching of Mulupation and

Programmed Textbook versus WOrkbook--aPilot Study. Jan. 1965, 3,7-313,

Requiring Proof of Understanding. Nov. 1955,121-23.

.

Research Findings Applicable in the 'Classroom," rDec.. 1969, 641:42.. .

Research on Anthmeuc Instructiort-1957. Apr.1958, 109-18.. *- .

Research Should Guide Us. Dec. 1962, 441 -45, .Research Suggelti?ns. Use :rime. in Teaching . .

Elementary School Math atica Mar. 1971, s ' ,'-:-.'177-79.

Retention Efficiency, of Meaningful TeaYinit. Jan. .1965, 24-11. " 4

The Rolf; of. a Principal ir Teaching Arithmetic. -Apr. 1955, 55-56. ,

The !tole, of Atmosphere. Dec. 1957, 257.Role of Axioniatics Reported to International Con

gress. Npv. 1966, 593: /TheRole'of.Experiences in ArithmitiR,, Nov. 1953, '104-6. : ,

,

The Role of Experiences in Arithmetic. Feb, :1957,30-31. . :....

Selling Arithmetic to tfiePupils. Dec. 1957,256-51.A Sense of Order in Mathematics. Nov. 1964, . . i

490-95. _ $

Shall We Expose Our Pupils to Errors: Apr. 1957{.f-4-129231. -

Sharing the Pastv-observations to Teachers. May. -

1962,7:51.' Similarities between Teashuag Lartguige and Arith-

metic, ;Nov. 1959, 241:44: . .

Some Concerns ,about The Application- of PlageesTheory end-Research to Mathematical Learning:and Insfluction. Apr. 1972, 26370.

Some New -Approaches t& Old Arithmetic. Oct. .

1961; 291-94. ,

Some Questionable Arithmetical Practices.- Oco,(,,,, 1957,.175-78, 146.' .

Some Thoughts on Pager's Findings and the Teach- .

ing of Fractions. Apr. 1972, .273 -75. ,' .A. Spark of Enthusiasm. May 1961, 239 4f_.Stadd for Something or Youll Pall for Anything.

/Mar. 1969, 203-11.

i Stininithe New school Year in Mathematics. Oci: ,

197, 427-30. - .A Still, Broader Look at Method.

.Dec. V65, 603.

Stimulating the Better Arithmetic Pupil..Feb. 1957, s33-34. 4'

Stocks as Investments. Nov. 1959, 276-77.Strategies for Teaching Elementary School; Mathes .

manes. 'Oct. 1973) 425-36..: ,Strike up Your Arithmetic Band. Mar. 1957, 64-69.cSupervision nt Mathematics, Jan. 1973, 2126.. . - ,-A Survey of- Teaching PricticesArithirietic in '-

Tennessee in the First through Eighth Grades.Dec. .1962, 425-32. 1 ---.

Take a Chance- ivith the Wheel of Fortune. Nov.1970, 61-17.

4

:

124 Subject' 1 TEsrs

A Teacher Plans Her Day. Oct. 1956, 151 -56.Teaching Arithmetic with Calculators. Feb. 1955,

21=22.Teaching Cbricepts of Linear Measurement. Oct.. 1957, 182-83.Teaching Elementary School Mathematics: A

Simplified Model. May 1973, 332-42.Teachingfor What? Nov. 1971, 449-56.Teaching Geometry through Creative Movement.

Nov. 1967,. 516-78.Teaching Qoantitative Itelationships' in the SPC11.1

't Studies Mar. 1457, 70-74. ," Teaching Squaro Root Meaningfully in Graeae 8.

Feb. 1960, 100-102.Teaching the Basic Facts:'Thiee Clisses of Activi-

ties. Oct. 1971, 35964.Teaching the Number SyStexa Inductively. - Oct.

1958, 178-84. 0..'aching the Three A's in .bernentary Mather,

=tics. Feb. 1957, 24-27.Teaching yerb*l Problems in .irithixetic. Dec,

1956, 244-46. ."Tears; Learning. Dec. 1972, 5.30-34.Ten Years of Meaningful Arithmetic in NewYork

City. Dec. 1955. 142-47.The Theme In Arithmetic. Apr. 1959, 15445..Then andsNow. Apr. 1954, 6. "They Lo,le Arithmetic! Apr. 1955, 60-61.Things You Can Try. Jan. 1972, 65-70; Feb. 1972, Measurmt, Arithmetic Objectives, Nov. 1965,

What's in a Rhyme? Dec. 1956, 242-43.What's Your Position on the Role .of Experience

in ,the Learning , of Mathematics? May 1971,278-95; Oct. 1971, 405.

Which Way Arithmetic? Doc. 1955, 131-40.Whither' in Arithmetic Teaching? Dec. 1956,

226-28tWhy Do Pupils Avoid Mathematics in High SchoOl?

Apr. 1961, 168-71. -Wh3i My Cluldien Met Arithmetit. Nov,

10A Word:of Caution. May 1961, 225.

.'

1956,

Tests

Mhievement by pupils Entelini the ,Pirst Grade.Mar.'1957, 55-69.

-Constructing Testi: of 1,1tthematicale Concepts forYoung Oltildreb. Apr. 1956, 81-84, 108.

How Well Are Odllegea. Preparing :Teachers for. Modern Mathematics?- -in Ower.. Mar. 1957, ,

200- 202.' .

Ittconsisteocks its the teaching of Arithrtilgic inthe Elementary Grades, Mar. 4956, 79-$0.

1licotnistencies in the Teaching '4,Arithinetic; II,Apr. 1956,..98-103.

' Mathematical , Undeistandings of:' Elementaryschool Teachers. Oct. 1;65; 43/-42. ,

156-58; Mar. 1972, 221 -23; Apr: 1974 301;8; 517-42. , "May' 1472, 387-90; Oct 1972..467-71; Noy. 1072, Measuring the, 'Meanings of Arithmetic :. Feb.587-90; Dec. 1972, ,657-59; Jan` 1973, 44-50; ; '4960. 93-96..Feb: 1973,, 119-42; Mar 1973, 219-223; Stpr. Often the Numbers are Missing. Mar. 1056,.75-75.1974 300-304; May 1973, 386-89; Oct. 1973, f A Short:Test ' Method for Teaching; Arithmetic.487-89; Nov. 1973, 601-5; Dec. 1973, 694-96. . .Apr,1960210-11; .'. .Time Utilization it Arithmetic Teaching. Mar. Jesting the Attainment_ of. the Broader Objectives1960, 213-15. 0 - of Arithmetic. Mar. 1956,.66;470.To Tellor Not to Tell. Mar. 1958, ,65-68.., '. Test Review. Feb. 195t20.

Transactional Pattern Differences between School . - : ,* 2 . '.Islithernatics Progrims. Jan. 1%6, 21-25. ' iTeAboiirs. See Boob and inaierials" TWas the Night befere Christmas." Dec. 1958, . - .317t,184

Questions on Arithmetic. Dec. 1956, Visisal;alds. See Audicivisual materials;.2504-j1. --;.liktke'ntaterlals ... - "Underitan g Meanings in Arithmetic. Mar. 1958,96-99.

Unifying Ideas in Arithmetic. Dec. 1954, 1-8.TheUse of Class Time in Arithmetic. Mar. 1960,

117-21., Use of Class Time in Eighth-Grade Arithmetic.

Feb. 1966, 113-20.The Use of Models in the Teaching of Mathematics.

Jan. 1961, 22-24.Using Teachers' Manuals for Deeper Learning. Feb.

1959, 17-22.

Vocabulary. See Notation and terminology

Volume. See also Measurement-

The Prismoidal Formula. Feb. .1959 44-45:Volume and Surface ,Areii,of Rectangular Pnsins.,

A MaximurnMinimum Problem for the Grades,Apr- 1470;191-92.

Voluriii of to Cone in Ray. Apr. 1959, 131..r .

8'ao

d'